TABLE OF CONTENTS OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS
Note: This Table of Contents has been prepared for the convenience of those using this contract with the sole express purpose of locating quickly the information contained herein; and no claims shall arise due to omissions, additions, deletions, etc., as this Table of Contents shall not be considered part of the contract.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
0300-0202 1 Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS OF SPECIAL PROVISIONS...... 5 CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES...... 6 PRE-BID SITE VISIT - METRO NORTH...... 7 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – SUBMITTALS...... 8 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – TRACK OUTAGES...... 9 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – POTENTIAL MODIFIED AWARD ...... 10 SCHEDULE...... 10 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - PRE-BID QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS...... 11 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - CONTRACT DURATION ...... 12 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – EARLY SUBMITTALS...... 13 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – FRA ALCOHOL AND DRUG TESTING ...... 14 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – LIMITATION OF CONTRACTOR...... 16 OPERATIONS...... 16 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – METRO-NORTH RAILROAD...... 17 SUBMITTALS...... 17 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – PHOTO IDENTIFICATION...... 18 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – SPECIAL ELECTRICAL CATENARY ...... 19 WORK ...... 19 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – SUBMITTALS...... 20 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – UTILITY SERVICE CONNECTIONS...... 22 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – ACCEPTANCE TESTING ...... 23 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND ...... 32 METHODS ...... 32 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – BID RIGGING AND/OR FRAUDS...... 41 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS ...... 42 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – COLD WEATHER CONCRETE ...... 44 ACTIVITIES...... 44 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR...... 45 DIGITAL SUBMISSIONS ...... 45 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - CONNECTICUT DEPARTMENT OF ...... 46 TRANSPORTATION DISCLAIMER ...... 46 D.B.E. SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS OR...... 47 MANUFACTURERS...... 47 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – FTA BUY AMERICA...... 59 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND...... 62 COVENANTS OF THE CONTRACT...... 62 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS ...... 63 AT STATIONS AND SAGA BRIDGE ...... 63 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – LABELING PLAN ...... 68 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ...... 71 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – METRO NORTH RAILROAD FORCES ...... 72 AND STATE CONTRACTOR WORK DELINEATION MATRIX...... 72 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – OFF-SITE STAGING AND STORAGE...... 75 ON-THE-JOB TRAINING (OJT) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT PILOT: ...... 76 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ...... 80 MANUALS...... 80 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS...... 83 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – PROJECT DESCRIPTION...... 84 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - RAILROAD SPECIFICATIONS...... 85 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – SOLE SOURCE PRODUCTS ...... 86 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS...... 87 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – TRAINING ...... 88
0300-0202 2 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – WARRANTIES ...... 92 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – WINTER WEATHER ...... 93 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – WORK ON RAILROAD PROPERTY...... 94 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - PERMITS AND PERMIT FEES...... 99 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - Federal Rail Safety Regulations (49 C.F.R. Part 219) ...... 100 Concerning Alcohol and Drug Testing...... 100 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS...... 101 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - RAILROAD SPECIFICATIONS...... 102 NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - ARCHITECTURAL AND INDUSTRIAL ...... 103 MAINTENANCE COATINGS ...... 103 SECTION 1.02 – PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS ...... 106 SECTION 1.03 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ...... 107 SECTION 1.05 - CONTROL OF THE WORK ...... 108 SECTION 1.06 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS ...... 126 SECTION 1.07 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES...... 127 SECTION 1.08 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS...... 128 SECTION 6.03 - STRUCTURAL STEEL...... 129 SECTION M.06 - METALS...... 130 D.B.E. SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS OR...... 133 MANUFACTURERS...... 133 ITEM #0000459A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 12 AWG ...... 145 ITEM #0000460A – 600V COPPER NO. 10 AWG...... 145 ITEM #0000461A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 8 AWG ...... 145 ITEM #0000462A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 6 AWG ...... 145 ITEM #0000463A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 4 AWG ...... 145 ITEM #0000554A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 2 AWG ...... 145 ITEM #0001140A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 1/0 AWG ...... 145 ITEM #0090693A – SPARE PARTS ...... 150 ITEM #0090696A – GROUNDING DETAIL G-1 ...... 153 ITEM #0090700A – GROUNDING DETAIL G-5 ...... 153 ITEM #0603431A – STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) ...... 153 ITEM #0100077A – TIME SERVER...... 161 ITEM #0100160A – FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT...... 166 ITEM #0100190A – RAISED FLOOR SYSTEM...... 171 ITEM #0100401A – AC 1-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER...... 176 ITEM #0100427A - WATER RESCUE OPERATIONS...... 178 ITEM #0100470A – UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY – 45KVA ...... 179 ITEM #1113812A – UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY...... 179 ITEM #0100787A – FIRESTOPPING...... 198 ITEM #0150641A – 1” EMT...... 203 ITEM #0150642A – 2” EMT...... 203 ITEM #0150660A – VIDEO WALL SYSTEM...... 206 ITEM #0150661A – VIDEO DECODING WORKSTATIONS...... 206 ITEM #0150662A – CONSOLE WORKSTATIONS...... 206 ITEM #0150663A – VIDEO DECODER ...... 206 ITEM #0150670A – CONSOLE WORKSTATION SOFTWARE LICENSES...... 206 ITEM #0150745A – SECURITY NODE HOUSE...... 221 ITEM #0150760A - GROUNDING AND BONDING - SECURITY NODE...... 239 HOUSE ...... 239 ITEM #0150820A – EQUIPMENT CABINET – VMS...... 243 ITEM #0150821A – EQUIPMENT CABINET – NETWORK...... 243 ITEM #0502182A – RUBBER GRADE CROSSING ...... 247 ITEM #0706001A - MICROPILES...... 251
0300-0202 3 ITEM #0706002A - VERIFICATION TEST FOR MICROPILES...... 251 ITEM #0706003A - PROOF TEST FOR MICROPILES ...... 251 ITEM #0706004A – MICROPILE LENGTH ADJUSTMENT...... 251 ITEM #0728020A - STONE BALLAST...... 252 ITEM #0901003A – STEEL BOLLARDS...... 259 ITEM #0913046A – 10’ CHAIN LINK FENCE WITH BARBED WIRE...... 261 ITEM#0913502.10 – 4’ CHAIN LINK GATE 10’ HIGH WITH BARBED ...... 261 WIRE...... 261 ITEM #0969030A - PROJECT COORDINATOR (MINIMUM BID) ...... 262 ITEM #0969064A - CONSTRUCTION FIELD OFFICE, LARGE...... 266 ITEM #1008183A – ¾” PVC COATED CONDUIT ...... 274 ITEM #1008184A – 1” PVC COATED CONDUIT ...... 274 ITEM #1008188A – 1¼” PVC COATED CONDUIT ...... 274 ITEM #1008185A – 1½” PVC COATED CONDUIT ...... 274 ITEM #1008189A – 2” PVC COATED CONDUIT ...... 274 ITEM #1008555A – HDPE INNERDUCT – 1¼”...... 277 ITEM #1008908A - CLEAN EXISTING CONDUIT...... 279 ITEM #1019028A – AERIAL FIGURE 8 INNERDUCT...... 281 ITEM #1108668A – ETHERNET SWITCH – CISCO 4503E...... 285 ITEM #1108672A – CISCO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES...... 288 ITEM #1108675A – ETHERNET SWITCH – CISCO IE3200...... 290 ITEM #1108676A – ETHERNET SWITCH – CISCO IE5000...... 294 ITEM #1108679A – ETHERNET SWITCH – CISCO C2960XR...... 299 ITEM #1108844A – FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 72 POSITION ...... 301 ITEM #1108842A – FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 24 POSITION ...... 301 ITEM #1108871A – NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ...... 305 ITEM #0063538A – WORKSTATION...... 307 ITEM #1108872A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM...... 307 ITEM #0150800A – PHASE 1 & PHASE 2 UPGRADES ...... 307 ITEM #1108868A – CCTV WORKSTATION SOFTWARE LICENSES...... 307 ITEM #1108881A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SOFTWARE ...... 307 LICENSES ...... 307 ITEM #1108876A – INFRARED ILLUMINATOR...... 327 ITEM #1112226A – PTZ DOME CAMERA ...... 327 ITEM #1112227A – FIXED MOUNT DOME CAMERA ...... 327 ITEM #1112360A – 360 DEGREE DOME CAMERA...... 327 ITEM #1112347A – PTZ DOME CAMERA WITH BUILT-IN INFRARED...... 327 ILLUMINATORS...... 327 ITEM #1108882A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SUPPORT ...... 344 SERVICES ...... 344 ITEM #0150690A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL ...... 344 SERVICE AGREEMENT...... 344 ITEM #0150840A – CCTV CABINET – BRIDGE ...... 348 ITEM #1112228A – CCTV CABINET – BASE MOUNTED ...... 348 ITEM #1112229A – CCTV CABINET – BASE MOUNTED FOUNDATION ...... 348 ITEM #1112246A – CCTV CABINET – CONCRETE PAD ...... 348 ITEM #1112237A – REMOTE CCTV CABINET...... 356 ITEM #1112247A – REMOTE SWITCH CABINET BASE...... 356 ITEM #1112241A – FIBER OPTIC CABLE SPLICE ENCLOSURE...... 364 ITEM #1112248A – 60W POE INJECTOR ...... 366 ITEM #1112249A – PTZ POWER SUPPLY...... 366 ITEM#1112253A – CCTV POLE TYPE C – DUAL CAMERA MAST ARM...... 369 ITEM #1112254A – CCTV POLE TYPE D – MAST ARM...... 369
0300-0202 4 ITEM #1112263A – CCTV POLE TYPE B – STRAIGHT POLE ...... 369 ITEM #1112255A – IR ILLUMINATOR POWER SUPPLY – RACK MOUNT...... 372 ITEM #1112256A – POE SURGE PROTECTION CHASSIS – RACK...... 374 MOUNT ...... 374 ITEM #1112257A – POE SURGE PROTECTION CHASSIS – WALL...... 374 MOUNT ...... 374 ITEM #1112258A – POE SURGE PROTECTION MODULE...... 374 ITEM #1113033A – 4 STRAND SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE...... 377 ITEM #1113043A – 24 STRAND SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE...... 377 ITEM #0150624A – 24 STRAND SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE...... 377 FOR INDOOR USE...... 377 ITEM #1113912A – INSTALL EXISTING FIBER CABLES THROUGH...... 377 CONDUITS...... 377 ITEM #1113806A – FIBER OPTIC PATCH CABLE...... 384 ITEM #1113914A – RACK ENCLOSURE...... 387 ITEM #1113915A – ELEVATOR MODIFICATIONS...... 390 ITEM #1113916A – ELEVATOR DEMARCATION BOX...... 392 ITEM #1113998A – COMMUNICATIONS CABLE...... 401 ITEM #1206036A – REMOVE AND RELOCATE SIGN...... 405 ITEM #1220013A – CONSTRUCTION SIGNS - BRIGHT FLUORESCENT...... 407 SHEETING...... 407 PERMITS AND/OR REQUIRED PROVISIONS...... 411
0300-0202 5 Rev. Date 06-09-17
AUGUST 7, 2019 FEDERAL TRANSIT PROJECT NO. CT-2018-014-00 STATE PROJECT NO. 300-202
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE UPGRADE FOR SECURITY NEW HAVEN LINE - PHASE 3
Towns of Stamford - Westport Federal Transit Project No. CT-2018-014-00
The State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Roads, Bridges, Facilities and Incidental Construction, Form 817, 2016, as revised by the Supplemental Specifications dated July 2018 (otherwise referred to collectively as "ConnDOT Form 817") is hereby made part of this contract, as modified by the Special Provisions contained herein. Form 817 is available at the following DOT website link http://www.ct.gov/dot/cwp/view.asp?a=3609&q=430362. The current edition of the State of Connecticut Department of Transportation's "Construction Contract Bidding and Award Manual" ("Manual"), is hereby made part of this contract. If the provisions of this Manual conflict with provisions of other Department documents (not including statutes or regulations), the provisions of the Manual will govern. The Manual is available at the following DOT website link http://www.ct.gov/dot/cwp/view.asp?a=2288&q=259258. The Special Provisions relate in particular to the Network Infrastructure Upgrade for Security New Haven Line Phase 3 in the Towns of Stamford – Westport.
CONTRACT TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Five Hundred Ninety Three (593) calendar days will be allowed for completion of the work on this Contract and the liquidated damages charge to apply will be Four Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($4,500.00) per calendar day.
All Submittals must be submitted and approved within sixty (60) calendar days from the Notice to Proceed.
No track outages will be approved by Metro North Railroad until cable routing plan and all submittals are approved and necessary material procured.
GENERAL 0300-0202 6 Rev. Date 7/23/2019
PRE-BID SITE VISIT - METRO NORTH
A Pre-Bid Site Visit will be held on Monday, September 16, 2019 at 10:00 A.M. Prospective bidders shall meet at Green’s Farm Railroad Station on New Creek Road, Westport, Connecticut at the North Side of the Station. Prospective bidders will be escorted through the railroad right-of-way to the Site.
Work for this Project involves areas that are in the railroad right-of-way and access to the area is restricted. Therefore, all potential bidders are strongly encouraged to attend this Pre-Bid Site Visit. There will be no other opportunity afforded to bidders to inspect the Project site.
The Pre-Bid Site Visit will include a review of the Site, the limitation of operations, and necessary compliance with Metro-North Railroad requirements for the Project.
All attendees must wear hard hats, safety vests, safety glasses, and safety shoes at the Pre-Bid Site Visit. Those without proper safety gear will not be allowed on MNR property.
All attendees must be Metro North Railroad Safety trained. Online training is available by visiting https://contractororientation.com/Default.asp . Metro North Railroad Safety certification ID cards will need to be presented to the Conductor Flagman during the Pre- Bid Site Visit Safety Briefing. Attendees without a Metro North Railroad Safety certification ID card will not be allowed to enter the railroad right-of-way.
Those planning to attend must submit an email with contact name, name of firm, phone number, and number of attendees to the Contracts Section, by Friday, September 13th, 2019 by 5:00 P.M. at [email protected] for confirmation.
Bidders are advised that no questions will be entertained at the Pre-Bid Site Visit. All questions shall be submitted using the procedures explained in “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – PRE-BID QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS.” All questions must be submitted no later than 5:00 P.M. on Thursday, September 19th, 2019.
GENERAL 0300-0202 7
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – SUBMITTALS
All Submittals must be submitted and approved within sixty (60) calendar days from the Notice to Proceed.
300-202 GENERAL
0300-0202 8
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – TRACK OUTAGES
No track outages will be approved by Metro North Railroad until cable routing plan and all submittals are approved and necessary material procured.
GENERAL
0300-0202 9 03/16/18
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – POTENTIAL MODIFIED AWARD SCHEDULE
The contractor is hereby given notice that this contract will not be awarded until all State and Federal funding approvals have been received. If funding approvals are not received, this Contract award may be delayed or the Contract may be withdrawn and re-advertised at the discretion of the Department, per section XIII of the Construction Contract Bidding and Award Manual. Any delay to the Contract award or failure to award shall not be the basis for any claims by any bidder.
300-202 GENERAL 0300-0202 10 September 2016
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - PRE-BID QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
Questions pertaining to DOT advertised construction projects must be presented through the CTDOT Pre-Bid Q and A Website. The Department cannot guarantee that all questions will be answered prior to the bid date. PLEASE NOTE - at 9:00 am Monday (i.e. typical Wednesday Bid Opening) the project(s) being bid will be closed for questions, at which time questions can no longer be submitted through the Q and A Website.
Answers may be provided by the Department up to 12:00 noon, the day before the bid. At this time, the Q and A for those projects will be considered final, unless otherwise stated and/or the bid is postponed to a future date and time to allow for further questions and answers to be posted.
If a question needs to be asked the day before the bid date, please contact the Contracts Unit staff and email your question to [email protected] immediately.
Contractors must identify their company name, contact person, contact email address and phone number when asking a question. The email address and phone number will not be made public.
The questions and answers (if any) located on the Q and A Website are hereby made part of the bid/contract solicitation documents (located on the State Contracting Portal), and resulting contract for the subject project(s). It is the bidder’s responsibility to monitor, review, and become familiar with the questions and answers, as with all bid requirements and contract documents, prior to bidding. By signing the bid proposal and resulting contract, the bidder acknowledges receipt of, and agrees to the incorporation of the final list of Q and A, into the contract document.
Contractors will not be permitted to file a future claim based on lack of receipt, or knowledge of the questions and answers associated with a project. All bidding requirements and project information, including but not limited to contract plans, specifications, addenda, Q and A, Notice to Contractors, etc., are made public on the State Contracting Portal and/or the CTDOT website.
300-202
GENERAL
0300-0202 11 Rev. Date 1/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - CONTRACT DURATION
The Contractor is hereby notified that this is not to be considered an ordinary project by any means and that due to the inconvenience to the traveling public that it causes, extra manpower, equipment and workshifts may be required to complete the work in accordance within the specified contract time.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 12 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – EARLY SUBMITTALS
The Contractor is hereby advised that the Department has identified the potential need to order certain materials and equipment, and thereby submit certain submittals for approval early in the construction process to insure the Project is completed within the allowable Contract Time. Submittals shall be in accordance with Form 817 Article 1.20-1.05.02. The following items have been identified as possibly requiring early ordering thereby requiring early submission of shop drawings and product data, including color selection charts and samples:
Cable Routing Plan Video Management System Support Services PTZ Dome Cameras Fixed Mount Dome Cameras 360 Degree Dome Cameras
The following items have been identified as possibly requiring early submission for purposes of project coordination and project work scheduling:
Selection of the Project Coordinator Baseline Critical Path Schedule Contractor’s Submittal Schedule Health and Safety Plan
The lists above are not intended to be all-inclusive and do not relieve the Contractor from coordinating the activities of its subcontractors and suppliers. The Contractor will not be permitted to perform any physical work on the Project without the approval of the required submittals. Failure to properly plan for long lead items within the Contract schedule will not be justification for additional construction time.
It is recommended that the Contractor identify early in the construction sequencing process the subcontractors and suppliers associated with long lead-time items and submit the appropriate shop drawings and supporting data, including color selection charts and samples, for review upon Notice to Proceed.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 13 Rev. Date 04/11/18
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – FRA ALCOHOL AND DRUG TESTING
On October 16, 2008, the United States Congress enacted the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (RSIA). RSIA directs the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) to promulgate new safety regulations related to railroad safety. The purpose of this NTC is to notify you of certain requirements recently promulgated by the FRA that may be applicable to work you are currently performing, or may in the future perform, for the Connecticut Department of Transportation (Department).
On June 10, 2016, the FRA published a final rule expanding the scope of its drug and alcohol testing regulations (FRA Regulations) to provide that “[e]ach railroad must ensure that a regulated employee is subject to being selected for random testing... whenever the employee performs regulated service on the railroad’s behalf.” 49 C.F.R. § 219.601. A “regulated employee” includes a contractor to a railroad or any individual who is performing activities for a railroad and includes those contractors, consultants or individuals who are deemed “maintenance-of-way” employees under 49 C.F.R. Part 219 (See 49 C.F.R. §219.5).
The term maintenance-of-way (MOW) employee, as used in 49 C.F.R. Part 219, is defined in 49 C.F.R. § 214.7 as “any employee…of a contractor to a railroad, whose duties include inspection, construction, maintenance or repair of railroad track, bridges, roadway, signal and communications systems, electric traction systems, roadway facilities or roadway maintenance machinery on or near track or with the potential of fouling a track, and flagmen and watchmen/lookouts.” (collectively, MOW Activities).
The final rule, which is effective June 12, 2017, requires contractors and consultants employing MOW employees to submit a Part 219 Compliance Plan to FRA prior to the effective date. Please consult the following link to the model drug and alcohol plan prepared by the FRA for guidance.
https://www.fra.dot.gov/eLib/details/L02814
The final rule mandates, among other things, the establishment of a random testing pool to ensure a testing rate of 50% of MOW employees for drugs and 25% of MOW employees for alcohol on an annual basis. For more information related to the requirements, please refer to:
http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?rgn=div5&node=49:4.1.1.1.14
Every contractor or consultant that is performing MOW Activities must comply with its obligations under 49 C.F.R. Part 219 to ensure that all MOW employees are being randomly tested for drugs and alcohol. Failure of a contractor or consultant to timely comply with the FRA Regulations may subject that firm to civil penalties. In addition, MetroNorth Railroad (MNR) has stated that contractors or consultants who do not comply with the FRA regulations will not be able to work on MNR property.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 14 Rev. Date 04/11/18
The Department strongly urges all contractors and consultants to consult with their attorneys and/or to conduct their own independent due diligence regarding the requirements imposed by the new FRA Regulations to determine what steps are necessary to assure compliance. The information provided herein is advisory in nature and is offered without warranty of any kind. The Department does not accept any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information contained herein.
Any questions regarding the FRA Regulations concerning drug and alcohol testing should be directed to: Mr. Gerald Powers, Drug and Alcohol Program Manager, Office of Safety Enforcement, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590 or via telephone (202) 4936313.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 15 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – LIMITATION OF CONTRACTOR OPERATIONS
The Contractor shall repair at its own expense any and all damage caused by construction operations to existing buildings unless said damage is scheduled as part of the Project work.
During all times that the Project Site is occupied by the Engineer and Department personnel, the Contractor shall maintain the following utilities and services to the extent described to permit Department operations:
1. Electrical Service: The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all monthly electrical usage utility costs related to their construction field office.
2. Telephone Service: The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all monthly telephone utility usage costs related to their construction field office.
3. Sanitary Facilities: The Contractor is responsible for emptying the sanitary facilities at its expense.
The Contractor shall bid the Project accordingly.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 16 Rev. Date 6/25/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – METRO-NORTH RAILROAD SUBMITTALS
The submittals associated with the specifications listed below, that require Metro-North Railroad review for conformance with the Contract, shall be clearly labeled “Requires Metro-North Review” on the transmittal. Review of the following submittals in accordance with Standard Specifications Article 1.20-1.05.02. The Contractor shall bid the project accordingly.
Special Provisions:
1. Item #1108668A - Ethernet Switch - Cisco 4503E 2. Item #1108675A– Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE3200 3. Item #1108676A– Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE5000 4. Item #1108679A – Ethernet Switch – Cisco C2960XR 5. Item #1108672A – Cisco Professional Services 6. Item #1108868A – CCTV Workstation Software Licenses 7. Item #1108881A – Video Management System Software Licenses 8. Item #1108871A – Network Management System 9. Item #1108882A – VMS Support Services 10. Item #0150690 - VMS Technical Service Agreement 11. Item #1112241A - Fiber Optic Splice Enclosure 12. Item #1108844A – 72 Fiber Optic Patch Panel
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 17 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – PHOTO IDENTIFICATION
The Contractor is hereby notified that all employees, including subcontractors, who will work on the Project will be required to carry personal photo identification, such as a valid driver’s license.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 18 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – SPECIAL ELECTRICAL CATENARY WORK
The Contractor is hereby advised that the Project includes electrical work on the existing catenary structures. The Contractor’s personnel working near or at catenary structures must be Blue Sticker Certified by MNR. The Contractor shall assume any and all cost associated with obtaining this certification. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to all requirements as specified within the Contract in the performance of this Project work.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 19 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – SUBMITTALS
Transmittal of Submittals: Unless otherwise stipulated, all submittals requiring review for conformance with the Contract shall be transmitted by electronically to STV Incorporated, 185 Plains Rd, Suite 208E, Milford, CT 06461.
A transmittal letter shall be sent electronically to Mr. Jayantha Mather, Office of Rail, Connecticut Department of Transportation, 2800 Berlin Turnpike, P.O. Box 317546, Newington, CT 06131-7546, Attention: Mr. Yure Kuljis.
Copies of the transmittal letter shall be sent electronically to the Robert P. Pettinicchi, Office of Rail Construction, 50 Union Ave, 3rd Floor West, New Haven, CT 06519, Attention: Rodney Armstrong.
Copies of the transmittal letter shall be sent electronically to Metro-North Railroad, 525 Water Street, 3rd Floor, Bridgeport, CT 06604, Attention: Mr. David Willard, P.E.
Submittals requiring review for conformance with the Contract that shall be submitted directly to the District Engineer in lieu of the Designer are listed below. Copies of the transmittal letters shall be sent electronically to the Manager of State Design.
Concrete Mix Design Certifications Asphalt Mix Design Certifications Erosion Control Plan and Materials Demolition Plan Certified Concrete Cylinder Test Results Certified Mill Certificates for Reinforcing Steel Mill Certificates for Structural Steel
Submittals requiring review for conformance with the Environmental Contract work that shall be transmitted electronically to Manager of Environmental Compliance, Bureau of Engineering and Highway Operations, Connecticut Department of Transportation, 2800 Berlin Turnpike, P.O. Box 317546, Newington, CT 06131-7546, Room 3127. Copies of the transmittal letters shall be sent electronically to the Manager of State Design and to the District Engineer.
Health and Safety Plan
Submittal Preparation and Processing: The Contractor shall provide the Designer with complete submittal packages (Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples, and Quality Assurance Submittals, as applicable) for individual elements of Project work for a concurrent review of all information. Incomplete submittal packages will be returned to the Contractor without being reviewed.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 20 Rev. Date 01/23/19
The Contractor shall submit electronic copies in PDF format of each required submittal for the Designer’s review in accordance with Form 817. The PDF versions shall be created electronically and not scanned from a printed copy.
Samples: Where Samples are for selection of color, pattern, texture or similar characteristics from a range of choices, submit 2 full sets of the standard and custom choices for the material or product. Where Samples illustrate assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation and similar characteristics, submit 1 sample (or set, if applicable).
Designer’s Action: The Designer will return electronic copies marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with “No Exceptions Taken” or “Exceptions as Noted” notation from the Engineer’s action stamp. One set of submittals shall be maintained as a “Record Document”.
Samples: The Designer will return one set of samples marked with the action taken. The set of samples shall be maintained at the Project site when returned.
The Contractor shall not proceed with procurement, manufacture, or fabrication of items submitted for review, until such submittals have been designated by the Engineer as "No Exceptions Taken" or "Exceptions as Noted," unless specifically authorized to do so by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer within ten (10) days if any correction indicated on submittals constitutes a change of the Contract requirements.
Maintenance manuals and warranties will not be returned unless they are rejected.
Submittals to be Re-submitted If corrections to the submittals are required, returned copies will be marked "Revise and Resubmit”, “Rejected”, or other similar notation. An electronic copy will be returned to the Contractor for corrections. The Contractor shall resubmit the corrected material in the same quantity originally submitted within twenty-one (21) days after receipt by the Contractor of the returned submittal.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 21 Rev. Date 06/25/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – UTILITY SERVICE CONNECTIONS
The electric, water and sewer services to the Project Site require service connections to the applicable utility company’s facilities. Utility service connections and installations to the point of the utility service are included as shown and described within the Contract.
The Contractor is responsible for notifying the utility company prior to the need for the utility connection, and for coordinating the service connection and/or relocation requirements with the utility company. The Contractor shall coordinate with the following utility companies:
Electric: Eversource Energy and Third Taxing District of Norwalk Water: Aquarion Water Company of Connecticut Sewer: City of Bridgeport Water Pollution Control Authority
Where known, utility company representatives are identified elsewhere within the Contract.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 22 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – ACCEPTANCE TESTING
General Requirements:
The Contractor shall verify that the complete System, installed and configured, meets all requirements set forth in the specifications and plans to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The contractor shall provide test, inspection, and documented test results sufficient to verify design, ensure proper performance, safety and reliability, and demonstrate compliance with the specifications. All systems, components, installation, and any associated workmanship or materials are required to be reviewed, tested, and accepted prior to turnover to MNR. The Contractor shall test all functional requirements set forth in the specification have been met by the System.
The Contractor shall submit test procedures for the approval of the Engineer, showing in complete detail the manner in which they propose to perform each test. The Contractor shall provide full documentation and certifications of all tests performed. Six (6) copies of a test report that includes test instrumentation, description, calibration, certification data, test methods, test results, and other pertinent information shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval.
An Acceptance Testing Plan and all Test Procedures shall be prepared by the Contractor. The Contractor shall give 20 days’ advance notice when the Contractor is ready to perform acceptance testing. Actual date and time of testing will be determined by the Engineer.
The Engineer or his representative will witness all tests. The Contractor shall be responsible for retesting of any items as necessary at no additional cost. As defined herein, the Contractor, in the presence of the Engineer, shall inspect the installation for conformity with the approved design and drawings and as recommended by the manufacturers. The Contractor shall provide all facilities, labor and equipment and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of the inspections and reports thereof. This shall apply to both Contractor and Railroad furnished equipment.
Additional requirements for specific Items may be listed in other Specifications. The absence of specific test requirements in another section does not relieve the Contractor from performing testing for those items. Likewise, listing specific requirements elsewhere does not relieve the Contractor from complying with requirements listed herein.
Applicable Standards:
Pertinent provisions of the following latest standards shall apply to the work of this Section, except as they may be modified herein, and are hereby made a part of this Specification to the extent required.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 23 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Organization Number Title
ANSI C2 National Electrical Safety Code ANSI/IEEE 829 Standard for Software and System Test Documentation NFPA 70 National Electrical Code
Materials:
All measuring instruments shall be of the precision type and shall have a valid calibration certificate at the time of test. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing all test personnel, test instruments, inspection vehicle, and other equipment/materials necessary for performing and recording field inspections and tests.
Submittals:
Test Plan:
The Contractor shall submit for approval by the Engineer a Test Plan outlining all testing to be performed. At a minimum, the Contractor’s Acceptance Test Plans shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/IEEE Standard 829. The Test Plan shall contain but not be limited to the following: 1. A list and schedule of all testing and inspection activities (duration, order, prerequisites) including flow diagram of inspections and tests. 2. A description of the overall test environment including: test equipment details; test equipment configuration sketches and diagrams including cabling requirements; and hardware and software required for the test including the number and type of devices to be used during the test and/or the method of simulation. 3. A summary statement of each test phase. 4. A narrative presenting the Contractor’s plan for achieving all testing requirements. 5. Safety program defining general precautions to be taken, notices, signs and barriers to be posted concerning the safety of the public, work personnel and equipment. The program will define precautionary measures to be taken prior to, during and following the inspection and test until such time as normal work is resumed. 3. Samples of test forms to be used during testing. 4. Preliminary test procedures for all tests. Test Procedures shall be fully developed after approval of the Test Plan. 5. The Contractor shall apply these requirements to all Tests described herein.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 24 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Test Procedures:
The Contractor shall develop Test Procedures for all tests and inspections. The Contractor shall sufficiently document test procedures to ensure that each test is comprehensive, representative of the functions to be exercised, and repeatable in whole or in part if so desired. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the final versions of all Test Procedures at least four (4) weeks before the start of testing. The Engineer will approve test procedures only if they are inclusive and thoroughly test each device and, where applicable, each subassembly both individually and when connected to external devices.
The Contractor shall minimally include the following information in the test procedures: 1. Test Schedule. 2. Responsibilities of Contractor and Railroad personnel. 3. Record keeping assignments, procedures and forms. 4. Copies of any certified test data to be supplied by the Contractor. 5. List of all documentation to be used during the test. 6. A description of test equipment or data to be supplied by the Contractor. 7. Block diagram of each hardware test configuration(s) including equipment to be supplied by the Railroad. 8. Techniques and equipment used to simulate, or substitute for, devices not available during factory testing. 9. Problem resolution and procedure for handling variances 10. Provisions for retest.
The Contractor shall include in the test procedures the following specific information for each test: 1. The purpose of each test and the functions to be tested. 2. The detailed procedures to be followed. Test procedures shall be written step-by- step such that someone not familiar with the system would be able to perform the test. 3. The test set-up and test conditions. 4. All inputs and outputs. 5. Test firmware/software descriptions and listings. 6. Expected results. 7. Acceptance criteria.
All tests may be witnessed and accepted or rejected by the Engineer or Metro-North Railroad.
Test Records:
The Contractor shall maintain a complete record of all test results. The Contractor shall make the test records available to the Engineer at all times and shall submit the test records to the Engineer upon completion of all testing. The Contractor shall key the test records to the test procedures.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 25 Rev. Date 01/23/19
The Contractor shall include the following in test records, as a minimum: 1. Summary of test, including equipment tested and description of test. 2. The signatures of the Contractor and the Railroad personnel witnessing each of the tests and re-tests. 3. List of test equipment used and calibration date. 4. Any special test conditions or actions taken. 5. Test results, including plots/graphs. 6. Test date and time. 7. Software versions of associated software. 8. All serial numbers of associated hardware. 9. Space for comments by the witnesses.
The Contractor shall prepare and include a variance report in the test record each time a deviation from Contract Document requirements is detected. The variance report shall include a complete description of the variance, and indicate whether the variance is to be corrected immediately, at the end of the current test session, or at some identified point in the future.
Once corrected, the Contractor shall document corrective actions taken to eliminate each variance by providing sufficient information to enable the Engineer to determine the need for re- testing the equipment, for testing interactions with any previously tested equipment, and for updating documentation as a result of the corrective action. The variance is eliminated when the Contractor and the Engineer have acknowledged, by signature, correction of the variance.
Before any testing begins, the Contractor shall submit a copy of their Acceptance Testing Plan and Acceptance Test Procedures, tables, and all forms to be used for recording all results of the inspections and tests, to the Engineer.
Each set of Test Records shall include a brief written summary of the final Test notes, exceptions and findings and shall be compiled, bound and submitted for review no later than 30 days after the completion of the test.
Construction Methods:
The Contractor shall not proceed to the next phase of testing without approval of the Engineer. Conditional approvals to proceed to the next phase shall be addressed and verified as soon as possible in the next testing phase.
Prior to gaining approval to conduct witnessed Acceptance Testing, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a preliminary test report enumerating each component of each system tested and showing satisfactory results.
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for site safety and the satisfactory completion of inspection and tests as per the Acceptance Testing Plan. The Contractor shall prepare a detailed site safety plan following the guidelines included in the Acceptance Test Plan. The Contractor
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 26 Rev. Date 01/23/19 shall provide personnel to enforce the site safety plan. If tests and/or inspections are repeated due to discrepancies, defects in the installations and/or the equipment, the Contractor shall bear all costs pertaining to the retest.
The Contractor shall promptly correct any defects in the materials or installations. Any visible defect on the Railroad furnished equipment shall be considered the Contractor’s responsibility unless previously documented and submitted to the Engineer. Defects noted at time of delivery shall be resolved prior to acceptance testing. Functional failure of Railroad furnished equipment shall be resolved by the Railroad. Any retesting caused by Railroad furnished equipment failures will be the responsibility of the Railroad unless specifically noted otherwise.
Acceptance of test results by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the installed system to meet the specifications as set forth herein and other sections of the Specifications.
Pre-Installation (Factory) Testing:
Pre-installation/factory testing shall be performed by the Contractor and include inspection of all System equipment prior to delivery to any work site. The contractor shall inspect and test all system equipment for the following:
1. Damage to equipment 2. Missing components and parts 3. Correct power and communication connections 4. Correct positioning and mounting 5. Conformance to the configuration plan 6. Completeness 7. All installed equipment shall be energized, exercised, and tested for function and operation. 8. All installed equipment communication ports shall be subject to testing that shall confirm proper data exchange. 9. Compatibility with associated equipment (including camera compatibility with the existing Verint Nextiva System). The Contractor shall test all software and hardware components individually and as an integrated system to ensure that they perform according to the Specifications as set forth herein.
Items manufactured by the Contractor, such as CCTV cabinets and remote switch cabinets shall be manufactured in a controlled facility and be fully tested prior to delivery to the site. Such items may be inspected by the Engineer or Railroad personnel at any time.
Field Installation Testing
Field Installation Testing shall be performed by the Contractor and be performed following the equipment installation and configuration. The Test Procedures shall require sufficient testing to
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 27 Rev. Date 01/23/19
determine that no shipment or installation problems have occurred and that all devices are installed and operate as intended.
Field Installation Testing should take place locally at each location in order to effectively troubleshoot the devices and ensure each location is properly configured prior to an integrated system-wide test. Testing submittals shall be in the same general format as the Pre-Installation (Factory) Test documentation. Because the Field Installation Testing will be on the installed equipment, properly connected, configured, and interfaced to the actual field devices, the test procedures shall be in correspondingly greater detail than the Pre-Installation Test and shall demonstrate the full and complete local system functionality and compliance with all Contract Requirements. At a minimum, Field Installation Testing shall include: a. General inspections – Verify no damage has occurred b. Verification of wiring – Ensure no sharp bend exist, verify cable sizes and quantities, verify cable management in place and cabling is dressed and secured, verify labeling, verify ground is in place, verify correct circuit breakers c. Verification of grounding – Verify all items are properly grounded and bonded d. Verification of installation – Verify installation locations and details against approved shop drawings. Verify all items to be installed are present. Test procedures shall list all equipment and devices along with quantities and specific configurations for verification e. Verification of labeling – For all wiring, devices, panels, breakers, etc. f. Power on test – verify cabinet voltage, device power and voltage (both inputs and outputs), ensure no breakers trip, verify all equipment is operational as intended, verify voltage drop g. Functional testing - verify command, control, and monitoring of all devices locally. h. Field of views – Verify field of views against approved views. Camera views shall be tested during both daytime and nighttime hours for verification of low light operations. Any repairs, construction, or modifications as required to comply with this Item shall be performed at the Contractor’s expense. Camera view and IR illumination adjustments shall be adjusted under the direction of the Engineer to obtain the optimal fields of view and illumination levels. i. Other requirements specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
Preliminary marked-up shop drawings shall be available during the tests and their accuracy shall be verified as part of the Field Installation Testing.
Integrated System Testing
After Field Installation Testing and agreement by the Engineer to initiate Integrated System Testing, the System shall be tested as a complete integrated System. Integrated System Testing shall be conducted with all devices and components installed, integrated as a system.
Integrated System Testing shall be in the same general format as previous testing. Integrated System Testing shall include:
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 28 Rev. Date 01/23/19
1. Verify Video Management System parameters such as IP addresses, recording rates, user access, device locations, maps, failover, dual recording, etc. 2. Command, control, and monitoring of all field interface equipment both locally and over the network where required by the Contract Documents. Verify Video Management System functions as described in other sections. 3. Verification of all existing functionality and configurations of the System prior to modifications under this Contract remain unless specifically removed by this Contract. 4. Verify Network Monitoring System – ensure all devices are configured for monitoring and verify configuration. Tests such as loss of video input, loss of IP camera network link, network link failure, power supply failure, shall be tested. 5. Verify network failover – In cooperation with Metro-North personnel, verify in the event of network link failure, network traffic is re-routed. 6. Other requirements specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
During the Integrated System Testing, the Contractor shall perform any recalibration, reconfiguration, or reprogramming of the System hardware and software required as part of the normal operational configuration and to correct any system bug or errors encountered to ensure that the system performs in accordance with the Specifications and required sequences of operation. Such changes shall include field device adjustments such as cameras and IR illuminators. Field of views (including IR illumination) shall be further verified to ensure installation is secure and has not rotated out of position.
After completion of installation and prior to witnessed testing, a factory trained technician shall test and certify the system’s operation. Test shall also certify that equipment is installed in accordance with approved factory means and methods.
The existing CCTV system shall remain operational throughout testing unless specifically authorized otherwise by Metro-North.
31 Day Operational Acceptance Testing
Prior to the commencement of Operational Acceptance Testing the Contractor shall furnish one complete set of the approved equipment shop drawings, wiring diagrams, and maintenance and operations manuals for use by the Engineer during the test process.
Operational Acceptance Testing shall commence following notification by the Engineer that the results of the Integrated System Test are satisfactory. The Operational Acceptance Test shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide test procedures to periodically verify all functionality is operating as intended, with full functionality verified at least once per week and spot checks at least once per day.
During the Operational Test period, the Engineer (or designated official) may operate the system as specified using the fully configured software and hardware and all applicable manuals, printed guides, and procedures submitted by the Contractor. The Contractor shall correct any major
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 29 Rev. Date 01/23/19
failure or malfunction of material significance during the period as it occurs. Said malfunctions include, but are not limited to, equipment failure or failure of the System to comply with any requirement. Major failure is defined for this purpose as any failure of any item of the equipment or software, or both, that prevents the Engineer from performing meaningful work based upon the Railroad’s business needs.
During the Operational Acceptance Testing, the Contractor shall perform any re-calibration, reconfiguration, or re-programming of the System hardware and software required as part of the normal operational configuration and to correct any system bug or errors encountered to ensure that the system performs in accordance with the Specifications and required sequences of operation. Such changes shall include field device adjustments such as cameras and IR illuminators. All changes performed during Operational Acceptance Testing shall be fully documented by the Contractor and shall not be implemented without prior approval by the Engineer.
All malfunctions encountered during Operational Acceptance Testing shall be corrected by the Contractor at their expense. After correction, the Operational Acceptance Test shall restart at day one, and shall continue until the results meet the conditions and terms of the performance period and the System has operated continuously for 31 consecutive days without error or malfunction.
Upon completion of the testing, prior to final acceptance, thoroughly clean (internally and externally) all equipment furnished and/or installed in accordance with manufacturer recommended cleaning methods.
Testing shall not be considered complete until all Test Records have been submitted with passing results and accepted by the Engineer. Contractor shall allow a minimum of 21 days for review of Test Records by the Engineer.
Failure to Complete Acceptance Testing Successfully
In the event the system is deemed not to have successfully completed Operational Acceptance Testing within ninety (90) days of the scheduled completion, the Engineer may, at its sole discretion, elect one of the following options, the election of which shall be effective upon written notification to the Contractor by the Engineer: 1. Engineer may require the Contractor to install, within such time period as may be mutually agreed in writing by the Engineer and the Contractor, a direct substitute of equipment or components. Contractor shall use due care in the removal and substitution of such equipment or components. Such substitutions shall be subject to all testing as provided in this section and, in the event such substitute component fails to successfully complete all the testing by the agreed-upon date, the provisions of this paragraph shall again be applicable. 2. The Engineer may permit the Contractor to continue to attempt to successfully complete the Acceptance Testing required by this Section; however, the Engineer may revoke its election of this alternative at any time upon not less than five (5) days prior written notice to the Contractor, in which event the Engineer may, in its
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 30 Rev. Date 01/23/19
sole discretion, elect any one of the other options specified in this paragraph, the further election of which shall be effective upon written notification of the Contractor by the Engineer. 3. The Engineer may pursue any other remedy hereunder or available at law or in equity or seek to enforce any damages, in addition to those provided under the Contract.
Exchange and Expansion Equipment during Factory, Field and Acceptance Testing
Contractor shall certify in writing to the Engineer when exchange or expansion equipment, devices, or components are installed and ready for use. For the purpose of this section, “expansion” is used to denote equipment which is not specified in the approved final design Bill of Materials. If this occurs during the 31 Day Operational Test, the operational test must re-start.
Payment
Testing shall be included in the price of each item. No additional payments will be made. The Contractor shall bid the Project accordingly. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor does not fulfill the requirements of this section, payments for items not fully tested may be withheld.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 31 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
Description:
The work of this Section consists of furnishing and installing basic electrical materials applicable to the electrical work specified in other sections as modified to those sections.
Applicable Standards:
Pertinent provisions of the following listed standards shall apply to the work of this Section, except as they may be modified herein, and are hereby made part of this Specification to the extent required:
Organization Number Title ANSI C78.1 Fluorescent Lamps – Rapid Start Types ANSI C82.1 Specifications for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and ASTM A153 Steel Hardware Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on ASTM A386 Assembled Steel Products ASTM B3 Soft or Annealed Cooper Wire Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, ASTM B8 Medium-Hard, or Soft ASTM B187 Copper Bus Bar, Rod and Shapes Specification for Electro-Deposited Coatings of Zinc ASTM B633 on Iron or Steel Tests of Dielectric Breakdown Voltage and Dielectric ASTM D149 Strength of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials at Commercial Power Frequencies ASTM D570 Test for Water Absorption of Plastics Test for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of ASTM D635 Burning of Self-supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position ASTM D638 Test for Tensile Properties of Plastics ASTM D648 Tests for Deflection Temperature of Plastics
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 32 Rev. Date 01/23/19
ASTM D695 Test of Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics Tests for Flexural Properties of Un-reinforced and ASTM D790 Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials ASTM D2240 Test for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness NEMA PB1 Panelboards NEMA TC2 Electric Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit PVC Fittings for Use With Rigid PVC Conduit and NEMA TC3 Tubing NEMA WC5 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable Cross-Linked-Thermosetting-Polyethylene Insulated NEMA WC7 Wire and Cable NEMA WC8 Ethylene-Propylene-Rubber-Insulated Wire and Cable NEMA WD1 General Purpose Wiring Devices NFPA 70 National Electrical Code (NEC) IEEE C2 National Electrical Safety Code (NESC)
UL 6 Rigid Metal Conduit UL 67 Panel Boards UL 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment UL 498 Attachment Plugs and Receptacles Lamp holders, Starters, and Starter Holders for UL 542 Fluorescent Lamps UL 506 Specialty Transformers UL 651 Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit UL 870 Wire ways, Auxiliary Gutters and Associated Fittings UL 935 Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts UL 1008 Automatic Transfer Switches UL 1059 Terminal Blocks UL 1570 Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures
Submittals: Submit the following:
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 33 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Manufacturer’s description, shop/working drawings, material/procurement specifications, installation instructions, technical data and certificates for all materials and items supplied under this Section. List of special tools and associated catalog cuts. Equipment interconnection diagrams, wiring and circuit schedules. Indicate locations of power panels used. Include information for all existing circuit breakers (including trip, AIC, and voltage ratings), description of the loads attached to the existing circuit breakers, panel ratings and electrical service, and locations for new circuit breakers where applicable. Contractor shall show ratings of circuit breakers to be used have been coordinated with the electrical loads to be attached. Submit voltage drop calculations based on actual cable/conduit routing. Voltage drops shall be shown at full current draw of the attached equipment, as well as the full operating capacity of the breaker (80% of the breaker rating).
Design and production test plan, test procedures and certified test reports.
Materials:
Materials furnished shall be standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of materials specified.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
Exposed Conduits – Unless specifically noted otherwise noted on the Plans, conduits outdoors at stations and SAGA Bridge shall be PVC coated RGS. Risers on catenary structures at node houses shall be RMC. Risers on catenary structures at substations shall be RGS. All other conduits shall be rigid galvanized steel unless otherwise noted.
PVC Conduits and Fittings – Conduits shall comply with NEMA TC2 and UL651, schedule 80 as required, and have the following properties:
Flammability – ASTM D635, self-extinguishing Tensile Strength – ASTM D638, 6,000 psi at 78 degrees F. Flexural Strength – ASTM D790, 12,500 psi. Compressive Strength – ASTM D695, 4000 psi. Hardness – ASTM D2240 (Durometer D), 77. Water Absorption – ASTM D570, 0.03 percent maximum, in 24 hours at 72 degrees F. Dielectric Strength – ASTM D149, 1,100V per mil. Thermal Conductivity – I.3 BTU per house per square foot per degrees F per inch. Conduit Cement – As recommended by conduit manufacturer.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 34 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Fittings – NEMA TC3. Spacers – Styrene, interlocking type.
Rigid Galvanized Steel (RGS) Conduits and Fittings – Conduits, couplings, elbows, bends and nipples shall meet the requirements of NEC, UL 6, ANSI 80.1, NEMA RN-1 (includes PVC coated RGS). Refer to Special Provisions for additional requirements for PVC coated RGS.
One-hole conduit straps shall be hot-dip galvanized malleable iron. Where used with PVC coated conduit, one-hole conduit strap shall be PVC coated malleable iron. All one-hole straps shall be used with backstrap of the same type. All other hardware shall be 316 stainless steel unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Refer to Special Provisions for additional requirements for PVC coated RGS.
Strut channel shall be 1-5/8” x 1-5/8” 12 gauge, ASTM A240, 316 stainless steel, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Depth shall be as required to satisfy the load requirements including the safety factor and designed to accept special spring-held nuts for securing hanger rods and other attachments. Nuts and clamps shall be compatible with the channel. All nuts and clamps shall be steel and finished similar to the hanger rods. All hardware shall be 316 stainless steel unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Hangers shall be capable of supporting a load equal to the sum of the weights of the conduits, cable trays, or equipment and wires, and the weight of the hangers, plus an additional 200 pounds minimum.
All materials shall be of same material and finish compatible with each other to form a complete conduit support system in accordance with manufacturer instructions.
Suitable conduit sealing bushings shall be provided for all conduits as required. All empty conduits shall be sealed with blank conduit sealing bushings. All conduit penetrations in floors/walls shall be provided with required number of conduit seals.
Hangers and Supports
Hanger Rods – ASTM A193 or A320, B8M Class 2, 316 stainless steel unless otherwise noted on Plans. Provide hanger rods not smaller than 1/2-inch diameter, threaded either full length or for a sufficient distance at each end to permit at least 1-1/2 inch of adjustment. All rods shall be continuous.
Trapeze, Multiple Conduit Hangers – Fabricated from two or more hanger rods, a steel channel horizontal member and U-bolts, clamps and other attachments necessary for securing hanger rods and conduits.
Horizontal Member – Continuous metal channel single or double, as required.
Surface Mounted Outlet and Switch Boxes – Cast iron alloy, hub-type with cover gasket in wet locations, complete with painted steel cover plates and complying with ASTM A48.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 35 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Dry Locations – Galvanized, 16 MSG minimum, sheet steel with welded seams and screw covers.
Wet Locations – NEMA Type 4, hot-dip galvanized cast iron complying with ASTM A48 and A153.
Insulated Wire, Cable and Accessories – UL Listed for the intended purpose.
Bus Bar – 1¼” extra heavy copper tubular bus, couplings, and connectors shall comply with ASTM B187.
Conductors – Soft or annealed copper conductors shall comply with ASTM B3.
Power Circuits – Minimum wire size shall be No. 12 AWG. All wire shall be ASTM B8, Class B stranded.
Control Circuits – Minimum wire size shall be No. 14 AWG, ASTM B8, Class B stranded.
Fixture Wiring – Minimum wire size shall be No. 16 AWG, ASTM B8, Class C Stranded.
Insulation – Control Circuits (except panel wiring)- NEC Type THW conforming to NEMA WC5, or Type RHW conforming to NEMA WC 8. Power Circuits – NEC Type RHW-2 conforming to NEMA WC 8, or NEC, Type XHHW-2 conforming to NEMA WC 7.
Panel Wiring – NEC Type SIS. Complying with UL 83 flame retardant properties test.
Terminations for 600V Wire and Cable – Terminal connections shall be UL listed and have capacity and insulation voltage ratings of not less than the ratings of the wire or cable terminated.
Terminals for No. 10 and smaller wire – Vinyl-insulated, electro-tin-plated, electrolytic copper locking spade.
Terminals for No. 4/0 and larger wire – Long barrel, tin plated copper, compression – type, with NEMA 2-hole pad, or as shown on drawings.
Terminals for No. 8 to 3/0 wire – Compression, tin-plated copper lugs.
Shielded wires shall be used as applicable.
Wire Identification Markers
Power cable identification marker – Engraved water resistant plastic or brass tag tied to cable with wire tie.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 36 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Control wire identification marker – water resistant, factory printed vinyl, with printing protected by clear, permanent overcoat.
Wire ties – Nylon strap with stainless steel locking barb and taper, black, ultraviolet ray resistant.
Wiring Devices
Terminal Blocks – Complying with UL 1059. Terminal blocks shall be of the washer head screw type. Base and inter-terminal barriers shall accommodate terminals for No. 8 AWG and smaller stranded copper wire connectors. Terminal blocks shall be identified and provided with ten percent spare terminals, over those required for circuit wiring. Terminal blocks shall be rack or rail mounted in vertical rows with permanent marker tags.
Switches – Complying with UL 20 and NEMA WD 1. Heavy-duty, AC general use, snap type, toggle operated and rated 20 A, 120-277 V. Switches shall be single pole, double pole, one way or two way, as required.
Receptacles – Complying with UL 498 and NEMA WD 1. Heavy duty, GFCI, general use type, rated 20A, 120-277 V. Receptacles as required to suit specific needs of equipment installed shall also be provided. Where connected to branch circuits less than 20A, 15A rated receptacle may be used.
AC Distribution Panel Boards – AC panel boards shall comply with the requirements of NEMA PB 1 and certified to UL 67 and shall be suitable for three-wire, 120/240V AC distribution service as indicated on the plans. Panel boards shall be equipped with main and branch circuit breakers, rated as required.
Panel boards shall be housed in a NEMA Type 12 enclosure, with hinged front cover, lockable handle, and two-point latch, minimum. Ground lug shall be furnished, welded to enclosure.
Buses shall be electrical grade copper with silver plated contact surfaces. Neutral bus shall have the same rating as the phase bus. Copper ground bus shall be furnished.
Circuit breakers shall comply with NEMA AB 1, with current ratings as indicated and not less than 10,000 A interrupting rating at 240/120 V. Circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type with quick-make, quick-break action. Contact ON and OFF positions and trip action due to overload or short circuit shall be clearly indicated by the handle position.
Voltage drop for circuits shall not exceed three percent (3%) at full breaker operating capacity (80% of the breaker rating) unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. In no case should the voltage drop exceed 3% at full current draw of the attached equipment.
Manufacturer Testing
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 37 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Design Tests: All the design tests, per relevant ANSI, NEMA, and UL Standards, shall be, or shall have been, performed on the equipment.
Production Tests: All the production tests, per relevant ANSI, NEMA, and UL Standards, shall be performed on each item of equipment supplied.
Construction Methods:
Installation work shall be in accordance with applicable requirements of NFPA 70 and shall comply with the regulations of NEC, NESC and USC.
The Plans show facilities diagrammatically and do not show offsets, fittings, and accessories that may be required. Investigate carefully the structural and finish conditions affecting the work, and provide such fittings and accessories as required. Control erection tolerance requirements to not impair the strength, safety, serviceability, or appearance of the installations. Determine exact locations of conduit. Route conduits parallel and perpendicular to building lines unless otherwise indicated or approved in the field by the Engineer.
All cabling shall be installed in conduit. Provide a complete end-to-end system.
Conduits fills shall not exceed fill ratios as required by NEC. Communications and fiber conduit fills shall follow the same requirements as power conduits. For purposes of conduit fill, each fiber cable, regardless of the number of fibers contained in the cable, shall be considered one (1) conductor. Conduit sizes shown on Plans are minimal. Contractor shall ensure proper conduit sizing based on the requirements on NFPA 70, Contract Specifications, and actual materials used.
Materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, and connected as recommended by the manufacturer.
Conduits, Fittings, and Accessories
Embedded Conduits – Embedded conduits shall be properly supported and spaced with spacers, prior to backfilling.
The ends of conduits shall be capped or covered prior to backfilling.
Conduits shall be pitched to provide moisture drainage to manholes, if installed.
Conduit expansion fittings, as required, shall be installed to allow for expansion. Expansion fittings shall be designed for use with the type of conduit it’s attached to.
The ends of field cut conduits shall be reamed to remove rough edges. The ends of PVC conduits that are to be joined shall be coated with conduit cement for a length equal to the depth of the coupling or other fitting, to ensure a watertight connection.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 38 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Conduit runs shall be made with approved couplings and unions. Right angle bends shall be made with factory elbows where possible. Offsets and change-in-direction bends shall be made with factory fittings where possible. Conduit runs shall be straight and true; elbows, offsets, and bends shall be uniform and symmetrical. Bends shall be made without kinking or deforming the cross- sectional contour of the conduit. The radius of factory bends and elbows shall be greater than the manufacturer recommended minimum for cables being installed. All field conduit bends shall be made in accordance with manufacturer instructions and recommendations.
Conduits entering outlet boxes, pull boxes, panel board enclosures, terminal cabinets, and similar equipment enclosures shall be attached to the box or enclosure with a locknut outside and a locknut inside tightened against the box or enclosure. Conduit shall be provided with end bushings. Conduit shall be provided with grounding bushings with copper jumper to the box or enclosure ground lug or bus. Conduit 1¼” trade size or larger shall be provided with insulating bushings.
To ensure ground continuity, unleaded, conductive anti-seize compound shall be applied to conduit threads, couplings, and hubs before assembly. Provide electrically and mechanically continuous metallic conduits, connected to ground by bonding to the grounding system from point of origin throughout all runs, cabinets, pullboxes, and fittings.
Trapeze hangers or wall mounted metal framing shall be used to support runs of conduit. Conduit clamps shall be used at the end of each run, at each elbow, and on each intermediate hanger to securely fasten each conduit in the group. The required strength of supports, and the size and type of anchors, shall be based on the combined weights of conduits, wires and supports, and stresses incurred during wire pulling. Individual conduit runs may use one-hole strap and backstrap when not run with other conduits and approved by the Engineer.
Locate position of reinforcing steel and other inserts before drilling holes for anchors. Install drilled-in anchors and inserts in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations in accurately and matched tolerance drilled holes of required diameter and depth. If reinforcing steel is encountered during drilling, notify the Engineer. Remove drilling debris and dust from holes before setting anchors. Coordinate drill hole diameters with manufacturer's instructions for anchor diameter. Take all measures to protect the threads from damage during anchor installation. Set anchors with manufacturer’s recommended torque, using a torque wrench. Failure to develop the required torque shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise specified, do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength.
Conduit runs shall be cleaned and swabbed to remove foreign matter prior to pulling in wire and cable. Cable pulling cord shall be installed in all conduits including spares. Ends of pulling cord shall be tagged with permanent type markers.
Electrical continuity shall be maintained between sections of steel tray by connection to a continuous copper grounding conductor. The grounding conductor shall be connected to local grounding system.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 39 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Outlet, Junction and Pull boxes – Install outlet, junction and pull boxes so that covers are accessible after completion of the installation.
Insulated Wire, Cable and Accessories – Wire and cable shall be installed by means of equipment, devices and the methods recommended by the manufacturer. High-voltage cable splices and terminations shall be performed by qualified personnel.
Wiring and cabling shall be terminated and connected by means of connectors, lugs, and other methods specified.
Power Cabling – AC circuits consisting of multiple single conductors shall be grouped and pulled in separate designated raceways. Adequate slack shall be provided at terminations and in pull boxes.
Cables shall be identified by individual engraved tags at each end of circuit and at any intermediate pull box, junction box, hand hole, or manholes.
Control Wiring – Multi-conductor control wiring between equipment panels and cubicles shall be installed in designated conduits and raceways separate from those use for power cables. Multi- conductor cables installed in the same conduit shall be pulled together.
Where possible, control wiring shall be run from end to end without splices. Approval shall be obtained from the Engineer before splicing any control cables. Each multi-conductor cable shall be identified at each end, and at any intermediate pullbox, junction box, by specified markers.
Control cables shall be neatly laid and grouped in cable tray and secured by specified wire ties. Cable entering equipment panels or cubicles shall be supported and secured to prevent tension on terminations. Adequate slack cable shall be provided and each wire terminated shall be double looped.
Wire Terminations – Power wiring shall be terminated with approved connectors. Provide adequate slack wire, one loop minimum, to prevent strain on termination.
Field Touch Up
Galvanized Metal Surfaces – Coat damaged surfaces, to the strength and finish of the original coating, with polystyrene organic rich compound containing not less than 91 percent by weight metallic zinc powder in dried film.
Painted Metal Surfaces – Clean, treat, and coat damaged surfaces with required rush inhibiting undercoating and finish coat paint system in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
Payment for this work described in this section will be paid under the appropriate pay item.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 40 Rev. Date 1/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – BID RIGGING AND/OR FRAUDS
The Connecticut Department of Transportation is cooperating with the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Justice Department in their investigation into highway construction contract bid rigging and/or frauds.
A toll-free "HOT LINE" telephone number 800-424-9071 has been established to receive information from contractors, subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers or anyone with knowledge of bid rigging and/or frauds either past or current. The "HOT LINE" telephone number will be manned during normal working hours (8 A.M. - 5 P.M. EST.), and information will be treated confidentially and anonymity respected.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 41 Rev. Date 06/10/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS
General: The list of items in the Table below may not be all-inclusive and does not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide spare parts, operation and maintenance manuals, training, and warranties that are required under other Contract provisions.
Spare Parts: The Contractor shall deliver spare parts on products listed in the Table below to the Project Site, to a location(s) determined by the Engineer.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: See NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS.
Product Maintenance Manual: The Contractor shall provide complete information in the materials and finishes manual on products listed in the Table below.
Equipment and Systems Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall provide complete information in the equipment and systems manual on products listed in the Table below.
Training: The Contractor shall provide training on products listed in the Table below.
Warranties: Submit in accordance with Form 817 Article 1.20-1.08.14. The Designer and the Owner will review the warranties for conformance to the Contract.
The Contractor shall provide special warranties on products and installations listed in the Table.
TABLE
Spare Descriptions Warranties Training Parts
Aerial Fiber Optic Cable Snow Shoes X X Fiber Optic Splice Enclosure X X CCTV Camera – Fixed Dome X X X CCTV Camera – PTZ X X X CCTV Camera – 360 Degree Dome X X X Video Encoder X X X IR Power Supply – Rack Mount X X X 60W PoE Injector X X X PTZ Power Supply X X X PoE Surge Suppression – Rack Mount X X X PoE Surge Suppression – Wall Mount X X X
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 42 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Spare Descriptions Warranties Training Parts
PoE Surge Suppression Module X X X Single Encoder as Provided by Elevator Demarcation X X X Box Item Analog Elevator Camera as Provided by Elevator X X X Demarcation Box Item Camera Power Supply as Provided by Elevator X X X Demarcation Box Item Ethernet switch - Cisco IE5000 X X X Ethernet Switch - Cisco 4503E X X X Ethernet switch – Cisco C2960XR X X X Ethernet Switch - Cisco C9500 X X X Ethernet Switch - Cisco IE3200 X X X High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source X X 1 Gbps and 10 Gbps Single-Mode SFP X X X Ethernet switch Services License X X Cisco Console Cable, USB Type A to Mini-B X X SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5, Next Business X X Day Workstations X X CCTV Cabinet – Base X X CCTV Cabinet – SAGA Bridge X X Remote CCTV Cabinet X X Infrared Illuminator X X Video Wall System X X Console Workstation X X Time Server X X X Cisco Network Management System X X Video Decoder X X Video Decoding Workstation X X Uninterruptable Power Supply X X X Automatic Transfer Switch X X X CACP/FACP X X X Standby Generator X X X
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 43 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – COLD WEATHER CONCRETE ACTIVITIES
The Contractor is hereby advised of the potential need for cold weather concrete activities. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to all required cold weather concrete procedures as specified within the Contract and conduct its activities accordingly. The Contractor shall bid the Project accordingly.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 44 Rev. Date 2/6/18
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR DIGITAL SUBMISSIONS
Upon execution of the Contract, the Contractor acknowledges and agrees that contractual submittals for this Project shall be submitted and handled through a system of paperless electronic means as outlined in the special provision for Section 1.05 herein.
Shop drawings, working drawings, and product data shall be created, digitally signed and delivered by the Contractor in accordance with the Department’s Contractor Digital Submission Manual (CDSM). Other deliverables that are required by other special provisions shall be similarly submitted.
Access credentials will be provided to the Contractor by the Department.
The Department will provide the Contractor with a list of email addresses that are to be used for each submittal type.
The Department shall not be held responsible for delays, lack of processing or response to submittals that do not follow the specified guidelines in the CDSM.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 45 Rev. Date 1/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - CONNECTICUT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION DISCLAIMER
Connecticut Department of Transportation bidding and other information and documents which are obtained through the Internet, World Wide Web Sites or other sources are not to be construed to be official information for the purposes of bidding or conducting other business with the Department.
It is the responsibility of each bidder and all other interested parties to obtain all bidding related information and documents from official sources within the Department.
Persons and/or entities which reproduce and/or make such information available by any means are not authorized by the Department to do so and may be liable for claims resulting from the dissemination of unofficial, incomplete and/or inaccurate information.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 46 January 2013
D.B.E. SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS OR MANUFACTURERS
January 2013
I. ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS AS USED IN THIS SPECIAL PROVISION
A. CTDOT means the Connecticut Department of Transportation.
B. USDOT means the U.S. Department of Transportation, including the Office of the Secretary, the Federal Highway Administration (“FHWA”), the Federal Transit Administration (“FTA”), and the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”).
C. Broker means a party acting as an agent for others in negotiating Contracts, Agreements, purchases, sales, etc., in return for a fee or commission.
D. Contract, Agreement or Subcontract means a legally binding relationship obligating a seller to furnish supplies or services (including but not limited to, construction and professional services) and the buyer to pay for them. For the purposes of this provision, a lease for equipment or products is also considered to be a Contract.
E. Contractor means a consultant, second party or any other entity under Contract to do business with CTDOT or, as the context may require, with another Contractor.
F. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (“DBE”) means a for profit small business concern:
1. That is at least 51 percent owned by one or more individuals who are both socially and economically disadvantaged or, in the case of a corporation, in which 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more such individuals; and
2. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who own it; and
3. Certified by CTDOT under Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 26, (Title 49 CFR Part 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations for Participation of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise in Airport Concessions)
G. USDOT-assisted Contract means any Contract between CTDOT and a Contractor (at any tier) funded in whole or in part with USDOT financial assistance.
H. Good Faith Efforts (“GFE”) means all necessary and reasonable steps to achieve a DBE goal or other requirement which by their scope, intensity, and appropriateness to the objective, can reasonably be expected to fulfill the program requirement.
I. Small Business Concern means, with respect to firms seeking to participate as DBEs in USDOT-assisted Contracts, a small business concern as defined pursuant to Section 3 of the Small Business Act and Small Business Administration (“SBA”) regulations implementing it (13 CFR Part 121) that also does not exceed the cap on average annual gross receipts in 49 CFR Part 26, Section 26.65(b).
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 47 January 2013
J. Socially and Economically Disadvantaged Individual means any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who is:
1. Any individual who CTDOT finds, on a case-by-case basis, to be a socially and economically disadvantaged individual.
2. Any individuals in the following groups, members of which are rebuttably presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged:
“Black Americans”, which includes persons having origins in any of the Black racial groups of Africa; “Hispanic Americans”, which includes persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Dominican, Central or South American, or other Spanish or Portuguese culture or origin, regardless of race; “Native Americans”, which includes persons who are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, or Native Hawaiians. “Asian-Pacific Americans”, which includes persons whose origins are from Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Burma (Myanmar), Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia (Kampuchea), Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Brunei, Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands (Republic of Palau), the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas Islands, Macao, Fiji, Tonga, Kiribati, Juvalu, Nauru, or Federated States of Micronesia; “Subcontinent Asian Americans”, which includes persons whose origins are from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, the Maldives Islands, Nepal or Sri Lanka; Women; Any additional groups whose members are designated as socially and economically disadvantaged by the SBA, at such time as the SBA designation becomes effective.
K. Commercially Useful Function (“CUF”) means the DBE is responsible for the execution of the work of the contract and is carrying out its responsibilities by actually performing, managing, and supervising the work involved with its own forces and equipment. The DBE must be responsible for procuring, determining quantity, negotiating price, determining quality and paying for all materials (where applicable) associated with their work. The DBE must also perform at least 30% of the total cost of its contract with its own workforce.
II. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. General Requirements
A DBE goal percentage equaling three percent (3%) of the Contract value has been established for this Contract. This DBE goal percentage will be applied to the final Contract value to ultimately determine the required DBE goal. If additional work is required, DBE firms should be provided the appropriate opportunities to achieve the required DBE goal.
In order to receive credit toward the Contract DBE goal, the firms utilized as DBE subcontractors or suppliers must be certified as DBEs in the type of work to be counted for credit by CTDOT’s Office of Contract Compliance prior to the date of the execution of the subcontract. Neither CTDOT nor the State of Connecticut’s Unified Certification Program (UCP) makes any representation as to any DBE’s technical or financial ability to perform the work. Prime contractors are solely responsible for performing due diligence in hiring DBE subcontractors.
All DBEs shall perform a CUF for the work that is assigned to them. The Contractor shall monitor and ensure that the DBE is in compliance with this requirement. The Connecticut DBE UPC Directory of certified firms can
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 48 January 2013
be found on the CTDOT website http://www.ct.gov/dot. The directory lists certified DBE firms with a description of services that they are certified to perform. Only work identified in this listing may be counted towards the project’s DBE goal. A DBE firm may request to have services added at any time by contacting CTDOT’s Office of Contract Compliance. No credit shall be counted for any DBE firm found not to be performing a CUF.
Once a Contract is awarded, all DBEs that were listed on the pre-award DBE commitment document must be utilized. The Contractor is obligated to provide the value and items of the work originally established in the pre- award documentation to the DBE firms listed in the pre-award documentation. Any modifications to the pre- award commitment must follow the procedure established in Section II-C.
The Contractor shall designate a liaison officer who will administer the Contractor's DBE program. Upon execution of this Contract, the name of the liaison officer shall be furnished in writing to CTDOT’s unit administering the Contract, CTDOT’s Office of Contract Compliance and CTDOT’s Office of Construction (“OOC”). Contact information for the designated liaison officer shall be furnished no later than the scheduled date for the pre-construction meeting.
The Contractor shall submit a bi-monthly report to the appropriate CTDOT unit administering the Contract. This report shall indicate what work has been performed to date, with the dollars paid and percentage of DBE goal completed.
Verified payments made to DBEs shall be included in this bi-monthly report. A sample form is included on the CTDOT website.
In addition, the report shall include:
1. A projected time frame of when the remaining work is to be completed for each DBE.
2. A statement by the Contractor either confirming that the approved DBEs are on schedule to meet the Contract goal, or that the Contractor is actively pursuing a GFE.
3. If retainage is specified in the Contract specifications, then a statement of certification that the subcontractors’ retainage is being released in accordance with 1.08.01 (Revised or supplemented).
Failure by the Contractor to provide the required reports may result in CTDOT withholding an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the monthly estimate until the required documentation is received.
The Contractor shall receive DBE credit when a DBE, or any combination of DBEs, perform work under the Contract in accordance with this specification.
Only work actually performed by and/or services provided by DBEs which are certified for such work and/or services, as verified by CTDOT, can be counted toward the DBE goal. Supplies and equipment a DBE purchases or leases from the Contractor or its affiliate cannot be counted toward the goal.
Monitoring of the CUF will occur by CTDOT throughout the life of the project. If it is unclear that the DBE is performing the work specified in its subcontract with the prime Contractor, further review may be required. If it is determined that the DBE is not performing a CUF, then the work performed by that DBE will not be counted towards the DBE goal percentage.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 49 January 2013
B. Subcontract Requirements The Contractor shall submit to CTDOT’s OOC all requests for subcontractor approvals on the standard CLA-12 forms provided by CTDOT. The dollar amount and items of work identified on the CLA-12 form must, at minimum, equal the dollar value submitted in the pre-award commitment. CLA-12 forms can be found at http://www.ct.gov/dot/construction under the “Subcontractor Approval” section. All DBE subcontractors must be identified on the CLA-12 form, regardless of whether they are being utilized to meet a Contract goal percentage. A copy of the legal Contract between the Contractor and the DBE subcontractor/supplier, a copy of the Title VI Contractor Assurances and a copy of the Required Contract Provision for Federal Aid Construction Contracts (Form FHWA-1273) (Federal Highway Administration projects only) must be submitted along with a request for subcontractor approval. These attachments cannot be substituted by reference.
If retainage is specified in the Contract specifications, then the subcontract agreement must contain a prompt payment mechanism that acts in accordance with Article 1.08.01 (Revised or supplemented).
If the Contract specifications do not contain a retainage clause, the Contractor shall not include a retainage clause in any subcontract agreement, and in this case, if a Contractor does include a retainage clause, it shall be deemed unenforceable.
In addition, the following documents are to be included with the CLA-12, if applicable: An explanation indicating who will purchase material.
A statement explaining any method or arrangement for utilization of the Contractor’s equipment.
The subcontract must show items of work to be performed, unit prices and, if a partial item, the work involved by all parties. If the subcontract items of work or unit prices are modified, the procedure established in Section II-C must be followed.
Should a DBE subcontractor further sublet items of work assigned to it, only lower tier subcontractors who are certified as a DBE firm will be counted toward the DBE goal. If the lower tier subcontractor is a non-DBE firm, the value of the work performed by that firm will not be counted as credit toward the DBE goal.
The use of joint checks between a DBE firm and the Contractor is acceptable, provided that written approval is received from the OOC prior to the issuance of any joint check. Should it become necessary to issue a joint check between the DBE firm and the Contractor to purchase materials, the DBE firm must be responsible for negotiating the cost, determining the quality and quantity, ordering the material and installing (where applicable), and administering the payment to the supplier. The Contractor should not make payment directly to suppliers.
Each subcontract the Contractor signs with a subcontractor must contain the following assurance:
“The subcontractor/supplier/manufacturer shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor/subcontractor/supplier/manufacturer to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate.”
C. Modification to Pre-Award Commitment Contractors may not terminate for convenience any DBE subcontractor or supplier that was listed on the pre- award DBE commitment without prior written approval of the OOC. This includes, but is not limited to, instances
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 50 January 2013
in which a Contractor seeks to perform work originally designated for a DBE subcontractor with its own forces or those of an affiliate, a non-DBE firm, or with another DBE firm. Prior to approval, the Contractor must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the OOC, that it has good cause, as found in 49CFR Part 26.53 (f)(3), for termination of the DBE firm.
Before transmitting its request for approval to terminate pre-award DBE firms to the OOC, the Contractor must give written notice to the DBE subcontractor and include a copy to the OOC of its notice to terminate and/or substitute, and the reason for the notice.
The Contractor must provide five (5) days for the affected DBE firm to respond. This affords the DBE firm the opportunity to advise the OOC and the Contractor of any reasons why it objects to the termination of its subcontract and why the OOC should not approve the Contractor’s action.
Once the Contract is awarded, should there be any amendments or modifications of the approved pre-award DBE submission other than termination of a DBE firm, the Contractor shall follow the procedure below that best meets the criteria associated with the reason for modification:
1. If the change is due to a scope of work revision or non-routine quantity revision by CTDOT, the Contractor must notify CTDOT’s OOC in writing or via electronic mail that their DBE participation on the project may be impacted as soon as they are aware of the change. In this case, a release of work from the DBE firm may not be required; however the Contractor must concurrently notify the DBE firm in writing, and copy the OOC for inclusion in the project DBE file. This does not relieve the Contractor of its obligation to meet the Contract specified DBE goal, or of any other responsibility found in this specification.
2. If the change is due to a factor other than a CTDOT directive, a request for approval in writing or via electronic mail of the modification from the OOC must be submitted, along with an explanation of the change(s), prior to the commencement of work. The Contractor must also obtain a letter of release from the originally named DBE indicating their concurrence with the change, and the reason(s) for their inability to perform the work. In the event a release cannot be obtained, the Contractor must document all efforts made to obtain it.
3. In the event a DBE firm that was listed in the pre-award documents is unable or unwilling to perform the work assigned, the Contractor shall:
Notify the OOC Division Chief immediately and make efforts to obtain a release of work from the firm.
Submit documentation that will provide a basis for the change to the OOC for review and approval prior to the implementation of the change.
Use the DBE Directory to identify and contact firms certified to perform the type of work that was assigned to the unable or unwilling DBE firm. The Contractor should also contact CTDOT’s Office of Contract Compliance for assistance in locating additional DBE firms to the extent needed to meet the contract goal.
Should a DBE subcontractor be terminated or fail to complete work on the Contract for any reason, the Contractor must make a GFE to find another DBE subcontractor to substitute for the original DBE. The DBE replacement shall be given every opportunity to perform at least the same amount of work under the Contract as the original DBE subcontractor.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 51 January 2013
If the Contractor is unable to find a DBE replacement:
The Contractor should identify other contracting opportunities and solicit DBE firms in an effort to meet the Contract DBE goal requirement, if necessary, and provide documentation to support a GFE. (Refer to GFE in Section III.)
The Contractor must demonstrate that the originally named DBE, who is unable or unwilling to perform the work assigned, is in default of its subcontract, or identify other issues that affected the DBE firm’s ability to perform the assigned work. The Contractor's ability to negotiate a more advantageous agreement with another subcontractor is not a valid basis for change.
III. GOOD FAITH EFFORTS
The DBE goal is NOT reduced or waived for projects where the Contractor receives a Pre-Award GFE determination from the Office of Contract Compliance prior to the award of the Contract. It remains the responsibility of the Contractor to make a continuing GFE to achieve the specified Contract DBE goal. The Contractor shall pursue every available opportunity to obtain additional DBE firms and document all efforts made in such attempts.
At the completion of all Contract work, the Contractor shall submit a final report to CTDOT`s unit administering the Contract indicating the work done by and the dollars paid to DBEs. Only verified payments made to DBEs performing a CUF will be counted towards the Contract goal.
Goal attainment is based on the total Contract value, which includes all construction orders created during the Contract. If the Contractor does not achieve the specified Contract goal for DBE participation or has not provided the value of work to the DBE firms originally committed to in the pre-award submission, the Contractor shall submit documentation to CTDOT`s unit administering the Contract detailing the GFE made during the performance of the Contract to satisfy the goal.
A GFE should consist of the following, where applicable (CTDOT reserves the right to request additional information):
1. A detailed statement of the efforts made to replace an unable or unwilling DBE firm, and a description of any additional subcontracting opportunities that were identified and offered to DBE firms in order to increase the likelihood of achieving the stated goal.
2. A detailed statement, including documentation of the efforts made to contact and solicit bids from certified DBEs, including the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each DBE firm contacted; the date of contact and a description of the information provided to each DBE regarding the scope of services and anticipated time schedule of work items proposed to be subcontracted and the response from firms contacted.
3. Provide a detailed explanation for each DBE that submitted a subcontract proposal which the Contractor considered to be unacceptable stating the reason(s) for this conclusion.
4. Provide documentation, if any, to support contacts made with CTDOT requesting assistance in satisfying the specified Contract goal.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 52 January 2013
5. Provide documentation of all other efforts undertaken by the Contractor to meet the defined goal. Additional documentation of efforts made to obtain DBE firms may include but will not be limited to: Negotiations held in good faith with interested DBE firms, not rejecting them without sound reasons. Written notice provided to a reasonable number of specific DBE firms in sufficient time to allow effective participation. Those portions of work that could be performed by readily available DBE firms.
In instances where the Contractor can adequately document or substantiate its GFE and compliance with other DBE Program requirements, the Contractor will have satisfied the DBE requirement and no administrative remedies will be imposed.
IV. PROJECT COMPLETION
At the completion of all Contract work, the Contractor shall:
1. Submit a final report to CTDOT`s unit administering the Contract indicating the work done by, and the dollars paid to DBEs.
2. Submit verified payments made to all DBE subcontractors for the work that was completed.
3. Submit documentation detailing any changes to the DBE pre-award subcontractors that have not met the original DBE pre-award commitment, including copies of the Department’s approvals of those changes.
4. Retain all records for a period of three (3) years following acceptance by CTDOT of the Contract and those records shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of CTDOT and Federal agencies. If any litigation, claim, or audit is started before the expiration of the three (3) year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims, or audit findings involving the records are resolved.
If the Contractor does not achieve the specified Contract goal for DBE participation in addition to meeting the dollar value committed to the DBE subcontractors identified in the pre-award commitment, the Contractor shall submit documentation to CTDOT`s unit administering the Contract detailing the GFE made during the performance of the Contract to satisfy the goal.
V. SHORTFALLS
A. Failure to meet DBE goals
As specified in (II-A) above, attainment of the Contract DBE goal is based on the final Contract value. The Contractor is expected to achieve the amount of DBE participation originally committed to at the time of award; however, additional efforts must be made to provide opportunities to DBE firms in the event a Contract’s original value is increased during the life of the Contract.
The Contractor is expected to utilize the DBE subcontractors originally committed in the DBE pre-award documentation for the work and dollar value that was originally assigned.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 53 January 2013
If a DBE is terminated or is unable or unwilling to complete its work on a Contract, the Contractor shall make a GFE to replace that DBE with another certified DBE to meet the Contract goal.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the OOC of the DBE’s inability or unwillingness to perform, and provide reasonable documentation and make efforts to obtain a release of work from the firm.
If the Contractor is unable to find a DBE replacement, then the Contractor should identify other contracting opportunities and solicit DBE firms in an effort to meet the Contract DBE goal requirement, if necessary, and provide documentation to support a GFE.
When a DBE is unable or unwilling to perform, or is terminated for just cause, the Contractor shall make a GFE to find other DBE opportunities to increase DBE participation to the extent necessary to at least satisfy the Contract goal.
For any DBE pre-award subcontractor that has been released appropriately from the project, no remedy will be assessed, provided that the Contractor has met the criteria described in Section II-C.
B. Administrative Remedies for Non-Compliance:
In cases where the Contractor has failed to meet the Contract specified DBE goal or the DBE pre-award commitment, and where no GFE has been demonstrated, then one or more of the following administrative remedies will be applied:
1. A reduction in Contract payments to the Contractor as determined by CTDOT, not to exceed the shortfall amount of the DBE goal. The maximum shortfall will be calculated by multiplying the Contract DBE goal (adjusted by any applicable GFE) by the final Contract value, and subtracting any verified final payments made to DBE firms by the Contractor.
2. A reduction in Contract payments to the Contractor determined by CTDOT, not to exceed the shortfall amount of the pre-award commitment. The maximum shortfall will be calculated by subtracting any verified final payments made by the Contractor to each DBE subcontractor from the amount originally committed to that subcontractor in the pre-award commitment.
3. A reduction in Contract payments to the Contractor determined by CTDOT for any pre-award DBE subcontractor who has not obtained the dollar value of work identified in the DBE pre-award commitment and has not followed the requirements of Section II-C or for any DBE firm submitted for DBE credit that has not performed a CUF.
4. The Contractor being required to submit a written DBE Program Corrective Action Plan to CTDOT for review and approval, which is aimed at ensuring compliance on future projects.
5. The Contractor being required to attend a Non-Responsibility Meeting on the next contract where it is the apparent low bidder.
6. The Contractor being suspended from bidding on contracts for a period not to exceed six (6) months.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 54 January 2013
VI. CLASSIFICATIONS OTHER THAN SUBCONTRACTORS
A. Material Manufacturers
Credit for DBE manufacturers is 100% of the value of the manufactured product. A manufacturer is a firm that operates or maintains a factory or establishment that produces on the premises the materials or supplies obtained by the Contractor. If the Contractor elects to utilize a DBE manufacturer to satisfy a portion of, or the entire specified DBE goal, the Contractor must provide the OOC with:
Subcontractor Approval Form (CLA-12) indicating the firm designation, An executed “Affidavit for the Utilization of Material Suppliers or Manufacturers" (sample attached), and Substantiation of payments made to the supplier or manufacturer for materials used on the project.
B. Material Suppliers (Dealers)
Credit for DBE dealers/suppliers is limited to 60% of the value of the material to be supplied, provided such material is obtained from an approved DBE dealer/supplier.
In order for a firm to be considered a regular dealer, the firm must own, operate, or maintain a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials, supplies, articles or equipment of the general character described by the specifications and required under the contract are bought, kept in stock, and regularly sold or leased to the public in the usual course of business. At least one of the following criteria must apply:
To be a regular dealer, the firm must be an established, regular business that engages, as its principal business and under its own name, in the purchase and sale or lease of the products in question. A person may be a regular dealer in such bulk items as petroleum products, steel, cement, gravel, stone, or asphalt without owning, operating or maintaining a place of business if the person both owns and operates distribution equipment for the products. Any supplementing of the regular dealers’ own distribution equipment shall be by long term lease agreement, and not on an ad hoc or contract to contract basis. Packagers, brokers, manufacturers’ representatives, or other persons who arrange or expedite transactions are not regular dealers within the meaning of this paragraph.
If the Contractor elects to utilize a DBE supplier to satisfy a portion or the entire specified DBE goal, the Contractor must provide the OOC with:
Subcontractor Approval Form (CLA-12) indicating the firm designation, An executed “Affidavit for the Utilization of Material Suppliers or Manufacturers" (sample attached), and Substantiation of payments made to the supplier or manufacturer for materials used on the project.
C. Brokering
Brokering of work for DBE firms who have been listed by the Department as certified brokers is allowed. Credit for those firms shall be applied following the procedures in Section VI-D.
Brokering of work by DBEs who have been approved to perform subcontract work with their own workforce and equipment is not allowed, and is a Contract violation.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 55 January 2013
Firms involved in the brokering of work, whether they are DBEs and/or majority firms who engage in willful falsification, distortion or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project shall be referred to the U.S. DOT, Office of the Inspector General for prosecution under Title 18, U.S. Code, Part I, Chapter 47, Section 1020.
D. Non-Manufacturing or Non-Supplier DBE Credit
Contractors may count towards their DBE goals the following expenditures with DBEs that are not manufacturers or suppliers:
Reasonable fees or commissions charged for providing a bona fide service such as professional, technical, consultant or managerial services and assistance in the procurement of essential personnel, facilities, equipment materials or supplies necessary for the performance of the Contract, provided that the fee or commission is determined by the OOC to be reasonable and consistent with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
The fees charged only for delivery of materials and supplies required on a job site when the hauler, trucker, or delivery service is a DBE, and not the manufacturer, or regular dealer of the materials and supplies, and provided that the fees are determined by the OOC to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
The fees or commissions charged for providing bonds or insurance specifically required for the performance of the Contract, provided that the fees or commissions are determined by CTDOT to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
E. Trucking While technically still considered a subcontractor, the rules for counting credit for DBE trucking firms are as follows:
The DBE must own and operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the Contract. The DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services it provides on the Contract using trucks it owns, insures and operates using drivers it employs. The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm, including an owner-operator who is certified as a DBE. The DBE who leases trucks from another DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services the lessee DBE provides on the Contract. The DBE may lease trucks from a non-DBE firm; however the DBE may only receive credit for any fees or commissions received for arranging transportation services provided by the non-DBE firms. Additionally, the DBE firm must demonstrate that they are in full control of the trucking operation for which they are seeking credit. VII. Suspected DBE Fraud
In appropriate cases, CTDOT will bring to the attention of the USDOT any appearance of false, fraudulent, or dishonest conduct in connection with the DBE program, so that USDOT can take the steps, e.g. referral to the
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 56 January 2013
Department of Justice for criminal prosecution, referral to USDOT Inspector General, action under suspension and debarment or Program Fraud and Civil Penalties rules provided in 49 CFR Part 31.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 57 January 2013
CONNECTICUT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (OFFICE OF CONSTRUCTION) BUREAU OF ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION
This affidavit must be completed by the State Contractor's DBE notarized and attached to the contractor's request to utilize a DBE supplier or manufacturer as a credit towards its DBE contract requirements; failure to do so will result in not receiving credit towards the contract DBE requirement.
State Contract No. Federal Aid Project No. Description of Project I, ______, acting in behalf of ______, (Name of person signing Affidavit) (DBE person, firm, association or corporation) of which I am the ______certify and affirm that ______(Title of Person) (DBE person, firm, association or corporation) is a certified Connecticut Department of Transportation DBE. I further certify and affirm that I have read and understand 49 CFR, Sec. 26.55(e)(2), as the same may be revised.
I further certify and affirm that ______will assume the actual and (DBE person, firm, association or Corporation) for the provision of the materials and/or supplies sought by ______.
If a manufacturer, I operate or maintain a factory or establishment that produces, on the premises, the materials, supplies, articles or equipment required under the contract an of the general character described by the specifications.
If a supplier, I perform a commercially useful function in the supply process. As a regular dealer, I, at a minimum, own and operate the distribution equipment for bulk items. Any supplementing of my distribution equipment shall be by long-term lease agreement, and not on an ad hoc or contract-by- contract basis.
I understand that false statements made herein are punishable by Law (Sec. 53a-157), CGS, as revised).
(Name of Corporation or Firm)
(Signature & Title of Official making the Affidavit)
Subscribed and sworn to before me, this day of 20 .
Notary Public (Commissioner of the Superior Court) My Commission Expires
CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATION
I, , certify that I am the ______(Official) (President) of the Corporation named in the foregoing instrument; that I have been duly authorized to affix the seal of the Corporation to such papers as require the seal; that , who signed said instrument on behalf of the Corporation, was then of said corporation; that said instrument was duly signed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body and is within the scope of its corporation powers.
______(Signature of Person Certifying) (Date)
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 58 Rev. Date 6/25/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – FTA BUY AMERICA
The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 CFR Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA- funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 CFR661.7.
The above provisions do not apply to the procurement of the following items listed below which have separate requirements for Rolling Stock as set out in 49 CFR 661.11. For Rolling Stock not subject to a general waiver, the Buy America domestic content requirements (i.e. more than 65% for fiscal years 2018 and 2019, and more than 70% for 2020 and beyond) will be based on the letting date of this contract. Therefore, throughout the term of this contract, the domestic content shall be at least 65%.
1. ITEM #0100500A - CONSTRUCTION COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT (ESTIMATED COST) 2. ITEM #1108842A – FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 24 POSITION 3. ITEM #11108844A - FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 72 POSITION 4. ITEM #1113033A – 4 STRAND SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE 5. ITEM #1113043A – 24 STRAND SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE 6. ITEM #1113806A – FIBER OPTIC PATCH CABLE 7. ITEM #1113998A – COMMUNICATIONS CABLE 8. ITEM #1408802A – ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION AND EQUIPMENT 9. ITEM #1113998A – COMMUNICATIONS CABLE
Bidders must submit the appropriate certificates, as included in the Bid Proposal Form, of either a completed Certificate of Compliance or a completed Certificate for Non-Compliance for the Iron, Steel and Manufactured Product and separate Certificates for Rolling Stock with their bid. The following forms are samples of the two certificates for your information. The actual certificates can be found in these documents in Exhibit A after Appendix E, page 35 and 36 of 58. Failure to complete and submit the referenced certificates for both Iron, Steel and Manufactured Products as well as Rolling Stock will result in rejection of the bid.
The Connecticut Department of Transportation (CTDOT) may seek a waiver from the Buy America Provisions if grounds for the waiver exist.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 59 Rev. Date 6/25/19
Exhibit A of FTA Requirements
Certification requirement for procurement of steel, iron, or manufactured products.
Certificate of Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1)
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) and the applicable regulations in 49 C.F.R. Part 661.5.
Date ______
Signature ______
Company ______
Name ______
Title ______
Certificate of Non-Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1)
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) and 49 C.F.R. 661.5, but it may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(A), 5323(j)(2)(B), or 5323(j)(2)(D), and 49 C.F.R. 661.7.
Date ______
Signature ______
Company ______
Name ______
Title ______
Exhibit A of FTA Requirements
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 60 Rev. Date 6/25/19 §661.12 Certification requirement for procurement of buses, other rolling stock and associated equipment.
If buses or other rolling stock (including train control, communication, and traction power equipment) are being procured, the appropriate certificate as set forth below shall be completed and submitted by each bidder in accordance with the requirement contained in §661.13(b) of this part.
Certificate of Compliance with Buy America Rolling Stock Requirements
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j), and the applicable regulations of 49 CFR 661.11.
Date ______
Signature ______
Company ______
Name ______
Title ______
Certificate of Non-Compliance with Buy America Rolling Stock Requirements
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j), but may qualify for an exception to the requirement consistent with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C), and the applicable regulations in 49 CFR 661.7.
Date ______
Signature ______
Company ______
Name ______
Title ______
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 61 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COVENANTS OF THE CONTRACT
Division 1 of the document entitled “State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Roads, Bridges, Facilities and Incidental Construction, Form 817, 2016” including the Division 1 Supplemental Specifications, shall collectively be known as the “General Requirements and Covenants of the Contract.”
The Contractor is hereby advised of the potential for conflicts between provisions contained within Section 1.20 of the Form 817 with other Division 1 Sections of the Form 817. Where the aforementioned conflicts occur, Section 1.20 shall govern.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 62 Rev. Date 1/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS AT STATIONS AND SAGA BRIDGE
The work of this section consists of furnishing and installing the grounding and bonding systems as shown on the plans and specified herein. The grounding and bonding systems shall meet the requirements of National Electrical Code and the technical and safety recommendations of ANSI and IEEE.
The Contractor shall provide grounding and bonding for all new facilities.
Grounding and Electrical Protection 1. The Contractor shall furnish and install the lightning and surge protection on AC power circuits that meets the following minimum requirements unless specified otherwise elsewhere:
a. Rated for maximum surge current value in accordance with Contractor’s approved Ground Plan, to be no less than 120 kA. b. Provides protection between line to neutral, line to ground, line to line and neutral to ground. c. Visual and audible status and alarm indications. d. Thermal fusing and short circuit protection rated 200 kA. e. UL 1449 listed. f. Meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI/IEEE C62.45 and ANSI/IEEE C62.41.
2. The Contractor shall furnish and install the extensive grounding and bonding within each equipment cabinet in strict accordance with the following practices and standards: a. NEC - ANSI/NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. Including, but not limited to, Chapter 8 - Communications Systems and Article 250 - Grounding. b. ANSI-J-STD-607-A-2002; Joint Standard Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications. c. ANSI-T1.313-2003 - American National Standard for Telecommunications - Electrical Protection for Telecommunications Central offices and Similar Type Facilities. d. ANSI/IEEE Std. 1100-1992 Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Sensitive Electronic Equipment in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems (also known as the IEEE Emerald Book).
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 63 Rev. Date 1/23/19
3. Each cabinet and rack shall be equipped with a copper ground bus bar. Each device within the rack or cabinet, if so equipped and required by the OEM, shall be grounded by a home run ground wire from the device connected directly to the rack ground bus. No “daisy chaining” of any kind shall be permitted. Device ground wire size and type shall be as recommended by the OEM or standards referenced herein. The ends of each home run ground wire shall be connected to the rack ground bus using the provisioned ground terminal blocks or using a “ring eyelet” crimped to the wire with a Metro-North-approved ratchet-type eyelet tool. No hand crimping of eyelets shall be permitted.
4. Each equipment rack shall be bonded to its adjacent equipment rack on both sides, where applicable. Bonding between racks shall be accomplished with green insulated #6 AWG THHN jacket wire and all manufacturer instructions and recommendations. The ends of each inter-rack bond ground wire shall be complete with a “ring eyelet” crimped to the wire with a Metro-North-approved ratchet-type eyelet tool. No hand crimping of eyelets shall be permitted. Based upon the method used for inter-rack bonding, the contactor shall ensure that paint or any other insulating material is removed to ensure a solid connection and a low resistance bond among racks.
5. Each ground bus in each rack shall be connected directly to the room ground bus, external to the racks, also referred to as the Telecommunications Grounding Busbar (TGB). Rack vertical ground busses shall be connected to the TGB with green insulated #6 AWG stranded wire. The ends of each home run ground wire shall be complete with a “ring eyelet” crimped to the wire with a Metro-North-approved ratchet-type eyelet tool. No hand crimping of eyelets shall be permitted.
6. CCTV Cabinets (including remote CCTV cabinets): Ground using a #4 AWG copper cable to station ground plane at stations; or structural steel at SAGA Bridge.
CCTV Poles: Ground using a #4 AWG copper cable to station ground plane at stations; or structural steel at SAGA Bridge.
New 10’ Chain Link Fence and Gate: Bond new fencing and gate to track 3 buried counterpoise (if found) at 50’ maximum intervals with 4/0 copper.
Equipment Racks: Ground to ground bus in equipment room as described herein. Bond equipment rack to any adjacent racks.
Conduits and Equipment Grounding Conductors: Conduits shall be bonded and grounded per NEC and NESC requirements. Provide copper equipment grounding conductor in accordance with contract drawings and NEC requirements. Raceways for power conductors shall not be used as the sole equipment ground. The ends of all conduits projecting into boxes and equipment enclosures shall be provided with insulated grounding bushings. Boxes shall be bonded to conduits. All bushings in any box or
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 64 Rev. Date 1/23/19
enclosure shall be bonded together with No. 8 AWG bare copper wire. All non-current carrying metal parts shall be bonded together and grounded.
Messengers: Messengers shall be grounded as shown in the Plans.
7. At stations, the Contractor shall verify the existing ground plane is in place, intact, and properly grounded. Measure, record, and report the resistance to earth of each portion of the grounding system. The required ground resistance is 5 ohms or less. Resistance-to- earth tests shall be coordinated with and witnessed by the Engineer, and the written results of these tests shall be submitted to the engineer for evaluation and instructions regarding any corrective action which may be deemed necessary.
8. If ground plane is found to be damaged or missing, immediately notify the Engineer before starting work. Metro-North, Connecticut DOT, and the Contractor will survey the area and provide a grounding plan for the station.
Where directed by the Engineer, the contractor shall bond all metal station fixtures using a #4 AWG wire (ASTM B8, Class B stranded annealed copper). Bonding wire and associated connections to the main bus for new equipment (CCTV poles, cabinets, fencing, vaults, etc.) shall be considered part the respective Bid Item for the equipment being grounded and will not be paid separately.
These items shall include all terminations, attachments, materials, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto and only performed at the direction of the Engineer.
Submittals
Test Reports: Reports of all field tests shall be submitted to the Engineer as required by these specifications and referenced standards.
Certified copies of the test results on cables and other materials, supplied under this section, as per relevant standards.
The Contractor shall submit product data for all components in this section, which shall include shop/working drawings, material/procurement specifications and other related information for each component.
Materials
All components shall conform to or be interchangeable with the Railroad’s standard components.
Conductors for grounding and bonding shall be ASTM B8, Class B stranded annealed copper, and sized as indicated on the plans.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 65 Rev. Date 1/23/19
Connectors and Clamps: Bolts, washers and stop nuts shall be a high copper alloy, such as Everdur, Durium, Duronze or silicone bronze. Ferrous hardware will not be acceptable. Buried ground connections shall be exothermic welded.
Ground wire imbedded in foundations and aerial ground wire shall be 4/0 AWG HD stranded copper conductor.
Construction Methods
The size and type of the buried ground conductor shall be as indicated on the plans. Conductor connections shall be made as shown on the plans.
Finish welds shall be cleaned and coated with an approved cold applied bituminous resin compound. Primer shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer.
The work shall be arranged in such a manner that each part of the grounding system which is laid below finish grade shall be completed and inspected before backfilling is done. All precautions shall be taken to assure that no damage is done to the grounding and bonding conductors or connections during backfilling, compacting and concreting operations. Testing for ground resistance shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of this specification before any finish surfacing is laid above the grounding and bonding conductors.
Ground tap connections from the equipment to the grounded structural members shall be provided, as required. All paint, scale, rust, oxidation, or other foreign material shall be thoroughly removed from the points of contact on all metal surfaces before any ground connections are made.
Any shortfall in the existing ground conductors, when connected to the new structures, shall be dealt with by splicing additional ground wire.
Bond all non-energized connections to structures so that there are no neutral or floating components (i.e., strap across any pin or clevis connection).
Field testing shall be thorough, continuing throughout the installation, and fully documented, with the following as a minimum and as applicable.
Electrical resistance tests shall be made during installation to verify continuity of the grounding system.
Measure, record, and report the ground resistance at each location, while disconnected from the MNR ground grid. The required ground resistance is 5 ohms or less. Corrective measures shall be taken by the Contractor to achieve the specified ground resistance.
Resistance to earth tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer and written results of these tests shall be submitted to the Engineer for evaluation.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 66 Rev. Date 1/23/19
Payment:
Payment for this work will be under the appropriate pay item where noted. The cost for all material, labor, equipment, tools, testing, and work incidental hereto for bonding and grounding new equipment (CCTV poles, cabinets, fencing, etc.) as described shall be included in the respective bid price for the equipment being grounded, unless specifically noted otherwise. The Contractor shall bid the Project accordingly.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 67 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – LABELING PLAN
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install labeling and identification materials applicable to the electrical and communications work specified in other sections as modified to those sections.
Applicable Standards:
The labeling and tagging designed and submitted in the Contractor’s Labeling Plan shall comply with the appropriate sections of ANSI/TIA/EIA – 606-A Administration Standards, ANSI/TIA/EIA – 569 Pathway and Spaces, ANSI/TIA/EIA – 568-A Telecommunications Cabling Standard, BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual, UL 969, and NFPA 70.
Submittals:
The Contractor shall submit the following Product Data of all materials to the Engineer for review and approval prior to delivery and procurement.
The Contractor shall submit a Labeling Plan for approval for all work in accordance with this section. Coordinate requirements of other sections.
The Contractor shall submit sample labels for evaluation including sample text as described herein.
Materials:
Labels shall be suitable for the environment installed.
Power cable identification marker – Engraved water resistant plastic or brass tag tied to cable with wire tie.
Control wire identification marker – water resistant, factory printed vinyl, with printing protected by clear, permanent overcoat. Outer rack and panel nameplates shall be an engraved, laminated thermo-setting plastic nameplate, minimum 2 inch by 4 inch by 0.062 inch thick (minimum) with edges beveled 0.032x 45 degrees attached in an approved manner. Nameplates shall be black, engraved through to the white core. Text size shall be coordinated with the equipment size, but no less than 0.5 inches unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 68 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Construction Methods:
All devices, circuits, panels, racks, etc. provided or modified under this Contract shall be labeled. This includes any existing panels modified under this Contract that do not already have permanent labels. Contractor shall update any circuit descriptions contained in the power panels as applicable.
The Contractor shall submit a Labeling Plan so that each of the following are named and labeled:
1. All field devices including cameras and infrared illuminators 2. CCTV panels, remote switch cabinets, racks – and the devices within each. 3. Each end of every cable at both ends, major splice points, and other access locations. 4. System hardware elements such as fiber distribution panels, patch panels, splice trays, network switches, servers, power supplies, etc. 5. Circuit designations on fiber distribution panels, patch panels, trays, and data patch panels 6. Circuit designations on electrical panels, disconnects, and equipment
The Contractor shall submit as part of the Labeling Plan proposed locations for all types of labeling and tagging. At a minimum:
1. The labeling locations for each piece of equipment installed in cabinets shall be on both the front and rear of the device. Labels shall be placed on the device so as not to interfere with any indicators, connectors, and unused ports or slots. Where space is limited, alternative labeling methods may be proposed for approval by the Engineer.
2. Provide a labeling scheme and tags to identify all cameras at each location. Engraved tags shall indicate the camera number at each location, for example “WSP-CC-4005”, and shall be mounted by the camera enclosures or pull box. The tags shall be of anodized aluminum, with a thickness of 0.032” (inch). Lettering shall be black on silver background. Text shall be center justified and spaced equally along the span. Tag mounting shall be industrial type adhesive strip, 2.5” x .75”, manufactured by 3M or approved equal. Submit labeling scheme and tags for approval.
3. The labeling locations for cables shall be on each end of each cable within three inches of the termination end of the cable. The label on each end of the cable shall show the full tag nomenclature consistent with overall system design.
Furnish, mark, and install all temporary tags which are required to properly tag all temporary wires and cables used in the Work. Remove temporary tags upon completion of the Work.
Contractor shall furnish a circuit designation card in all power panels modified by this Contract. The circuit designation card shall bear the circuit numbers and other circuit designations as shown on the Contract Drawings and additional information as may be necessary for the positive
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 69 Rev. Date 01/23/19 identification of individual circuits. The cards shall be made of heavy paper of approved quality. The lettering shall be of an approved size and type. A list of the circuit designations shall be submitted for approval before the card is made up. Within panels to be furnished by the Contractor, a directory frame made of brass or oxidized copper, with Lucite cover, shall be mounted on the inside of the panelboard doors.
The Contractor shall complete all fabrication and printing of all labeling and tagging materials in accordance with the approved Labeling Plan before the beginning of Field Testing.
All tagging and labeling shall be permanently affixed in accordance with the approved Labeling Plan.
Payment for this work will be considered incidental to other items. No additional payments will be made. The Contractor shall bid the Project accordingly.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 70 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
This Project is being bid with both lump sum and unit price items. These separate items will be measured for payment on a unit price or lump sum basis (whichever is applicable) for which a separate bid price is required, at the quantities as indicated in the Bid Proposal Form.
Standard Form 817 Items are referenced by their standard item numbers. Refer to the applicable article of Form 817 for the requirements for these items. Special Provisions included in this Contract are referenced by their item number followed by an “A” suffix. Refer to the Special Provisions contained within this Contract for requirements for these items.
All work depicted on the Contract Plans and described in the Contract Specifications, including mobilization, is included in the unit prices or other lump sum items listed in the Bid Proposal Form. Any work that is outside the limits stated under “Method of Measurement” and “Basis of Payment” for a specific item, but is shown on the Contract Plans or described in the Contract Specifications, is included in the unit price or lump sum items. Any work that is incidental to an item which is not specifically described or included in the item, but which is required for performance and completion of the work required under the Contract, is included in the unit price or lump sum items.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 71 Rev. Date 06/18/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – METRO NORTH RAILROAD FORCES AND STATE CONTRACTOR WORK DELINEATION MATRIX
The Contractor is hereby notified that the following table represents construction services and materials to be furnished and completed by both Metro-North Railroad (MNR) Forces and the State’s (CTDOT’s) Contractor.
The following table may not be all inclusive and does not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to furnish and complete the work as shown in the Contract Documents and to coordinate said work with MNR that is required under other Contract Provisions.
The Contractor shall also be responsible for the coordination of the work of its various subcontractors. The Contractor shall coordinate his operations with Metro-North Railroad operations associated with Railroad force account work.
Work performed by MNR will directly affect the Contractor’s operation. Special coordination efforts by the Contractor will be required in support of MNR force account work which may be executed in multiple stages at various times and locations throughout the duration of the Project.
The Contractor shall provide MNR access to the Project site as required for MNR to complete its work.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 72 Rev. Date 06/18/19
Description Contractor Metro-North Station and SAGA Bridge Work Procure and Install Cameras, Poles, Conduits and Cable X Procure and Install Camera Communication Cable X Terminate Camera Communication Cable X Procure and Install Camera Poles X Procure and Install Conduits X Procure and Install Electrical Cable X Terminate Electrical Conductors X Connect to Electrical Panels X Procure and Install Security Cabinets X Procure and Install Platform Security Cabinets X Procure and Install Network Equipment X Position Cameras X Approve Camera Positioning and Views X Procure, Install, and Configure Workstations including Software X Provide Final Workstation Locations X Procure and Install Fiber Patch Panels X
Right of Way (ROW) Fiber Procurement and Installation Procure Cable and Aerial Duct X Verify Locations and Procure Rubber Grade Crossing Materials X Install Rubber Grade Crossings X Procure and Install Aerial Figure 8 Duct X Procure and Install Catenary Attachments X Procure and Install Fiber Cable and Snow Shoes X Procure Fiber Splice Enclosures X Procure Fiber Splicing Materials and Terminations X Install Fiber Splice Enclosures X Splice Fiber Cables X Terminate Fiber Cable X Test Fiber Cable X (1) X
CCO Shop Power to Racks (Cable and Conduit from Power Panel to Rack) X Power for Equipment (PDU, Cable, Terminations, etc.) X Procure and Install Conduit and Cables X Procure and Install Servers and Server Storage Arrays X Procure and Configure Video Management System X Modify/Upgrade Existing Video Management System X Procure Upgrade & Licenses for Network Management X Install and Configure Network Management X
T&E Building Relocate Phase 1 & Phase 2 Redundant NVRs to Security Node House X(1) Modify/Upgrade existing secondary master server X
New Security Node House Power to Racks (Cable and Conduit from Power Panel to Rack) X Procure and Install Racks for Head-End Equipment X
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 73 Rev. Date 06/18/19
Power for Equipment (PDU, Cable, Terminations, etc.) X Procure and Install Conduit and Cables X Procure and Install Servers and Server Storage Arrays X Procure and Configure Video Management System X Procurement and Installation of Security Node House X Site Work X Utility Work X Procurement and Installation of Network Equipment X Fiber Termination Work X Procurement and Installation of UPS X
Westport Storage Room Power to Racks (Cable and Conduit from Power Panel to Rack) X Procure and Install Racks for Head-End Equipment X Power for Equipment (PDU, Cable, Terminations, etc.) X Procure and Install Conduit and Cables X Procure and Install Servers X Procure and Configure Video Management System X Install and Configure existing Westport PD equipment in new Rack X
Node Houses Configure Backbone Network Equipment X Procure Fiber Patch Cables for Node Houses X Install Patch Cables X
All Locations Procure Cisco Professional Services for Network Configuration and Commissioning X Procure VMS Profession Services X
(1) See equipment specifications for responsibilities of Contractor and coordination with MNR.
NOTES:
Ancillary and miscellaneous items required to implement a complete system as described in the plans and specifications should be considered included in the items listed above.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 74 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – OFF-SITE STAGING AND STORAGE
The Contractor is hereby advised that due to the restrictive Project Limits and other operational constraints identified in the Contract, off-site staging and storage of materials and equipment may be required. Arrangement for off-site staging and storage of materials and equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Payment for off-site staging and storage of materials and equipment shall be in accordance with Form 817 Article 1.09.06. The Contractor shall bid the Project accordingly.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 75 Rev. Date 08/02/11
ON-THE-JOB TRAINING (OJT) WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT PILOT:
Description
To provide construction industry related job opportunities to minorities, women and economically disadvantaged individuals; and to increase the likelihood of a diverse and inclusive workforce on Connecticut Department of Transportation (ConnDOT) projects.
All contractors (existing and newcomers) will be automatically placed in the Workforce Development Pilot. Standard OJT requirements typically associated with individual projects will no longer be applied at the project level for new projects. Instead, these requirements will be applicable on an annual basis for each contractor performing work on ConnDOT projects.
The OJT Workforce Development Pilot will allow a contractor to train employees on Federal, State and privately funded projects located in Connecticut. However, contractors should give priority to training employees on ConnDOT Federal-Aid funded projects.
Funding
The Department will establish an OJT fund annually from which contractors may bill the Department directly for eligible trainee hours. The funds for payment of trainee hours on federal-aid projects will be allocated from the ½ of 1% provided for OJT funding, and will be based on hours trained, not to exceed a maximum of $25,000.00 per year; per contractor.
Minorities and Women
Developing, training and upgrading of minorities, women and economically disadvantaged individuals toward journeyperson level status is the primary objective of this special training provision. Accordingly, the Contractor shall make every effort to enroll minority, women and economically disadvantaged individuals as trainees to the extent that such persons are available within a reasonable area of recruitment. This training commitment is not intended, and shall not be used, to discriminate against any applicant for training whether a member of a minority group or not.
Assigning Training Goals
The Department, through the OJT Program Coordinator, will assign training goals for a calendar year based on the contractor’s past two year’s activities and the contractor’s anticipated upcoming year’s activity with the Department. At the beginning of each year, all contractors eligible will be contacted by the Department to determine the number of trainees that will be assigned for the upcoming calendar year. At that time, the Contractor shall enter into an agreement with the Department to provide a self-imposed on-the-job training program for the calendar year. This agreement will include a specific number of annual training goals agreed to by both parties. The number of training assignments may range from one (1) to six (6) per
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 76 Rev. Date 08/02/11
contractor per calendar year. Each January, a summary of the trainees required and the OJT Workforce Development Pilot package will be sent to participating contractors. The number of trainees assigned to each contractor in the summary will increase proportionately not to exceed 6, as shown in the following table. This package will also be provided to contractors as they become newly eligible for the OJT Workforce Development Pilot throughout the remainder of the year. Projects awarded after September 30 will be included in the following year’s Program.
The dollar thresholds for training assignments are as follows:
$4.5 – 8 million= 1 trainee $ 9 – 15 million= 2 trainees $16 – 23 million= 3 trainees $24 – 30 million= 4 trainees $31 – 40 million= 5 trainees $41 – and above= 6 trainees
Training Classifications
Preference shall be given to providing training in the following skilled work classifications. However, the classifications established are not all-inclusive:
Equipment Operators Electricians Laborers Painters Carpenters Iron / Reinforcing Steel Workers Concrete Finishers Mechanics Pipe Layers Welders
The Department has on file common training classifications and their respective training requirements; that may be used by the contractors. Contractors shall submit new classifications for specific job functions that their employees are performing. The Department will review and recommend for acceptance the new classifications proposed by contractors, if applicable. New classifications shall meet the following requirements:
Proposed training classifications are reasonable and realistic based on the job skill classification needs, and the number of training hours specified in the training classification is consistent with common practices and provides enough time for the trainee to obtain journeyman level status.
Where feasible, 25% percent of apprentices or trainees in each occupation shall be in their first year of apprenticeship or training. The number of trainees shall be distributed among the work classifications on the basis of the contractor’s needs and the availability of journeymen in the various classifications within a reasonable area of recruitment.
No employee shall be employed as a trainee in any classification in which they have successfully completed a training course leading to journeyman level status or in which they have been employed as a journeyman.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 77 Rev. Date 08/02/11
Records and Reports
The Contractor shall maintain enrollment in the program and submit all required reports documenting company compliance under these contract requirements. These documents and any other information shall be submitted to the OJT Program Coordinator as requested.
Upon the trainee’s completion and graduation from the program, the Contractor shall provide each trainee with a certification Certificate showing the type and length of training satisfactorily completed.
Trainee Interviews
In order to determine the continued effectiveness of the OJT Program in Connecticut, the department will periodically conduct personal interviews with current trainees and may survey recent graduates of the program. This enables the OJT Program Coordinator to modify and improve the program as necessary. Trainee interviews are generally conducted at the job site to ensure that the trainees’ work and training is consistent with the approved training program.
Trainee Wages
Contractors shall compensate trainees on a graduating pay scale based upon a percentage of the prevailing minimum journeyman wages (Davis-Bacon Act). Minimum pay shall be as follows:
60 percent of the journeyman wage for the first half of the training period 75 percent of the journeyman wage for the third quarter of the training period 90 percent of the journeyman wage for the last quarter of the training period
In no case, will the trainee be paid less than the prevailing rate for general laborer as shown in the contract wage decision (must be approved by the Department of Labor).
Achieving or Failing to Meet Training Goals
The Contractor will be credited for each trainee currently enrolled or who becomes enrolled in the approved training program and providing they receive the required training under the specific training program. Trainees will be allowed to be transferred between projects if required by the Contractor’s schedule and workload. The OJT Program Coordinator must be notified of transfers within five (5) days of the transfer or reassignments by e-mail ([email protected]).
Where a contractor does not or cannot achieve its annual training goal with female or minority trainees, they must produce adequate Good Faith Efforts documentation. Good Faith Efforts are those designed to achieve equal opportunity through positive, aggressive, and continuous result- oriented measures. 23 CFR § 230.409(g) (4). Contractors should request minorities and females from unions when minorities and females are under-represented in the contractor’s workforce. Whenever a contractor requests ConnDOT approval of someone other than a minority or female,
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 78 Rev. Date 08/02/11
the contractor must submit documented evidence of its Good Faith Efforts to fill that position with a minority or female. When a non-minority male is accepted, a contractor must continue to attempt to meet its remaining annual training goals with females and minorities.
Where a contractor has neither attained its goal nor submitted adequate Good Faith Efforts documentation, ConnDOT will issue a letter of non-compliance. Within thirty (30) days of receiving the letter of non-compliance, the contractor must submit a written Corrective Action Plan (CAP) outlining the steps that it will take to remedy the non-compliance. The CAP must be approved by ConnDOT. Failure to comply with the CAP may result in your firm being found non-responsive for future projects.
Measurement and Payment
Optional reimbursement will be made to the contractor for providing the required training under this special provision on ConnDOT Federal-Aid funded projects only.
Contractor will be reimbursed at $0.80 for each hour of training given to an employee in accordance with an approved training or apprenticeship program. This reimbursement will be made even though the Contractor receives additional training program funds from other sources, provided such other source does not specifically prohibit the contractor from receiving other reimbursement.
Reimbursement for training is made annually or upon the trainees completion and not on a monthly basis. No payment shall be made to the Contractor if either the failure to provide the required training, or the failure to hire the trainee as a journeyperson, is caused by the Contractor.
Program reimbursements will be made directly to the prime contractor on an annual basis. To request reimbursement, prime contractors must complete the Voucher for OJT Workforce Development Pilot Hourly Reimbursement for each trainee in the OJT Program. This form is included in the OJT Workforce Development Pilot package and is available on the Department’s web site at: www.ct.gov/dot
The completed form must be submitted to the Office of Contract Compliance for approval. The form is due on the 15th day of January for each trainee currently enrolled and for hours worked on ConnDOT Federal-Aid funded projects only.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 79 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Prepare and submit System Operation and Maintenance Manuals. If standard manufacturer’s reference manuals are to be utilized, they shall be enhanced with a site specific introduction and detailed narratives preceding each section to explain how individual section contents relate to the System as installed and configured for operation as Work of this Contract. These manuals shall be made available and utilized during the Factory Acceptance Testing as a means of checking their accuracy and completeness.
There shall be separate Operations and Maintenance Manuals prepared. Manuals shall include all existing functionality of the System to provide a comprehensive manual.
Submit four copies of each manual to the Engineer, in both printed and electronic format on disc. Electronic format shall be both PDF and native formats to allow the Department to modify the contents in the future. The PDF versions shall be created electronically and not scanned from a printed copy. The Engineer and Office of Rails will review the manuals for conformance to the Contract. The manuals will be processed in accordance with Form 817 Article 1.20-1.05.02, with three being forwarded to Office of Rails and one copy being sent to the Engineer.
Equipment and Systems Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall provide complete information in the equipment and systems manual on products specified in the following Contract provisions:
1. Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE5000 2. Ethernet Switch - Cisco 4503E 3. Ethernet switch – Cisco C2960XR 4. Ethernet Switch - Cisco IE3200 5. Video Encoder 6. Fiber Optic Patch Panel – 72 Position 7. Fiber Optic Patch Panel – 144 Position 8. Fiber Optic Patch Panel – 24 Position 9. Video Wall System 10. Video Wall Workstations 11. Network Management System 12. Workstations 13. Video Management System 14. Infrared Illuminator 15. PTZ Dome Camera 16. Fixed Mount Dome Camera 17. 360 Degree Dome Camera 18. Equipment Racks/Cabinets 19. CCTV Cabinet – Base Mounted
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 80 Rev. Date 01/23/19
20. CCTV Cabinet – Bridge 21. Remote CCTV Cabinet 22. 60W PoE Injector 23. PTZ Power Supply 24. PoE Surge Protection Chassis – Rack Mount 25. PoE Surge Protection Chassis – Wall Mount 26. PoE Surge Protection Module 27. IR Illuminator Power Supply – Rack Mount 28. Modification of Existing Rack 29. Elevator Demarcation Box and Elevator Modifications 30. Video Decoder 31. Video Decoding Workstation 32. Console Workstation
The above list may not be all inclusive and does not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide maintenance manuals that are required under other Contract provisions.
Operations Manual: The Operations Manual shall contain custom test photographs, and drawings for the installed System, with detailed instructions on how to perform day-to-day operational tasks. Include, at a minimum: 1. Overview of installed system architecture 2. Detailed description of normal system operation 3. Error and Alarm Handling Procedures 4. System Start up and Shutdown Procedures 5. Changing Camera Options 6. Viewing of both live and recorded video 7. Description of Operating Procedures 8. Administration terminal and Operator Workstation screenshots 9. All other operator functions of the Video Management System
Video Management System Administrator’s Manual shall contain the same information as the Operator’s Manual with expanded, specific information for System Administrators. Include, at a minimum: 1. Password assignment and modification 2. Operator assignment and modification 3. Point disable/enable 4. Terminal and data segregation/modification 5. Sequence of operation and flowcharts 6. Modification of control programs and databases 7. Add/delete/modify data points 8. Modification of maps 9. All other system administrator functions of the Video Management System
Maintenance Manual: The Maintenance Manual shall contain custom text, photographs, and
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 81 Rev. Date 01/23/19 drawings for the installed, with detailed instruction on how to perform diagnostics, regular preventive maintenance and replacement on all components. Include: 1. Detailed description of installed system architecture. 2. Hardware description, including description of all equipment and nameplate data. Include catalog cuts. 3. Drawings showing all equipment locations. 4. Photographs of typical equipment locations with individual rack or enclosure identified. 5. Functional block diagrams. 6. Drawings showing interconnection of all equipment. 7. Operating Procedures. 8. System start-up and shut-down procedures. 9. Diagnostic and test procedures for system and all hardware. 10. System back-up and restoration procedures. 11. Comprehensive factory service manuals shall be provided for individual equipment types showing theory of operation, wiring diagrams, voltages, parts lists including diagnostics, and adjustment and configuration procedures. 12. Recommended service and test procedures including hardware replacement, card replacement, adjustments, and preventive maintenance procedures and materials, routine operations, guide to troubleshooting, description of sequence of operation. Include manufacturer’s product data with each sheet annotated to clearly identify the data applicable to the installation and deleted references to inapplicable information. 13. Recommended routine maintenance procedures and schedules (e.g. daily, weekly, monthly, etc.) 14. Special maintenance requirements (if any) 15. Hardware configuration information, including device naming, model numbers and serial number of equipment, MAC addresses, IP addresses, and port assignments. 16. Special configuration requirements 17. Include copy of each manufacturer’s warranty and give information sheet for proper procedures in the event of failure and instances, which may affect the validity of warranties.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 82 Rev. Date 1/31/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS
Upon award, the Contractor shall proceed with shop drawings, working drawings, procurement of materials, and all other submittals required to complete the work in accordance with the contract documents.
At the time of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall make sure the proposed headend equipment is the state of art equipment at the time.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 83 Rev. Date 6/10/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – PROJECT DESCRIPTION
The Project consists of an upgrade to network infrastructure to support a new CCTV System at passenger stations and movable bridge in the city of Stamford, Darien, Norwalk, and Westport. The new CCTV equipment shall be integrated into the existing Verint Nextiva System at the Component Change Out (CCO) Shop and T&E Building in the New Haven Rail Yard in New Haven, CT. A new Security Node House will be constructed in East Norwalk to house servers and recorders. Existing recorders and storage servers at T&E shall be relocated to the new Security Node House. A quorum server will also be added at a room in the Westport Station. A second quorum server will be add in the New Haven CCO Shop. The VMS system and any third party systems (e.g. Marathon everRun) that is part of the existing system shall be reconfigured as required for the new setup. Existing VMS system master servers and third party systems shall be upgraded and replaced to match the Phase 3 system.
The new CCTV cameras will be located at five (5) passenger stations and one movable bridge along the Metro North Railroad New Haven Line. These five stations are Noroton Heights, Rowayton, South Norwalk, Westport and Greens Farms, and the movable bridge is SAGA Bridge in Westport over the Saugatuck River.
The network switches at the security node house, stations, and the bridge will be connected to the core DWDM network. The core DWDM network will be existing.
A new Security Control Room shall be created at the CCO Shop Room 442A. The Security Control Room shall be outfitted with two new video wall systems: one single 65” LCD video wall and one eighteen 55” LCD video wall. The Security Control Room shall also include new console workstations, raised floor, furniture, network equipment, cabinets, power upgrades, cables and conduits works, etc. The workstations and consoles shall be provided and configured to provide viewing and control of cameras along the New Haven Line and Hartford Line. The New Have Line and Hartford Line network shall be physically separate. At the CCO Shop, New Haven Line CCTV clients shall be connected to only New Haven Line network switches. Hartford Line CCTV clients shall be connected to Hartford Line switches. Two new Cisco Switches shall be provided in the Security Control Room for New Haven Line. Similarly, two switches shall be provided for the Hartford Line.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 84 Rev. Date 03/14/01
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - RAILROAD SPECIFICATIONS
The contractor is hereby notified that all railroad specifications contained elsewhere herein shall be made a part of this contract, and that the contractor shall be bound to comply with all requirements of such specifications. The requirements and conditions set forth in the subject specifications shall be binding on the contractor just as any other specification would be.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 85 Rev. Date 05/28/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – SOLE SOURCE PRODUCTS
For operational purposes, the Department has determined the need to sole source products specified in the following Contract provisions:
1. Item #0063538A – Workstation 2. Item #1108676A – Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE5000 3. Item #1108679A – Ethernet Switch – Cisco C2960XR 4. Item #1108675A – Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE3200 5. Item #1108668A – Ethernet Switch – Cisco 4503E 6. Item #1108672A – Cisco Professional Services 7. Item #1108721A – Video Encoder 8. Item #1108868A – CCTV Workstation Software Licenses 9. Item #1108881A – Video Management System Software Licenses 10. Item #1112226A – PTZ Dome Camera 11. Item #1112227A – Fixed Mount Dome Camera 12. Item #1108871A – Network Management System 13. Item #TBD – 360 Degree Dome Camera 14. Item #TBD – CCTV Decoder 15. Item #TBD – CCTV Workstation 16. Item #TBD – Video Decoding Workstations 17. Item #TBD – Console Workstations 18. Item #1108882A – Video Management System Support Services 19. Encoder contained in Item #1113916A – Elevator Demarcation Box 20. Corresponding spares for items listed above as part of Item #0090693A – Spare Parts
No “Or Equals” will be permitted except as provided within each Item. Said products shall be installed only by their factory-authorized installer or service representative. The Contractor shall bid the Project accordingly.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 86 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Whenever and wherever “CTDOT Form 817”, “Form 817”, “Standard Specifications” are referenced herein, this shall mean and refer to “State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Roads, Bridges, Facilities and Incidental Construction, Form 817” including the Supplemental Specifications.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 87 Rev. Date 06/10/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – TRAINING
The Contractor shall provide training on products specified in the following Contract provisions:
1. Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE3200 2. Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE5000 3. Ethernet Switch – Cisco C2960XR 4. Ethernet Switch – Cisco 4503E 5. Video Encoder 6. Workstations 7. Video Management System 8 Infrared Illuminator 9. PTZ Dome Camera 10 Fixed Mount Dome Camera 11 360 Degree Dome Camera 12. CCTV Cabinet – Base Mounted 13. CCTV Cabinet – SAGA Bridge 14. Remote CCTV Cabinet 15. 60W PoE Injector 16. PTZ Power Supply 17. PoE Surge Protection Chassis – Rack Mount 18. PoE Surge Protection Chassis – Wall Mount 19. PoE Surge Protection Module 20. IR Illuminator Power Supply – Rack Mount 21. Elevator Demarcation Box/Elevator Modifications 22. Modification of Existing Rack 23. Cisco Network Management System 24. Video Wall System 25. Video Decoder 26. Video Decoding Workstation 27. Console Workstation 28. Time Server 29. Security Node House 30. Standby Generator 31. Automatic Transfer Switch 32. CACP/FACP 33. Uninterruptable Power Supply
The above list may not be all inclusive and does not relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to provide training for all system elements or training that is required under other Contract provisions.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 88 Rev. Date 06/10/19
In addition to overall system training, the Contractor shall provide Verint Certification courses for Metro-North personnel as described in Item #1108882A – Video Management System Support Services; and Cisco Training as described in Item #1108871A – Network Management System. Such training shall be paid under those respective Bid Items.
Training Program General Requirements:
A Training Program shall be provided by the Contractor in order to provide initial and ongoing training for all users of the CCTV System. The Contractor shall provide videos on DVD of all Contractor-provided training sessions to facilitate the ongoing training. Training shall include ALL components of the CCTV system including (but not limited to) head-end, cameras, field panels and equipment, communications network, encoders, and IR illuminators and shall include site-specific information. The training shall be tailored to the functions and configuration of the final system as furnished by the Contractor.
Submit Training Plan for approval by the Engineer. After approval of the Training Plan, the Contractor shall conduct the specified training. The training program shall be implemented through the use of formal classroom training and/or other forms of presentation as recommended by the Contractor. The curriculum shall be designed so that each group of trainees shall be trained in the full repertoire of system commands which they may have to use in the course of performing their designated functions. Students shall be provided with complete sets of training materials and operating manuals during the training sessions, which they shall retain for use on the job at the completion of training. Formal training shall also include a comprehensive student testing program for determining that the intended training has been successfully imparted.
Contractor shall develop and implement a training database configuration to train staff on the use of the system. This training configuration should address the functions and operation of the CCTV System, in real-time simulation of typical alarm events. To support this project, a test database shall be created which shall remain available for centralized training after the system is in operation. The test database configuration shall not degrade the performance of the CCTV System.
Contractor shall conduct the required training at the facility, at the scheduled times and location designated by the Engineer consistent with the approved Training Plan. The full complement of training courses shall be conducted over time to accommodate shift personnel, vacations, and make-up sessions. A detailed schedule for the delivery of all training shall be included in the Project Plan and Schedule and reported on during the regularly scheduled status meetings. All training shall be completed no later than 14 calendar days prior to commencement of the 31-day operational test unless otherwise coordinated with the Engineer. The training shall include, but not be limited to the following groupings of staff:
1. Operator training shall include a simulation of actual site conditions at each facility and shall be provided for three groups of 15 students per course/per facility. Each group shall be trained for the equivalent of two eight hour instructional classes (training must be flexible to accommodate shift workers). Training shall include, but
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 89 Rev. Date 06/10/19
not be limited to: sequence of operation review; sign-on/sign-off; selection of all displays and reports: commanding of points, English and graphic mode; modifying English text; selection of all alarm functions; temporarily modifying resolution and frame rate for viewing; reviews of all topics presented in the Operator's Manual. Training shall also provide site-specific information about the newly installed components and demonstration of the new system with particular emphasis of components or settings that are different from previous phases.
2. System Administrator Training shall include, in addition to subjects addressed in the operator training classes, training for two groups of six DOT or MNR supervisors per facility. Each group shall be trained for two, eight hour instructional classes to be held on two separate days. Training shall include, but not be limited to: communications system instruction; use of operator terminal; program upload, download modification; password assignment and modification; operator assignment and modification; point disable/enable; terminal and data segregation/modification; sequence of operation and flowcharts; modification of control programs and databases; add/delete/modify data points; review of all topics presented in the System Administrator's Manual. Training shall also provide site-specific information about the newly installed components and demonstration of the new system with particular emphasis of components or settings that are different from previous phases.
3. Maintenance Training shall include training for two groups of six students per course, per facility. Each group shall be trained for four, eight hour instructional classes to be held on four separate days. System maintenance training shall include all functions required to maintain the System and to prepare maintenance personnel to make minor adjustments to the System, troubleshoot the System at the board level, replace defective components and field devices, and perform other maintenance functions normally associated with board-level maintenance activities. This shall include, at a minimum, component overview, safety, troubleshooting, programming, adjustments, and maintenance requirements of the following: a. Overall system and architecture b. System components c. CCTV cabinets d. CCTV cameras e. Head-end systems f. IR illuminators g. Power supplies and power injectors h. Network architecture and network equipment
Training shall include symptom recognition, shut down and start-up procedures, replacement of all devices and subcomponents including cameras, lenses, housings, power supplies, switches, illuminators, etc.
Training shall also provide site-specific information about the newly installed components and demonstration of the new system with particular emphasis of
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 90 Rev. Date 06/10/19
components or settings that are different from previous phases.
Upon completion of each training program, the Contractor shall prepare and deliver a training report which shall summarize the results of the training program, including a list of attendees, course evaluation form, and recommendations for follow-up training or modification to the curriculum.
The Contractor shall furnish electronic copies (both native and PDF formats) of all materials used during the training. The PDF versions shall be created electronically and not scanned from a printed copy. Furnish to the Engineer five (5) file sets each of the User Manual slides, coursework, and training aids in addition to providing an appropriate manual for each person attending the classes.
System Training, other than Cisco Training and Verint Certification training specified elsewhere, shall be included as part of Item #1108871A – Video Management System. The Contractor shall bid the Project accordingly.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 91 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – WARRANTIES
Submit electronic copies of written warranties, including special warranties to the Engineer. The Designer and Office of Rails will review the warranties for conformance to the Contract. The warranties will be processed in accordance with Connecticut Standard Specifications Form 817, Article 1.20-1.05.02, with electronic copies being forwarded to Office of Rails and the Engineer.
This Section does not relieve the Contractor from its responsibility to provide warranties that are required under other Contract provisions.
Furnish a minimum one (1) year replacement warranty for all devices and equipment. All devices shall have a warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for a one-year period commencing on the Base Date. The Base Date shall be defined as the day of the Engineer’s acceptance of the successful completion and acceptance of the 31-day Operational Testing specified herein. The warranty shall cover all components, parts, installations, and assemblies. The warranty shall cover labor to troubleshoot, repair, reprogram, replace defective components, and travel to and from the location where the equipment resides. Warranty response shall be within 72 hours of being notified of the condition at no additional cost to the Department.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 92 Rev. Date 06/12/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – WINTER WEATHER
The Contractor is hereby advised of the potential for winter weather during the Contract duration. The Contractor shall be responsible to clear any snow, ice, hail, sleet, etc. to perform their work. Any cost associated with the cleaning snow, ice, hail, sleet, etc. in the Contractor’s working areas is the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall be already included in the general cost of the Contractor’s work.
In the event of winter weather during the Contractor’s work in the public way (such as platforms, parking lots, etc.), the Contractor shall remove any precipitation (snow, ice, hail, sleet, etc.) and apply approved de-icing materials to all closed surfaces not able to be accessed by station/Railroad snow removal crews due to the work of the Contractor. Any cost associated with furnishing and applying de-icing materials in the Contractor’s work areas in the public way is the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall be already included in the general cost of the Contractor’s work.
The Contractor shall bid the Project accordingly.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 93 Rev. Date 01/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – WORK ON RAILROAD PROPERTY
The Contractor acknowledges that work to be accomplished under this Contract is to be performed on Railroad territory, which consists of territory operated by Metro North Railroad. The Contractor's work must be accomplished simultaneously with ongoing daily Railroad operations. Such operations include, but are not limited to, the passage of trains, storage of trains, flagging, inspection, repair, construction, reconstruction, and maintenance of the railroad right-of-way and facilities.
The Contractor is advised that the Railroad controls all activities in the respective right-of-way, and the Department expects that these conditions may cause delays and possibly a complete suspension of construction activity. The Contractor shall consider normal Railroad operations and associated impacts to the construction schedule. The Contractor shall not be entitled to time extensions for delays associated with normal Railroad operations. If the Contractor is delayed or suspended in the completion of the work by atypical railroad operations including, but not limited to, activities associated with a derailment, major track failure, or extended power outage, the Contractor will be entitled to a time extension for every day that he can demonstrate that the delays affected the completion date of the Contract. This extension of time will be considered non-compensable and the Contractor will not be entitled to any additional compensation for damages incurred for all direct and indirect costs including, but not limited to, all delay and impact costs, and inefficiencies.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of the work of its various subcontractors. The Contractor shall coordinate its operations with Metro North Railroad operations associated with Railroad force account work.
The Contractor's employees, and the employees of all subcontractors, who will be entering the jobsite onto the Railroad’s property or coming within twenty-five (25) feet of the centerline of the track or energized wires, must undergo a Railroad safety training class, of approximately one hour, offered online by Metro-North Railroad (https://contractororientation.com). The Contractor is responsible for arranging for the class and is responsible for ensuring that all employees on the jobsite have been trained. No additional compensation will be allowed to the Contractor for employee’s time for attending these classes. Refer to Form 817 Article 1.05.06 entitled "Cooperation with Utilities (Including Railroads)".
The Contractor must make its own arrangements with Metro North Railroad for the use of Railroad equipment or changes in Railroad facilities made solely to facilitate the Contractor's operations. No additional compensation will be allowed to the Contractor for making such arrangements.
The Contractor’s employees and the employees of all subcontractors shall temporarily take parking spaces at Stations and New Node House in East Norwalk during construction to work in the areas.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 94 Rev. Date 01/23/19
Contractor Requirements for Work Affecting the Railroad
The Contractor shall be governed by the General Requirements and Covenants of the Contract with the following additions:
1. All matters requiring Railroad Company approval or coordination shall be directed to:
Mr. David Willard Assistant Director - Capital Projects Metro North Railroad Company 525 Water Street, 3rd Floor Bridgeport, CT 06601
2. In general, unless otherwise authorized by the Railroad, the Contractor’s construction activities and operations directly over or adjacent to the operating right-of-way will be performed during the following track outage periods shown below.
Where the availability of four track outages are indicated, one of the four tracks will not be available to the Contractor and will remain in train service. The track to remain in train service will be the platform track for each of the passenger stations affected by the outage. During these outages all four tracks will have the catenary de-energized and diesel train service will be operational through the outage area.
2(a) Allowable track outages are as follows:
a. Single track outages 00:30 to 05:00 daily b. Two-track outages 01:30 to 05:00 daily when required for specific work that cannot be performed under single track outages. Two-track outages will be limited to those situations deemed necessary by the Engineer. c. No continuous track outages will be allowed.
2 (b) Installation and Removal of Bridge Plates: Use of bridge plates are not allowed for this project.
2 (c) Power Outages: i. Catenary Power Outages – A catenary power outage must be scheduled concurrently with a track outage for the track and is restricted to the same periods as specified in the plans and specifications. ii. Metro North Railroad Power and Signal Distribution Feeder Outages – Outages for feeders can be allowed only during off-peak hours. These outages should be requested at a weekly Railroad Coordination meeting held early in the week for the following two weeks (Monday through Friday). One set of power and signal feeder either on the north or south side must be maintained (energized) at all times.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 95 Rev. Date 01/23/19
iii. During peak (5:00 am to 10:00 am and 3:30 pm to 10:00 pm, Monday through Friday) hours of Railroad traffic, both sets (north and south) of power and signal feeders must be energized.
2 (d) Additional Outage Notes: i. The above outages are not guaranteed at all times. ii. No full track and/or power outages will be permitted on weekends either immediately before or after major holidays, nor any weekend between Thanksgiving and New Years day.
3. The Contractor's plan for demolition, erection, and any operation adjacent to or within the Railroad Right of Way shall be submitted to the Engineer for Railroad approval, prior to start of work.
4. Daily single-track outages will be considered as requests are submitted. Additional track outages will be considered for approval as requested by the Contractor for the completion of work.
5. While every effort is made to accommodate the Project needs, the above track outages cannot be guaranteed at all times. Track outages are dependent on many circumstances; including weather, availability of protective personnel, conflicts with other projects, and unforeseen operating problems. Therefore, no claims may be made against Metro North Railroad for delays due to unavailability of track and/or power outages. Further, outages are granted on the basis of what is deemed necessary for construction, not merely for the Contractor’s convenience.
6. The hours shown for track outages are the times that the tracks will be out of service. These outage times do not represent the time the track(s) are available to the Contractor. Time needs to be allowed to take the track out of service. In addition, if power outages are also required, time should be allowed for de-energizing and re-energizing power facilities.
7. Off-Peak day time foul time will be allowed during the day for camera and conduit installations at platforms.
8. The Contractor shall assume that the wires and rails of the Railroad will be energized at all times. The Contractor shall require all of its employees, subcontractors, and others, to sign the following form or similar form, and furnish the Railroad with one original copy.
9. General Insurance Information for the New Haven Line Between Stamford and Westport Area: i. Normal speed of passenger trains is 70 mph in the area of the work. Normal speed of freight is 40 mph in the area of the work. ii. In the Stamford to Greens Farms area, there are in a 24 hour weekday period:
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 96 Rev. Date 01/23/19
( 118 ) Scheduled Metro North Passenger Trains ( 4 ) Extra Trains ( 36 ) Amtrak Trains ( 2 ) Freight Trains
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 97 Rev. Date 01/23/19
WARNING OF DANGER FROM ELECTRIFIED WIRES AND STRUCTURES TO ALL PERSONS COMING NEAR ELECTRIFIED WIRES AND STRUCTURES
Notice is hereby given that contact, direct or indirect, with any of the electrified wires or structures of this Company is apt to result in serious injury or death and you are warned to avoid all such contact.
Dated
Job AFE No. Title
RECEIPT
I have this day received and carefully read the warning or danger from electrified wires and structures issued by you, which was attached to this receipt.
Signed ______
Occupation ______
Date ______
In the presence of
Witness ______
Job AFE No.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 98 Rev. Date 1/23/19
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - PERMITS AND PERMIT FEES
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain and pay for all required Federal, State, City and Utility permits applicable to this project. Any costs incurred in order to obtain the permits shall be included in the overall cost of the project.
0300-0202 GENERAL
0300-0202 99
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - Federal Rail Safety Regulations (49 C.F.R. Part 219) Concerning Alcohol and Drug Testing
On October 16, 2008, the United States Congress enacted the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (RSIA). RSIA directs the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) to promulgate new safety regulations related to railroad safety. The purpose of this NTC is to notify you of certain requirements recently promulgated by the FRA that may be applicable to work you are currently performing, or may in the future perform, for the Connecticut Department of Transportation (Department).
On June 10, 2016, the FRA published a final rule expanding the scope of its drug and alcohol testing regulations (FRA Regulations) to provide that “[e]ach railroad must ensure that a regulated employee is subject to being selected for random testing... whenever the employee performs regulated service on the railroad’s behalf.” 49 C.F.R. § 219.601. A “regulated employee” includes a contractor to a railroad or any individual who is performing activities for a railroad and includes those contractors, consultants or individuals who are deemed “maintenance-of-way” employees under 49 C.F.R. Part 219 (See 49 C.F.R. §219.5).
The term maintenance-of-way (MOW) employee, as used in 49 C.F.R. Part 219, is defined in 49 C.F.R. § 214.7 as “any employee…of a contractor to a railroad, whose duties include inspection, construction, maintenance or repair of railroad track, bridges, roadway, signal and communications systems, electric traction systems, roadway facilities or roadway maintenance machinery on or near track or with the potential of fouling a track, and flagmen and watchmen/lookouts.” (collectively, MOW Activities).
The final rule, which is effective June 12, 2017, requires contractors and consultants employing MOW employees to submit a Part 219 Compliance Plan to FRA prior to the effective date. Please consult the following link to the model drug and alcohol plan prepared by the FRA for guidance.
https://www.fra.dot.gov/eLib/details/L02814
The final rule mandates, among other things, the establishment of a random testing pool to ensure a testing rate of 50% of MOW employees for drugs and 25% of MOW employees for alcohol on an annual basis. For more information related to the requirements, please refer to:
http://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?rgn=div5&node=49:4.1.1.1.14
Every contractor or consultant that is performing MOW Activities must comply with its obligations under 49 C.F.R. Part 219 to ensure that all MOW employees are being randomly tested for drugs and alcohol. Failure of a contractor or consultant to timely comply with the FRA Regulations may subject that firm to civil penalties. In addition, MetroNorth Railroad (MNR) has stated that contractors or consultants who do not comply with the FRA regulations will not be able to work on MNR property.
The Department strongly urges all contractors and consultants to consult with their attorneys and/or to conduct their own independent due diligence regarding the requirements imposed by the new FRA Regulations to determine what steps are necessary to assure compliance. The information provided herein is advisory in nature and is offered without warranty of any kind. The Department does not accept any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information contained herein.
Any questions regarding the FRA Regulations concerning drug and alcohol testing should be directed to: Mr. Gerald Powers, Drug and Alcohol Program Manager, Office of Safety Enforcement, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Mail Stop 25, Washington, DC 20590 or via telephone (202) 493- 6313.
300‐202 GENERAL
0300-0202 100 Rev. Date 07/05/00
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS
Upon award, the Contractor shall proceed with shop drawings, working drawings, procurement of materials, and all other submittals required to complete the work in accordance with the contract documents.
300-202 GENERAL 0300-0202 101 Rev. Date 03/14/01
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - RAILROAD SPECIFICATIONS
The contractor is hereby notified that all railroad specifications contained elsewhere herein shall be made a part of this contract, and that the contractor shall be bound to comply with all requirements of such specifications. The requirements and conditions set forth in the subject specifications shall be binding on the contractor just as any other specification would be.
300-202 GENERAL 0300-0202 102 6/26/18
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - ARCHITECTURAL AND INDUSTRIAL MAINTENANCE COATINGS
This Contract includes the application of materials subject to the Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) content limits stated in the Regulations of Connecticut State Agencies (RCSA) Sections 22a-174-41 and -41a. All architectural and industrial maintenance (AIM) coatings and applications of such coatings must comply with these regulations.
The Contractor shall submit a Material Safety Data Sheet/Safety Data Sheet or Product Technical Data Sheet developed by the manufacturer of each material that may be subject to the Regulations. The submittal must verify both the type of AIM and its VOC Content. VOC content shall be determined based on the formulation data supplied by the materials manufacturer.
The Contractor may only use AIM coatings that contain VOCs below the respective coating category Phase II limits specified in Table 1 if either: a) the coating was manufactured on or after May 1, 2018, or b) the coating is being applied after April 30, 2021.
The Contractor may use AIM coatings that contain VOCs exceeding the respective coating category Phase II limits specified in Table 1 only if all of the following four conditions are met: a) the coating is being applied on or before April 30, 2021, b) the coating contains VOCs below the applicable Phase I limits specified in Table 1, c) the coating was manufactured prior to May 1, 2018, and d) the coating container(s) are dated (or date coded) as such.
For any coating that is not categorized within Table 1, the Contractor shall classify the coating as follows and apply corresponding limits in Table 1. Registers gloss <15 on an 85-degree meter or <5 on a 60-degree meter) – Flat Coating, Registers gloss of ≥15 on an 85-degree meter and ≥5on a 60-degree meter) - Nonflat Coating, Registers gloss of ≥70 on a 60-degree meter - Nonflat-High Gloss Coating.
The Contractor must close all containers of coating and solvent when not in use.
Coating container labels must display the date the coating was manufactured, the manufacturer’s recommendation regarding thinning with solvent, and the coating’s VOC content in grams per liter (g/L) of coating. Certain coating categories as noted in Table 1 have additional labeling requirements.
The Contractor may add additional solvent to a coating only if such addition does not cause the coating to exceed the applicable VOC limit specified Table 1. The Contractor must adhere to type(s) of solvent and maximum amount of solvent recommended by coating manufacturer. VOC content of a thinned coating shall be the VOC content as listed by the manufacturer after thinning in accordance with its recommendation.
300-202 GENERAL 0300-0202 103 6/26/18
TABLE 1 Phase I Phase II Coating Category manufactured prior to manufactured on or May 1, 2018 after May 1, 2018 VOC content limit (g/L) VOC content limit (g/L) Aluminum roof coating ---1 450 Antenna coating 530 ---1 Antifouling coating 400 ---1 Basement specialty coating ---1 400 Bituminous roof coating 300 270 Bituminous roof primer 350 350 Bond breaker 350 350 Calcimine recoater 475 475 Clear wood coating - Clear brushing lacquer2 680 275 Clear wood coating - Lacquer2,3 550 275 Clear wood coating - Sanding sealer2,4 350 275 Clear wood coating - Varnish2 350 275 Concrete curing compound 350 350 Concrete or masonry sealer/ 400 100 Waterproofing concrete or masonry sealer Concrete surface retarder 780 780 Conjugated oil varnish ---1 450 Conversion varnish 725 725 Driveway sealer ---1 50 Dry fog coating 400 150 Faux finishing coating2 350 350 Fire resistive coating 350 350 Fire retardant coating - Clear 650 ---1 Fire retardant coating - Opaque 350 ---1 Flat coating 100 50 Floor coating 250 100 Flow coating 420 ---1 Form-release compound 250 250 Graphic arts coating (sign paint) 500 500 High temperature coating 420 420 Impacted immersion coating 780 780 Industrial maintenance coating2 340 250 Industrial maintenance coating 340 250 Low solids coating 120 120 Magnesite cement coating 450 450 Mastic texture coating 300 100 Metallic pigmented coating 500 500
300-202 GENERAL 0300-0202 104 6/26/18
TABLE 1 Phase I Phase II Coating Category manufactured prior to manufactured on or May 1, 2018 after May 1, 2018 VOC content limit (g/L) VOC content limit (g/L) Multi-color coating 250 250 Nonflat coating 150 100 Nonflat high gloss coating2 250 150 Nuclear coating 450 450 Pre-treatment wash primer 420 420 Primer, sealer and undercoater 200 100 Quick-dry enamel 250 ---1 Quick-dry primer, sealer and undercoater 200 ---1 Reactive penetrating carbonate stone sealer2 ---1 500 Reactive penetrating sealer2 ---1 350 Recycled coating 250 250 Roof coating 250 250 Rust preventive coating2 400 250 Shellac Clear 730 730 Shellac Opaque 550 550 Specialty primer, sealer and undercoater2 350 100 Stain 250 250 Stone consolidant2 ---1 450 Swimming pool coating 340 340 Thermoplastic rubber coating and mastic 550 550 Traffic marking coating 150 100 Traffic marking coating 150 100 Tub and tile refinish ---1 420 Waterproofing membrane ---1 250 Waterproofing sealer 250 ---1 Wood coating2 ---1 275 Wood preservative 350 350 Zinc-rich primer2 ---1 340 1 Classify as follows and apply corresponding limits in Table 1. Registers gloss <15 on an 85-degree meter or <5 on a 60-degree meter) – Flat Coating, Registers gloss of ≥15 on an 85-degree meter and ≥5on a 60-degree meter) – Nonflat Coating Registers gloss of ≥70 on a 60-degree meter – Nonflat-High Gloss Coating 2 Container must be appropriately labeled. See RCSA 22a-174-41a 3 “Clear Wood Coating – Lacquer” includes lacquer sanding sealer 4 “Clear Wood Coating - Sanding Sealer” does not include lacquer sanding sealer
-END-
300-202 GENERAL 0300-0202 105 Rev. Date 01/23/19
SECTION 1.02 – PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
Article 1.02.04 – Examination of Plans, Specifications, Special Provisions and Site of Work:
Replace the third sentence of the last paragraph with:
The Department cannot ensure a response to inquiries received later than ten (10) days prior to the original scheduled opening of the related bid.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 106 Rev. Date 04/01/13
SECTION 1.03 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
Article 1.03.08 - Notice to Proceed and Commencement of Work:
Change the first paragraph to read as follows:
"The Contractor shall commence and proceed with the Contract work on the date specified in a written notice to proceed issued by the Engineer to the Contractor. The date specified will be no later than 45 calendar days after the date of the execution of the Contract by the Department".
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 107
Rev. 2/6/18
SECTION 1.05 - CONTROL OF THE WORK
Replace Article 1.05.02 with the following:
1.05.02—Contractor Submittals, Working Drawings, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Submittal Preparation and Processing - Review Timeframes, Department’s Action:
1. Contractor Submittals: The plans provided by the Department show the details necessary to give a comprehensive idea of the construction contemplated under the Contract. The plans will generally show the location, character, dimensions, and details necessary to complete the Project. If the plans do not show complete details, they will show the necessary dimensions and details, which when used along with the other Contract documents, will enable the Contractor to prepare working drawings, shop drawings or product data necessary to complete the Project.
The Contractor shall prepare submittals as Portable Document Format (PDF) files. The Contractor is also required to acquire, maintain access and use the Department’s document management system for delivery of submittals. The format, digital signing requirements, delivery processes and document tracking procedures shall be performed in accordance with this specification and the Contractor’s Digital Submission Manual (CDSM).
The submittals shall be sent to the Department’s reviewer(s), sufficiently in advance of the work detailed, to allow for their review in accordance with the review periods as specified herein (including any necessary revisions, resubmittal, and final review), and acquisition of materials, without causing a delay of the Project.
2. Working Drawings: When required by the Contract or when ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare and submit the working drawings, signed, sealed and dated by a qualified Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Connecticut, for review. The drawings shall be delivered sufficiently in advance of the work detailed, to allow for their review in accordance with the review periods specified herein (including any necessary revisions, resubmittal, and final review).
There will be no direct payment for furnishing any working drawings, procedures or supporting calculations, but the cost thereof shall be considered as included in the general cost of the work.
a. Working Drawings for Permanent Construction: The Contractor shall supply to the Assistant District Engineer a certificate of insurance in accordance with 1.03.07 at the time that the working drawings for the Project are submitted.
The Contractor’s designer, who prepares the working drawings, shall secure and maintain at no direct cost to the State a Professional Liability Insurance Policy for errors and omissions in the minimum amount of $2,000,000 per error or omission. The Contractor’s designer may elect to obtain a policy containing a maximum $250,000 deductible clause, but if the Contractor’s designer should obtain a policy containing such a clause, they shall be liable to the extent of at
GENERAL
0300-0202 108
Rev. 2/6/18
least the deductible amount. The Contractor’s designer shall obtain the appropriate and proper endorsement of its Professional Liability Policy to cover the indemnification clause in this Contract, as the same relates to negligent acts, errors or omissions in the Project work performed by them. The Contractor’s designer shall continue this liability insurance coverage for a period of (i) 3 years from the date of acceptance of the work by the Engineer, as evidenced by a State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation form entitled "Certificate of Acceptance of Work," issued to the Contractor; or (ii) 3 years after the termination of the Contract, whichever is earlier, subject to the continued commercial availability of such insurance.
b. Working Drawings for Temporary Construction: The Contractor shall submit drawings, calculations, procedures and other supporting data to the Assistant District Engineer.
3. Shop Drawings: When required by the Contract, or when ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare and deliver shop drawings to the Designer for review. Review timeframes and submission locations are as specified herein.
There will be no direct payment for furnishing any shop drawings, but the cost thereof shall be considered as included in the general cost of the work.
4. Product Data: When required by the Contract, or when ordered to do so by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare and deliver product data.
The Contractor shall submit the product data in a single submittal for each element or group of elements of construction.
The Contractor shall mark each copy of the product data submittal to show applicable choices and options. Where product data includes information on several products that are not required, copies shall be marked to indicate the applicable information. Product data shall include the following information and confirmation of conformance with the Contract to the extent applicable: manufacturer’s printed recommendations, compliance with recognized trade association standards, compliance with recognized testing agency standards, application of testing agency labels and seals, notation of coordination requirements, Contract item number, and any other information required by the individual Contract provisions.
There will be no direct payment for furnishing any product data, but the cost thereof shall be considered as included in the general cost of the work.
5. Submittal Preparation and Processing – Review Timeframes: The Contractor shall allow 30 calendar days for submittal review by the Department, from the date receipt is acknowledged by the Department’s reviewer. For any submittals marked with “Revise and Resubmit” or “Rejected,” the Department is allowed an additional 20 calendar days for review of any resubmissions.
GENERAL
0300-0202 109
Rev. 2/6/18
An extension of Contract time will not be authorized due to the Contractor’s failure to transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the work to permit processing.
The furnishing of shop drawings, working drawings or product data, or any comments or suggestions by the Designer or Engineer concerning shop drawings, working drawings or product data, shall not relieve the Contractor of any of its responsibility for claims by the State or by third parties, as per 1.07.10.
The furnishing of the shop drawings, working drawings and product data shall not serve to relieve the Contractor of any part of its responsibility for the safety or the successful completion of the Project construction.
6. Department’s Action: The Designer or Engineer will review each submittal, mark each with a self-explanatory action stamp, and return the stamped submittal promptly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not proceed with the part of the Project covered by the submittal until the submittal is marked “No Exceptions Noted” or “Exceptions as Noted” by the Designer or Engineer. The Contractor shall retain sole responsibility for compliance with all Contract requirements. The stamp will be marked as follows to indicate the action taken: a. If submittals are marked “No Exceptions Noted,” the Designer or Engineer has not observed any statement or feature that appears to deviate from the Contract requirements. This disposition is contingent on being able to execute any manufacturer’s written warranty in compliance with the Contract provisions. b. If submittals are marked “Exceptions as Noted” the considerations or changes noted by the Department’s Action are necessary for the submittal to comply with Contract requirements. The Contractor shall review the required changes and inform the Designer or Engineer if they feel the changes violate a provision of the Contract or would lessen the warranty coverage. c. If submittals are marked “Revise and Resubmit,” the Contractor shall revise the submittals to address the deficiencies or provide additional information as noted by the Designer or Engineer. The Contractor shall allow an additional review period as specified in 1.05.02-5. d. If submittals are marked “Rejected,” the Contractor shall prepare and submit a new submittal in accordance with the Designer’s or Engineer’s notations. The resubmissions require an additional review and determination by the Designer or Engineer. The Contractor shall allow an additional review period as specified in 1.05.02-5.
GENERAL
0300-0202 110 Rev. Date 1/23/19
Article 1.05.06—Cooperation with Utilities (Including Railroads) – is supplemented as follows:
Add the following after the last paragraph:
“Special Requirements Regarding Work in Metro-North territory:”
Description:
This section covers authority, definitions, regulatory requirements, traffic regulation and coordination of the Contractor’s work schedule with the operation of train service, construction equipment and safety requirements for working within railroad right-of-way, and provisions for storage of materials and equipment and worker safety rules. Subsequent to the Engineer’s Pre- construction meeting and prior to commencement to contract activities, a working on the railroad meeting will be held by the Engineer to emphasis these Specifications.
Permission to Enter Upon Railroad Property
Permission is hereby granted to the Contractor to enter property of the State, under the custody and control of the Department and managed by Metro-North Commuter Railroad Company (hereinafter called “Railroad”), a public benefit corporation and subsidiary of Metropolitan Transportation Authority (hereinafter called “MTA”). The purpose of this permission shall be solely for those outlined in this contract and under the following terms and conditions:
I. Location and Access. Permission is hereby granted to the Contractor and its subcontractor(s), if any, to enter the property, given that they have the proper permission to enter, within the Project Limits identified on the Contract Plans of the New Haven Line, in the vicinity between Mileposts 33.4 (just East of Stamford Station) and 47.15 (just East of Green’s Farms Station), in the State of Connecticut (hereinafter called the “Property”).
II. Liability. The Contractor covenants and agrees to at all times indemnify, protect and save harmless the “Additional Insureds”, as defined under Article V, from and against any and all losses, damages, detriments, suits, claims, demands, costs, and charges which the “Additional Insureds” may directly or indirectly suffer, sustain, or be subjected to by or on account of the Contractors entry upon, occupancy or use of the Property, or the conduct thereon of the Contractor, its subcontractors, officers, employees, agents or invitees, whether such loss or damage be suffered or sustained by the “Additional Insureds” directly or persons (including employees of “Additional Insureds” or Corporations who may seek to hold the “Additional Insureds” liable therefore), and whether attributable to the fault, failure or negligence of the “Additional Insureds” or otherwise.
III. Consideration. The Contractor will pay to the Railroad, the sum of Zero Dollars ($0.00) for the right to enter upon the Property.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 111 Rev. Date 1/23/19
IV. Terms of Permit. The Railroad reserves the right to revoke this permission at any time. Unless subsequently modified, this shall begin with Notice to Proceed and shall end at Contract Completion Date at which time it shall expire automatically. Under no circumstances shall this temporary permission be construed as granting the Contractor any rights, title or interest of any kind or character in, on, or about the land or premises of MTA or Railroad thereafter. The Permittee agrees to notify the Railroad when use of the Property or work is completed.
V. Definitions of Terms and Permissible Abbreviations:
Authority of the Railroad Engineer – This supplements Form 817, Section 1.05.01 in that all contract work upon or affecting railroad property, right-of-way or facilities, shall also be subject to the approval of the Senior Director, Capital Programs of the Railroad or his duly authorized representative, through coordination with the Engineer.
Additional Insureds – Those individuals or entities appearing under Article 1.03.07, Paragraph 13 of the Specifications.
Conductor/Flagman – A Railroad employee qualified on the Rules of the Operating Department and qualified on the physical characteristics of the portion of the railroad involved. He/she is the contact employee qualified to obtain the use of track. Each conductor/flagman will have the proper flagging equipment, up-to-date Railroad Operating Rules, Timetables and Safety Rules.
Coordination of Work – This supplements Form 817, Section 1.05.06 in that the Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of the work of his sub-contractors with respect to the railroad property, right-of-way or facilities.
Groundman – Class “A” employee of the Railroad’s Power Department authorized to de- energize/re-energize and ground high tension power lines.
Horizontal Clearance Point – A point 10 feet from the centerline of a track.
Obstruction – An entering of the traffic envelope, also referred to as fouling.
Occupancy – Any use of track other than direct crossing.
On or Adjacent to – shall be interpreted to include space on, above and below the railroad right-of-way operated by the Railroad, as well as space on, above, and below adjacent property which the Railroad determines to affect the safe operations of service.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 112 Rev. Date 1/23/19
Qualified Railroad Employee – For the purpose of these specifications, a Qualified Railroad Employee is a Railroad employee qualified to remove track or tracks from service.
Railroad – Whenever the term “Railroad” is used without further qualification, it shall be taken to mean Metro-North Commuter Railroad Company.
Right-of-Way – The limits of railroad property on either side of tracks.
The Safety Rules – All work shall be performed in accordance with rules, regulations, procedures, and safe practices of the Railroad, FRA, OSHA, NESC and all other government agencies having jurisdiction over this project.
Track – The space between the rails plus not less than 4 feet outside each rail.
Traffic Envelope – The area encompassed by the vertical and the horizontal clearance points.
Vertical Clearance Point – A point 22 feet and 6 inches above the top of a running rail unless otherwise authorized by the Railroad.
Use of Track – Obtaining permission from the proper authority of the Railroad for track occupancy.
1 – Requirements for Performing Work on or Adjacent to the Railroad Right-of-Way
(a) General
(1) The Contractor should note that the proposed work involves construction operations on or adjacent to property owned by State and operated by the Railroad. In working near an operating railroad, great care must be exercised and the Railroad’s safety rules must be strictly observed.
(2) If while completing the work covered by this contract, the tracks or other facilities of the Railroad are endangered, the Contractor shall immediately do such work as directed by the Railroad through the Engineer to restore safety. Upon failure of the Contractor to carry out such orders immediately, the Railroad may take whatever steps as are necessary to restore safe conditions. The cost and expense to the Railroad of restoring safe conditions, or of any damage to the Railroad’s trains, tracks or other facilities caused by the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s operations, shall be considered a charge against the Contractor and shall be paid for by him, or may be deducted from any monies due or that may become due to him under this contract.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 113 Rev. Date 1/23/19
(b) Rules and Regulations
(1) Railroad traffic shall be maintained at all times, and the Contractor shall conduct all of his operations on or adjacent to the Railroad right-of-way fully within the rules, regulations, and requirements of the Railroad. The Contractor shall be responsible for acquainting himself with such requirements as the Railroad may demand. The Contractor shall include in his bid any expenses occasioned by delay or interruption of his work by reason of the operation or maintenance of the Railroad facilities.
(2) The Contractor shall obtain verification of the time and schedule of track occupancy from the Railroad before proceeding with any construction or demolition work on or adjacent to the Railroad right-of-way.
(3) All work to be done on or adjacent to the Railroad right-of-way shall be performed by the Contractor in a manner satisfactory to the Railroad and shall be performed at such times and in such manner as not to interfere with the movement of trains or traffic upon the tracks of the Railroad. The Contractor shall use all necessary care to avoid accidents, damage, delay or interference with the Railroad’s trains or property.
(4) If deemed necessary by the Railroad, it may furnish or assign an inspector who will be placed in the work area during the time the Contractor or any subcontractor is performing work under the contract on Railroad property.
(5) Before proceeding with any construction of demolition work on or adjacent to the Railroad Right-of-Way, a pre-construction meeting shall be held at which time the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Railroad, plans, computations, and a detailed description of his method and procedure for accomplishing the specific construction work required under this contract, including methods of protecting Railroad traffic. Such approval shall not serve, in any way, to relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the adequacy and safety of his methods and procedures for conducting the work.
(6) The Contractor shall conduct his work and handle his equipment and materials in such manner that neither fouls a live track or wire line without the written permission of the Railroad.
(7) Equipment shall be considered to be potentially fouling the track when located in such a position that its failure, with or without load, brings the equipment within the traffic envelope. No equipment shall be placed in this position without prior approval of the Railroad.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 114 Rev. Date 1/23/19
(8) Equipment of the Contractor to be used:
(A) Equipment of the Contractor to be used adjacent to the tracks shall be in first- class condition so as to fully prevent failures of defective equipment that might cause delay in the operations of trains or damage to Railroad facilities. His equipment shall not be placed or put into operation adjacent to tracks without first obtaining permission from the Railroad. Under no circumstances shall any equipment or materials be placed or stored within 25 feet from the near rail of a track in operation, unless approved, in advance, by the Railroad.
(B) High rail equipment of the Contractor to be used on the tracks shall be subject to prior approval of the Railroad. The equipment must be inspected and approved in advance at the Railroad’s facility by Railroad inspectors. The equipment inspection must be renewed every three months.
(C) On track vehicles shall be equipped with a Railroad approved tow bar and coupler. Multiple vehicles shall move in tandem and coupled when directed by the Railroad. Movement of on track vehicles shall proceed only under the direct supervision of a Qualified Railroad Employee.
(9) Materials and equipment belonging to the Contractor shall not be stored on Railroad property without first having obtained permission from the Engineer and Railroad. Such permission will be on the condition that the Engineer and Railroad will not be liable for damage to such materials and equipment from any cause. The Contractor shall keep the tracks adjacent to the site clear of all refuse and debris that may accumulate from his operations and shall leave the Railroad property in the condition existing before the start of his operations.
(10) The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer and the Railroad in order to determine the type of protection required to insure safety and continuity of Railroad traffic incidental to the particular methods of operation and equipment to be used on the work.
(11) The Railroad will require protection during all periods when the Contractor is working on, or over, the right-of-way of the Railroad, or as may be found necessary in the opinion of the Railroad. When protection is required, refer to Paragraph 1(g).
(12) It shall be expressly understood that this contract includes no work for which the Railroad is to be billed by the Contractor, and it shall be further understood that the Contractor is not to bill the Railroad for any work which he may perform, unless the Railroad gives a written request that such work be performed at its expense.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 115 Rev. Date 1/23/19
(13) Upon completion of the work, and before final payment is made, the Contractor shall remove from within the limits of the Railroad’s right-of-way, all machinery, equipment, surplus materials, falsework, rubbish and temporary buildings, and other property of the Contractor/sub-contractor, and shall leave the right-of-way in a condition satisfactory to the Railroad.
(c) Railroad Protective Services – will be provided in accordance with the Roadway Worker's Protective Act, Title 49, Part 214, Sub-part C. Railroad protective services will also be performed to insure safe operations of trains when construction work would, in the Railroad’s opinion, be a hazard to Railroad operations.
(d) Definition of Hazard – the Railroad has furnished the statements quoted below, explaining when they consider a hazard to operations exists:
“Protective services will be required whenever the Contractor is performing work on or adjacent to the Railroad tracks or right-of-way, such as excavating, sheeting, shoring, erection and removal of forms, handling materials, using equipment which by swinging or by failure could foul the track, and when any other type of work being performed, in the opinion of the Railroad, requires such service.”
(e) Contractor Requirements for Work Affecting the Railroad
(1) All matters requiring Railroad Company approval or coordination shall be directed to the Engineer or a duly authorized representative thereof, for forwarding to the Railroad Engineer.
(2) Detailed plans and appurtenant data and calculations for any operation which, in the opinion of the Railroad, affect the Railroad, must be submitted to the Engineer or a duly authorized representative thereof, for forwarding to the Railroad Engineer for approval prior to commencement of the work. All plans and calculations submitted must be stamped by a Connecticut registered Professional Engineer.
(3) Permissible Track Outages - are identified in the NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – WORK ON RAILROAD PROPERTY contained within the Provisions of the Contract. The times identified are the times that the track may be removed from service. If power outages are required, the de-energizing/re-energizing and grounding of the wires will subtract approximately forty-five minutes from the start and forty-five minutes at the end of the indicated outage period for a total of up to ninety minutes. Where a substation or anchor bridge outage is required, the de-energizing/re-energizing and grounding will subtract an additional thirty minutes from the start and thirty minutes from the end of the indicated outage period for a total of up to one hundred fifty minutes.
(4) The Contractor shall maintain a minimum of 1 foot level shoulder from ends of ties to maintain lateral track support for all excavations and shall not excavate any slope steeper than 1 (vertical) on 2 (horizontal) from the edge of the shoulder. Sheeting
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 116 Rev. Date 1/23/19
shall be required on all excavations where the side of the excavation is intercepted by the Railroad live load influence line. The live load influence line is defined as a line originating at the bottom edge of tie and extending downward at a slope of 1 (vertical) on 1½ (horizontal). Such excavations must be designed to withstand, in addition to all common loads such as soil pressure and hydrostatic pressure, a railroad live load of Cooper E-80.
(5) The Contractor shall be required to design and install protective scaffolding over the right-of-way where, at the sole discretion of the Railroad, such scaffolding is necessary to protect the Railroad from possible falling debris; paint or other materials; to protect personnel working about the right-of-way or to provide a platform for personnel, materials and/or equipment. Said scaffolding shall be designed for live load of 200 pounds per square foot applied uniformly over the entire structure and a 2 kips concentrated load placed anywhere on the structure. The two loads are not to be applied simultaneously for design purposes.
(6) All excavation area shall be located by the Contractor and inspected by the Railroad for the purpose of determining conflicts with underground facilities. Exploratory trenches, a minimum of 3 feet deep and 15 inches wide in the form of an “H” with outside dimensions matching and outside of sheeting dimensions are to be hand dug, as directed by the railroad. In some locations, excavations may exceed 3 feet in depth. Specialty excavations such as screw anchors, cat pole foundations, etc will require additional trenching to ensure all possible conflicts are located. These trenches are for exploratory purposes only and are to be backfilled and compacted immediately. All work outlined above must be done in the presence of a Railroad inspector.
(7) Cavities adjacent to sheet piling, created by driving of sheet piling, shall be filled with sand and any distributed ballast must be restored and tampered immediately.
(8) Sheet piling shall be cut off at top of tie during construction and at 3 feet below bottom of tie after construction just prior to completion of back filling.
(9) Plans and calculations for sheeting and scaffolding must be submitted to the Engineer for forwarding to the Railroad for approval prior to construction. Further, plans and calculations must be stamped by a Connecticut registered Professional Engineer.
(f) Requirements for Erection, Demolition and Other Rigging Operations On or Adjacent to Railroad Right-of-Way
The Contractor will be required to furnish the following information to the Engineer or a duly authorized representative thereof, for forwarding to the Railroad Engineer for approval prior to the start of any rigging operation over or adjacent to the Railroad right- of-way:
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 117 Rev. Date 1/23/19
(1) Plan view showing locations of cranes, boom length and rigging operating radii, with delivery or disposal locations shown.
(2) Crane rating sheets showing crane(s) to be adequate for 150% of the lift. Crane and boom nomenclature is to be indicated.
(3) Plans and computations showing weight of pick.
(4) Location plan showing obstructions, indicating that the proposed swing is possible.
(5) Plans showing locations and details of mats, planking or special decking as may be required by the Railroad.
(6) Written statement from crane owner giving the date of last crane condition and safety inspection and the results of said inspection.
(7) Data sheet listing number, type, size and arrangement of slings, spreader bars or other connecting equipment. Include copies of catalog or information sheets of specialized equipment. All such equipment shall be shown adequate to safely carry 150% of the calculated loading.
(8) A complete procedure is to be included, indicating the order of lifts and repositioning or rehitching of the crane or cranes.
(9) Temporary support of any components or intermediate stages is to be shown.
(10) A time schedule of the various stages must be shown, as well as a schedule for the entire lifting procedure.
(11) All erection, demolition and rigging plans and calculations submitted to the Railroad must be stamped by a Connecticut licensed Professional Engineer.
(12) Operations directly on or adjacent to the operating right-of-way will be performed only at times and under conditions specified by the Railroad’s representative.
(g) Ordering Protective Personnel
The Railroad will furnish Protective Service Personnel (conductors, flagmen, groundmen, inspectors, maintenance and/or other railroad personnel deemed necessary) to protect the operation of train traffic during the Contractor’s construction activities. Railroad Protective Services will also be provided in conformance with the Roadway Worker's Protective Act as stated in Paragraph 1(c). There will be no charge to the Contractor for Railroad Protective Services provided. The providing or failing to provide Protective Services shall not relieve the Contractor from liability or payment for any damage caused by his or his subcontractor’s operations conducted in their absence. (1) The Contractor must obey all instructions from Railroad representatives on the job
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 118 Rev. Date 1/23/19
site promptly. Failure to follow instructions shall be deemed sufficient cause for closing the job site to the Contractor and its employees.
(2) The Railroad will, at its sole discretion, determine the need for and the availability of protective personnel. The Railroad will provide protective personnel to the extent possible considering its operational and maintenance priorities. The Railroad does not guarantee that protective personnel will be available to meet the Contractor’s preferred schedule. Further, no work will commence until the assigned Railroad representative affirmatively advises the Contractor that the necessary protective personnel are stationed and that he may proceed.
(3) The assessment of the need for protective services will be based upon a weekly Railroad Construction Coordination Meeting. At these meetings, the Contractor shall provide a Bi-weekly Schedule that will begin on the following Saturday. Based on that schedule, the Railroad will determine the Protective Services required for the two-week period. Protective Services will be reserved for the following week beginning on the Saturday and ordered for the second week of the schedule. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to perform work in accordance with the submitted schedule. Variations from the submitted schedule may result in additional and unnecessary costs to the Engineer, Railroad and Contractor.
(A) The Contractor shall base his operations on a 5 consecutive day work week. The hours of operation during this time shall remain constant. Multiple shifts may be worked.
(B) The Contractor must demonstrate maximum use of Protective Service Personnel ordered. Failure to do so may result in the inability to consistently obtain services.
(C) The Contractor shall be responsible for forwarding all Protective Service requests from his subcontractors and suppliers in his Bi-weekly schedule submittal.
(4) Requests to cancel construction activities, and subsequently the scheduled Protective Service Personnel, will be also submitted at the weekly Railroad Construction Coordination Meeting. At these meetings, the previously scheduled Protective Services for the week beginning on the following Saturday may be cancelled. This will be the only time for cancellation. Once cancelled, no re-ordering of Protective Services for the following week will be allowed.
(5) Weather conditions will be considered the only basis upon which the Railroad will accept the Contractor’s cancellation of scheduled work and will only be recognized on items of work which have been clearly identified and determined to be weather dependent in the Contractor’s schedule. Activities not presented on the Bi-weekly schedule at the weekly Railroad Construction Coordination Meeting will not be able to commence until it has been inserted into the schedule and presented at the next
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 119 Rev. Date 1/23/19
meeting.
(6) Work that requires the support of Railroad personnel shall not be scheduled on the following days, unless the work is of an emergency nature:
Holiday’s Observed: *Independence Day *Christmas Day *New Year’s Day *Labor Day *New Years Eve *President’s Day *Thanksgiving Day *Good Friday *Day Following Thanksgiving Day *Memorial Day *Christmas Eve *The Saturday and Sunday preceding a Monday holiday. *The Saturday and Sunday following a Friday holiday. *The Friday and Monday preceding and following a weekend holiday.
(h) Requirements for Requesting Track Outages
Track outages as described in the plans and specifications must be requested at the weekly Railroad Construction Coordination Meeting.
(1) All procedures, material and equipment must be approved and on site prior to the Railroad accepting the track outage request(s). This applies to all track outage requests.
(2) Track outages will be granted based on need for constructability not for convenience.
(3) The Contractor must demonstrate the maximum use of track outages by coordinating his activities and work so that various elements and multiple activities are performed during approved outages. Failure to consistently utilize track outages may cause the inability to gain approval of future requests for outages.
(4) No new track outages may be initiated the weekend preceding or following these holidays:
Thanksgiving, Christmas and New Years Day.
However, long-term continuous outages may extend through these periods.
(i) Catenary and Transmission Systems/Power Outages
(1) Catenary and Transmission Systems - The Contractor shall assume that all the wires on the Railroad Company are energized at all times and must be governed by the restrictions imposed by the Railroad with respect to such electrical circuits. Should it become necessary, in the opinion of the Railroad Engineer to de- energize any wire or wires to insure safety of operation, such wires will be de- energized by the Railroad only during such period that will not interfere with the
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 120 Rev. Date 1/23/19
Railroad’s operation. When the de-energizing and re-energizing of wires is deemed necessary, a representative of the Power Department of the Railroad must be on duty and present to arrange for the same. He will notify the Contractor in writing when the wires have been de-energized and also when said wires are to be re-energized.
(A) The Contractor is advised that the overhead electrification will remain in place for the duration of the entire project, except where called for on the drawings and in the specifications.
(B) Track rails of the Railroad are energized. Particular care must be taken to see that no contact is made between adjoining rails with any material, which is a good conductor of electricity when dry, or material of any nature when wet. Particular care is necessary when any work involving the use of chains, steel rods, cables, pipes, etc., is done. Since the Contractor shall assume the wires and rails of the Railroad will be energized at all times, the Contractor shall require all of his employees, sub-contractors, and others to sign a form similar to the form shown in the NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – WORK ON RAILROAD PROPERTY contained within the Provisions of the Contract.
(2) Power Outages
(A) Catenary Power Outages - A catenary power outage must be scheduled concurrently with a track outage for the track and is restricted to the same periods as specified in the plans and specifications.
(B) Railroad Power and Signal Distribution Feeder Outages - Outages for feeders can be allowed only during off-peak hours. These outages should be requested at the weekly Railroad Construction Coordination Meeting. One set of power and signal feeders, either the north or south side of the railroad, must remain energized at all times.
NOTE: During peak hours (5:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. and 3:30 p.m. to 10:00 p.m., Monday through Friday) of railroad traffic, both the north and south sets of power and signal feeders must be energized.
(j) Safety for Contractor’s Employees Working on or Adjacent to the Right-of-Way of the Railroad
(1) Personal Protection Equipment
(A) Approved hard hats, reflectorized vest and clothing must be worn by all Contractor employees while on the Right-of-Way, in yard, shop facilities, and construction and/or work sites. Approved safety eyewear must be worn by all Contractor employees while on Right-of-Way, in yard, shop facilities and
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 121 Rev. Date 1/23/19
construction and/or work sites and in the operating control cab of a moving locomotive or train. Any exclusion must be jointly approved by Railroad’s department head and Director of Safety.
(B) Other protective equipment such as goggles, face shields, safety belts, floatation vests, gloves and respirators shall be issued by the Contractor when required. Protection devices for hearing conservation may be used when determined necessary and safe to do so.
(2) Possession or Use of Intoxicants and Illegal Substances
The use of intoxicants, alcohol, narcotics, marijuana, amphetamines, hallucinogens or other illegal substances while working within the Railroad Right-of-Way, is prohibited and is sufficient cause for immediate removal from the Railroad property. Contractor employees under medication before or while on duty, must be certain that such use will not affect the safe performance of their duties.
(3) Surveying Equipment
(A) Measuring tape must be non-metallic to avoid shunting the signal system electric circuits. This will occur when a metallic object is laid across the top of two rails of any track.
(B) Electrically rated fiberglass elevation rods must be used to avoid injury in the event contact is made with energized catenary or signal/communication lines. Elevations of catenary wires must be obtained by or under direct supervision of a qualified Railroad Groundman.
(4) Conduct On or About Track
(A) Contractor employees must not enter the track envelope unless it is absolutely necessary in performance of their duty. If it is deemed necessary, than the Contractor employees must walk on tracks or cross tracks only when accompanied by or with permission from a Qualified Railroad Employee of the Railroad. Always use approved walkways when available; otherwise identify and take the shortest safe route after looking in both directions. If more than one track is to be crossed, stop and look before crossing each track.
(B) The possession of an umbrella on or about tracks is prohibited.
(C) Do not rest any object on your shoulder while in close proximity to a moving train or high-rail equipment.
(D) Expect equipment to move on any track, in any direction, at any time. Contractor employees must look in both directions and have permission from a Qualified Railroad Employee before:
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 122 Rev. Date 1/23/19
1. Fouling track 2. Crossing track 3. Going between or around end of equipment or structure 4. Moving out from between or under equipment of structure 5. Getting on or off equipment 6. Performing any other applicable operation
(E) When required by a conductor/flagman or other Qualified Railroad Employee to vacate tracks, the Contractor employees must comply immediately.
(5) Catenary Electric Systems
(A) All overhead wires must be considered energized (LIVE) at all times except when it is known they have been de-energized and properly grounded.
(B) Until the wires are de-energized, properly grounded, and a Groundman has notified that the overhead wires are such, all Contractor employees must not approach within 10 feet of transmission systems wires, catenary system or signal power wires.
(C) At the beginning of each tour of duty, the Groundman will instruct the Contractor foreman and each Contractor employee, in the crew, of the dangers surrounding them, calling their particular attention to any hazards to be avoided in performance of the work.
(D) Whether due to inadequate knowledge of the English language or for any other reason, a Contractor employee who, in the opinion of the Groundman, does not understand the instructions given, shall not be permitted to work or observe.
(E) When clearances have been obtained and the wires, equipment or apparatus properly grounded, the Groundman will indicate to the Contractor foreman and the crew the location of wires, equipment or apparatus from which power has been removed and the location of the grounding devices applied. The Groundman must obtain on standard form, the signature of the Contractor foreman indicating that he and the crew have been so instructed, and will confine their work within the limits as outlined to them by the Groundman.
(F) When the Groundman leaves his crew for any reason, he must notify the Contractor foreman and each person in the crew to stop all work in the vicinity of the wires, personally assuring himself that all persons have moved to a safe distance away from the work area before his departure. The Groundman will obtain the signature of the Contractor foreman on standard form, that he and the crew have been informed that the Groundman is leaving the gang and they will not resume work until advised to do so on return of the Groundman.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 123 Rev. Date 1/23/19
(G) When the clearances are to be released, the Groundman will inform the Contractor foreman and each person in the crew and will personally observe that all persons have moved to a safe distance from the wires, equipment or apparatus to be energized, before removing the grounding devices. The Groundman will obtain the signature of the Contractor foreman, on a standard form, stating that he and the gang have been advised that the wires, equipment or apparatus have been energized, and that they will remain at a safe distance from them until informed otherwise by the Groundman.
(H) The Groundman will inform the Contractor foreman if any Contractor employee on the job is unsafe and will not comply with instructions. If trouble is experienced with the Contractor foreman in maintaining safe working conditions, the Groundman will immediately notify his supervisor.
(6) Aerial Catenary Construction by Qualified Contractor Employees
No Catenary Construction is included in State Project No. 300-0202.
(7) Safety Program and Plan
(A) Prior to the commencement of work the Contractor shall submit a “Working on the Railroad Safety Plan” that will include a Program which implements the plan. The submission shall be made to the Engineer or a duly authorized representative and forwarded to the Railroad for compliance with this specification. This plan is separate to the Health and Safety Plan required for other aspects of the project (i.e., lead, excavations, etc.).
(B) Each employee of the Contractor, subcontractor or others on site must undergo a Railroad safety training class, of approximately one hour, offered online by Metro-North Railroad (https://contractororientation.com). The Contractor is responsible for arranging for the class and is responsible for ensuring that all employees on the jobsite have been trained. No additional compensation will be allowed to the Contractor for employee’s time for attending these classes. All employees receiving this training will receive a Registered Hard Hat sticker that will identify them as a trained employees. No Contractor employees are permitted on the Railroad Right-of-Way without evidence of this training. Contractor employees shall renew this training annually. In addition to the online safety training class, the following will be furnished by the Railroad to the employee:
1. Safety Orientation for Contractor Employees Working on Railroad Property produced by the Safety Engineer of the Railroad. 2. Safety Inspection Checklist 3. List of the applicable publications referenced in these specifications with respect to safety and where they are located for review if necessary. The list shall include, but not be limited to, such regulatory standards and mandates,
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 124 Rev. Date 1/23/19
i.e., OSHA, NIOSH, DOL, NFPA, EPA, FRA, MSDS, etc. 4. Copy of the applicable corporate safety plan. 5. Copy of the project Railroad Safety Plan or other project related plans.
NOTE: The employee shall sign the standard form for acknowledgement of the above-noted documents.
(C) All contractor employees entering the railroad right-of-way must attend and acknowledge the daily job briefings prior to commencing any work. The qualified railroad employees will conduct the job briefings.
(D) The Contractor shall hold “TOOL BOX” safety meetings for their employees at least once a week that will be documented and attendees listed.
(E) The Contractor supervisor shall attend a monthly Railroad Safety Meeting.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 125 Rev. Date 01/23/19
SECTION 1.06 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
Article 1.06.07 - Certified Test Reports and Materials Certificates:
1) For the materials in the following items, a Certified Test Report will be required confirming their conformance to the requirements set forth in these plans or specifications or both. Should the consignee noted on a Certified Test Report be other than the Prime Contractor, then Materials Certificates shall be required to identify the shipment.
2) For the materials in all the contract items with the exception of the following items, a Materials Certificate will be required confirming their conformance to the requirements set forth in these plans or specifications or both.
The following contract items do not require Certified Test Report or Materials Certificates:
1. 0100426A - Water Transportation for Rescue Operations 2. 0969000A - Project Coordinator (Minimum Bid) 3. 0970006A - Traffic Person 4. 0201001 - Clearing and Grubbing 5. 1008908A - Clean Existing Conduit/Duct 6. 1108672A - Cisco Professional Services 7. 1108868A - CCTV Workstation Software Licenses 8. 1108881A - Video Management System Software Licenses 9. 1112244A - Removal, Storage and Transfer of CCTV Equipment 10. 1206036A - Remove and Relocate Sign 11. 1108882A - Video Management System Support Services
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 126 Rev. Date 10/16/13
SECTION 1.07 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Article 1.07.10 - Contractor’s Duty to Indemnify the State against Claims for Injury or Damage: Add the following after the only paragraph:
“It is further understood and agreed by the parties hereto, that the Contractor shall not use the defense of Sovereign Immunity in the adjustment of claims or in the defense of any suit, including any suit between the State and the Contractor, unless requested to do so by the State.”
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 127 Rev. Date 06/09/17
SECTION 1.08 - PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Article 1.08.07 - Determination of Contract Time:
Delete the second, third and fourth paragraphs and replace them with the following:
When the contract time is on a calendar day basis, it shall be the number of consecutive calendar days stated in the contract, INCLUDING the time period from December 1 through March 31 of each year. The contract time will begin on the effective date of the Engineer’s order to commence work, and it will be computed on a consecutive day basis, including all Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, and non-work days.
1.08.08 - Extension of Time:
Delete the sixth paragraph, “If an approved extension of Contract time…. the following April 1”.
Article 1.08.09 - Failure to Complete Work on Time:
Delete the second paragraph, "If the last day...the project is substantially completed" and replace it with "Liquidated damages as specified in the Contract shall be assessed against the Contractor per calendar day from that day until the date on which the project is substantially completed.".
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 128 Rev. Date 3/8/18
SECTION 6.03 - STRUCTURAL STEEL
Section 6.03 is amended as follows:
6.03.03—Construction Methods: Revise Subarticle 4(f) “High Strength Bolted Connections” as follows:
Replace the first paragraph and Table A: "Minimum Bolt Tension in kips" with the following:
" The assembly of structural connections using high-strength bolts shall be installed so as to develop the minimum required bolt tension specified in Table A. The Manufacturer’s certified test report; including the rotational capacity test results must accompany the fastener assemblies. Fastener Assemblies delivered without the certified reports will be rejected. Table A: Minimum Bolt Tension in kips* Bolt Diameter ASTM F3125 ASTM F3125 (Inches) Grade A325 Grade A490 5/8 19 24 3/4 28 35 7/8 39 49 1 51 64 1 1/8 64 80 1 1/4 81 102 1 3/8 97 121 1 1/2 118 148 *Equal to 70% of specified minimum tensile strength of bolts (as specified in ASTM Specifications for tests of full-size F3125 Grade A 325 and F3125 Grade A 490 bolts with UNC threads, loaded in axial tension) rounded to the nearest kip.
Revise the last sentence of the sixteenth paragraph, "Rotational-Capacity Tests" as follows:
" When performed in the field, the procedure shall meet the requirements of ASTM F3125 Annex A2."
In Table C, insert the word "Grade" in the third row before every occurrence of "A325" and "A490."
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 129 Rev. Date 3/8/18
SECTION M.06 - METALS
Section M.06 is amended as follows:
M.06.01—Reinforcing Steel:
Delete the entire last paragraph in Subarticle 1 "Bar Reinforcement" that reads: "Prior to the incorporation… …and type of bar reinforcement."
M.06.02—Structural Steel:
Revise Subarticle 2 "Anchor Bolts" as follows:
"(a) Anchor bolt assemblies shall meet the requirements of ASTM F1554, and the grade shall be as specified on the plans. All components of the bolt assembly shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM F2329."
Replace Subarticle 3 "High Strength Bolts" with the following:
" 3. High-Strength Bolts: High-strength bolts, including suitable nuts and hardened washers, shall meet the following requirements: (a) High-strength bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM F3125 Grade A325 or ASTM F3125 Grade A490 as shown on the plans. High-strength bolts used with coated steel shall be mechanically galvanized, unless otherwise specified. High-strength bolts used with uncoated weathering grades of steel shall be Type 3. Nuts for ASTM F3125 Grade A325 bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A563, Grades DH, DH3, C, C3 and D. Where galvanized high-strength bolts are used, the nuts shall be galvanized, heat-treated Grade DH. Where Type 3 high-strength bolts are used, the nuts shall be Grade C3 or DH3. Nuts for ASTM F3125 Grade A490 bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade DH. Where Type 3 high-strength bolts are used, the nuts shall be Grade DH3. All galvanized nuts shall be lubricated with a lubricant containing a visible dye of any color that contrasts with the color of the galvanizing. Black bolts must be oily to the touch when delivered and installed. Circular flat and square or rectangular beveled, hardened steel washers shall meet the requirements of ASTM F436. Unless otherwise specified, galvanized washers shall be furnished when galvanized high-strength bolts are specified, and washers with atmospheric corrosion resistance and weathering characteristics shall be furnished when Type 3 high-strength bolts are specified. Compressible-washer-type direct tension indicator washers, used in conjunction with high-strength bolts, shall meet the requirements of ASTM F959. Where galvanized high- strength bolts are used, the washers shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM B695,
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 130 Rev. Date 3/8/18
Class 55. Where Type 3 high-strength bolts are used, the washers shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM B695, Class 55 and coated with epoxy. (b) Identifying Marks: ASTM F3125 Grade A325 for bolts and the specifications referenced therein for nuts require that bolts and nuts manufactured to the specification be identified by specific markings on the top of the bolt head and on one face of the nut. Markings may be raised or depressed at the manufacturer’s option and shall be visible after coating if coating is required. Head markings must identify the grade by the symbol "A325," the manufacturer and the type, if Type 3. Nut markings must identify the grade, the manufacturer and if Type 3, the type. Markings on direct tension indicators must identify the manufacturer and Type "A325." Other washer markings must identify the manufacturer and if Type 3, the type. ASTM F3125 Grade A490 for bolts and the specifications referenced therein for nuts require that bolts and nuts manufactured to the specifications be identified by specific markings on the top of the bolt head and on one face of the nut. Markings may be raised or depressed at the manufacturer’s option and shall be visible after coating if coating is required. Head markings must identify the grade by the symbol "A490," the manufacturer and the type, if Type 3. Nut markings must identify the grade, the manufacturer and if Type 3, the type. Markings on direct tension indicators must identify the manufacturer and Type "A490." Other washer markings must identify the manufacturer and if Type 3, the type. ASTM F3125 Grade A325 and ASTM F3125 Grade A490 bolt lengths up to 4 times the diameter which are fully threaded but which are not required to be fully threaded by the relevant ASME standard shall be marked with a “T” immediately after the grade designation, for example “A325T.” Bolts with any other non-standard dimensions, including thread length, shall be marked with an “S” immediately after the grade designation, for example “A325S.” All other markings, if used, such as a private label distributor’s mark shall also be separate and distinct. (c) Dimensions: Bolt and nut dimensions shall meet the requirements for Heavy Hexagon Structural Bolts and for Heavy Semi-Finished Hexagon Nuts given in ASME Standard B18.2.6. (d) Galvanized Bolts: Galvanized bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM F3125 Grade A325, Type 1. The bolts shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM F2329, to a thickness of 50 µm or mechanically galvanized in accordance with ASTM B695, Class 55. Bolts, nuts, and washers of any assembly shall be galvanized by the same process. The nuts shall be overtapped to the minimum amount required for the fastener assembly, and shall be lubricated with a lubricant containing a visible dye so a visual check can be made for the lubricant at the time of field installation. Galvanized bolts shall be tension tested after galvanizing. ASTM F3125 Grade A490 bolts shall be uncoated or shall be coated in accordance with either ASTM F1136 Grade 3 or ASTM F2833 Grade 1. (e) Test Requirements: The maximum hardness of ASTM F3125 Grade A325 bolts shall be 34 HRC. The maximum hardness of ASTM F3125 Grade A490 bolts shall be 38 HRC. Plain, ungalvanized nuts shall have a minimum hardness of 89 HRB. Proof load tests, in accordance with the requirements of ASTM F606 Method 1, shall be required for the bolts. Wedge tests of full-size bolts are required in accordance with Section 10.1 of ASTM F3125. Galvanized bolts shall be wedge tested after galvanizing.
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 131 Rev. Date 3/8/18
Proof load tests of ASTM A563 are required for nuts. Proof load tests for nuts used with galvanized bolts shall be performed after galvanizing, overtapping and lubricating. Rotational-capacity tests are required and shall be performed on all plain or galvanized (after galvanizing) bolt, nut and washer assemblies by the manufacturer or distributor prior to shipping and by the Contractor at the Site. The thickness of galvanizing on bolts, nuts and washers shall be measured. On bolts, it shall be measured on the wrench flats or on top of the bolt head, and on nuts it shall be measured on the wrench flats. (f) Certified Test Reports and Materials Certificates: The Contractor shall submit notarized copies of Certified Test Reports and Materials Certificates in accordance with Article 1.06.07 for fastener assemblies. In addition the Certified Test Reports and Materials Certificates shall include the following: 1. Mill test reports shall indicate the place where the material was melted and manufactured. 2. Test reports for proof load tests, wedge tests, and rotational-capacity tests shall indicate where the tests were performed, date of tests, location of where the components were manufactured and lot numbers. 3. The test report for galvanized components shall indicate the thickness of the galvanizing. (g) Material Samples: Prior to incorporation into the work, the Contractor shall submit samples of the bolt assemblies to the Engineer for testing in accordance with the latest edition of the “Materials Testing Manual (Chapter 8, Minimum Schedule for Acceptance Testing).” Samples shall be submitted for each diameter, length, material designation, grade, coating and manufacturer of bolt assembly."
M.06.03—Galvanizing:
Replace the entire subarticle with the following:
" M.06.03—Galvanizing: Unless otherwise specified on the plans or in the special provisions, the zinc coating on all iron and steel materials, other than wire, shall meet the requirements of ASTM A123, A153 or F2329, whichever shall apply. When mechanical galvanizing is used it shall meet the requirements of ASTM B695 Class 55."
0300-0202 GENERAL 0300-0202 132 January 2013
D.B.E. SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIAL SUPPLIERS OR MANUFACTURERS
January 2013
I. ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS AS USED IN THIS SPECIAL PROVISION
A. CTDOT means the Connecticut Department of Transportation.
B. USDOT means the U.S. Department of Transportation, including the Office of the Secretary, the Federal Highway Administration (“FHWA”), the Federal Transit Administration (“FTA”), and the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”).
C. Broker means a party acting as an agent for others in negotiating Contracts, Agreements, purchases, sales, etc., in return for a fee or commission.
D. Contract, Agreement or Subcontract means a legally binding relationship obligating a seller to furnish supplies or services (including but not limited to, construction and professional services) and the buyer to pay for them. For the purposes of this provision, a lease for equipment or products is also considered to be a Contract.
E. Contractor means a consultant, second party or any other entity under Contract to do business with CTDOT or, as the context may require, with another Contractor.
F. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (“DBE”) means a for profit small business concern:
1. That is at least 51 percent owned by one or more individuals who are both socially and economically disadvantaged or, in the case of a corporation, in which 51 percent of the stock is owned by one or more such individuals; and
2. Whose management and daily business operations are controlled by one or more of the socially and economically disadvantaged individuals who own it; and
3. Certified by CTDOT under Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Part 26, (Title 49 CFR Part 23 of the Code of Federal Regulations for Participation of Disadvantaged Business Enterprise in Airport Concessions)
G. USDOT-assisted Contract means any Contract between CTDOT and a Contractor (at any tier) funded in whole or in part with USDOT financial assistance.
H. Good Faith Efforts (“GFE”) means all necessary and reasonable steps to achieve a DBE goal or other requirement which by their scope, intensity, and appropriateness to the objective, can reasonably be expected to fulfill the program requirement.
I. Small Business Concern means, with respect to firms seeking to participate as DBEs in USDOT-assisted Contracts, a small business concern as defined pursuant to Section 3 of the Small Business Act and Small Business Administration (“SBA”) regulations implementing it (13 CFR Part 121) that also does not exceed the cap on average annual gross receipts in 49 CFR Part 26, Section 26.65(b).
GENERAL
0300-0202 133 January 2013
J. Socially and Economically Disadvantaged Individual means any individual who is a citizen (or lawfully admitted permanent resident) of the United States and who is:
1. Any individual who CTDOT finds, on a case-by-case basis, to be a socially and economically disadvantaged individual.
2. Any individuals in the following groups, members of which are rebuttably presumed to be socially and economically disadvantaged:
“Black Americans”, which includes persons having origins in any of the Black racial groups of Africa; “Hispanic Americans”, which includes persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Dominican, Central or South American, or other Spanish or Portuguese culture or origin, regardless of race; “Native Americans”, which includes persons who are American Indians, Eskimos, Aleuts, or Native Hawaiians. “Asian-Pacific Americans”, which includes persons whose origins are from Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Burma (Myanmar), Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia (Kampuchea), Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Brunei, Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Trust Territories of the Pacific Islands (Republic of Palau), the Commonwealth of the Northern Marianas Islands, Macao, Fiji, Tonga, Kiribati, Juvalu, Nauru, or Federated States of Micronesia; “Subcontinent Asian Americans”, which includes persons whose origins are from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Bhutan, the Maldives Islands, Nepal or Sri Lanka; Women; Any additional groups whose members are designated as socially and economically disadvantaged by the SBA, at such time as the SBA designation becomes effective.
K. Commercially Useful Function (“CUF”) means the DBE is responsible for the execution of the work of the contract and is carrying out its responsibilities by actually performing, managing, and supervising the work involved with its own forces and equipment. The DBE must be responsible for procuring, determining quantity, negotiating price, determining quality and paying for all materials (where applicable) associated with their work. The DBE must also perform at least 30% of the total cost of its contract with its own workforce.
II. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. General Requirements
A DBE goal percentage equaling Three Percent (3%) of the Contract value has been established for this Contract. This DBE goal percentage will be applied to the final Contract value to ultimately determine the required DBE goal. If additional work is required, DBE firms should be provided the appropriate opportunities to achieve the required DBE goal.
In order to receive credit toward the Contract DBE goal, the firms utilized as DBE subcontractors or suppliers must be certified as DBEs in the type of work to be counted for credit by CTDOT’s Office of Contract Compliance prior to the date of the execution of the subcontract. Neither CTDOT nor the State of Connecticut’s Unified Certification Program (UCP) makes any representation as to any DBE’s technical or financial ability to perform the work. Prime contractors are solely responsible for performing due diligence in hiring DBE subcontractors.
All DBEs shall perform a CUF for the work that is assigned to them. The Contractor shall monitor and ensure that the DBE is in compliance with this requirement. The Connecticut DBE UPC Directory of certified firms can
GENERAL
0300-0202 134 January 2013 be found on the CTDOT website http://www.ct.gov/dot. The directory lists certified DBE firms with a description of services that they are certified to perform. Only work identified in this listing may be counted towards the project’s DBE goal. A DBE firm may request to have services added at any time by contacting CTDOT’s Office of Contract Compliance. No credit shall be counted for any DBE firm found not to be performing a CUF.
Once a Contract is awarded, all DBEs that were listed on the pre-award DBE commitment document must be utilized. The Contractor is obligated to provide the value and items of the work originally established in the pre- award documentation to the DBE firms listed in the pre-award documentation. Any modifications to the pre- award commitment must follow the procedure established in Section II-C.
The Contractor shall designate a liaison officer who will administer the Contractor's DBE program. Upon execution of this Contract, the name of the liaison officer shall be furnished in writing to CTDOT’s unit administering the Contract, CTDOT’s Office of Contract Compliance and CTDOT’s Office of Construction (“OOC”). Contact information for the designated liaison officer shall be furnished no later than the scheduled date for the pre-construction meeting.
The Contractor shall submit a bi-monthly report to the appropriate CTDOT unit administering the Contract. This report shall indicate what work has been performed to date, with the dollars paid and percentage of DBE goal completed.
Verified payments made to DBEs shall be included in this bi-monthly report. A sample form is included on the CTDOT website.
In addition, the report shall include:
1. A projected time frame of when the remaining work is to be completed for each DBE.
2. A statement by the Contractor either confirming that the approved DBEs are on schedule to meet the Contract goal, or that the Contractor is actively pursuing a GFE.
3. If retainage is specified in the Contract specifications, then a statement of certification that the subcontractors’ retainage is being released in accordance with 1.08.01 (Revised or supplemented).
Failure by the Contractor to provide the required reports may result in CTDOT withholding an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the monthly estimate until the required documentation is received.
The Contractor shall receive DBE credit when a DBE, or any combination of DBEs, perform work under the Contract in accordance with this specification.
Only work actually performed by and/or services provided by DBEs which are certified for such work and/or services, as verified by CTDOT, can be counted toward the DBE goal. Supplies and equipment a DBE purchases or leases from the Contractor or its affiliate cannot be counted toward the goal.
Monitoring of the CUF will occur by CTDOT throughout the life of the project. If it is unclear that the DBE is performing the work specified in its subcontract with the prime Contractor, further review may be required. If it is determined that the DBE is not performing a CUF, then the work performed by that DBE will not be counted towards the DBE goal percentage.
GENERAL
0300-0202 135 January 2013
B. Subcontract Requirements The Contractor shall submit to CTDOT’s OOC all requests for subcontractor approvals on the standard CLA-12 forms provided by CTDOT. The dollar amount and items of work identified on the CLA-12 form must, at minimum, equal the dollar value submitted in the pre-award commitment. CLA-12 forms can be found at http://www.ct.gov/dot/construction under the “Subcontractor Approval” section. All DBE subcontractors must be identified on the CLA-12 form, regardless of whether they are being utilized to meet a Contract goal percentage. A copy of the legal Contract between the Contractor and the DBE subcontractor/supplier, a copy of the Title VI Contractor Assurances and a copy of the Required Contract Provision for Federal Aid Construction Contracts (Form FHWA-1273) (Federal Highway Administration projects only) must be submitted along with a request for subcontractor approval. These attachments cannot be substituted by reference.
If retainage is specified in the Contract specifications, then the subcontract agreement must contain a prompt payment mechanism that acts in accordance with Article 1.08.01 (Revised or supplemented).
If the Contract specifications do not contain a retainage clause, the Contractor shall not include a retainage clause in any subcontract agreement, and in this case, if a Contractor does include a retainage clause, it shall be deemed unenforceable.
In addition, the following documents are to be included with the CLA-12, if applicable: An explanation indicating who will purchase material.
A statement explaining any method or arrangement for utilization of the Contractor’s equipment.
The subcontract must show items of work to be performed, unit prices and, if a partial item, the work involved by all parties. If the subcontract items of work or unit prices are modified, the procedure established in Section II-C must be followed.
Should a DBE subcontractor further sublet items of work assigned to it, only lower tier subcontractors who are certified as a DBE firm will be counted toward the DBE goal. If the lower tier subcontractor is a non-DBE firm, the value of the work performed by that firm will not be counted as credit toward the DBE goal.
The use of joint checks between a DBE firm and the Contractor is acceptable, provided that written approval is received from the OOC prior to the issuance of any joint check. Should it become necessary to issue a joint check between the DBE firm and the Contractor to purchase materials, the DBE firm must be responsible for negotiating the cost, determining the quality and quantity, ordering the material and installing (where applicable), and administering the payment to the supplier. The Contractor should not make payment directly to suppliers.
Each subcontract the Contractor signs with a subcontractor must contain the following assurance:
“The subcontractor/supplier/manufacturer shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the contractor/subcontractor/supplier/manufacturer to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as the recipient deems appropriate.”
C. Modification to Pre-Award Commitment Contractors may not terminate for convenience any DBE subcontractor or supplier that was listed on the pre- award DBE commitment without prior written approval of the OOC. This includes, but is not limited to, instances
GENERAL
0300-0202 136 January 2013 in which a Contractor seeks to perform work originally designated for a DBE subcontractor with its own forces or those of an affiliate, a non-DBE firm, or with another DBE firm. Prior to approval, the Contractor must demonstrate to the satisfaction of the OOC, that it has good cause, as found in 49CFR Part 26.53 (f)(3), for termination of the DBE firm.
Before transmitting its request for approval to terminate pre-award DBE firms to the OOC, the Contractor must give written notice to the DBE subcontractor and include a copy to the OOC of its notice to terminate and/or substitute, and the reason for the notice.
The Contractor must provide five (5) days for the affected DBE firm to respond. This affords the DBE firm the opportunity to advise the OOC and the Contractor of any reasons why it objects to the termination of its subcontract and why the OOC should not approve the Contractor’s action.
Once the Contract is awarded, should there be any amendments or modifications of the approved pre-award DBE submission other than termination of a DBE firm, the Contractor shall follow the procedure below that best meets the criteria associated with the reason for modification:
1. If the change is due to a scope of work revision or non-routine quantity revision by CTDOT, the Contractor must notify CTDOT’s OOC in writing or via electronic mail that their DBE participation on the project may be impacted as soon as they are aware of the change. In this case, a release of work from the DBE firm may not be required; however the Contractor must concurrently notify the DBE firm in writing, and copy the OOC for inclusion in the project DBE file. This does not relieve the Contractor of its obligation to meet the Contract specified DBE goal, or of any other responsibility found in this specification.
2. If the change is due to a factor other than a CTDOT directive, a request for approval in writing or via electronic mail of the modification from the OOC must be submitted, along with an explanation of the change(s), prior to the commencement of work. The Contractor must also obtain a letter of release from the originally named DBE indicating their concurrence with the change, and the reason(s) for their inability to perform the work. In the event a release cannot be obtained, the Contractor must document all efforts made to obtain it.
3. In the event a DBE firm that was listed in the pre-award documents is unable or unwilling to perform the work assigned, the Contractor shall:
Notify the OOC Division Chief immediately and make efforts to obtain a release of work from the firm.
Submit documentation that will provide a basis for the change to the OOC for review and approval prior to the implementation of the change.
Use the DBE Directory to identify and contact firms certified to perform the type of work that was assigned to the unable or unwilling DBE firm. The Contractor should also contact CTDOT’s Office of Contract Compliance for assistance in locating additional DBE firms to the extent needed to meet the contract goal.
Should a DBE subcontractor be terminated or fail to complete work on the Contract for any reason, the Contractor must make a GFE to find another DBE subcontractor to substitute for the original DBE. The DBE replacement shall be given every opportunity to perform at least the same amount of work under the Contract as the original DBE subcontractor.
GENERAL
0300-0202 137 January 2013
If the Contractor is unable to find a DBE replacement:
The Contractor should identify other contracting opportunities and solicit DBE firms in an effort to meet the Contract DBE goal requirement, if necessary, and provide documentation to support a GFE. (Refer to GFE in Section III.)
The Contractor must demonstrate that the originally named DBE, who is unable or unwilling to perform the work assigned, is in default of its subcontract, or identify other issues that affected the DBE firm’s ability to perform the assigned work. The Contractor's ability to negotiate a more advantageous agreement with another subcontractor is not a valid basis for change.
III. GOOD FAITH EFFORTS
The DBE goal is NOT reduced or waived for projects where the Contractor receives a Pre-Award GFE determination from the Office of Contract Compliance prior to the award of the Contract. It remains the responsibility of the Contractor to make a continuing GFE to achieve the specified Contract DBE goal. The Contractor shall pursue every available opportunity to obtain additional DBE firms and document all efforts made in such attempts.
At the completion of all Contract work, the Contractor shall submit a final report to CTDOT`s unit administering the Contract indicating the work done by and the dollars paid to DBEs. Only verified payments made to DBEs performing a CUF will be counted towards the Contract goal.
Goal attainment is based on the total Contract value, which includes all construction orders created during the Contract. If the Contractor does not achieve the specified Contract goal for DBE participation or has not provided the value of work to the DBE firms originally committed to in the pre-award submission, the Contractor shall submit documentation to CTDOT`s unit administering the Contract detailing the GFE made during the performance of the Contract to satisfy the goal.
A GFE should consist of the following, where applicable (CTDOT reserves the right to request additional information):
1. A detailed statement of the efforts made to replace an unable or unwilling DBE firm, and a description of any additional subcontracting opportunities that were identified and offered to DBE firms in order to increase the likelihood of achieving the stated goal.
2. A detailed statement, including documentation of the efforts made to contact and solicit bids from certified DBEs, including the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of each DBE firm contacted; the date of contact and a description of the information provided to each DBE regarding the scope of services and anticipated time schedule of work items proposed to be subcontracted and the response from firms contacted.
3. Provide a detailed explanation for each DBE that submitted a subcontract proposal which the Contractor considered to be unacceptable stating the reason(s) for this conclusion.
4. Provide documentation, if any, to support contacts made with CTDOT requesting assistance in satisfying the specified Contract goal.
GENERAL
0300-0202 138 January 2013
5. Provide documentation of all other efforts undertaken by the Contractor to meet the defined goal. Additional documentation of efforts made to obtain DBE firms may include but will not be limited to: Negotiations held in good faith with interested DBE firms, not rejecting them without sound reasons. Written notice provided to a reasonable number of specific DBE firms in sufficient time to allow effective participation. Those portions of work that could be performed by readily available DBE firms.
In instances where the Contractor can adequately document or substantiate its GFE and compliance with other DBE Program requirements, the Contractor will have satisfied the DBE requirement and no administrative remedies will be imposed.
IV. PROJECT COMPLETION
At the completion of all Contract work, the Contractor shall:
1. Submit a final report to CTDOT`s unit administering the Contract indicating the work done by, and the dollars paid to DBEs.
2. Submit verified payments made to all DBE subcontractors for the work that was completed.
3. Submit documentation detailing any changes to the DBE pre-award subcontractors that have not met the original DBE pre-award commitment, including copies of the Department’s approvals of those changes.
4. Retain all records for a period of three (3) years following acceptance by CTDOT of the Contract and those records shall be available at reasonable times and places for inspection by authorized representatives of CTDOT and Federal agencies. If any litigation, claim, or audit is started before the expiration of the three (3) year period, the records shall be retained until all litigation, claims, or audit findings involving the records are resolved.
If the Contractor does not achieve the specified Contract goal for DBE participation in addition to meeting the dollar value committed to the DBE subcontractors identified in the pre-award commitment, the Contractor shall submit documentation to CTDOT`s unit administering the Contract detailing the GFE made during the performance of the Contract to satisfy the goal.
V. SHORTFALLS
A. Failure to meet DBE goals
As specified in (II-A) above, attainment of the Contract DBE goal is based on the final Contract value. The Contractor is expected to achieve the amount of DBE participation originally committed to at the time of award; however, additional efforts must be made to provide opportunities to DBE firms in the event a Contract’s original value is increased during the life of the Contract.
The Contractor is expected to utilize the DBE subcontractors originally committed in the DBE pre-award documentation for the work and dollar value that was originally assigned.
GENERAL
0300-0202 139 January 2013
If a DBE is terminated or is unable or unwilling to complete its work on a Contract, the Contractor shall make a GFE to replace that DBE with another certified DBE to meet the Contract goal.
The Contractor shall immediately notify the OOC of the DBE’s inability or unwillingness to perform, and provide reasonable documentation and make efforts to obtain a release of work from the firm.
If the Contractor is unable to find a DBE replacement, then the Contractor should identify other contracting opportunities and solicit DBE firms in an effort to meet the Contract DBE goal requirement, if necessary, and provide documentation to support a GFE.
When a DBE is unable or unwilling to perform, or is terminated for just cause, the Contractor shall make a GFE to find other DBE opportunities to increase DBE participation to the extent necessary to at least satisfy the Contract goal.
For any DBE pre-award subcontractor that has been released appropriately from the project, no remedy will be assessed, provided that the Contractor has met the criteria described in Section II-C.
B. Administrative Remedies for Non-Compliance:
In cases where the Contractor has failed to meet the Contract specified DBE goal or the DBE pre-award commitment, and where no GFE has been demonstrated, then one or more of the following administrative remedies will be applied:
1. A reduction in Contract payments to the Contractor as determined by CTDOT, not to exceed the shortfall amount of the DBE goal. The maximum shortfall will be calculated by multiplying the Contract DBE goal (adjusted by any applicable GFE) by the final Contract value, and subtracting any verified final payments made to DBE firms by the Contractor.
2. A reduction in Contract payments to the Contractor determined by CTDOT, not to exceed the shortfall amount of the pre-award commitment. The maximum shortfall will be calculated by subtracting any verified final payments made by the Contractor to each DBE subcontractor from the amount originally committed to that subcontractor in the pre-award commitment.
3. A reduction in Contract payments to the Contractor determined by CTDOT for any pre-award DBE subcontractor who has not obtained the dollar value of work identified in the DBE pre-award commitment and has not followed the requirements of Section II-C or for any DBE firm submitted for DBE credit that has not performed a CUF.
4. The Contractor being required to submit a written DBE Program Corrective Action Plan to CTDOT for review and approval, which is aimed at ensuring compliance on future projects.
5. The Contractor being required to attend a Non-Responsibility Meeting on the next contract where it is the apparent low bidder.
6. The Contractor being suspended from bidding on contracts for a period not to exceed six (6) months.
GENERAL
0300-0202 140 January 2013
VI. CLASSIFICATIONS OTHER THAN SUBCONTRACTORS
A. Material Manufacturers
Credit for DBE manufacturers is 100% of the value of the manufactured product. A manufacturer is a firm that operates or maintains a factory or establishment that produces on the premises the materials or supplies obtained by the Contractor. If the Contractor elects to utilize a DBE manufacturer to satisfy a portion of, or the entire specified DBE goal, the Contractor must provide the OOC with:
Subcontractor Approval Form (CLA-12) indicating the firm designation, An executed “Affidavit for the Utilization of Material Suppliers or Manufacturers" (sample attached), and Substantiation of payments made to the supplier or manufacturer for materials used on the project.
B. Material Suppliers (Dealers)
Credit for DBE dealers/suppliers is limited to 60% of the value of the material to be supplied, provided such material is obtained from an approved DBE dealer/supplier.
In order for a firm to be considered a regular dealer, the firm must own, operate, or maintain a store, warehouse, or other establishment in which the materials, supplies, articles or equipment of the general character described by the specifications and required under the contract are bought, kept in stock, and regularly sold or leased to the public in the usual course of business. At least one of the following criteria must apply:
To be a regular dealer, the firm must be an established, regular business that engages, as its principal business and under its own name, in the purchase and sale or lease of the products in question. A person may be a regular dealer in such bulk items as petroleum products, steel, cement, gravel, stone, or asphalt without owning, operating or maintaining a place of business if the person both owns and operates distribution equipment for the products. Any supplementing of the regular dealers’ own distribution equipment shall be by long term lease agreement, and not on an ad hoc or contract to contract basis. Packagers, brokers, manufacturers’ representatives, or other persons who arrange or expedite transactions are not regular dealers within the meaning of this paragraph.
If the Contractor elects to utilize a DBE supplier to satisfy a portion or the entire specified DBE goal, the Contractor must provide the OOC with:
Subcontractor Approval Form (CLA-12) indicating the firm designation, An executed “Affidavit for the Utilization of Material Suppliers or Manufacturers" (sample attached), and Substantiation of payments made to the supplier or manufacturer for materials used on the project.
C. Brokering
Brokering of work for DBE firms who have been listed by the Department as certified brokers is allowed. Credit for those firms shall be applied following the procedures in Section VI-D.
Brokering of work by DBEs who have been approved to perform subcontract work with their own workforce and equipment is not allowed, and is a Contract violation.
GENERAL
0300-0202 141 January 2013
Firms involved in the brokering of work, whether they are DBEs and/or majority firms who engage in willful falsification, distortion or misrepresentation with respect to any facts related to the project shall be referred to the U.S. DOT, Office of the Inspector General for prosecution under Title 18, U.S. Code, Part I, Chapter 47, Section 1020.
D. Non-Manufacturing or Non-Supplier DBE Credit
Contractors may count towards their DBE goals the following expenditures with DBEs that are not manufacturers or suppliers:
Reasonable fees or commissions charged for providing a bona fide service such as professional, technical, consultant or managerial services and assistance in the procurement of essential personnel, facilities, equipment materials or supplies necessary for the performance of the Contract, provided that the fee or commission is determined by the OOC to be reasonable and consistent with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
The fees charged only for delivery of materials and supplies required on a job site when the hauler, trucker, or delivery service is a DBE, and not the manufacturer, or regular dealer of the materials and supplies, and provided that the fees are determined by the OOC to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
The fees or commissions charged for providing bonds or insurance specifically required for the performance of the Contract, provided that the fees or commissions are determined by CTDOT to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with fees customarily allowed for similar services.
E. Trucking While technically still considered a subcontractor, the rules for counting credit for DBE trucking firms are as follows:
The DBE must own and operate at least one fully licensed, insured, and operational truck used on the Contract. The DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services it provides on the Contract using trucks it owns, insures and operates using drivers it employs. The DBE may lease trucks from another DBE firm, including an owner-operator who is certified as a DBE. The DBE who leases trucks from another DBE receives credit for the total value of the transportation services the lessee DBE provides on the Contract. The DBE may lease trucks from a non-DBE firm; however the DBE may only receive credit for any fees or commissions received for arranging transportation services provided by the non-DBE firms. Additionally, the DBE firm must demonstrate that they are in full control of the trucking operation for which they are seeking credit. VII. Suspected DBE Fraud
In appropriate cases, CTDOT will bring to the attention of the USDOT any appearance of false, fraudulent, or dishonest conduct in connection with the DBE program, so that USDOT can take the steps, e.g. referral to the
GENERAL
0300-0202 142 January 2013
Department of Justice for criminal prosecution, referral to USDOT Inspector General, action under suspension and debarment or Program Fraud and Civil Penalties rules provided in 49 CFR Part 31.
GENERAL
0300-0202 143 January 2013
CONNECTICUT DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION (OFFICE OF CONSTRUCTION) BUREAU OF ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION
This affidavit must be completed by the State Contractor's DBE notarized and attached to the contractor's request to utilize a DBE supplier or manufacturer as a credit towards its DBE contract requirements; failure to do so will result in not receiving credit towards the contract DBE requirement.
State Contract No. Federal Aid Project No. Description of Project I, ______, acting in behalf of ______, (Name of person signing Affidavit) (DBE person, firm, association or corporation) of which I am the ______certify and affirm that ______(Title of Person) (DBE person, firm, association or corporation) is a certified Connecticut Department of Transportation DBE. I further certify and affirm that I have read and understand 49 CFR, Sec. 26.55(e)(2), as the same may be revised.
I further certify and affirm that ______will assume the actual and (DBE person, firm, association or Corporation) for the provision of the materials and/or supplies sought by ______.
If a manufacturer, I operate or maintain a factory or establishment that produces, on the premises, the materials, supplies, articles or equipment required under the contract an of the general character described by the specifications.
If a supplier, I perform a commercially useful function in the supply process. As a regular dealer, I, at a minimum, own and operate the distribution equipment for bulk items. Any supplementing of my distribution equipment shall be by long-term lease agreement, and not on an ad hoc or contract-by- contract basis.
I understand that false statements made herein are punishable by Law (Sec. 53a-157), CGS, as revised).
(Name of Corporation or Firm)
(Signature & Title of Official making the Affidavit)
Subscribed and sworn to before me, this day of 20 .
Notary Public (Commissioner of the Superior Court) My Commission Expires
CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATION
I, , certify that I am the ______(Official) (President) of the Corporation named in the foregoing instrument; that I have been duly authorized to affix the seal of the Corporation to such papers as require the seal; that , who signed said instrument on behalf of the Corporation, was then of said corporation; that said instrument was duly signed for and in behalf of said Corporation by authority of its governing body and is within the scope of its corporation powers.
______(Signature of Person Certifying) (Date)
GENERAL
0300-0202 144 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #0000459A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 12 AWG
ITEM #0000460A – 600V COPPER NO. 10 AWG
ITEM #0000461A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 8 AWG
ITEM #0000462A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 6 AWG
ITEM #0000463A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 4 AWG
ITEM #0000554A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 2 AWG
ITEM #0001140A – 600V COPPER WIRE NO. 1/0 AWG
Description:
Work under these items shall include furnishing and installing 600 volt class conductors as shown on the plans and in conformity with these specifications.
The work shall include all materials, equipment and labor incidental for the completion of all work specified.
General:
Regulatory Requirements:
Conform to the requirements of NFPA No. 70 (National Electrical Code) and ANSI C2 (National Electrical Safety Code).
Provide products listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated on the plans.
Product Data:
Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Project Conditions:
Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
0300-0202 ITEM #0000459A THRU #0000463A, ITEM #0000554A, ITEM #0001140A 0300-0202 145 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Rules: The installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code, the National Electrical Safety Code, all State and local codes, and as shown on the plans.
Coordination:
The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not affect voltage drop of the circuit.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect power circuit and wiring requirements. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Submit shop drawings and voltage drop calculations coordinated with conduit layout shop drawings and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation.
Capacities of materials shall not be less than capacities indicated on the plans.
Workmanship:
General: Materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with the approved recommendations of the manufacturer, unless otherwise specified. The installation shall be accomplished by workmen skilled in this type of work.
Qualification of Cable Splicers: Before assigning cable splicer work covered by this specification, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer with the names of the cable splicers to be employed with satisfactory proof that each splicer has had at least 3 years’ experience in splicing high voltage cables and is experienced with the type and rating of cables to be spliced. In addition, each cable splicer may be required to make an approved dummy splice in the presence of the Engineer in accordance with cable manufacturer’s instructions, before the splicer is approved to splice cable covered by this specification. All material for dummy splices shall be furnished by the Contractor.
Materials:
Cable system in conduits shall include 600 volt copper conductors with NEC Type XHHW-2, 90˚C insulation. The size and number of conductors and the number of cables shall be as indicated on the plans. Conductors shall be Class B stranded. Outer diameter shall not exceed those material specifications in the NEC.
0300-0202 ITEM #0000459A THRU #0000463A, ITEM #0000554A, ITEM #0001140A 0300-0202 146 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Connectors for 600 volt conductors smaller than No. 6 AWG shall be zinc coated, screw on, spring pressure type with vinyl insulating jackets, while conductors No. 6 AWG and larger shall have double bolted or long barrel indent type connectors. Conductors rated above 600 volts shall have long barrel indent connectors. All below grade splices shall be submersible hot-melt adhesive type.
Lugs for 600 volt conductors smaller than No. 6 AWG shall be compression type with molded nylon insulating sleeves, while conductors No. 6 AWG and larger shall have the two hole NEMA tongue, double bolted or long barrel indent lugs.
Construction Methods:
Insulated cables shall be installed by the Contractor in underground ducts, conduits, pull boxes, manholes, and in above ground aerial ducts and innerducts, risers and conduit as shown on the plans. Prior to pulling cables of this Special Provision, the Contractor shall perform pulling calculations to determine the direction of pull, and maximum expected pulling tensions based on setup, length of pull, number of bends and pull points. The calculations shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least 45 days prior to intended pull. Deficiencies in the calculation shall be resolved prior to the work being performed.
Care shall be exercised in pulling cables in conduit to avoid kinking, putting undue stress on the cable, compressing, distorting, or otherwise abrading cable insulation. A lubricating compound shall be used while pulling cables. Cable pulling tension and cable sidewall pressure applied during the pulling process shall not exceed the manufacturer’s written recommendations. Rollers, jam and quadrant blocks shall be utilized as required to facilitate cable installation.
Wire and cable shall be continuous from power source to equipment. Where splices are required, they shall be made only in approved junction boxes or manholes and shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Make splices and terminations in outlet, junction, or pull boxes in equipment cabinets. No splices shall be made in panelboards. Splices and terminations shall be made mechanically and electrically secure, using proper splicing and termination kits. Splices shall be insulated to a level equal to that of the cable. All splices shall be accessible per NEC requirements. Splices in CCTV equipment panels shall be made using UL listed terminal blocks. Use splice and terminator installation tools and installation techniques recommended by the manufacturer and follow manufacturer recommendations.
All splicing and terminating materials shall be compatible so that no one material will adversely affect the physical or electrical properties of any other, or of the wire or cable itself. All materials for making splices and terminations shall be specifically designed for use with the type of wire or cable, insulation and installation and operating conditions of the specific application.
Care shall be exercised in preventing access of water and vermin into the cable conduits, junction boxes and manholes by sealing the cable entrances.
0300-0202 ITEM #0000459A THRU #0000463A, ITEM #0000554A, ITEM #0001140A 0300-0202 147 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Install all cable in conduit. Do not pull wiring into conduit until conduits and outlets have been thoroughly cleaned and swabbed. Prior to pulling wires and cables into underground conduit systems, place a feeding tube approved by the Engineer at the entrance end of such systems. Provide suitable installation equipment to prevent cutting and abrasion of conduits and wire or cables during the pulling of cables. Use silicone lubricant and installation procedure as recommended by the cable manufacturer. The lubricant shall not be deleterious to the cable.
Terminations of insulated power cables shall be protected from accidental contact, deterioration of coverings, and moisture, by the use of terminating devices and materials. Terminations shall be made using materials and methods as indicated or specified herein, or as designated by the written instruction of the cable manufacturer and termination kit manufacturer. Terminations shall be rated and be capable of withstanding test voltages in accordance with IEEE 48. Terminations of single cables shall include the securing and sealing of the sheath and insulation of the cable conductors, stress relief, and grounding of cable shields of shielded cable. Cables and cable terminations shall be adequately supported so as to avoid any excessive strain on the termination and the conductor connection.
Power conductors and cables shall not be installed in the same raceway as fiber optic cable regardless of voltage.
Each wire and cable shall be identified by its circuit in all cabinets, boxes, manholes, handholes, wireways and other enclosures and access locations, and at all terminal points. The circuit designations and cable tag materials shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Tags shall be attached to wires and cables in such a manner as to be readily visible. Tags shall be suitable for the environment installed.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Testing after Installation: 1. Wiring shall be installed such that when completed, the system shall be free from shorts, crosses, or grounds.
2. All cables shall be tested for insulation as per latest version of ANSI/NETA ATS. The tests shall be performed on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. All cables shall be tested with 1000 volts DC. Test duration shall be one minute.
3. The insulation resistance values shall be as per manufacturer’s published data. If manufacturer’s data is not available, the insulation resistance values shall not be less than that shown in Table 100.1 in ANSI/NETA ATS.
0300-0202 ITEM #0000459A THRU #0000463A, ITEM #0000554A, ITEM #0001140A 0300-0202 148 Rev. Date 06/10/19
4. The Contractor shall make tests as necessary, including polarity test of the sockets, to demonstrate that the equipment, installed, complies with the Contract requirements. The Contractor shall provide all labor, calibrated instruments, and apparatus required for tests. If any of the equipment fails, under test, to meet the Contract requirements or to function properly, the defects shall be rectified by readjusting, or removing and replacing, the faulty equipment until, under test, the requirements are met. The Engineer may check the Contractor's instruments or furnish its own instruments.
Method of Measurement:
The work will be measured per linear foot, as applicable, complete in place, tested, and accepted.
Basis of Payment:
The work will be paid for at the respective contract unit price per linear foot. The prices shall include all costs to provide for the completion of all work specified.
Pay Item Pay Unit
600V Copper Wire No. 12 AWG LF 600V Copper No. 10 AWG LF 600V Copper Wire No. 8 AWG LF 600V Copper Wire No. 6 AWG LF 600V Copper Wire No. 4 AWG LF 600V Copper Wire No. 2 AWG LF 600V Copper Wire No. 1/0 AWG LF
0300-0202 ITEM #0000459A THRU #0000463A, ITEM #0000554A, ITEM #0001140A 0300-0202 149 Rev. Date 6/10/19
ITEM #0090693A – SPARE PARTS
Description:
This item consists of furnishing additional quantities of specific items in the Contract to be used as replacement items should one of the installed items fail.
The Contractor shall furnish the additional quantities of each item as indicated in this Specification. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to purchase the item, transfer ownership and deliver the items to the Connecticut Department of Transportation (CTDOT) or Metro-North Railroad (MNR), as indicated.
Materials:
Each item furnished shall be new, from the same manufacturer and have the identical model number as each item furnished for installation as described in the Specification for each item.
The Contractor shall deliver the following quantities of each item as a “spare part” for these products specified in the Contract Special Provisions:
Ownership and DESCRIPTION QTY. Delivery 1. Aerial Fiber Optic Cable Snow Shoes 6 MNR 2. Fiber Optic Splice Enclosure 6 MNR 3. CCTV Camera – Fixed Dome 12 MNR 4. CCTV Camera – PTZ 2 MNR 5. CCTV Camera – 360 Degree Dome 4 MNR 6. CCTV IR Light 7 MNR 7. Video Encoder 1 MNR 8. IR Power Supply – Rack Mount 1 MNR 9. 60W PoE Injector 3 MNR 10. PTZ Power Supply 3 MNR 11. PoE Surge Suppression – Rack Mount 1 MNR 12. PoE Surge Suppression – Wall Mount 1 MNR 13. PoE Surge Suppression Module 20 MNR 14. Non-PoE Surge Suppression Module 5* MNR Single Encoder as Provided by Elevator 1 MNR 15. Demarcation Box Item Analog Elevator Camera as Provided by 1 MNR 16. Elevator Demarcation Box Item Camera Power Supply as Provided by 1 MNR 17. Elevator Demarcation Box Item 18. PTZ Dome Camera with Built-in IR 2 MNR
0300-0202 ITEM #0090693A 0300-0202 150 Rev. Date 6/10/19
*Non-PoE surge suppression modules, such as those used to connect workstations.
Contractor shall provide the following Cisco switch spares and deliver them to MNR:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity PWR-C45-1400AC Catalyst 4500 1400W AC Power Supply (Data Only) 2 SFP-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SFP Module Extended Temperature 2
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity WS-C2960XR-48LPS-I Cisco Catalyst 2960XR 48-port L2/L3 switch 1 PWR-C2-640WAC 640W AC Power Supply 1 GLC-LH-SMD 1000 Mbps SFP 2 C2960X-STACK FlexStack-Plus hot-swappable stacking module 1 CAB-STK-E-0.5M Stacking cable with a 0.5 meter length 1 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 1 CAB-TA-NA= AC Power cord 1 CON-SNT-WS29648 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 2* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-5000-12S12P-10G Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (4) 1/10 Gigabit 1 Ethernet (GigE) SFP/SFP+ Ports, 12 10/100/1000 PoE/PoE+ ports, and 12 SFP Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) PWR-RGD-AC-DC- High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 250W 2 250= SFP-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SMF Extended Temperature 2 GLC-LX-SM-RGD= 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 4 L-IE5000-RTU= Cisco IE 5000 IP Services License 1 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 1 CON-SNT-IES12P50 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 2* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-3200-8P2S-E Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (2) 1 Gigabit 1 Ethernet (GigE) SFP Ports, (8) 10/100 PoE/PoE+ ports PWR-IE170W-PC-AC= High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 170W 2 GLC-LX-SM-RGD= 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 4 CON-SNT-IE32008S SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 2* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
0300-0202 ITEM #0090693A 0300-0202 151 Rev. Date 6/10/19
Contractor shall provide the following Cisco switch spares and deliver them to CTDOT:
(For Hartford Line) Cisco Part Number Description Quantity WS-C2960XR-48LPS-I Cisco Catalyst 2960XR 48-port L2/L3 switch 1 PWR-C2-640WAC 640W AC Power Supply 1 GLC-LH-SMD 1000 Mbps SFP 2 C2960X-STACK FlexStack-Plus hot-swappable stacking module 1 CAB-STK-E-0.5M Stacking cable with a 0.5 meter length 1 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 1 CAB-TA-NA= AC Power cord 1 CON-SNT-WS29648 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 2* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
Construction Method:
All provisions outlined in these Contract Documents shall be complied with for each item furnished from the Spare Parts list.
Method of Measurement:
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for acceptance a breakdown of its lump sum bid price for this item. If the lump sum bid price is unacceptable to the Engineer, substantiation showing that the submitted price costs are reasonable shall be required.
The lump sum bid price breakdown shall show Contractor costs per spare part. The Contractor shall be reimbursed for the item after it is furnished and the transfer is carried out as outlined in this specification and approved by the Engineer.
Each item furnished under Spare Parts will be held by the Contractor until after the System Acceptance test is complete. After acceptance of the system, the Contractor shall deliver the items to the Connecticut Department of Transportation or Metro North Railroad at a designated site within the State of Connecticut. Transfer of ownership and delivery shall be coordinated with the Engineer.
Basis of Payment:
The quantity to be paid for under this item(s) will be paid as a lump sum for the total number of spare parts turned over to Connecticut Department of Transportation and Metro-North Railroad as described in this Specification.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Spare parts Lump Sum
0300-0202 ITEM #0090693A 0300-0202 152 Rev. Date 06/17/19
ITEM #0090696A – GROUNDING DETAIL G-1
ITEM #0090700A – GROUNDING DETAIL G-5
ITEM #0603431A – STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS)
Description:
Work under these items consist of furnishing, fabrication and erection of STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) for support of Figure 8 aerial duct, down guys, messenger wires, ground wires including their grounding systems, and galvanized steel wire, fittings and guy safety covers for down guys (guy assemblies), as well as for the installation of guy bracket assemblies, as shown in the plans and listed Table 1:
STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) includes, but is not limited to, the furnishing, fabrication and installation of bracket assemblies, drop post supports, dead end supports, wall mounted brackets, pole extension post connection, cable support 3-bolts clamp assembly and aerial innerduct support.
The work under this item also includes the relocation of existing down guys, the removal of existing down guys, and the installation of aerial guy wires.
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the installation of STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) with Railroad and the requirements set forth in the Special Provisions, obtaining necessary outages for conducting work, as well as coordinating necessary power outages with Connecticut Light and Power and United Illuminating.
ITEMS, #0090696A, #0090700A, #0603431A 0300-0202 153 Rev. Date 06/17/19 TABLE 1
Attachment Description TYPE B-1 Typ. Lattice/Fig.8 Aerial Duct Support TYPE D-3 Typ. Dead End Bracket TYPE D-3B Typ. Aerial Cable TYPE D-8 Typ. Guy Dead End TYPE X-1 Typ. Lattice Catenary Structure Cable Crossing in Aerial Duct TYPE X-2 Typ. Catenary Structure Cable Crossing in Conduit
Applicable Standards:
Pertinent provisions of the following listed and other relevant standards shall apply to the work of this Section, except as they may be modified herein:
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A475 Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Strand
Materials:
Structural shapes, plates and rods shall conform to Form 817, Section M.06.02 unless noted otherwise in the contract documents. The material for rolled sections, plates and rods shall be a minimum grade ASTM A36 and ASTM A500 Grade B for structural tubes.
Size of bolt holes shall be 1/16” larger than bolt diameter unless specified otherwise.
All field connections shall be bolted, except as noted. All connection bolts shall be 5/8” diameter except as noted. All bolts to have hex heads and nuts and washers.
High strength bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to Article M.06.02.3 and shall meet ASMTM F3125 Grade A325. Other connectors, where noted, shall be ASTM A307.
All material provided under this section shall be galvanized after fabrication in conformance with Article M.06.03. Fabricator to provide adequate vent holes to all enclosed areas prior to galvanizing.
All stainless steel shall be grade 316L.
Filler material for welding shall conform to Article M.06.04.
Polyurethane Sealant shall conform to Federal Specifications TT-S00227E, Type I, or II (Class A or B).
ITEMS, #0090696A, #0090700A, #0603431A 0300-0202 154 Rev. Date 06/17/19 Base plates may be fabricated from material conforming to ASTM A537 or A633 in addition to the steel material listed above. Miscellaneous bolts, nuts and washers shall conform to ASTM A325.
Guy Bracket Assemblies shall be as specified under M.06.02 Structural Steel and M.06.03 Galvanizing or as called for on the plans.
The material used for stranded zinc-coated steel wire rope, shall be as specified for GALVANIZED EXTRA HIGH STRENGTH STEEL WIRE under A475 zinc-coated steel wire strand.
Fittings shall be as specified in the Contract Documents.
Submittals for Down Guys:
Relevant reports for wire to be used containing the physical and mechanical properties of all components described in this Section shall be submitted. Include the following as a minimum. Size Type Material Number of and diameter of individual wires Overall diameter Cross section area Weight per foot Rated breaking load
The Contractor shall provide certification that the zinc-coated steel wire has been designated, fabricated, rated and tested in compliance with the applicable provisions of the standards referenced in these Specifications.
Shop drawings of structural and miscellaneous steel.
Working drawings showing procedures how existing down guys will be relocated and removed, including required temporary supports and back guying.
Submittals for STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS):
Shop drawings.
Mill certificates for structural/ miscellaneous steel and proof of US origin.
Charpy V-notch test certificates.
Certificate for high strength bolts (See Section M.06 in the Special Conditions).
ITEMS, #0090696A, #0090700A, #0603431A 0300-0202 155 Rev. Date 06/17/19 Proposed erection procedure to demonstrate compliance with “Requirements for Erection, Demolition, or other Rigging operations over or Adjacent to Railroad Right-of-Way”, See Special Conditions.
Construction Methods:
The installation of new bracket assemblies, drop posts, dead end brackets, and other steel assemblies will occur in the vicinity of electrical energized facilities. De-energizing of the Railroad’s, the Eversource Energy and the United Illuminating Company’s (UI) electric lines may be required to perform work. The Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with the following:
1. During the installation of structural and miscellaneous steel, all equipment and persons will at all times, remain at least 15 feet clear of Utility Company’s existing 115 kV overhead transmission lines, installed on catenary or pole structures along the railroad’s mainline right-of-way. When approach closer than the specified distance is required, the Contractor will request in writing, with 90 working days notice, the de-energizing of the utility lines or equipment. De-energizing of the utility power line is contingent on power demand and economic dispatch and shall be coordinated with CL&P and/or UI. The Contractor will assume any risk involved in the reasonable denial of a request to de- energize CL&P and UI’s transmission line and the last minute cancellation of an approved request to de-energize the transmission lines. If so ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor will immediately cease all activity in the areas where CL&P and UI transmission lines are to be re-energized.
2. The Contractor and CL&P and/or UI must cooperate fully in order to avoid damage to the conductors, and to insure that no delays will occur in the progress of the work. Therefore, the Contractor shall furnish CL&P and UI with a schedule for this work, which is to include starting and completion dates and, shall notify CL&P and UI 48 hours in advance of the commencement of construction work.
All applicable portions of Article 6.03.03 shall apply.
The Contractor shall not fabricate steel attachments intended for existing structures until he has verified in the field the pertinent dimensions of the structures.
All shop connections shall be welded but subject to the Engineer’s approval. Any field modification of truss details shall be approved by the Engineer and MNR. All splices shall be full strength bolted splices as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction. Gusset plates may be required.
Field welding of galvanized members will not be permitted, except as noted below:
When steel spacers are required for attachment to existing riveted lattice structures, they shall be welded directly to the support brackets. The joining surfaces of the members shall be properly
ITEMS, #0090696A, #0090700A, #0603431A 0300-0202 156 Rev. Date 06/17/19 prepared for welding, including removing the initial galvanized coating from the contact surface. After welding, the contact areas shall be treated with touch up cold galvanizing compound, which shall be approved by the Engineer before use.
The Railroad’s safety procedures require that, as soon as structural and miscellaneous steel has been set in place and before power is restored, temporary grounding must be connected to the aerial ground wire system.
Temporary grounds must be at least equal to one 4/0 cable placed in a position protected from damage and vandalism. Permanent grounding (aerial and ground rod) shall be connected as soon as possible following steel erection.
Before erecting a drop post, dead end bracket, post extension or stringing a messenger wire the Contractor shall ascertain that no energized wires will come into contact with or within 3 feet of a new post, truss, post extension messenger or ground wire. Should energized feeders or catenaries of the existing system be within 3 feet of a structure or ground wire, then the Contractor shall consult the Engineer about protective measures before proceeding with erection.
In certain locations there are signal cables, signal boxes and/or ladders attached to the structures. Should the Contractor have to temporarily relocate these in order to proceed with the installation of steel, the Contractor must obtain prior permission from the Railroad to do so.
Down Guys:
Zinc-coated steel wire rope shall be cut and installed using tools and methods specified by the manufacturer.
Down guys shall be installed before loading the structures. They shall be pulled taut, and secured in place with provisions for future adjustment as required to hold the structure in proper alignment after wires are pulled to correct tension. Expanding anchor as specified on the drawing shall be employed for the down guy into the soil.
At locations where existing down guys are being relocated or removed, or replaced with an aerial guy wire, the Contractor is to provide temporary back guying and down guy anchoring, as required, to support the existing down guy loads, and the transfer of loads to the new down guys and/or anchors.
Down guy attachments shall be installed as recommended by the manufacturer.
Down guys shall be installed on any existing un-guyed wood poles supporting new attachments.
Down guys shall be installed at a minimum angle of 30 degrees from the pole. If limited clearance or other restrictions may require installation at an angle less than 30 degrees, the
ITEMS, #0090696A, #0090700A, #0603431A 0300-0202 157 Rev. Date 06/17/19 proposed down guy location shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer for review and approval.
Down guys anchored to the base of structures shall be installed before encasing the structure base in concrete.
The Contractor shall make final adjustments to the down guys as required to compensate for initial stretch.
Yellow guy safety covers guards shall be installed as specified on the drawing.
In certain locations there are signal cables, signal boxes and/or ladders attached to the structures. Should the Contractor have to temporarily relocate these in order to proceed with the installation of steel, the Contractor must obtain prior permission from the Railroad to do so.
Splicing of the galvanized steel wire shall not be permitted.
Overgrown vegetation shall be selectively removed in order to provide a minimum of five feet clearance around the installed down guy and attachments.
Method of Measurement:
Steel used for support of Figure 8 Aerial Duct will not be measured and paid for separately but included in the unit price (CWT) for the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
No direct payment will be made for galvanizing, but the cost thereof shall be included in the unit price (CWT) of the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
No direct payment will be made for temporary grounds required by railroad for steel erection, but the cost thereof shall be included in the unit price (CWT) for the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
Measurements for Type B-1 through Type X-2 Attachments shall be based on the net mass of metal in the fabricated attachment including tubes, angles, bolts, nuts, spacers, washers, 3 bolt clamp, J hooks, shackles and wire mesh complete. This net weight (mass) shall be determined by computation as described in Sub-article 6.03.04.
Grounding Details G-1 and G-5 will be measured for payment by the actual number of accepted attachments of each type installed in accordance with these Contract Documents. These items shall include, for payment purposes, bracket assemblies, drop post supports, dead end supports, guy assembly, guy assembly anchoring, wall mounted brackets, pole extension detail, conduit supports, pole extension connection, 3-bolts clamp assembly and aerial innerduct support, ground wires and ground rods complete including other small steel parts and assemblies.
ITEMS, #0090696A, #0090700A, #0603431A 0300-0202 158 Rev. Date 06/17/19 Guy Bracket Assemblies where installed in conjunction with Down Guys, are not measured for payment, but shall be included for payment under the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
No separate payment will be made for the temporary (or permanent) support, relocation or removal of existing communication, signal, or ground wires, equipment, or any other obstructions that may interfere with the installation of new steel, but the cost thereof shall be included in the unit price of the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
The temporary (or permanent) removal, relocation, or restoration, if any, of a member of the structure or of signal cables, signal cases, ladders, platforms or other impediment attached to the structure, in order to facilitate the installation of steel shall not be paid for separately, but the cost thereof shall be included in the unit price of the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
The guy assemblies will not be measured or paid for separately but included in the unit price of the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item. It shall include the complete guy assembly installed, regardless of their length, including guy bracket assemblies and cover guards
There will be no separate payment for excavation, concrete, steel, guy safety covers, but the cost thereof shall be included in the unit prices for the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
There shall be no separate measurement and payment for the removal of existing down guys, or the installation of temporary back guying and anchors, but the cost thereof shall be included in the unit prices for the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
Procurement and installation of guy attachment(s) to poles, such as guy bracket assemblies and swivel bracket assemblies shall be included in unit price of the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
The temporary removal and restoration, if any, of a member of the structure, including truss to post knee brace, or signal cables, signal cases, ladders, platforms or other impediment attached to the structure, in order to facilitate the installation of down guy assemblies shall not be measured and paid for separately, but the cost thereof shall be included in the unit price of the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item.
Basis of Payment:
The work for Grounding Details shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each for the following pay items complete, which prices shall include all transportation, materials, equipment, tools and labor incidental thereto.
The work for Type B-1 through Type X-2 attachments shall be paid for at the Contract unit price per hundred weight for the STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) pay item. Payment under this item shall be for miscellaneous steel, complete in place, which price shall include furnishing, fabricating, transporting, erecting, galvanizing and all materials, equipment, tools and labor incidental thereto.
ITEMS, #0090696A, #0090700A, #0603431A 0300-0202 159 Rev. Date 06/17/19
Pay Item Pay Unit
GROUNDING DETAIL G-1 Each
GROUNDING DETAIL G-5 Each STEEL (MISCELLANEOUS) CWT
ITEMS, #0090696A, #0090700A, #0603431A 0300-0202 160 Rev. Date 06/26/19
ITEM #0100077A – TIME SERVER
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install a new rack-mount GPS Network Time Server synchronized timing system at the location as shown in the Plans and shall furnish the spare parts listed in this specification. These specifications cover the minimum requirements for the proposed system. All systems and devices requiring time synchronization that are network- enabled can receive time data via an IP-addressable time server located on the network, hub, or switch. Contractor shall configure the Hartford network to synchronize the time to this time server.
Contractor shall provide all material and installation per contract drawings, manufacturer’s recommendation, and applicable codes and standards. Furnishing and installation shall include, but not limited to, mounting of antenna and cable, bonding of surge suppression ground to structural steel, core-drill penetration for cables, waterproofing and fireproofing of all penetration, configuration of time server and existing network switches.
Materials:
The Time Server shall be configured with the minimum requirements as outlined in this Specification. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to purchase all necessary components, active antenna, coax antenna cable, surge suppressor, pieces, parts, modules, cabling, software, licenses, and configuration in addition to the parts specifically mentioned above to provide a complete and fully-functioning system as described in these Special Provisions, Plans, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
The GPS Network Time Server shall be modular in design and have the ability to monitor and automatically track up to twelve Global Positioning System (GPS) satellites simultaneously. It shall have the optionally available ability to also utilize other GNSS satellite constellations (Galileo, Glonass, Beidou, QZSS) as a supplementary or alternative time reference for improved reception in marginal areas, for anti-jamming and/or anti-spoofing, and redundancy to US-GPS. The time server shall supply accurate timing by synchronizing to the satellites’ atomic clocks. The Time Server shall have optional network management software to facilitate time updates, alert notifications, redundancy, and historical timing logs for the system.
Optional card modules shall be available to provide new I/O ports to change and/or expand the time server’s capability in the field without the need for factory service. Available modules will include timing, frequency, and alarm contact offerings.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100077A 0300-0202 161 Rev. Date 06/26/19
Requirements The clock shall occupy no more than one EIA 19 inch rack unit in height (1.75 inches/RU), and no more than 14 inches in depth. Designed to meet Mil 810F and RoHS-rated for environmental compliance standards.
The system shall operate at a nominal temperature range of -20ºC to +65ºC (+55ºC for Rubidium) when locked to GPS. The time server shall maintain its 1-PPS output to within +/-50 nanoseconds of UTC. The time server shall be powered by a UL, cUL, CSA, CE-approved 100-240VAC, 50/60 Hz integral power supply, and optional AC/DC power with auto fail-over (either 12VDC or 24- 48VDC). Typical power requirements range from 10-50W maximum. The time server shall include an Integral Ethernet Time Server with the following features: 10/100 Base-T Network Port – RJ-45 Connector Protocols Supported – NTP(v2 thru v4), SNTP(v3/v4), SNMP, MIB II, MD-5, IPv4/IPv6, DHCP, Syslog, LDAP, RADIUS, Telnet, TFTP Stratum 1 through 15 capable IPv4 and IPv6 compatible for universal connectivity An optional card module (3 x 10/100/1000Base-T) will be available for synchronizing up to three additional separate, independent networks simultaneously.
The Time Server shall support additional outputs: The time server shall be provided with 6 card slots to allow expansion of additional timing and frequency I/O’s as required for the application. A minimum of one (1) 10MHz and one (1) 1-PPS frequency outputs are standard outputs. Other optional timing and frequency I/O modules are available, including: PTP, RS232, RS485, IRIG and fiber-optic IRIG, 1-5-10MHz, Programmable Frequency, Alarm Relay, etc. The Time Server shall be provided via SNMP traps (with provided enterprise MIB’s), automatic Email Alerts, and via optional Alarm Contacts. These can be configured to indicate when detected faults compromise output accuracy. The alarm relays shall automatically reset when the fault condition is corrected. The time server shall offer a secure, encrypted user interface to prevent against unauthorized access and to maintain privacy during installation, configuration, uploading and downloading files to/from the unit. This will ensure the integrity of the unit and its desired legally traceable time stamp will not be compromised. Regular software updates will be provided to protect
0300-0202 ITEM #0100077A 0300-0202 162 Rev. Date 06/26/19
against new security infringement developments. The following minimum security features shall be provided: SSL Web Based Interface, SSH, SCP, SFTP, and SNMPv3.
For mission-critical applications and other stringent timing requirements, optional precision oscillators are available to provide back-up for GPS to maintain seamless time synchronization to all interconnected systems, devices, and networks throughout the facility.
Antenna
An active antenna shall be provided with the GPS time server. The GPS receiving antenna will be tuned to receive the GPS 1575.42 MHz L1 band satellite transmissions, and optionally to the GLONASS L1 (1602.0 MHz); Beidou B1 (1561.1 MHz); QZSS L1 (1575.42 MHz). It shall use a three-stage low noise amplifer, a mid-section SAW, and a tight pre-flter to protect against saturation by high level sub-harmonics and L-band signals. It will be connected to the receiver by low-loss GPS-rated coaxial cable with N type connectors at both ends. The antenna shall be supplied with an appropriate surge suppressor and ability to operate with up to 400 ft. of antenna cable. All associated cabling, connectors and hardware shall be supplied. The antenna shall be provided with a means of attachment to an appropriate mount. The antenna shall be capable of outside installation and shall meet or exceed the following specification: Temperature: -40º to +85ºC Mechanical: 2.6 inches in diameter x 1.9 inches high L-bracket mount w/clamps N Type female connector Cabling: LMR-400 equivalent – 96% shield or better Indoor/Outdoor-rated cable for outdoor Plenum-rated cable for indoor
Warranty
The time server shall be provided with a five-year limited warranty to cover all parts and materials supplied by the manufacturer.
The Time Server shall be the SecureSync GPS/GNSS Modular Time Server from Orolia, or approved equal. The Contractor shall supply the following items and options, or approved equal:
Orolia Part Number Description Quantity Model 1200-213 Time Server with OCXO GPS Back-up oscillator & 1 Dual AC/DC (24-48VDC) power PS06R-2Z1M-DT01 100 - 250VAC to 24VDC 50/60 Hz Power Supply 1 Line Cord 8230AJ GPS/GNSS Passive, Horizon Blocking, Anti-Jam 1
0300-0202 ITEM #0100077A 0300-0202 163 Rev. Date 06/26/19
Antenna ANT-KT Post Mounting Kit 1 8226-0002-0600 GPS Antenna Surge Protector Grounding Kit 1
Cable Part Number Description Quantity Times Microwave LMR- Plenum Rated Coaxial Cable for Indoor Use 400 Feet 400-LLPL Times Microwave LMR- Coax Cable for Indoor / Outdoor Use 100 Feet 400-FR-PVC
Spare Parts
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for use as spares:
Orolia Part Number Description Quantity 8230AJ GPS/GNSS Passive, Horizon Blocking, Anti-Jam 1 Antenna 8226 GPS Antenna Surge Protector 1
Grounding
The antenna mast shall be bonded to the railing on the roof. The surge suppressor ground shall be bonded to the nearest structural steel member after cable entry. Contractor shall test and verify the structural steel selected is in fact part of the building grounding system. All grounding material and accessories shall be UL listed for grounding purpose. Grounding conductor shall be minimum of #6AWG. Grounding method shall meet the requirement of NEC.
Construction:
Prior to purchase, the Contractor shall submit a complete parts list and “Bill of Materials” (BOM) for approval by the Engineer.
Prior to installation, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings for installation to the Engineer and shall be approved by the Engineer. A complete list of all components, pieces, parts and modules being supplied shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
The spare parts will be held by the Contractor until after the System Acceptance Test is complete. After acceptance of the systems, the Contractor shall deliver the items to the Connecticut Department of Transportation at a designated site within the State of Connecticut. Transfer of ownership and delivery shall be coordinated with the Engineer.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100077A 0300-0202 164 Rev. Date 06/26/19
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Training:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Training” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Method of Measurement:
The Time Server shall be measured for payment as “lump sum” for a complete and operational Time Server System including furnishing, installing, testing, and acceptance.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the lump sum price for “Time Server” including components all furnished, installed, tested, and accepted, which price shall include all material, spare parts including delivery, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Time Server Lump Sum
0300-0202 ITEM #0100077A 0300-0202 165 Rev. Date 06/21/19
ITEM #0100160A – FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT
Description: This work shall consist of providing all labor, tools, and equipment necessary for furnishing and installing equipment mountings and furniture in CCO Room 442A. Electronic equipment to be installed will be paid for under other items.
Materials: The Contractor shall provide complete assembly with all mounting hardware necessary to install the items outlined below.
List of Furniture and Equipment Requirements
1. One (1) – Multi Screen Holder; flexible and ergonomic arms for 6 large screens each.
Motorized pillars DSLX lighting module Power: 115 - 230 V, 50 - 60 Hz / 340 VA Adjustable VESA monitor mounts Exceeds ISO 11 064 recommendations In accordance with EEMUA 201 recommendations Two Pillars Support Pillar Height-74" min.; Pillar Width-78" min. Total number of monitors: 6-55” monitors (3 top & 3 bottom)
2. Four (4) – Workstation Desks (3-Operator Desks & 1-Supervisor Desk)
Load 300kg wide distributed With optional motorized base 100-240V 50-60Hz Frame and columns in silver RAL 9006 Level adjustable feet in grey RAL 7015 High pressure laminate top board Maximum Height of the work board surface: 30” AFF Maximum Width of the Workstation Desk: 77” with 12” Side Board Minimum Depth of Workstation Desk: 26” depth Work board with 15” deep monitor board Optional curved configuration or rectangular configuration Number of monitors required on monitor board on each workstation: 3 - 24” screen monitors
3. Thirteen (13) – Wall mounting bracket with Adjustable arm for Monitors
Wall Mount Bracket o Stud mounting: M8 x 80mm or 5/16” x 3” and flat washer 8mm or 5/16” (2 places)
0300-0202 ITEM #0100160A 0300-0202 166 Rev. Date 06/21/19
Technical Requirements for Adjustable Arm o Weight Capacity (Min. 40lb), Minimum Arm length (24.5”) Range of motion for Adjustable Arm o Tilt (25-degree angle = Forward 15 degrees, Back 10 degrees), Pan (180-degree angle)
4. One (1) – Conference Table for 8 people
Bivi Table for Two or Bivi Table for Two with Back Pocket Work as one, but separate. The Table for Two uses a pair of large table tops to make collaboration automatic and solo work an easy option. A center trough hides all your cables and power cords out of the way. o Available with or without the "Back Pockets," integrated desktop storage spaces o Four laminate colors and three finish options o Wire Trough has space for optional Integrated Power packs (two 2-packs or one 4- pack) o Sturdy construction stands up to years of daily use o Table top: MDF with low-pressure laminate o Legs and frame: steel o 28.5"h x 62"w x 60"d Bivi Half Round Table Top - 2 No legs to add, but plenty of added space. The Half Round Table Top creates more space to work as well as new places to collaborate. If you wish, use one Half Round Table Tops with Bivi Table for Two to make a smaller conference table (as in the Conference for Six). o Keeps out of the way when you're not using it; bring it out when you need it o Four laminate colors and three finish options o Steel attachment hardware for strength and durability o 60"w x 27"d x 7.9" thick (including hardware) o Table top: MDF with low-pressure laminate o Frame: steel o 60"w x 27"d x 7.9 thick (including hardware) Overall: MDF with low-pressure laminate, steel 28.5"h x 116"w x 60"d Laminate Color: Virginia Walnut Finish: Arctic White Table Style: No Back Pockets Power Option: 4 tabletop mounted outlets
5. One (1) – Conference Room Cabinet (Six Door Base Cabinet with Three Drawers - 72"W)
Laminate construction with chip-resistant edges Recessed toe kick 3.5" backsplash on the top Six doors
0300-0202 ITEM #0100160A 0300-0202 167 Rev. Date 06/21/19
Three adjustable shelves Three drawers Fully assembled Dimensions: 72"W x 18"D x 35"H Weight: 311 lbs. Color: Wood tone laminates (Maple)
6. Eight (8) – Conference Room Chairs
Hammock-style support Swivel mechanism Pneumatic height adjustment Equipped with casters High-back support Frame Color: Black Cushion/back color: Green SCS Indoor Advantage Gold Level 1 Certified to ANSI/BIFMA E3 Standard
7. Four (4) – Supervisor and Operator Chairs
Adjustable lumbar support 4d adjustable arms Height/width/pivot/depth adjustable 3D micro knit upholstery Weight-activated mechanism to allow for quick seat adjustments Adjustable seat depth Frame Color: Black Cushion/back color: Gray or charcoal
8. Eight (8) – 18U Rack Enclosure Cabinet 33” Deep with Doors and Sides
Adjustable mounting depths from 3" to 32.5 Locking, reversible front door and locking, removable side panels Vented panels with cable access openings Heavy duty steel construction with support for up to 1000 lbs of equipment RoHS and UL 60950 compliant Rack Size: 19” Rack Units: 18 RU Dimensions: 33.5”H x 33.5”D x 23.6”W
0300-0202 ITEM #0100160A 0300-0202 168 Rev. Date 06/21/19
9. Eighteen (18) – Electrical / Data Floor Box Outlet System
Recessed Plate Mounted on Raised Floor Tiles specified in “Raised Floor System” specification. Shall have 4 electrical receptacles outlets and 4 data jacks per box Four (4) Duplex 15A tamper proof Outlets Four (4) RJ-45 Jacks
For alternative furnishings, all of the specified requirements noted herein shall be an approved equal and shall be accepted by the Architect.
The mountings and furniture shall be coordinated with the work of other sections.
Submittals: Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
The Contractor shall submit a detailed layout diagram for each layout specified for review by the Engineer. Only approved layouts will be accepted under this Contract item.
Construction Methods: The Plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not adversely affect the system.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect cabinet size, layout, and equipment required in the cabinets. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed. Drawings should indicate site specific installation details including showing the exact equipment locations, mounting details, conduit runs, conduit entry, riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, and other details necessary for complete review. No cabinet shall be installed without an approved layout, wiring diagrams, and other associated shop drawings.
Method of Measurement: All furniture and equipment listed herein, including all labor, tools, and equipment required to install this furniture and equipment in CCO Room 442A shall be included in the Lump Sum price for Furniture & Equipment.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100160A 0300-0202 169 Rev. Date 06/21/19
Basis of Payment: Furniture & Equipment shall be paid for at the contract unit price bid. This price shall be full compensation for all furniture, material, tools, equipment, labor, and incidentals to perform this work in CCO Room 442A.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Furniture & Equipment L.S.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100160A 0300-0202 170 Rev. Date 06/25/19
ITEM #0100190A – RAISED FLOOR SYSTEM
Description:
This work shall consist of furnishing and installing a raised floor system in Room 442A of the CCO Shop located at the New Haven Yard as specified herein and on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. It shall include the floor system panels, finish, understructure, ramps, brushed architectural aluminum floor-mounted handrail, aluminum closure plates (fascia) electrical box cutouts and all associated hardware, appurtenances and labor.
All wiring, electrical boxes, outlets, connections, and related work shall be paid under other items.
Reference
CISCA (Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association) - “Recommended Test Procedures for Access Floors” shall be used as a guideline when presenting load performance product information.
Manufacturers
Raised access floor system manufacture/manufacturer’s facilities shall be ISO9001: 2000, ISO14001: 2004, and OHSAS 18001:2007 certified.
Submittals
Submit the following to the Engineer for review and approval:
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials.
Shop Drawings: Submit layout plans showing layout of the access panels, including ramp, fascia, railing, and outlet location. Include shop drawings of railing including all connection and anchoring details.
Manufacturer’s installation instructions and guidelines: Manufacturer’s Owner Manual outlining recommended care and maintenance procedures.
Test reports: Submit certified test reports by an independent testing laboratory with a minimum of five years’ experience testing access floor components in accordance with CISCA Recommended Test Procedures, certifying that component parts perform as specified.
Product tests shall be witnessed and certified by independent engineering and testing laboratory based in the U.S. with a minimum of five years’ experience testing access floor components in accordance CISCA “Recommended Test Procedures for Access Floors”.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100190A 0300-0202 171 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Performance Requirements
The system shall comply to the following load testing:
Design Load: Panel supported on actual understructure system shall be capable of supporting a point load of 1250 lbs. applied on a one square inch area at any location on the panel without experiencing permanent set in excess of 0.010 inches as defined by CISCA. The loading method used to determine design (allowable) load shall be in conformance with CISCA Concentrated Load test method but with panel tested on actual understructure instead of steel blocks.
Safety Factor: Panel supported on actual understructure system shall withstand a point load of no less than (2) two times its design load rating on a one square inch area anywhere on the panel without failure when tested in accordance with CISCA A/F, Section 2, “Ultimate Loading”. Failure is defined as the point at which the system will no longer accept the load.
Ultimate Load: Panel supported on actual understructure system shall be capable of supporting a point load of at least 2500 lbs. applied through a load indenter on a one square inch area at any location on the panel without failure (i.e. minimum safety factor of 2) when tested in accordance with CISCA A/F, Section 2, “Ultimate Loading”.
Rolling Load: Panel supported on actual understructure system shall be able to withstand the following rolling loads at any location on the panel without developing a local and overall surface deformation greater than 0.040 inches when tested in accordance with CISCA A/F, Section 3, “Rolling Loads”.
Note: wheel 1 and wheel 2 tests shall be performed on two separate panels. CISCA Wheel 1: Size: 3” dia x 1 13/16” wide Load: 1000 lbs. Passes: 10 CISCA Wheel 2: Size: (A) 6” dia x 2” wide Load: 800 lbs. Passes: 10,000 (B) 10” dia. X 4” wide
Impact Load: Panel and supporting understructure (the system) shall be capable of supporting an impact load of 150 lbs. dropped from a height of 36 inches onto a one square inch area (using a round or square indenter) at any location on the panel when tested in accordance with CISCA A/F, Section 8, “Drop Impact Load Test”.
Panel Drop Test: Panel shall be capable of being dropped face up onto to a concrete slab from a height of 36”, after which it shall continue to meet all load performance requirements as previously defined.
Panel Cutout: Panel with an 8” diameter interior cutout supported on actual understructure shall be capable of maintaining its design load strength with a minimum safety factor of 2 anywhere on the panel without the use of additional supports.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100190A 0300-0202 172 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Flammability: System shall meet Class A Flame spread requirements for flame spread and smoke development. Tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM-E84-1998, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics for Building Materials.
Combustibility: All components of the access floor system shall qualify as non-combustible by demonstrating compliance with requirements of ASTM E 136, Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750 deg C.
Recycled Content: Panel and understructure system shall be required to have a minimum post- consumer recycled content of 18% and a minimum total recycled content of 49%.
Axial Load: Pedestal support assembly shall provide a 6000 lb. axial load without permanent deformation when tested in accordance with CISCA A/F, Section 5, “Pedestal Axial Load Test”. Overturning Moment: Pedestal support assembly shall provide an average overturning moment of 1000 in-lbs. when glued to a clean, sound, uncoated concrete surface when tested in accordance with CISCA A/F, Section 6, “Pedestal Overturning Moment Test”.
Panel shall be easily removed by one person with a suction cup lifting device and shall be interchangeable except where cut for special conditions.
Materials:
Raised Floor System
Raised floor system shall consist of ConCore® CC1250 floor system supported by a 4” Low Finished Floor Height (LFFH) Bolted Stringer Understructure as manufactured by Tate Access Floors, Inc. or approved equal.
PosiTile® carpet module system (Color to be determined during the submittal approval process).
Provide manufacturer’s standard steps, ramps, fascia plate, perimeter support, and grommets where indicated on the Plans.
Provide twelve (12) spare floor panels and fifty (50) square feet of understructure systems for each type used in the project for maintenance stock. Deliver to project in manufacturer’s standard packaging clearly marked with the contents.
Provide two (2) panel lifting devices.
Provide manufacturer’s standard underfloor air systems components (including, grilles, diffusers and perforated floor panels) where indicated on the Plans or as recommended by the manufacturer.
Alternative access floor system shall meet or exceed all requirements as indicated herein and must receive prior written approval by the Engineer.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100190A 0300-0202 173 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Construction Methods:
Examine structural subfloor for unevenness, irregularities and dampness that would affect the quality and execution of the work. Do not proceed with installation until structural floor surfaces are level, clean, and dry as completed by others.
Concrete sealers, if used, shall be identified and proven to be compatible with pedestal adhesive.
Verify that adhesive achieves bond to slab before commencing work.
Verify dimensions on contract drawings, including level of interfaces including abutting floor, ledges and doorsills.
The General Contractor shall provide clear access, dry subfloor area free of construction debris and other trades throughout installation of access floor system.
Area to receive and store access floor materials shall be enclosed and maintained at ambient temperatures between 35 to 95 F and relative humidity levels between 20 to 80%. At least 24 hrs. before installation begins, all floor panels shall be stored at ambient temperatures between 50 to 90 F and relative humidity levels between 20% to 80% and shall remain within these environmental limits throughout occupancy.
Pedestal locations shall be established from approved shop drawings so that mechanical and electrical work can be installed without interfering with pedestal installation.
Installation of access floor shall be coordinated with other trades to maintain the integrity of the installed system. All traffic on access floor shall be controlled by access floor installer. No traffic but that of access floor installers shall be permitted on any floor area for 24 hours to allow the pedestal adhesive to set. Access floor panels shall not be removed by other trades for 72 hours after their installation.
Floor system and accessories shall be installed under the supervision of the manufacturer’s authorized representative and according to manufacturer’s recommendations.
No dust or debris producing operations by other trades shall be allowed in areas where access floor is being installed to ensure proper bonding of pedestals to subfloor.
Raised floor installer shall keep the subfloor broom clean as installation progresses.
Partially complete floors shall be braced against shifting to maintain the integrity of the installed system where required.
Additional pedestals as needed shall support panels where floor is disrupted by columns, walls, and cutouts.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100190A 0300-0202 174 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Understructure shall be aligned such that all uncut panels are interchangeable and fit snugly but do not bind when placed in alternate positions.
Finished floor shall be level, not varying more than 0.062” in 10 feet or 0.125” overall.
Acceptance: General contractor shall accept floor in whole or in part prior to allowing use by other trades.
Method of Measurement:
The Raised Floor System shall be measured for payment on a Lump Sum basis complete furnished, installed, inspected, and accepted in place.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the lump sum price which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Raised Floor System L.S.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100190A 0300-0202 175 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #0100401A – AC 1-POLE CIRCUIT BREAKER
Description:
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing circuit breakers in existing power panels as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to ensure each circuit breaker is sized for the equipment being supplied as required by the design and as outlined in these Specifications, and coordinated with any approved substitutions.
Circuit breakers required within field cabinets shall be paid as incidental to the appropriate Item and shall not be paid under this Item.
Applicable Standards:
NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code
UL 489/NEMA AB-1 – Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit Breaker Enclosures
Materials: Circuit breakers shall comply with UL 489/NEMA AB-1. The circuit breakers shall be molded case, quick-make, quick-break, bolt-on, thermal-magnetic, toggle type breakers. Where installed in an existing panelboard, match existing breaker type, rated voltage, and ampere interrupting current (AIC) rating. In no case shall the AIC rating be less than 10,000A at 240/120 V. Contact ON and OFF positions and trip action due to overload or short circuit shall be clearly indicated by the handle position.
Construction Method:
Contractor shall verify all existing field conditions and make field inspections necessary to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and product data to the Engineer for approval prior to supplying this item. Shop drawings shall indicate location of power panel, all existing circuit breakers (including trip, AIC, and voltage ratings), description of the loads attached to the existing circuit breakers, panel ratings and electrical service, and locations for new circuit breakers.
All installations shall conform to the National Electrical Code.
Access to the existing electrical panels shall be scheduled with the Engineer at least 2 weeks in advance. Access will be provided by either Metro North or representative of the local town. If interruption to the electrical service of the panel is required for installation, the Contractor shall submit a detailed plan that identifies all impacted devices and the anticipated duration of
0300-0202 ITEM #0100401A
0300-0202 176 Rev. Date 06/10/19 interruption. Schedule all interruptions with the Engineer. No interruptions shall be made without approval of the Engineer.
Method of Measurement:
This work shall be measured for payment by the actual number of “Each” purchased, installed, and accepted by the Engineer.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each for “AC 1-Pole Circuit Breaker” furnished, installed, and accepted by the Engineer, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto to complete the work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
AC 1-Pole Circuit Breaker Each
0300-0202 ITEM #0100401A
0300-0202 177 Rev. Date 8/11/17
ITEM #0100427A - WATER RESCUE OPERATIONS
Description: The Contractor shall furnish, maintain and operate one or more water rescue operation boat(s) for Contract work over or adjacent to water. The boat shall patrol in the vicinity of each above-water work location and be available for water rescue operations. These water safety measures will be required to protect all Contractor and Department staff. The Contractor shall also obtain all necessary permits and licenses for the boat and its operators.
Construction Methods: Work under this item shall be performed in accordance with OSHA Article 29 CFR 1926.106 and the following requirements: 1. Boat(s) shall be a minimum of twenty (20) feet in length with a stable, flat-bottom and shall be designed specifically for emergency life-rescuing operation. 2. Boat(s) shall be equipped with oars and a motor with power within the minimum and maximum horsepower requirements indicated by the manufacturer of the boat(s) provided. 3. Each boat shall be equipped with required safety equipment: life vests, protective clothing, life line, anchor, emergency first aid kit, oxygen equipment and backboard. 4. A communication system, such as a walkie-talkie, shall be used to inform the boat operator(s) of an emergency and to inform the operator(s) where the boat is needed. The operator(s) and at least one worker at each work location over water shall be equipped with a communication device. 5. The operator(s) must possess the following current certifications issued by the American Red Cross or equivalent certifications approved by the Engineer: o Adult First Aid including CPR training o Life Guard Training or Water Rescue Operations 6. Boat(s) shall remain in the water when workers are above water and must be capable of being quickly launched to respond to an emergency within three (3) to four (4) minutes. 7. There must be at least two (2) rescue operators available on-board each boat when work is being performed over or adjacent to water. 8. Each boat shall be operable and available at all times when work is being performed over or adjacent to water. In the event of a breakdown, above-water work must be discontinued until a boat is repaired or a replacement boat is on Site and in the water. 9. The number of boats required must be determined based on the following: o The number of work locations where there is a danger of falling into water o The distance to each of those locations o Water temperature, currents, dams, rapids and other hazards o Appropriate response times for rescue
Method of Measurement: Water Rescue Operations, being paid for on a lump sum basis, will not be measured for payment. The Contractor shall submit a proposed schedule of values to the Engineer for review and approval.
Basis of Payment: This work will be paid for at the Contract lump sum price for “Water Rescue Operations,” which price shall include all labor, equipment, materials, maintenance, fuel, repairs, storage and services incidental thereto. Pay Item Pay Unit Water Rescue Operations L.S.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100427A
0300-0202 178 Rev. Date 06/25/19
ITEM #0100470A – UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY – 45KVA ITEM #1113812A – UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY
Description:
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing a continuous-duty three-phase, solid-state, scalable (field-upgradable) uninterruptible power system (UPS) at two locations. The UPS shall provide high-quality AC power for sensitive electronic equipment. One UPS is located at the proposed Security Node House in Norwalk which shall be a 45KVA and the second is in New Haven at CCO Shop, Electrical Room No. 425 shall be a 30KVA.
Standards:
The UPS shall be designed in accordance with the applicable sections of the current revision of the following documents. Where a conflict arises between these documents and statements made herein, the statements in this specification shall govern. 1. UL Standard 1778 2. CSA 22.2, No. 107.3, 4th edition 3. FCC Part 15, Class A 4. IEC 61000-3-4,4-4,4-2,4-3,4-6,2-2 5. National Electrical Code (NFPA-70) 6. NEMA PE-1 7. ISTA_1H 8. ANSI C62.41, Categories A3 and B3 The UPS shall be UL and cUL listed per UL Standard 1778.
Materials:
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Uninteruptable Power Supply – 45 KVA The Uninterruptable Power Supply at the Secuity Node House shall be Liebert APM UPS 45kVA or equivalent meeting the following requirements:
1. The Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) shall have a UPS Module with the following requirements: i. Voltage Rectifier Input of 208 volts, three-phase, 4-wire-plus-ground, Voltage Bypass input of 208 volts, three-phase, 4-wire-plus-ground, and a Voltage Output of 208 volts, three-phase, 4-wire-plus-ground.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 179 Rev. Date 06/25/19
ii. Output Load Capacity of the UPS shall be 45 kVA at unity power factor. 2. The UPS shall have a Battery system with the following requirements: i. Battery cells shall be valve-regulated, lead acid batteries. ii. Battery reserve time shall be 20 minutes at 45 KVA, unity power factor, with ambient temperature of 77°F (25°C). Unit shall provide terminal for connection of external batteries. 3. The UPS shall operate as an on-line, double-conversion, reverse-transfer system with the following operating modes: i. Normal - The critical AC load is continuously supplied by the UPS inverter. The rectifier/charger derives power from an AC source and supplies DC power to the inverter while simultaneously float-charging the reserve battery. ii. Emergency - Upon failure of utility AC power, the critical AC load is supplied by the inverter, which obtains power from the battery. There shall be no interruption in power to the critical load upon failure or restoration of the utility AC source. iii. Recharge - Upon restoration of utility AC power after a utility AC power outage, the rectifier/charger shall automatically restart, gradually ramp up output voltage and assume the inverter and battery recharge loads. iv. Bypass - If the UPS must be taken out of service for maintenance or repair or if the inverter overload capacity is exceeded, the static transfer switch shall perform a reverse transfer of the load from the inverter to the bypass source with no interruption in power to the critical AC load. 4. The AC Input to the UPS shall confirm to the following performance requirements: i. Voltage Configuration for Standard Units: 208V, three-phase, four-wire plus ground ii. Voltage Range: +15%, -20% of nominal without derating iii. Frequency: 40-70Hz iv. Power Factor: 0.99 full load, 0.98 half load v. Inrush Current: UPS inrush current not to exceed 1.5 times rated input current. Maintenance bypass and distribution cabinet inrush current not to exceed 8 times rated input current. vi. Current Limit: 140% of nominal AC input current maximum vii. Current Distortion: <3% reflected THD maximum at full load viii. Surge Protection: Sustains input surges without damage per criteria listed in IEC 1000-4-5 5. The AC Output, UPS Inverter shall conform to the following performance requirements: i. Voltage Configuration: three-phase, 4-wire plus ground ii. Voltage Regulation:
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 180 Rev. Date 06/25/19
iii. ±1% three-phase RMS average for a balanced three-phase load for the combined variation effects of input voltage, connected load, battery voltage, ambient temperature and load power factor iv. ±5% three-phase RMS average for a 100% unbalanced load for the combined variation effects of input voltage, connected load, battery voltage, ambient temperature and load power factor v. Frequency: vi. ±0.1% (single Liebert FlexPower assembly) vii. ±0.25% (six Liebert FlexPower assemblies) viii. Frequency Slew Rate: Selectable from 0.1Hz/sec to 3.0Hz/sec maximum for single unit ix. Phase Balance: x. 120 degrees ±1 degree for balanced load xi. 120 degrees ±1.5 degrees for 100% unbalanced load xii. Voltage Distortion: xiii. <1% total harmonic distortion (THD) for linear loads xiv. <5% THD for 100% nonlinear loads (3:1 crest factor) without kVA/kW derating xv. Load Power Factor Range: 0.7 lagging to 0.9 leading without derating xvi. Output Power Rating: 0.99 full load. 0.98 half load xvii. Overload Capability: xviii. 110% for 60 minutes xix. 125% for 10 minutes xx. 150% for 60 seconds xxi. Voltage Transient Response: 100% load step, ±5.0% xxii. Transient Recovery Time: to within 5% of steady state output voltage within half a cycle xxiii. Voltage Unbalance: 100% unbalanced load, ±5% 6. The UPS Module shall have an Operating Ambient Temperature of 32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C) and a Storage/Transport Ambient Temperature of -4°F to 158°F (-20°C to 70°C). 7. The Battery shall Module shall have an Operating Ambient Temperature of 77°F ±9°F (25°C ±5°C) and a Storage/Transport Ambient Temperature of -4°F to to 86°F (-20°C to 30°C). 8. All materials of the UPS shall be new, of current manufacture and high grade and shall not have been in prior service except as required during factory testing. All active electronic devices shall be solid-state. All power semi-conductors shall be sealed. Control
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 181 Rev. Date 06/25/19
logic and fuses shall be physically isolated from power train components to ensure operator safety and protection from heat. All electronic components shall be accessible from the front without removing sub-assemblies for service access.
9. The UPS shall be by forced air cooled using a redundant fan configuration. Fan power shall be provided by the UPS. The UPS shall have 12 inches rear clearance for air flow, and 12 inches top clearance for air flow. The thermal design, along with all thermal and ambient sensors, shall be coordinated with the protective devices before excessive component or internal cabinet temperatures are exceeded. Air filters shall be located at the point of air inlet and be changeable.
10. The UPS shall have a rectifier/charger unit to convert AC to regulated DC for input to the inverter and for charging the battery with the following requirements. i. The rectifier/charger unit shall be provided with AC input current limiting whereby the maximum input current shall be limited to 140% of the full input current rating. ii. The rectifier/charger shall have an output filter to minimize ripple current into the battery. The AC ripple voltage of the rectifier DC output shall not exceed 1% RMS of the float voltage. The filter shall be adequate to ensure that the DC output of the rectifier/charger will meet the input requirements of the inverter without the battery connected. iii. Upon restoration of utility AC power, after a utility AC power outage and prior to a UPS automatic end-of-discharge shutdown, the rectifier/charger shall automatically restart, walk-in and gradually assume the inverter and battery recharge loads. iv. There shall be DC overvoltage protection so that if the DC voltage rises to the preset limit, the UPS will shut down automatically and initiate an uninterrupted load transfer to the static bypass line.
11. The UPS shall have an inverter to convert DC from the rectifier/charger or battery to precise AC to power the load with the following requirements. i. The inverter shall be solid-state, capable of providing rated output power, and for increased performance the inverter shall be a pulse-width-modulated design and utilize insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBTs). The inverter shall be capable of supplying current and voltage for overloads exceeding 100%. The inverter is to provide 150% of full load for 60 seconds, 125% of full load for 10 minutes and 110% of full load for 60 minutes. A status indicator and audible alarm shall indicate overload operation. The UPS shall transfer the load to bypass when overload capacity is exceeded. ii. The inverter shall be capable of supplying an overload current of 150% of its full- load rating for one minute. For greater currents or longer time duration, the inverter shall have electronic current-limiting protection to prevent damage to components. The critical load will be transferred to the static bypass automatically and uninterrupted. The inverter shall be self-protecting against any magnitude of connected output overload. Inverter control logic shall sense and disconnect the
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 182 Rev. Date 06/25/19
inverter from the critical AC load without the requirement to clear protective fuses. iii. The Inverter shall have phase balance capability. For rapid removal of the inverter from the critical load, the inverter control electronics shall instantaneously turn off the inverter transistors. Simultaneously, the static transfer switch shall be turned on to maintain continuous power to the critical load. For rapid removal of the inverter from the critical load, the inverter control electronics shall instantaneously turn off the inverter transistors. Simultaneously, the static transfer switch shall be turned on to maintain continuous power to the critical load. iv. The output frequency of the inverter shall be controlled by a high-speed DSP capable of holding the inverter output frequency to within ±0.1% for a single Liebert FlexPower assembly or ±0.25% for six Liebert FlexPower assemblies during steady state and transient conditions. Total deviation from the rated frequency, including short time fluctuations and drift, shall not exceed 0.1% for a single Liebert FlexPower assembly or 0.25% for six Liebert FlexPower assemblies. 12. The UPS shall be provided with a microprocessor-based unit status display and controls section designed for convenient and reliable user operation. A graphical liquid crystal display (LCD) shall be used to show a single-line diagram of the UPS and shall be provided as part of the monitoring and controls sections of the UPS. All operator controls and monitors shall be located on the front of the UPS cabinet. Monitoring functions such as metering, status and alarms shall be displayed on the graphical LCD. Additional features of the monitoring system shall include: i. Menu-driven display with pushbutton navigation ii. Real-time clock (time and date) iii. Alarm history with time and date stamp iv. Memory with battery backup 13. The UPS shall have metering with the following parameters shall be displayed: i. Input AC voltage line-to-line ii. Input AC current for each phase iii. Input frequency iv. Battery voltage v. Battery charge/discharge current vi. Output AC voltage line-to-line vii. Output AC current for each phase viii. Output frequency ix. Apparent power
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 183 Rev. Date 06/25/19
x. Active power xi. Battery time left during battery operation 14. The UPS shall have the following alarm messages displayed: i. Mains Voltage Abnormal ii. Mains Undervoltage iii. Mains Freq. Abnormal iv. Charger Fault v. Battery Reversed vi. No Battery vii. Control Power 1 Fail viii. Parallel Comm. Fail ix. Bypass Unable To Track x. Bypass Abnormal xi. Inverter Asynchronous xii. Fan Fault xiii. Control Power 2 Fail xiv. Unit Over Load xv. System Over Load xvi. Bypass Phase Reversed xvii. Transfer Time-Out xviii. Load Sharing Fault xix. Bypass Over Current xx. Output Ground Fault 15. The following UPS status messages shall be displayed: i. Rectifier (Off / Soft Start / Main Input On / Battery Input On) ii. Input Supply (Normal Mode / Battery Mode / All Off) iii. Battery Self Test (True / False) iv. Input Disconnect (Open / Closed) v. EPO (True / False) vi. Charger (On / Off) vii. Output Disconnect (Open / Closed) viii. Maint. Disconnect (Open / Closed)
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 184 Rev. Date 06/25/19
ix. Bypass Disconnect (Open / Closed) x. Inverter (Off / Soft Start / On) xi. Bypass (Normal / Unable To Trace / Abnormal) xii. Output Supply (All Off / Bypass Mode / Inverter Mode / Output Disable) xiii. Inverter On (Enable / Disable)
16. UPS startup, shutdown and static bypass operations shall be accomplished through pushbutton controls on the front panel. Menu-driven user prompts shall be provided to guide the operator through system operation without the use of additional manuals. Pushbuttons shall be provided to display the status of the UPS and to test and reset visual and audible alarms. A mimic screen shall be available on the LCD to depict a single-line diagram of the UPS with switch positions and power flow.
17. The UPS shall be provided with a menu-driven On-Line Battery Test feature. The test shall ensure the capability of the battery to supply power to the inverter while the load is supplied power in the normal mode.
18. A static transfer switch and bypass circuit shall be provided as an integral part of the UPS with the following requirement: i. The static switch shall be a naturally commutated high-speed static (SCR-type) device rated to conduct full load current continuously. The switch shall have an overload rating to clear a 20-ampere load branch circuit breaker. ii. The static transfer switch control logic shall contain an automatic transfer control circuit that senses the status of the inverter logic signals and operating and alarm conditions. This control circuit shall provide an uninterrupted transfer of the load to an alternate bypass source without exceeding the transient limits specified herein, when an overload or malfunction occurs within the UPS or to bypass the UPS for maintenance. iii. The transfer control logic shall automatically turn on the static transfer switch, transferring the critical AC load to the bypass source, after the transfer logic senses any of the following conditions: a. Inverter overload capacity exceeded b. Critical AC load overvoltage or undervoltage c. UPS fault condition iv. The transfer control logic shall inhibit an automatic transfer of the critical load to the bypass source if any of the following conditions are present: a. Bypass frequency out of limits b. Bypass out-of-synchronization range with inverter output
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 185 Rev. Date 06/25/19
v. Retransfer of the critical AC load from the bypass source to the inverter output shall be automatically initiated unless inhibited by manual control. The transfer control logic shall inhibit an automatic retransfer of the critical load to the inverter if one of the following conditions exists: a. Bypass out of synchronization range with inverter output b. Inverter/bypass voltage difference exceeding preset limits c. Overload condition exists in excess of inverter full load rating d. UPS fault condition present 19. The UPS battery power pack shall include valve-regulated, lead-acid battery cells housed in a separate cabinet that matches the UPS cabinet styling to form an integral system lineup. Battery cells shall be mounted on slide-out trays for ease of maintenance. A battery disconnect circuit breaker shall be included for isolation of the battery pack from the UPS module. Casters and leveling feet shall also be provided with the battery power pack cabinet for ease of installation. When the application calls for the battery cabinet to be bolted to the UPS cabinet, an interconnecting cable kit will be available, precut and pre-lugged.
Uninterruptable Power Supply The Uninterruptable Power Supply at the CCO Shop in Room 425 shall be Schneider Electric APC Smart-UPS VT model SUVTR30KG4B5S rack mounted 30KVA 480V in, 208 out w/4 batter modules w/ PDU & startup or approved equal.
1. The UPS shall have the following design requirements: i. The UPS shall be sized for 30 kVA and 24 kW load. ii. The UPS battery shall be sized for 20 minutes at 45 KVA, unity power factor. 2. The UPS shall have the following characteristics: i. System Capacity: The system shall be rated for 30kVA /24kW. ii. Input: a. AC Input Nominal Voltage: 480V, 3 phase 3 wire plus ground, 60Hz. b. AC Input Voltage Window: +/-15% of nominal (while providing nominal charging to the battery system). c. Short Circuit Withstand Rating: 30,000 Symmetrical Amperes d. Maximum Frequency Range: 40-70Hz e. Input Power Factor: 0.98 for loads greater than 50% f. Input Current Distortion with no additional filters: < 5% at 100% load g. Soft-Start: Shall be linear from 0-100% input current and shall not exhibit inrush. This shall take place over a 15 second time period when transferring from battery operation to mains operation
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 186 Rev. Date 06/25/19
iii. UPS Output: a. AC Output Nominal Output: 208V, 3 Phase, 4 wire plus ground, 60 Hz. b. AC Output Voltage Regulation: +/- 1% For 100 % Linear or Nonlinear Load, +/- 5% maximum for 100% linear load step c. Voltage Transient Recovery within <50 milliseconds d. Output Voltage Harmonic Distortion: <2% THD maximum for a 100% linear load <5% THD maximum for a 100% non-linear load e. Phase Angle Displacement: 120 degrees +/- 1 degree for balanced load 120 degrees +/- 1 degrees for 50% imbalanced load 120 degrees +/- 3 degrees for 100% imbalanced load f. Overload Rating: Normal Operation: - 150% for 30 seconds - 100% continuous g. Bypass Operation: 110% continuous h. System AC-AC Efficiency: >98% for loads higher than 50% of rated system capacity i. Output Power Factor Rating: .5 leading to .5 lagging. iv. Environmental a. Storage Ambient Temperature: -58 degrees F to 122 degrees F (-50 degrees C to 50 degrees C). b. Operating Ambient Temperature: +32 degrees F to 104 degrees F (0 degrees C to 40 degrees C). (77 degrees F is ideal for most battery types). c. Relative Humidity: 0 to 95% Non-condensing d. Altitude: Maximum installation with no derating of the UPS output shall be 3280 feet (1000m) above sea level. At higher altitudes the following derating shall apply: 1500 m derating factor of .95 2000 m derating factor of .91 2500 m derating factor of .86 e. Audible Noise: The UPS shall not produce audible noise at a distance of 1m (39”) in excess of the following:
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 187 Rev. Date 06/25/19
20-30kVA 67dBA v. Input Power Converter a. The input power converters of the system shall constantly control the power imported from the mains input of the system, to provide the necessary UPS power for precise regulation of the DC bus voltage, battery charging, and Main Inverter regulated output power.. b. Input Current Total Harmonic Distortion: The input current THDI shall be held to 5% or less at full system, while providing conditioned power to the critical load bus, and charging the batteries under steady- state operating conditions. This shall be true while supporting loads of both a linear or non-linear type. This shall be accomplished with no additional filters, magnetic devices, or other components. c. Soft-Start Operation: As a standard feature, the UPS shall contain soft-start functionality, capable of limiting the input current from 0- 100% of the nominal input over a default 15 second period, when returning to the AC utility source from battery operation. The change in current over the change in time shall take place in a linear manner throughout the entire operation. (di/dt= constant) d. Magnetization Inrush Current: The UPS shall exhibit 0 inrush current as a standard product. If provided with an optional isolation transformer, inrush shall be limited to 6 times the nominal input current of the transformer. e. Input Current Limit: The system input current limit, shall be designed to provide 100% load will fully charging the batteries at 10% of the system rating. The system shall be capable of this with up to a +/-15% variation of the nominal input voltage. f. Charging: The battery charging shall keep the DC bus float voltage of +/- 220v, +/-1% The battery charging circuit shall contain a temperature compensation circuit, which will regulate the battery charging to optimize battery life. The battery charging circuit shall remain active when in Static Bypass and in Normal Operation. Battery Charge Current Limit: The UPS shall be capable of limiting the energy sourced from the mains for purposes of battery charging. As a default setting, the battery charge energy will be set to 100% of its nominal value. When signaled by a dry contact, (such as from an emergency generator) the UPS
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 188 Rev. Date 06/25/19
shall be capable of limiting the battery charge energy taken from the mains. This shall take place in user selectable increments of 75%, 50%, 25%, 10% and 0% of the nominal charge power. The selection shall be made from the UPS front panel display/control unit. g. Back-feed Protection: The logic controlled input contactor shall provide the back-feed protection required by UL1778. vi. Output Inverter a. The UPS output inverter shall constantly recreate the UPS output voltage waveform by converting the DC bus voltage to AC voltage through a set of IGBT driven power converters. In both normal operation and battery operation, the output inverters shall create an output voltage independent of the mains input voltage. Input voltage anomalies such as brown-outs, spikes, surges, sags, and outages shall not affect the amplitude or sinusoidal nature of the recreated output voltage sine wave of the output inverters. b. Overload Capability: Steady-state overload conditions of up to 150% of system capacity shall be sustained by the inverter for 30 seconds in normal and battery operation. Overloads of 125% shall be sustainable by the inverter for up to 60 seconds. Should overloads persist past the time limitation, the critical load will be switched to the automatic static bypass output of the UPS. c. Output Contactor: The output inverter shall be provided with an output mechanical contactor to provide physical isolation of the inverter from the critical bus. With this feature a failed inverter shall be removed from the critical bus. d. Battery Protection: The inverter shall be provided with monitoring and control circuits to limit the level of discharge on the battery system. vii. Static Bypass a. As part of the UPS, a system static bypass switch shall be provided. The system static bypass shall provide no break transfer of the critical load from the Inverter output to the static bypass input source during times where maintenance is required or the inverter can not support the critical bus. Such times may be due to prolonged or severe overloads or UPS failure. b. The design of the static switch power path shall consist of Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCR) with a continuous duty rating of 110% of the UPS output rating. c. Automatic Transfers: An automatic transfer of load to static bypass shall take place whenever the load on the critical bus exceeds the
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 189 Rev. Date 06/25/19
overload rating of the UPS. Automatic transfers of the critical load from static bypass back to normal operation shall take place when the overload condition is removed from the critical bus output of the system. Automatic transfers of load to static bypass shall also take place if for any reason the UPS cannot support the critical bus. d. Manual Transfers: Manually initiated transfers to and from static bypass shall be initiated through the UPS display interface. e. Overloads: The static bypass shall be rated and capable of handling overloads equal to or less than 110% of the rated system output continuously. For instantaneous overloads caused by inrush current from magnetic devices or short circuit conditions, the static bypass shall be capable of sustaining overloads of 800% of system capacity for periods of up to 500 milliseconds. f. System Protection: As a requirement of UL1778, back-feed protection in the static bypass circuit shall also be incorporated in the system design. To achieve back-feed protection, a mechanical contactor in series with the bypass SCR(s) shall be controlled by the UPS/static switch, to open immediately upon sensing a condition where back- feeding of the static switch by any source connected to the critical output bus of the system is occurring. One such condition could be a result of a shorted SCR. g. Dual Feed: For purposes of increased reliability, the static bypass shall be capable of being fed from a separate feed from the input power converter. viii. Display and Controls a. Display Unit: A microprocessor controlled display unit shall be located on the front of the system. The display shall consist of an alphanumeric display with backlight, an alarm LED, and a keypad consisting of pushbutton switches. b. Metered Data: The following metered data, shall be available on the alphanumeric display: Year, Month, Day, Hour, Minute, Second of occurring events Source Input Voltage Output AC voltage Output AC current Input Frequency Battery voltage Highest Internal Battery temperature
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 190 Rev. Date 06/25/19
c. Event log: The display unit shall allow the user to display a time and date stamped log of the 64 most recent status and alarm events. d. Alarms: The display unit shall allow the user to display a log of all active alarms. The following minimum set of alarm conditions shall be available: Static bypass switch on EPO Active Mechanical bypass activated External bypass switch (Q3) activated Battery discharged Return from low battery Low battery Load not powered from UPS UPS in bypass Runtime calibration aborted Runtime calibration started Runtime calibration complete Battery self test aborted Battery self test started Battery self test completed Number of battery modules decreased Number of battery modules increased Fan fault SBS fault System not in sync. Bypass not available, frequency/voltage out of range Mains voltage/frequency out of range Site wiring fault Low battery voltage shut down XR battery breaker or fuse open Defective battery detected
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 191 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Runtime is below alarm threshold Load is above alarm threshold Battery over-voltage warning Battery over-temperature warning Emergency power supply fault Output overloaded e. Controls: The following controls or programming functions shall be accomplished by use of the display unit. Pushbutton membrane switches shall facilitate these operations. Silence audible Alarm Set the alphanumeric display language Display or set the date and time Enable or disable the automatic restart feature Transfer critical load to and from static bypass Test battery condition on demand Set intervals for automatic battery tests Adjust set points for different alarms Program the parameters for remote shutdown. f. Front Panel Interface: The following shall make up the UPS front panel user interface. Indicating LED’s - Load On - When Green, this LED indicates the load is being supported by the UPS output - On Battery - When Yellow, this LED indicates the UPS is running from Battery power - Bypass - When Yellow, this LED indicates the load is being supported by static bypass/mechanical bypass - Fault - When Red, this LED indicates there is a fault condition present in the UPS. Push Button User Controls - Up Arrow - Down Arrow - Help Key - Escape Key - Enter Key
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 192 Rev. Date 06/25/19
g. Potential Free (Dry) Contacts The following potential free contacts shall be available on an optional relay interface board (AP9610 or equivalent). (Note: This may require the use of an external chassis if used in conjunction with web based management or other “smart slot” type devices): a. Normal Operation b. Battery Operation c. Bypass Operation d. Common Fault e. Low Battery f. UPS Off h. Communication Interface: For purposes of remote communications with the UPS the following shall be available and contained within the UPS on a removable, “hot swappable” “smart slot” interface card: RJ-45 Interface port for remote communications with a network via web browser or SNMP, or APC InfraStruXure Manager. Environmental monitoring feature, capable of locally monitoring temperature and humidity as well as one additional generic set of user determined dry contacts capable of taking an input signal from any APC or third party on/off signal, such as water detection, smoke detection, motion, or fire detection. ix. Battery a. The UPS battery shall be of modular construction made up of user replaceable, hot swappable, fused, battery modules. Each battery module shall be monitored for voltage and temperature for use by the UPS battery diagnostic, and temperature compensated charger circuitry. b. The battery jars housed within each removable battery module shall be of the Valve Regulated Lead Acid (VRLA) type. x. Rack Mount Power Distribution Units a. For purposes of distributing power within an IT enclosure, rack mount power distribution units shall be available. The rack mount power distribution units shall be capable of being installed in the back of the accompanying enclosure. b. Output Connections - The output of the Rack Mount PDU shall be fed from 208Y120Volts, and shall be distributed to receptacles capable of supplying power to cord connected equipment. xi. Rack Mount Transfer Switches
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 193 Rev. Date 06/25/19
a. For purposes of providing redundancy (to single corded loads) as far as the equipment rack, and the load itself, 1U rack mount transfer switches shall be available. Rack mount transfer switches shall be capable of switching a combination of single-phase and three-phase loads up to 5.7kW. The Rack Mount Transfer Switch shall be designed to be fed from a 3 pole 20A circuit breaker via a NEMA L21-20 receptacle or cord cap. xii. Enclosure a. The Enclosure shall be designed to provide a secure, managed environment for computer and networking equipment. b. The Enclosure shall conform to EIA-310 Standard for Cabinets, Racks, Panel and Associated Equipment and accommodate industry standard 19” rack mount equipment. c. The Enclosure shall be designed with four (4) vertical posts to allow rack mount equipment installation utilizing four (4) vertical mounting rails. d. The Enclosure shall be available with a vertical equipment mounting space of 25U, 42U or 47U. (1U=1.75” or 44.45mm) e. A four-post open frame configuration shall be available with 42U vertical equipment mounting space. f. External Width Dimensions shall be 597mm (23.5”) for 19” rack enclosures, and 747mm (29.4”) for 23” rack enclosure. g. External Depth Dimensions shall be 900mm (35.4”) or 1070mm (42.2”) h. Rack enclosures of a 42U design shall have a maximum external height of 2070mm (81.5”) to allow passage through a standard 7ft. (84”) doorway without tipping. i. Rack enclosure shall support a dynamic load (rolling on castors) of 909kG (2000 lbs.) total weight. j. Rack enclosure shall also be designed and manufactured to be matching in both color and construction to the UPS, PDU/System bypass and extended runtime battery enclosures to provide a uniform and consistent appearance in a datacenter environment k. The enclosure shall provide [25U] [42U] [47U] of equipment vertical mounting space. l. The vertical mounting rails shall be adjustable to allow different mounting depths. m. Front and rear doors of the enclosure shall be designed with quick release hinges allowing for easy detachment without the use of tools.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 194 Rev. Date 06/25/19
n. Floor Anchor brackets shall be available to solidly connect UPS and Battery Enclosure to minimize unintended moving of the equipment. o. Seismic rated floor stands shall be available to take the place of supporting the system on a raised floor environment. Floor Stands shall be available in custom heights to maintain a flush mount installation adjacent to the raised floor, and shall be designed in accordance to the equipment weight and contact points. xiii. SOFTWARE AND CONNECTIVITY a. Network Adaptor: The Ethernet Web/SNMP Adaptor shall allow one or more network management systems (NMS) to monitor and manage the UPS in TCP/IP network environments. The management information base (MIB) shall be provided in DOS and UNIX "tar" formats. The SNMP interface adaptor shall be connected to the UPS via the RS232 serial port on the standard communication interface board. b. Unattended Shutdown The System, in conjunction with a network interface card, shall be capable of gracefully shutting down one or more operating systems during when the UPS is on reserve mode. The System shall also be capable of using an RS232 port to communicate by means of serial communications to gracefully shut down one or more operating systems during an on battery situation. xiv. REMOTE SYSTEM MONITORING a. The following three methods of remote UPS monitoring shall be available: Web Monitoring: Remote monitoring shall be available via a web browser such as Internet Explorer. RS232 Monitoring: Remote UPS monitoring shall be possible via either RS232 or contact closure signals from the UPS. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP): Remote UPS Monitoring shall be possible through a standard MIB II compliant platform.
3. A 40”x42”x4” precast concrete equipment pad shall be installed beneath the UPS cabinet in Room 425 of the CCO Shop. The purpose of this pad is to ensure the floor’s designed live load is not exceeded. The precast concrete pad shall conform to the following:
i. The Contractor shall submit product data and calculations to support this measure.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 195 Rev. Date 06/25/19
ii. The Contractor shall design and submit to the Engineer a concrete mix design which shall attain a minimum 28-day strength of 4000 psi. iii. Reinforcing Bars shall conform to ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. Plain-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A 185/A 185M.
Construction Method:
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and product data to the Engineer for approval prior to supplying this item. Wiring practices, materials and coding shall be in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code, OSHA and applicable local codes and standards. All bolted connections of busbars, lugs and cables shall be in accordance with requirements of the National Electrical Code and other applicable standards. All electrical power connections shall be torqued to the required value and marked with a visual indicator.
Provisions shall be made in the cabinets to permit installation of input, output and external control cabling, using raceway or conduit. Provision shall be made for top and bottom access to input, output, bypass and DC connections. In conformance with NEC, connection cabinets shall provide for adequate wire bend radius. All copper busbars for customer power connections shall be tin plated for connection integrity.
The UPS shall be in NEMA Type 1 enclosures, designed for floor mounting. The UPS shall be structurally adequate and have provisions for hoisting, jacking and forklift handling. Maximum cabinet height shall be 78.7 in. (2000mm).
To install the UPS in Room 425 of the CCO Shop, modifications to the layout of existing electrical equipment will be required. The existing equipment which is to be relocated within Room 425 includes (but is not limited to): (1) floor mounted transformer (2) mechanical control devices (1) SC-8 Disconnect switch Miscellaneous conduits, control/power cables and mounting assemblies/brackets
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. At a minimum, the following tests shall be included: verification of proper installation of equipment per approved drawings and manufacturer recommendations, verification of all fiber cables are installed, verification of all port and cable labeling. Any tests recommended by the manufacturer shall also be included.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 196 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Method of Measurement:
“UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY UPS - 45KVA (Security Node House)” shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” unit installed, tested, and accepted.
“UNINTERRUPTABLE POWER SUPPLY UPS (30KVA) (CCO Shop Electrical Room-425)” shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” unit installed, tested, and accepted, including the fabrication and installation of the UPS Equipment Floor Pad and the relocation of all existing electrical equipment as directed in the plans and in this specification.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Uninterruptable Power Supply – 45KVA Ea. Uninterruptable Power Supply (30KVA) Ea.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100470A 0300-0202 197 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #0100787A – FIRESTOPPING
Description:
This work shall consist of maintaining indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceiling and floors at raceway and cable penetrations. The work shall be coordinated with materials under other items furnished by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the installation requirements of firestopping provided in other sections.
Materials:
A. FIRESTOPPING 1. Manufacturers a. Provide products manufactured by Bio Fireshield, Inc. (978-369-7700) and Hilti Inc. (800-879-6000) or approved equal.
2. Firestop Sealant And Putty a. Provide single component, non-combustible silicone elastomer firestop sealant, Biotherm "100" (Gun Grade) or Biotherm "200" (Self Leveling), or water based intumescent sealant, Biostop “500” or Hilti FS One Elastomeric Firestop Sealant or approved equal. b. Sealant shall have U.L. Classification as a "fill, void, or cavity material" for through penetration firestop system when tested in accordance with ASTM E-814/UL1479.
3. Cementitious Firestop Mortar a. Provide cementitious firestop mortar Novasit K-10 or Hilti FS-635 Trowelable Firestop Compound or approved equal. b. Firestop mortar shall have U.L. Classification as a "fill, void, or cavity material" for through penetration firestop system when tested in accordance with ASTM/UL1479. c. Cementitious mortar shall be asbestos free.
4. Firestop Pillows a. Provide Bio Fireshield Firestop Pillows or Hilti FS-657 Fire Block or approved equal. b. Firestop pillows shall have UL Classification as "fill, void, or cavity material" for through penetration firestop system when tested in accordance with ASTM E- 814/UL1479.
5. Intumescent Wrap Strips a. Provide Bio Firestop Biostop Wrap Strip or approved equal.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100787A 0300-0202 198 Rev. Date 06/10/19
6. Compressible Filler - (Fire Safing) a. Compressible Filler Safing Insulation: Provide material tested, listed and labeled by UL and listed by UL in designs similar to applications indicated. Provide semi-rigid, non-asbestos mineral fiberboard, rated non-combustible when tested according to ASTM E184, complying with FS HH-I-558B form A, and having the following characteristics: (1) K-Value: 0.25 at 75°F. (2) Thickness: 4", unless indicated otherwise, and not less than the thickness necessary to obtain required fire-rating. (3) Density: Nominal 4 lbs/ft3. (4) Acceptable Products: Provide Thermafiber safing insulation as manufactured by US Gypsum Company, Safing Insulation as manufactured by Fibrex, Inc., Roxul Safe moisture resistant mineral wool insulation as manufactured by Insulation Distributors Corporation, or approved equal to suit conditions and to comply with fire resistance and firestop manufacturer's recommendations.
7. Instumescent Pad For Electrical Box a. Provide Bio Fireshield™ LECTRA-STOP™ or approved equal.
8. Intumescent Gasket For Electrical Boxes a. Provide Bio Fireshield™ Firestop Gasket or approved equal.
Construction Methods:
A. FIRESTOPPING 1. Inspection a. Examine the areas and conditions where firestops are to be installed and notify the Designer of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2. Preparation a. Surface to receive firestops shall be free of dirt, dust, grease, oil, form release agents, or other matter that would impair the bond of the firestop material to the substrate or penetrating item(s). b. Voids and cracks in substrate shall be filled and unnecessary projection removed prior to installation of firestops. c. All penetrating items shall be permanently installed prior to firestop installation. d. Substrate shall be frost, free and, when applicable, dry.
3. Installation a. General: (1) Installation of firestops shall be performed by applicators/installers qualified and trained by the manufacturer. Installation shall be performed in strict accordance with manufacturer's detailed installation procedures.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100787A 0300-0202 199 Rev. Date 06/10/19
(2) Apply firestops in accordance with fire test reports, fire resistance requirements, acceptable sample installations, and manufacturer's recommendations. Meet building code requirements. (3) Coordinate with plumbing, mechanical, electrical, and other trades to assure that all pipe, conduit, cable, and other items which penetrate fire rated construction have been permanently installed prior to installation of firestops, schedule and sequence the work to assure that partitions and other construction which would conceal penetrations are not erected prior to the installation of firestops. b. Dam Construction: (1) Install dams when required to properly contain firestopping materials within openings and as required to achieve required fire resistance rating. Combustible damming material must be removed after appropriate curing. Incombustible damming material may be left as a permanent component of the firestop system. (2) Placement of dams shall not interfere with function or adversely affect the appearance of adjacent construction. c. Installation of Single Component Silicone Firestop or Water Based Intumescent Firestop Caulk: (1) Apply with manual or powered caulking gun. (2) Apply to total thickness required per applicable UL system to equal fire resistance rating of assembly being penetrated. Apply to both sides of wall penetrations; one side only in floor penetrations. (3) Use incombustible insulation as required to achieve fire resistance rating. (4) Surface of gun grade silicone firestop may be tooled using clean, potable water. (5) Clean excess material off of adjacent surfaces and tools within 10 minutes using either water or Xylol where the use of such would not be hazardous. d. Installation of Cementitious Firestop Mortar: (1) Add dry powder to water and mix with mechanical mixer or hand mixing tools. Add one 44 lb. bag mortar mix to 2.5 gallons (+ .5 gallons) or clean, potable water. Average mixing time is 3 minutes. Average wet density is 70 PCF + 5 PCF. (2) Do not apply if ambient or substrate temperature is less than 35°F during 24 hours after application. (3) Wet all surfaces prior to application of firestop mortar. (4) Mortar may be hand applied or pumped into the opening. (5) Exposed surfaces shall be finished using conventional plastering tools prior to curing. (6) When installation around layered cables, it is recommended to increase the fluidity of the firestop mortar to provide a better fill around the cables. Vibrate or move the cables slightly to prevent voids from forming between the cables. (7) Allow 48 hours for initial cure prior to form removal. For full cure allow 27 days. (8) Wet material may be cleaned with water. Dry material may require scraping or chipping. e. Firesafing Insulation: (1) Install firestopping safing insulation on safing clips spaced as needed between each stud and floor slab, leaving no voids. Secure safing clips to slab using fasteners
0300-0202 ITEM #0100787A 0300-0202 200 Rev. Date 06/10/19
recommended by insulation manufacturer. Install sealant over mineral wool in accordance with test requirements. (2) At construction joints (perimeter openings) between floor or roof construction and aluminum wall system in which a continuous horizontal mullion does not occur at the floor or roof line, install U.S. Gypsum Glass Curtain Wall Fire Containment System or approved equal, Test CEG 1-16-90 in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. f. Installation of firestopping sealant at head of wall construction joints: (1) Apply Bio Fireshield Biostop 500 Firestop Caulk and Mineral wool filler or approved equal in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install fiberglass backer insulation full depth of partitions. (2) Similar systems produced by other specified manufacturers may be used providing such systems comply with all criteria required for such application, including firestop caulk to be free of lead, ethylene glycol, methylene chloride, ceramic fiber and asbestos, and firestop material must remain flexible when fully cured. g. Installation of intumescent pad for electrical boxes: (1) Make sure rear surface is clean, dry and not contaminated. Remove protective paper from tape and stick pad to inside back wall of electrical box. Center pad from top and bottom of box. Install switch, or outlet. Use the small pad for a single box (2" x 4"), and one large pad for maximum 4" x 4" box. Make sure installation complies with NEC 370-16 or other applicable codes. h. Installation of intumescent gasket for electrical boxes: (1) Place aluminum foil side of Bio Fireshield™ Firestop Gasket or approved equal against inside of electrical face plate. Do not remove any material, film or foil from Bio Fireshield™ Firestop Gasket. Install face plate with Bio Fireshield™ Firestop Gasket over switch or receptacle and secure face plate with screws. i. Installation of Control Joint Fire Strip: (1) Install BIOSTOP™ Joint Strip or approved equal along with any normal backer rod, cover it with approved architectural caulk or sealant to provide a fire rated control joint.
4. Field Quality Control a. Testing: The Department reserves the right to employ an independent testing agency to conduct material evaluation and application tests. The Contractor shall cooperate fully and, when requested, permit samples of materials to be taken from containers as the materials are applied to building surfaces. b. Cost of Testing: If tests indicate that materials or work does not comply with requirements, the Contractor shall pay for tests performed, all retesting, and shall remove and replace non-complying work.
5. Cleaning, And Protection a. Finished surfaces adjacent to firestops shall be cleaned of excess sealant materials. Remove all excess materials and discarded packaging from the building. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned.
0300-0202 ITEM #0100787A 0300-0202 201 Rev. Date 06/10/19
b. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections as necessary immediately before final acceptance.
Method of Measurement:
“Firestopping” will be measured on a lump sum basis which will include all required furnishing, shipping, installing, testing, and all associated materials for a complete and functional installation.
Basis of Payment:
This work shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price for "Firestopping," which shall include all transportation, material, equipment, tools, and labor incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Firestopping Lump Sum
0300-0202 ITEM #0100787A 0300-0202 202 Rev. Date 07/08/19
ITEM #0150641A – 1” EMT ITEM #0150642A – 2” EMT
Description:
This work shall consist of furnishing and installing new Electrical Metal Tubing raceway system of the specified size with hangers and supports, fittings and hardware, installation of outlets, pulling of cables as indicated on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
General:
The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not adversely affect the circuits inside.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect wire sizing and/or conduit fill. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed.
Materials:
EMT:
Subject to compliance with requirements, products of all manufacturers are acceptable provided they have a smooth interior, are UL listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70 for the intended location and application and are hot-galvanized steel. Conduit and fittings shall be obtained from the same manufacturer. EMT conduit shall meet ANSI C80.3, UL 797 standards.
Fittings for Conduit shall comply with NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Conduit Fittings for types of installations shall comply with UL 886. 2. Fittings for EMT: Galvanized steel, set-screw or compression type.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150641A 0300-0202 203 Rev. Date 07/08/19
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS:
1. Power Raceway Identification Materials a. Comply with ANSI A13.1 for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway size. b. Colors for Raceways Carrying Circuits at 600 V or Less: (1) Black letters on an orange field (2) Legend: Indicate voltage and service. c. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch, with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener.
2. Conductor Identification Materials a. Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Colored, self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide. b. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeve, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.
Product Data:
Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Construction Methods:
The Contractor shall adhere to all provisions of the Connecticut DOT Form 817 Standard Specifications. a. Comply with NECA 1. b. All electrical components shall be installed per requirements of NFPA 70, NFPA 70E, and other codes identified in the Contract Documents. c. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items. d. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements. e. Follow all manufacturer instructions and recommendations.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
1. Application a. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this Section are stricter. b. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for RMC and EMT as shown on the Contract Plans and as required in NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/2 inch in diameter.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150641A 0300-0202 204 Rev. Date 07/08/19
c. Multiple Raceways or Cables: Install trapeze-type supports fabricated with steel slotted support system, sized so capacity can be increased by at least 20 percent in future without exceeding specified design load limits. 1) Secure raceways and cables to these supports with single-bolt conduit clamps using spring friction action for retention in support channel. d. Spring-steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for 1-1/2 inch and smaller raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to trapeze supports.
2. Support Installation a. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article. b. Raceway Support Methods: In addition to methods described in NECA 1, RMC may be supported by openings through structure members, as permitted in NFPA 70. c. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. d. Drill holes for anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars.
Method of Measurement:
The work shall be measured for payment by the actual number of “linear feet” of conduit and fittings installed and accepted in place. Measurement shall be along the centerline of the conduit.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for “EMT size specified” furnished and installed, which price shall include the cost of all material, labor, equipment, and all incidentals to complete the work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
1” EMT LF 2” EMT LF
0300-0202 ITEM #0150641A 0300-0202 205 Rev. Date 06/25/19
ITEM #0150660A – VIDEO WALL SYSTEM
ITEM #0150661A – VIDEO DECODING WORKSTATIONS
ITEM #0150662A – CONSOLE WORKSTATIONS
ITEM #0150663A – VIDEO DECODER
ITEM #0150670A – CONSOLE WORKSTATION SOFTWARE LICENSES
Description:
A new command center shall be installed and outfitted at the CCO Shop in Room 442A. This command center shall have a video wall system (consisting of eighteen (18) 55” monitors), four console workstations (with 24” monitors each), and two separate console workstations and 65” monitor for the conference area. The Contractor shall furnish, install, integrate, and test this system.
The System provides displaying, monitoring and control of the VMS and CCTV cameras installed on the New Haven Line under Phase 1 thru Phase 3 (and future expansion) and the Hartford Line Stations (Berlin, Meriden, Wallingford Stations and future Hartford/Shore Line East) as specified herein, and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. The System shall comprise of, but not be limited to:
1. Displaying, Monitoring and control
2. Networked capability for remote monitoring and control
The System shall include the following: hardware and software licenses, management software, prerequisite software, cabinet, video wall workstations, video wall monitors, console desks, chairs, client workstations and related software, and all brackets, conduits, fittings, cables, connectors, HDMI/DVI/DisplayPort conversion adapters, display controllers, wires, and ancillary equipment required for a fully functioning system described herein. Contractor shall include any other required equipment for a complete and operating system not included in this list. The system shall provide scalability and future expansion capability.
Currently there are two CCTV NVR/VMS systems in use. The New Haven Line (Phase 1 thru Phase 3) utilizes Verint VMS and the Hartford Line stations utilize Pelco VideoXpert Enterprise System. The video wall shall be split into two portions: twelve monitors shall be dedicated to viewing the New Haven Line and six monitors shall be dedicated to viewing the Hartford stations. The conference area 65” video monitor shall be provided with two video workstations (one New Haven Line and one Hartford Line). A two-port KVM switch shall be provided to connect the monitor to the two workstations.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 206 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Contractor shall relocate an existing Pelco CCTV workstation in CCO Shop Room 442B to Room 442A.
This specification covers the Video Wall System (including the Monitors and Workstations) and the Console Workstation computers that will all be integrated with each other to provide a complete system. The locations where the Contractor shall install the equipment for the Video Wall System and the Console Workstations shall be as shown in the Plans.
The Contractor shall retain the services of a System Integrator to perform the integration necessary for the installation and configuration of the Verint and Pelco Client Viewing software. 1. The Contractor shall utilize qualified, certified, and licensed personnel with experience in design of integrated security systems from Verint and Pelco. Prior to commencement of Work, the Contractor shall submit evidence of personnel having recent certifications for the system. 2. Systems Integrator and Installer shall demonstrate a minimum of 7 years of continuous experience and technical expertise in performing contracts comparable in size and complexity, and whose installation and integration work was performed skillfully in a satisfactory manner and on time. 3. The Systems Integrator shall be of established reputation and experience in the field of Video Surveillance Systems and shall be certified by the manufacturers of the proposed equipment to install, service, and maintain each manufacturer’s equipment.
Separate integrators may be required for the various systems. The contractor is responsible for coordination between them.
Requirements set forth in this Section shall apply to all Command Center System components (video wall monitors, video wall workstations, console workstations, etc.) working as a complete system.
Console Workstation Licenses:
The Contractor shall supply the following items of workstation licenses to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for expansion of the existing CCTV system. These items only shall be paid under Item #0150670A – CONSOLE WORKSTATION LICENSES. All system configuration, other hardware, and other software required for the CCTV workstations shall be paid under Item #0150662A – CONSOLE WORKSTATION.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 207 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Verint Part Number Description VMS-1RV-S Five (5) Review/Smart Client License Gold Level Maintenance for each review/smart client license furnished under this contract through 12/31/2022.
Video Wall System:
Codes, Standards and Specifications:
A. All items furnished and installed under this Specification shall comply with the latest edition of applicable codes, provisions and all applicable standards issued by the organizations referenced below. The following publications are incorporated herein by reference to the extent applicable: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. 2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards. 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standards. 5. Telcordia Technologies Standards: FR-2063 NEBS Family of Requirements (or equivalent standards, as applicable). 6. Department of Defense Design Criteria Standard: MIL-STD-1472F – Human Engineering
General Requirements:
A. The Contractor shall ensure the system provided meet all functional requirements specified. In general, the System shall consist of readily available, reliable, and proven hardware, software, and firmware elements, which fully comply with or exceed the requirements of this Section and the Contract Drawings. If the system does not meet a specific requirement, submit to the Engineer explanation and proposed alternative at least 60 days prior to the commencement of Factory Acceptance Testing or on the first production unit.
B. Provide all equipment required to provide a complete system, whether the equipment is specifically listed in the specification or not. The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of a completely functional turnkey system.
C. Unless otherwise specified on the Contract Drawings or in this Section, the System shall be manufactured and installed in compliance with NFPA 70, all local codes, and other publications referenced in the Section.
D. All system components, hardware, software, firmware, and equipment furnished under
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 208 Rev. Date 06/25/19
this contract shall conform to the following: 1. All hardware and software used shall be industry standard and conform to established open architecture standards, allowing for a distributed server architecture. This shall include the use of established programming languages, industry standard and general use database management system and operating systems. All hardware and software utilized shall be the latest commercially available version compatible with the existing systems. The System shall not require any proprietary hardware for video recording and monitoring. 2. All application software and firmware shall be a standard, commercially available, “off-the-shelf” product. 3. Hardware and software shall be scalable, allowing for additional servers, storage units, workstations, cameras, and associated software licenses to be connected without replacement of the System. The System shall allow for use of non- proprietary PC storage hardware that shall not limit the storage capacity and shall allow for gradual upgrades of the recording capacity.
E. Licenses, Support agreements, Training, Technical support services shall all reflect the new versions that are being upgraded during Phase 3 of the project.
Functional Requirements:
A. The video wall systems shall consist of eighteen 55” commercial-grade LED monitors and one 65” monitors for the conference area. The 55” monitor shall have full HD resolution (1920x1080 pixels minimum). The 65” monitor shall have ultra HD 4K resolution (3840x2160 pixels minimum). All monitors shall be designed for 24x7 usage.
B. Twelve of the monitors shall be dedicated to display the cameras on the Verint VMS system (New Haven Line). Six of the monitors shall be dedicated to display the cameras on the Pelco VMS system (Hartford Line). The 65” monitor shall be dedicated for the conference area shall be shared by both New Haven and Hartford Lines.
C. The video wall system shall be controlled by Video Decoding Workstations (New Haven Line) or Video Decoders (Hartford Line). Workstations/decoders shall have network connectivity to interface with the VMS and other console workstations in the room. The video wall system shall use local switches and shall be interconnected as shown in the plans.
D. The video workstations on the Verint System shall allow the console operators to display any cameras from the New Haven Line on any of the New Haven Line monitors.
E. The video workstations on the Pelco System shall allow the console operators to display any cameras from the Hartford Line on any of the Hartford Line monitors.
F. The console workstations shall be able to fully control and configure the displays of the
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 209 Rev. Date 06/25/19
video wall with the restriction noted in bullet B of this section.
G. All components of the video wall system shall be located in the CCO Shop Room 442A.
H. The video wall shall be configurable to different grid layouts as set by the Verint and Pelco’s video client software and the video controllers/workstations.
I. The video controller/workstation shall allow each physical screen to be partitioned into smaller screens or combined as a larger mosaic/virtual screen consists of multiple monitors.
J. The video wall shall be designed and implemented using modular concepts that provide for ease of expansion, modification and maintenance.
K. The video wall shall meet all legibility and viewing requirements across the entire wall for the operations personnel seated at any of the consoles. All images, brightness, and colors shall be selected and sized so they are sharp, discernible, consistent, and easily read from any viewing position.
L. The video wall shall provide sufficient light intensity through the selection and placement of appropriate graphics to present a display that is readily viewable and bright at each console. The brightness shall be uniform at each console for the entire vertical and horizontal viewing surface.
M. The video wall shall be designed to meet the image luminance and contrast requirements under the existing lighting conditions. All colors shall be visible within the designed room lighting. Displays shall also be viewable in normal room lighting.
N. The video wall shall not contain detectable jitter (random movement of more than two pixels); "color shift" based on viewing angle; or change in intensity or hue.
O. The Contractor shall provide all mounting and/or platform equipment necessary to securely hold the platform display in the proper position. All mounting shall be concealed behind the video monitors. All cables shall be concealed behind wall or approved means.
P. The Contractor shall provide all cables, connectors, mounting and supporting material necessary to connect and stabilize any element of the display systems.
Q. The display wall shall use a modular mounting system that allow adjustments or service to the individual display equipment from the front without impacting other displays. All mounting shall be hidden behind the monitors.
R. The video wall system, monitors, its components, network switches and all workstations in CCO Room 442A shall operate on 120 VAC.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 210 Rev. Date 06/25/19
S. The System shall maintain full functionality and be capable of operating within the environmental conditions encountered in the locations installed.
T. Submit all test procedures in accordance with the “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - Acceptance Testing”.
Submittals:
A. The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall survey the site, study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
B. Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation.
C. Submit the following for review and approval as required. 1. Product data for each product specified; samples as required. 2. Plans furnished by the manufacturer. 3. Drawings indicating all work including mounting, riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, and other details. 4. Tagging/labeling nomenclature and related product data. 5. Test procedures for all testing and product data for test equipment; forms to be used for test report; test schedule; certified copies of test results; notification of testing four weeks in advance. 6. Manufacturer’s Certification: Signed by the manufacturer certifying that they comply with the specifications requirements. Upon request submit evidence of experience. 7. Product Certification: Signed by manufacturer certifying that products comply with the specified requirements. 8. Installers Certificates: Signed by the Contractor, certifying that the installers comply with the specifications requirements. 9. Field testing organization certificates, signed by the Contractor, certifying that the organization complies with the specifications requirements. 10. User Manuals and System Documentation 11. Training plans and documentation.
D. Survey the CCO Room 442A and submit, concurrently with product data for the
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 211 Rev. Date 06/25/19
proposed communications room equipment cabinet, a drawing indicating the following: 1. Architectural plan of the room with dimensions, including elevations. 2. Locations of all existing (where applicable) and new works, including but not limited to, cabinets, racks, power plants, cables, cable ladders and conduits with sizes and types indicated. Provide existing and proposed locations as determined by field measurements. 3. A.C. and/or D.C. feeds to equipment cabinets with references to the source locations (A.C. panels, transfer panels). 4. Submit photographs of the Communications Room and CCO Room 442A for each survey.
E. The Contractor shall coordinate all network topology requirements with Metro-North. Submit a request for IP addresses for all devices to the Engineer in Excel format, or other approved format. Allow a minimum of thirty (30) days for a response.
Materials:
Video Decoding Workstations
A. Video Decoding Workstation shall be in current manufacturing production and meet or exceed the latest Verint VMS system manufacturer’s recommended specifications at the time of procurement and the following: 1. Intel® Core i7-8700K, 6 Core (12MB Cache, 3.7 GHz with HD Graphics 630) 2. 8GB DDR4 UDIMM Non-ECC RAM 3. 500 GB, 7,200 RPM, SATA hard drives 4. 10/100/1000 Ethernet communication port 5. (1) serial port, (4) USB ports 6. Dual Nvidia Quadro P620, 2Gb, 4 mDP 7. Manufactured by Dell 8. All hardware shall be compatible with the existing Verint Nextiva VMS Platform. 9. Verint Model number: Verint-HDR-PC
B. The video workstations shall be provided with Verint VMS HDR-PC software and integrated with the Verint Nextiva VMS Platform.
C. Number of workstations shown on the Plans are typical, and based on manufacturer recommendations. Contractor shall be responsible to furnish controllers to meet Contract requirements, including spare capacity, based on actual performance characteristics of the servers. In no case shall the number of servers be less than shown on the Plans.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 212 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Video Decoders
A. Video Decoder shall be in current manufacturing production and meet or exceed the latest Pelco VMS system manufacturer’s recommended specifications at the time of procurement and the following: 1. Intel® Core i7-7700T 2. 8GB DDR4 RAM 3. 256 GB Solid State Drive 4. 10/100/1000 Ethernet communication port 5. (1) serial port, (4) USB ports 6. Intel HD Graphic card 7. All hardware shall be compatible with the existing Pelco VideoXpert VMS Platform. 8. Pelco Model number: VX-A3-SDD
B. Number of decoders shown on the Plans are typical, and based on manufacturer recommendations. Contractor shall be responsible to furnish decoders to meet Contract requirements, including spare capacity, based on actual performance characteristics of the servers. In no case shall the number of servers be less than shown on the Plans.
Console CCTV Workstations (For Verint System)
A. Workstations shall be in current manufacturing production and meet or exceed the VMS manufacturer’s recommended specifications at the time of procurement and the following: 1. Intel® Core i7-8700K, 6 Core (12MB Cache, 3.7 GHz with HD Graphics 630) 2. 8GB DDR4 UDIMM Non-ECC RAM 3. Windows 10 Enterprise 4. 500 GB, 7,200 RPM, SATA hard drives 5. Two 10/100/1000 Ethernet communication ports 6. (1) serial port, (4) USB ports 7. Nvidia Quadro P620, 2Gb, 4 mDP 8. Manufactured by Dell 9. All hardware shall be compatible with the existing Verint Nextiva VMS Platform. 10. Model shall be the Verint Premium Workstation
B. Provide the workstation with Axis T-8311 joystick. Program the joystick to control cameras of the VMS system.
C. Only that software which is required for video review station functionality shall be provided on the CCTV workstation. Contractor shall prevent other devices, such as thumb drives, hard disks, external networks, etc. from connecting the CCTV workstation in accordance with direction from MNR. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 213 Rev. Date 06/25/19
configure any software required for use of the System. This includes, but is not limited to, operating systems, runtime files, antivirus software (approved by MNR), firewalls, additional media players, etc. All software shall be submitted and approved for use by MNR.
D. Provide a two-port KVM switch with the workstation for the 65” Video Monitor.
1. KVM switch shall support the maximum resolution of the monitor. 2. KVM switch port type shall be compatible with the monitor and the video workstations provided.
Console CCTV Workstations (For Pelco System)
A. Workstations shall be in current manufacturing production and meet or exceed the VMS manufacturer’s recommended specifications at the time of procurement and the following: 1. Intel® Core i7-8700K, 6 Core (12MB Cache, 3.7 GHz with HD Graphics 630) 2. 16GB DDR4 RAM 3. Windows 10 IOT Enterprise 4. 500 GB, 7,200 RPM, SATA hard drives 5. Two 10/100/1000 Ethernet communication ports 6. (1) serial port, (4) USB ports 7. Nvidia Quadro P620, 2Gb, 4 mDP 8. All hardware shall be compatible with the existing Pelco VMS Platform. 9. Pelco enhanced keyboard 10. Pelco Model Number: VX-WKS
B. Only that software which is required for video review station functionality shall be provided on the CCTV workstation. Contractor shall prevent other devices, such as thumb drives, hard disks, external networks, etc. from connecting the CCTV workstation in accordance with direction from CTDOT. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and configure any software required for use of the System. This includes, but is not limited to, operating systems, runtime files, antivirus software (approved by MNR), firewalls, additional media players, etc. All software shall be submitted and approved for use by CTDOT.
Video Wall Monitors (55”)
A. Contractor shall furnish and install video wall monitors and mounting system for the video wall. It shall meet or exceed the following: 1. Panel technology: In Plane Switching (IPS) LCD with LED backlighting 2. Diagonal: 55 inch 3. Native resolution: 1920 x 1080 pixels 4. Aspect ratio: 16:9
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 214 Rev. Date 06/25/19
5. Total tiled bezel width: 3.7 mm maximum (when two screens are put next to each other) 6. Power consumption: 200 Watts or less 7. Brightness: 500 cd/m2 or nits 8. Contrast ratio (typical): 1200:1 9. Response time: 8 ms 10. Full viewing angle: 178 degree (vertical and horizontal) 11. Inputs: 4 HDMI 2.0, 1 DisplayPort 1.2, RJ-45, RS-232C 12. Outputs: DisplayPort 13. Operating temperatures: 5-40 degree Celsius 14. Mounting: VESA mount 15. Power: Remote power preferred 16. Warranty: 3 years minimum
B. Monitors shall be commercial grade LCD designed for 24x7 operations.
C. Monitors shall support chaining of multiple monitors to function as a higher resolution unit, such as chaining 4 monitors acting as a 4K (3840x2160 pixels) monitor. Monitor shall include technology to synchronize the display of videos across the multiple screens as one monitor.
D. Monitors shall include color calibration software to adjust the color uniformity across multiple screens.
E. Provide all required software/hardware for configuration of the video wall system.
Video Wall Monitors (65”)
A. Contractor shall furnish and install video wall monitors and mounting system for the video wall. It shall meet or exceed the following: 1. Panel technology: In Plane Switching (IPS) LCD with LED backlighting 2. Diagonal: 65 inch 3. Native resolution: 3840x2160 pixels 4. Aspect ratio: 16:9 5. Total tiled bezel width: 3.7 mm maximum (when two screens are put next to each other) 6. Power consumption: 200 Watts or less 7. Brightness: 500 cd/m2 or nits 8. Contrast ratio (typical): 1200:1 9. Response time: 8 ms 10. Full viewing angle: 178 degree (vertical and horizontal) 11. Inputs: 4 HDMI 2.0, 1 DisplayPort 1.2, RJ-45, RS-232C, USB-C (Natively or via Adapter) 12. Outputs: DisplayPort
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 215 Rev. Date 06/25/19
13. Operating temperatures: 5-40 degree Celsius 14. Mounting: VESA mount 15. Power: Remote power preferred 16. Warranty: 3 years minimum
F. Monitors shall be commercial grade LCD designed for 24x7 operations.
Execution:
Installation Requirements:
A. General Installation Requirements
1. Install all equipment to be furnished under this Contract unless otherwise noted. Contractor shall install all equipment and software at the CCO Shop Head End locations and other remote locations as per this Section. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations and MNR/CTDOT Policy. This information shall be submitted at the time catalog cuts and shop drawings are submitted for approval. 2. The Contractor shall provide a complete mounting system to securely hold the video wall monitors in the proper position. 3. The Contractor shall provide all cables, connectors, mounting and supporting material necessary to connect and stabilize any element of the display systems. 4. Provide structural calculation for mounting of the video wall system for engineer review. 5. All wall display system equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions in the locations shown on the Contract Drawings. 6. Structural mounting to the floor shall not be necessary, unless approved by the DOT Representative. 7. During the initial installation and alignment phase, it shall be possible to make adjustments to the monitors. A means for future mechanical adjustments of monitor positioning shall be provided. 8. All wires and cables shall be neatly organized with wiring managements and concealed. 9. All wiring shall be clearly labeled with function and wire identification number corresponding to the wiring diagrams provided by the Contractor. 10. Contractor interconnection wiring diagrams shall be clearly identified. 11. Prior to delivery of the equipment to the work site, prepare and submit for approval an equipment placement and staging plan. Plan shall be coordinated with the Engineer and all affected trades. The plan shall indicate: a. General Schedule, schedule by stage or phase, and schedule for each device. Indicate start dates, end dates, and durations. Include major milestones such as fabrication, production testing, shipment, delivery, inspection, site
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 216 Rev. Date 06/25/19
preparation work, installation, energizing, and testing. b. Placement drawings, both overall and for each installation stage or phase. c. The order in which the equipment and devices will be installed. Identify the various installation stages or phases. For each stage or phase, identify which devices will be installed, where they will be installed, and in what order. d. Step-by-step detailed procedures for installation of the equipment including: i. Pre-delivery of the equipment to the Contractor’s storage facility or location. ii. Inspection at the storage facility or location. iii. Pre-delivery assembly and testing. iv. All site work and preparation required for installation of the equipment. v. Delivery to the work site. vi. Work site equipment assembly. vii. Equipment installation. viii. Procedures for installation, testing, and termination of all power, control, and communications wiring and cabling. ix. Qualifications of personnel required. x. Estimated dates and times that preparatory work and equipment placement will be performed. xi. Identification of interfaces with others (if any). xii. List of activities required from the Engineer or others, if any, to perform the work. xiii. Contingency plans for placement, testing, or commissioning delays. 12. Installation of all System equipment and materials shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, the approved shop drawings, and the requirements of this section and the Contract Drawings. a. Locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained in fully accessible positions, especially when located in concealed locations. b. Minor equipment location deviations from the Contract Drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility, but all such deviations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to any work being performed. c. All equipment, except wiring and conduit, shall be completely accessible without the requirement to remove any portion of the building structure or other system component, except an appropriately sized access door or ceiling tile. d. Enclosure access doors shall be hinged and arranged to allow full swing open and complete access to all enclosure components and wiring. e. Furnish all fittings, conduit associated with panel-to-panel and panel-to- trough/cable tray connections, trough, wireways, boxes, hangers, wiring devices, enclosures, signage, fasteners, connections, control panels, relays, cable trays, and miscellaneous accessories necessary for the complete installation of the System. f. Contract Drawings are schematic for systems equipment as exact roughing
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 217 Rev. Date 06/25/19
requirements vary slightly with different manufacturers and job conditions. The Contract Drawings represent a schematic depiction of the CCTV System conduit, cable tray, and wire network layout for the system equipment specified. Final conduit, cable tray, and wire quantity, size and arrangement, as well as final routing and placement shall be based on system equipment, manufacturer’s engineering requirements, field coordination with other trade work, and existing site conditions. g. Carefully coordinate the work of this section with all affected trades. h. Coordinate all cable, conduit and device identifiers with the Engineer. Ensure uniformity and interrelation of identifiers. Avoid identifier duplication.
13. Perform all setting, adjustment, and programming required for a complete and operational video wall system to allow video display of cameras from the New Haven Line and Hartford Line, as approved and as directed by the Engineer. Submit setting, adjustment, and programming information for approval. 14. Furnish and install all required hardware and brackets to install the equipment as specified and as indicated on the Contract Drawings.
B. A binder with a set of as-built drawings and pictures in a legible 11” x17” laminated print outs shall be placed at the head-end rack locations for quick reference to identify all cameras and camera locations connected to the System.
VMS Manufacturer’s Service Technician
A. Testing, checking, system startup, and configuration shall be performed under the technical direction of the manufacturer’s service engineer. The Contractor, in conjunction with the manufacturer, shall provide, at no additional cost to the Department, start-up service package including travel.
Programming and System Configuration
A. Perform all programming services required to provide a complete and fully functional system. This shall include all high-level database programming which may be required due to any project specific operational or special 3rd party system interfaces to allow for a fully functional system. Ensure that the entire Video Management System (VMS) and all other interfaces are properly configured and programmed to provide complete operation and monitoring as specified herein and/or as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Functions of the System shall include, at a minimum: 1. Display live video and display recorded video on one monitor or across multiple monitors 2. Multiple, simultaneous views of different cameras 3. Program the console workstations with VMS client software and KVM remote control of the video wall workstations.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 218 Rev. Date 06/25/19
B. All existing functionality shall remain operational throughout the Contract. Contractor shall document and verify existing operations and functions prior to making any System modifications. Verify all functionality remains after modifications are made. New equipment shall be integrated to the existing System and operate as a single system.
C. Submit a System Configuration Plan for approval prior to modifying the existing System. System Configuration Plan shall include, at a minimum: 1. All programming modifications to be made to the existing VMS. 2. Configuration settings for each device and System interfaces. 3. System backup and disaster recovery procedures. 4. Programming and verification procedures.
D. Request the Engineer to schedule a meeting with the user department. At the meeting, inform the user department of available system programming options and obtain their input. Program the system to meet their needs.
Training Program:
Operational, maintenance and software administrative technical training for the Control Room System (all systems installed in the Room 442A) shall be provided to DOT personnel through practical demonstrations and other related technical training conducted for each provided type display system. Contractor shall provide the following: 1. Provide operation and maintenance manuals for operation of all the display and control systems and training materials. 2. Training shall consist of, as a minimum, operation, maintenance and software configuration for the display systems.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Method of Measurement:
The Video Wall System shall be measured for payment as “lump sum” for complete system installed, tested, made fully operational, with all training completed meeting all requirements described in the Contract. This include relocation of the existing Pelco Workstation in Room 442B.
The Video Decoder Workstation shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each”
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 219 Rev. Date 06/25/19
complete workstations furnished, installed, tested, made fully operation, with all training completed meeting all requirements described in the Contract.
The Video Decoder shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete workstations furnished, installed, tested, made fully operation, with all training completed meeting all requirements described in the Contract.
The Console Workstations shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete system furnished, installed, tested and made fully operational meeting all requirements described in the Contract.
The CCTV Workstation Software Licenses shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete workstation license and associated maintenance furnished.
Basis of Payment:
The Video Wall System shall be paid for as “lump sum” including components all furnished, installed, tested, made fully operation, and accepted. Works for other items shall be paid for at the contract price per each system installed, tested and made fully operational meeting all requirements described in this specification.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Video Wall System Lump Sum Video Management System Software Licenses Each Video Decoding Workstation Each Video Decoder Each Console Workstation Each
0300-0202 ITEM #0150660A, #0150661A, #0150662A, #0150663A, #0150670A 0300-0202 220 Rev. Date 07/02/19 ITEM #0150745A – SECURITY NODE HOUSE
Description: Fabricate, deliver and install a pre-engineered rigid steel frame building assembly over foundation by the Contractor as shown on the plans. Provide all utility and electric connections. Foundation and slab work will not be included in this item. FRP railing system 42” high, along the edge of the concrete walkway as indicated on the plans. Timber stairs leading from the parking lot up to the concrete walkway as well as the required foundation shall be designed and erected in the location as indicated on the plans.
Building dimensions and floor layouts are as shown on the plans. The roof shall have a monoslope of ¼” per foot, sloping towards the north with a minimum 2’ overhang on all sides. The minimum eaves height is 9’-8”.
The building shall incorporate the following:
The building shall be painted white.
Building shall have insulation R rating: Walls R-21, Ceiling R-38, slab-mass floor R-12.5
2- 3'-0" x 7'-0", 16 gauge, single door, dead bolt, hydraulic closer, weather stripping, door sweep, open and close latch and 3" drip cap.
3 - Forced hot and cold air, vertical cabinet style, Heat Pump; 51K BTU of heat, 5.0 ton of AC and 1750 CFM min; motorized outside air damper via HRV, thermostat controlled, fan motor with 208 volt three phase, 60 hertz operation, typical, or equals; Marvair Model: HVPSA60HP1 or approved equal.
1- 208V AC, 400 amp, Three phase electrical distribution system.
1- 400 amp main breaker.
13- 120 Volt duplex power outlets.
8- 2 bulb 4' LED interior lights and lens, support these pendant hung fixtures from approved and listed for use Unistrut or B-line type channel, spanning and secured to structural roof framing. Fixtures would then be hung from the channel in locations as shown on the lighting plan on an approved and listed for use chain or cable system to a mounting height of 9’ AFF.
9- LED wallpack exterior lights with photo cell operator.
1- Standby generator, commercial series 125kW natural gas – 60Hz, 208V three phase, 434A maximum capacity; 6.8L engine, size 142”L x 60”W x 70”H, 3409lbs. empty weight; complete with compatible ATS/controller/genset.
3- Photo electric smoke detector – Ceiling mounted
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 221 Rev. Date 07/02/19 3- Photo electric smoke detectors – in HP return ducts
3- Heat detectors – Ceiling mounted
2- Fire Extinguishers UL rated – 10 B:C
2- Horn and strobe fire protection system with pull stations, FACP and annunciator.
3- Horn and strobe fire protection system – On external wall rated for outdoor use.
3- Exit LED Signs – Lithonia or approved equal.
1- New clean agent fire suppression system, CACP with interconnection to building FACP, and annunciator.
1- Fire alarm control system, digital addressable system with interface to master FA system.
1- 42” High, FRP Railing system (SAFRAIL as manufactured by STRONGWELL or approved equal).
1- Timber Stairs.
Design Loads: Snow Loads
Ground Snow Load Pg = 30 PSF
Snow Importance Factor, Is 1.0
Thermal Coefficient factor, Ct 1.0
Snow Exposure Factor, Ce 1.1 Wind
Basic Wind Speed (3 second gust) 110 MPH
Wind Importance Factor, Iw 1.15 Wind Exposure Category C Seismic
Occupancy Category II Seismic Importance Factor 1.5 Site Class E Seismic Design Category D
Short Period Spectral Acceleration, Ss 0.243
1-Second Period Spectral Acceleration, S1 0.062
The structure shall be designed to conform to, but not limited to the following codes:
Connecticut State Building Code 2016 or Latest Edition with supplements
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 222 Rev. Date 07/02/19 ASCE 7, American Society of Civil Engineers, Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures, Latest Edition AISC 360, American Institute of Steel Construction Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, Latest Edition AISC 341, American Institute of Steel Construction Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings including Supplement No. 1 dated 2006. ACI 318, American Concrete Institute Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 2014 or Latest Edition ACI 530/530.1, American Concrete Institute Building Code Requirements & Specifications for Masonry Structures 2013 or Latest Edition AWS D1.1-04 American Welding Society Structures Welding Code – Steel 2015 International Building Code 2015 International Energy Conservation Code 2015 International Fire Code (Part III) 2015 International Plumbing Code 2012 International Mechanical Code 2015 NFPA 101, Life Safety Code (Part IV) 2015 NFPA 1 – Fire Code 2017 NFPA 70, National Electrical Code 2001 NFPA Standard for Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing system units NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code OSHA 1910.23 with a minimum factor of safety of 2 for the FRP railing OSHA 3124 for Stairways and Ladders 2018 National Design Specification for Wood Construction
Certification: Submit written certification and design calculations prepared and signed by a Professional Engineer, registered to practice in the State of Connecticut verifying that the building design meets indicated loading requirements and codes of authorities having jurisdiction. The certification must reference specific dead loads, live loads, snow loads, wind loads/speeds, tributary area load reductions (if applicable), concentrated loads, collateral loads, seismic loads, end use categories, governing code bodies including year and load applications. Material Testing: In addition to mill certifications of structural steel, the manufacturer shall provide, upon request, evidence of compliance with specifications through testing independent of the manufacturer’s suppliers. The quality assurance testing to include structural bolts, nuts, screw fasteners, mastic and metal coatings (primary, metallic coated products and painted coil products).
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 223 Rev. Date 07/02/19 Warranties: Building Structure 1. Provide manufacturer’s written weather tightness warranty for a maximum of twenty (20) years against leaks in roof panels arising out of or caused by ordinary wear and tear under normal weather and atmospheric conditions. Warranty shall be signed by both the metal roofing system manufacturer and metal roofing system contractor. Maximum liability of warranty shall be no less than $ 1.00 per square foot of roof area.
2. Provide manufacturer’s standard written warranty for twenty (20) years against perforation of metal roof panels due to corrosion under normal weather and atmospheric conditions. Warranty shall be signed by metal roofing system manufacturer.
3. Provide manufacturer’s standard paint film written warranty for twenty (20) years against cracking, peeling, chalking and fading of the coating on painted wall panels, painted roof panels and soffit panels. Warranty shall be signed by the building system or roof system manufacturer. Manufacturer warrants that coating shall not blister, peel, crack, chip or experience material rust through for 20 years. For a period of 20 years chalking shall not exceed #8 – ASTM and fading shall be 5∆E Hunter units or less.
4. Inspection and Report Services: Metal roof system manufacturer or his authorized agent shall perform inspection of the entire roof system and shall submit a written report to the Owner detailing all conditions requiring maintenance and repair by parties under the above warranties. Inspections and reports shall be performed once every other year over the twenty (20) year weather tightness warranty period. Cost of inspection and Report services shall be included in the contract amount.
5. Manufacturer’s Certification: Submit written Certification, by the signed manufacturer one week prior to bid date stating that the metal roof system manufacturer will provide warranties and Inspection and Report service specified herein. NOTE: Warranty terms shall be submitted with the bid. Also included in this submittal will be certification of the manufacturer’s compliance with AISC-MB category.
Natural Gas fired Backup Generator 1. The generator manufacturer shall have a local authorized dealer who can provide factory trained servicemen, the required stock of replacement parts, technical assistance, and warranty administration.
2. The manufacturer's authorized dealer shall have a parts and service facility within 130 miles of the jobsite.
3. The generator set supplier shall have factory trained service representatives and tooling necessary to install, test, maintain, and repair all provided equipment.
4. The manufacturer's authorized dealer shall be capable of administering the manufacturer's
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 224 Rev. Date 07/02/19 and dealer's warranty for all components supplied by the selling dealer (who may or may not be the same as the servicing dealer).
5. The manufacturer's and dealer's extended warranty shall in no event be for a period of less than five (5) years from date of initial start-up of the system or 2500 operating hours, whichever comes first. It shall include repair parts, labor, reasonable travel expense necessary for repairs at the jobsite, and expendables (lubricating oil, filters, antifreeze, and other service items made unusable by the defect) used during the course of repair. Applicable deductible costs shall be specified in the manufacturer's warranty. Submittals received without written warranties as specified will be rejected in their entirety.
Clean Agent Fire Protection System 1. The manufacturer shall warrant the system equipment for 36-months from the date of shipment from the factory.
2. The contractor shall warrant the installation for 12-months from time of customer acceptance or commissioning.
Heat Pumps 1. The complete package shall be ETL Listed and tested to UL Standard 1995, 2nd Edition and CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 236-95 2nd Edition for safety. The unit shall be certified to the current version of the Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI) Standard 390. The manufacturer of the heat pump shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. ATS – Automatic Transfer Switch 1. The transfer switch, complete with all timers, relays, and accessories, shall be UL-listed under Standard UL-1008 and approved for use on emergency systems. The UL listing shall include the specific amperage ratings that are called for on the drawings. 2. Contain a short circuit withstand capability and closing ratings when coordinated with circuit breakers in excess of the UL minimum requirement of 42,000 RMS amperes symmetrical. 3. Completely wired, assembled, and tested by the manufacturer at the factory to ensure compatibility and to completely test the assembly.
4. Provide the transfer switch as shown on the drawings with full load current rating of amperes at 208/120V, 3-phase, 4-wire, 60 Hertz AC normal and emergency.
5. Capable of switching all classes of load and rated for continuous duty when installed in non-ventilated enclosures.
6. Provide exercise timer, automatically actuated, to permit weekly programming of engine generator test runs under load. If the emergency source should fail during the exercise period, and if normal power is available, the switch shall immediately restore to normal.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 225 Rev. Date 07/02/19 7. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided to monitor the status of the ATS.
8. Microprocessor controlled with front accessible HMI interface.
Submittals: 1. Building structure: Submit design calculations and working design drawings for the building structure prepared by a professional engineer licensed in the State of Connecticut.
2. Timber stair structure: Submit design calculations and working design drawings for the timber stairs with foundation details prepared by a professional engineer licensed in the State of Connecticut.
3. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product information, specifications and installation instructions for building components and accessories.
4. Erection Drawings: Submit complete erection drawings showing roof framing, transverse cross sections, penetrations, covering and trim details and accessory installation details to clearly indicate proper assembly of building components.
5. Submit certification verifying that the metal roofing system has been tested and approved by Underwriter’s Laboratory as Class 90. Submit certification that the metal roofing system, has been tested and approved by the US Army Corps of Engineers Guide Specification 07146 (Test Method for Structural Performance of Standing Seam Metal Roof Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure) (MR-24®, CMR-24® and VSR™).
6. Dealers Certification: Submit certification that the building component system supplier and/or the metal roofing system supplier is a manufacturer’s authorized and franchised dealer of the system to be furnished. Certification shall state date on which authorization was granted.
7. Installer Certification: Submit certificate that the building roof system installer has regularly engaged in the installation of building systems of the same or equal construction of the system specified.
8. Samples: Submit samples, two (2) each of the following for Engineer’s review. Samples will be used as basis for evaluating quality of finished roof and wall systems.
a. Twelve inch long by actual width of roofing, liner panel and siding panels with required finishes. b. Fasteners (including standing seam roof clips) for application of roofing, sliding and soffit panels. c. Twelve (12) inch long (min.) x twelve (12) inch wide (min.) of actual standing seam side lap seams for both sides of a typical panel including sealants and closures.
9. Design calculations and shop drawings as well as flow calculation reports for the Clean agent fire extinguishing system as per NFPA 2001.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 226 Rev. Date 07/02/19
10. Shop drawings and product data sheets for the Fire alarm system as per NFPA 2001.
11. Product data sheets and installation details for the items specified for the electrical distribution panel, electrical and light fixtures as indicated on the drawings.
12. Product data sheets and installation details for the heat pumps. 13. Component List - A breakdown of all components and options including switch gear.
14. Technical Data - Manufacturer produced generator set specification or data sheet identifying make and model of engine and generator including relevant component design and performance data. Transient response of frequency and voltage for the generator set:
a. Auxiliary Equipment - Specification or data sheets, including switchgear, spring type vibration isolators.
b. Drawings - General dimensions drawings showing overall generator set measurements, mounting location, and interconnect points for load leads, fuel, exhaust, cooling and drain lines.
c. Wiring Diagrams - Wiring diagrams, schematics and control panel outline drawings published by the manufacturer in Joint Industrial Council (JIC) format for controls and switchgear showing interconnected points and logic diagrams for use by contractor and owner.
d. Warranty Statements - Warranty verification published by the manufacturer.
e. Service - Location and description of supplier's parts and service facility including parts inventory and number of qualified generator set service personnel.
Materials: Structural Steel Design:
All structural mill sections or welded plate sections shall be designed in accordance with the latest edition of ASIC “Specifications for Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel Buildings,” and all cold formed steel members shall be designed in accordance with the latest edition of AISI “Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.”
Primary Framing:
Rigid Frames: Frame shall consist of welded-up plate section or rolled section columns and roof beams complete with necessary splice plates for bolted field assembly. All bolts for field assembly of frame members shall be high strength bolts as indicated on the erection drawings.
Endwall Structurals: The endwall structural shall be cold-formed channel members designed in
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 227 Rev. Date 07/02/19 accordance with the latest edition of AISI Specifications or welded-up plates sections designed in accordance with the latest edition AISC Specifications. Endwall frames shall consist of endwall corner posts, endwall roof beams and endwall posts as required by design criteria.
Secondary Structural Members:
Purlins and Girts: Purlins and Girts shall be “Z” shaped, precision roll formed.
Eave Strut: Eave Struts shall be factory pre-punched “C” sections.
Bracing: Bracing shall be located as indicated on the drawings.
Structural Painting:
1. Prior to painting all steel shall be cleaned of loose rust, loose mill scale, dirt and other foreign material. Unless otherwise specified, the fabricator shall not sand blast, flame clean or pickle prior to painting.
2. Factory cover all steel with one coat of red oxide primer paint formulated to equal or exceed the performance of Federal Specification TT-P-636D, TT-P-664C and SSPC Paint- 25.
Primary Frames:
1. Clean all steel per SSPC-SP2.
2. Apply one coat of water reducible alkyd primer by spray or dip method to a minimum coating thickness of 1.0 mil.
Secondary Structurals:
1. Clean all steel per SSPC-SP8.
2. Apply one coat of coil applied polyester primer to a minimum coating thickness of 0.5 mil (Purlins and Girts).
Roof:
The roof shall be covered with a roof system furnished by the manufacturer and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
Component Description:
Roof Panels:
Roof panels shall be roll formed panels 24” wide, with 2 major corrugation, 2” high (2-3/4” including seam) 24” on center. The flat of the panel shall contain cross flutes 6” on center perpendicular to the major corrugations the entire length of the panel to reduce wind noise and improve workability.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 228 Rev. Date 07/02/19 Panel material as specified shall be 24 gauge steel coated both sides with a layer of aluminum zinc alloy (approximately 55% aluminum and 45% zinc) applied by the continuous hot dip method. Minimum 0.55 ounce coated weight per square foot as determined by the triple spot test per ASTM Specification A792.
System Design:
All components for the roof paneling system shall be designed in accordance with sound engineering methods and practices.
Roof panels shall be designed in accordance with the latest edition of AISI “Specifications for the Design of Light-Gage, Cold Formed Steel Structural Members.”
Paneling system shall be designed to support design live loads.
All endwall trims and roof transition flashings shall allow the roof panel to move relative to the wall panels and/or parapets as the roof expands and contracts with temperature change.
Fasteners:
All connections of panels to structural members, except at eaves, shall be made with clips with moveable tabs that are seamed into the standing seam sidelap.
Panel clips shall be fastened to structural members with fasteners as per manufacturer’s erection drawings, using factory pre-punched holes in structural members. Scrubolts™ or approved equal, shall contain a metal backed rubber washer which serves as a torque indicator.
Panel to panel connections shall be made with a positive, field formed standing double lock seam, formed by a special seaming machine. The machine field forms the final 180⁰ of a 360⁰ Pittsburgh double-lock standing seam; all sidelap sealant shall be factory applied.
Fasteners penetrating the metal membrane at the following locations must not exceed the frequency listed:
Basic Panel System 0 per sq. ft. High Eave (no parapet) 2 per lin. Ft.
Exterior Eave Gutter 2 per sq. ft. Panel Splices 2 per lin. Ft.
Gable Trim (no parapet) 2 per lin. ft. High Side Transition 1 per lin. Ft.
Ridge 1 per lin. Ft.
In lieu of pre-punched secondaries and panels, pre-drilling of the structural members is mandatory in order to maintain proper alignment of the roof system.
Accessories:
The building shall have gutters, downspout, gable trim and eave trim.
Performance Testing:
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 229 Rev. Date 07/02/19 Underwriters Laboratories – UL Class 90 Rating (UL Test 580)
The roof system shall carry a UL wind uplift classification Class 90 rating to ensure structural integrity.
Provision for Expansion/Contraction:
Provision for thermal expansion movement of the panels shall be accomplished by the use of clips with a moveable tab. The stainless steel tab shall be factory centered on the roof clip when installed to assure full movement in either direction. A force of no more than 8 pounds will be required to initiate tab movement. Each clip shall accommodate a minimum of 1¼” in either direction.
Exterior Wall:
Exterior walls shall be covered with precision roll-formed panels.
Panel Description:
Panel shall be 3’ wide with four major corrugations, 1½” high, and 12” on center with two minor corrugations between each of the major corrugations the entire length of the panel.
Panels shall be one piece from base to building eave.
The upper end of panels shall be fabricated with mitered cut to match corrugations of roof panels.
The bottom end of panels shall be straight cut.
Panel Design:
Panel design shall be in accordance with the latest edition of AISI “Specifications for the Design of Light-Gage, Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members,” and in accordance with sound engineering methods and practices.
Panel Material and Finish:
26 gage galvanized, per ASTM A525 and painted with exterior color of the manufacturer’s finish system, a full strength fluoropolymer coating. Manufacturer warrants that coating shall not blister, peel, crack, chip or experience material rust through for 20 years. For a period of 20 years chalking shall not exceed #8 – ASTM and fading shall be 5∆E Hunter units or less.
Panels shall be sealed at the base with foam or rubber closures.
Trim material shall be as follows:
All exterior trim shall be of the same finish as the exterior color of the wall panel except the following:
1. All gutters, downspouts, eave trim, gable trim, door side flashings to be pre-painted galvanized steel with fluoropolymer coating.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 230 Rev. Date 07/02/19 2. All gutter, downspouts, eave trim and gable trim shall be Charcoal.
3. Door side flashing and door header flashing shall be in Charcoal.
All interior trim shall be painted.
All flashings, trims, closures and similar items shall be detailed on drawings as supplied by the manufacturer of the panel.
Fasteners:
Wall panel to structural connections shall be made with Torx® head fasteners, Torx® head self- drilling screws or Lock-Rivet™ fasteners or approved equal. Panel to Panel connections shall be made with Torx® heads self-drilling screws, or Lock-Rivet™ fasteners or approved equal.
All exposed fasteners shall be pre-painted to match wall color or shall be covered with plastic color caps to match wall color.
Insulation:
The roof and exterior walls shall be made with faced fiberglass insulation blanket with a minimum R-value of 38 and 21 respectively. The insulation facing shall be foil reinforced kraft, 0.00035” minimum thick aluminum foil laminated to kraft paper, reinforced with fiberglass scrim, which is adhered to the blanket insulation. The assembly of blanket and facing shall have a flame spread rating of 25 and U/L label shall be furnished upon request.
Deadbolt Lock:
The door hardware shall have a removable core. Metro-North shall determine the exact brand and model that will be used.
Floor Finish: The structure shall have a bare concrete floor finish.
Mechanical:
All materials and equipment provided under this section shall be new, first grade, best of their section and shall meet the requirements of all standards set up to govern the manufacture of mechanical components and comply with all applicable codes and standards.
Heat pump systems, models and capacities shall be as shown on the drawings or approved equal.
Duct tape shall not be permitted as sealant.
Grille sizes indicated on the drawings are inner clear dimensions.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 231 Rev. Date 07/02/19 Diffuser neck size shall be same as flexible duct size, unless noted otherwise.
Heat pumps shall not be run for temporary heating, ventilation testing or otherwise without filter in place. Supply such filters until the system is handed over to Metro North at which time new filter shall be installed.
Heat Pump shall operate in accordance with an integral time clock. Supply air duct mounted temperature sensor shall control cooling by staging the compressors and control heating by staging unit's heater. Duct mounted return air thermostat and humidistat shall control unit operation to maintain temperature and humidity (dehumidifcation) setpoints.
Accessories:
Class 1A fast action dampers shall comply with SMACNA. Provide damper on supply air and return airwall grills interlocked with the clean agent controller to close on delayed action of clean agent. Dampers shall operate with spring return to fail close with power failure. Provide staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, corner angles and similar accessories as recommended by the insulation manufacturer for the application indicated. Diffusers shall be Titus model TMSA of steel construction with model AG-75 opposed blade damper and adjustable louver vanes. Size and capacity as noted on the drawings or approved equal. Return air grilles shall be Titus model 50F Egg-crate type with 1/2" aluminum grid and opposed blade damper. Size and capacity as noted on the drawings or equal. Motorized damper shall be Ruskin model CD-40, of all with 120V operator or approved equal. Provide with thermostat. Electronic controls shall include thermostats, control panels, relays, transformers, sensors and accessories as required to perform the sequences as described below.
Electrical:
All materials and equipment provided under this section shall be new, first grade, best of their section and shall meet the requirements of all standards set up to govern the manufacture of electrical materials and comply with all applicable codes and standards.
All equipment and materials shall be specification grade and bear underwriter’s (U.L.) label.
Conductors shall be U.L. listed, 600 Volts, 90 Deg. C. Single Conductor type THWN/THHN. 98% conductivity annealed uncoated cooper with PVC insulation covered with nylon sheath jacket. Tested in accordance with the requirements of the underwriter’s laboratories standard 83. Wire shall be identified by surface marking indicating manufacturer's identification, conductor size and metal, voltage rating, UL symbol and type designation. Conductors shall be stranded. Minimum size shall be #12awg unless otherwise indicated as manufactured by Essex, Rome cable, Triangle cable or General cable.
Electric metallic tubing (EMT) shall be zinc coated steel.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 232 Rev. Date 07/02/19 Armored cable shall be of galvanized steel interlocking armor construction, color coded thermoplastic insulated copper conductors, 90 deg. C, 600 volts. Conductor sizes shall be as indicated on the drawings. If not indicated, the sizes of power and lighting conductors shall not be less than size #12awg as manufactured by American flexible conduit, Triangle or Southwire. Connectors shall be squeeze type, die cast zinc, or malleable iron - cadmium plated as manufactured by Z Gedney, Appleton or Thomas-Betts.
Conduit straps shall be snap-type, double ribbed steel - zinc plated. Metal clad cable and flexible metallic conduit connectors shall be malleable iron-zinc plated, male hub threads with locknut.
Recessed outlet boxes shall be drawn steel, galvanized with a minimum depth of 1- 1/2inches. Minimum size shall be 4 inch x 4 inch square. Provide and install plaster rings as required.
Outlet boxes for surface mounted switches and receptacles shall be type FD, cast ferroalloy with threaded hubs. Provide gasketed cover as required.
Switches shall be 120-277VAC 20 amp, single pole. Color shall be Ivory.
Receptacle and switch cover plates shall be smooth thermoplastic Ivory.
Panelboards shall be NEMA PB 1, circuit breaker type.
Provide and install markers for all conduits. Markers shall be “Brady” type adhesive- backed, plastic-faced of suitable color. Marker shall identify system and electrical characteristics. Install markers at point of origin, termination, adjacent to each intermediate splice, and all boxes in run.
Identify all conductors at origin, termination and at intermediate boxes by means of “Brady” type, pressure sensitive, plastic coated face, stick-on labels except feeders shall have phenolic tags engraved with circuit designations and attached with plastic tie-wraps.
Natural Gas Powered Generator:
1. Engine-Genset: Factory-assembled and -tested, engine-generator set. Maintain alignment of mounted components without depending on concrete foundation; and have lifting attachments.
2. Capacities and Characteristics: Nominal ratings as indicated, with capacity as required to operate as a unit as evidenced by records of prototype testing.
3. Output connections: Three-phase, four wire.
4. Steady-State Voltage Operational Bandwidth: 3 percent of rated output voltage from no load to full load.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 233 Rev. Date 07/02/19 5. Transient Voltage Performance: Not more than 20 percent variation for 50 percent step load increase or decrease. Voltage shall recover and remain within the steady-state operating band within three seconds.
6. Output Waveform: At no load, harmonic content measured line to line or line to neutral shall not exceed 5 percent total and 3 percent for single harmonics. Telephone influence factor, determined according to NEMA MG 1, shall not exceed 50 percent.
7. Sustained Short-Circuit Current: For a 3-phase, bolted short circuit at system output terminals, system shall supply a minimum of 300 percent of rated full-load current for not less than 10 seconds and then clear the fault automatically, without damage to winding insulation or other generator system components.
8. Engine: A. Fuel: Natural gas.
B. Rated Engine Speed: 1200 rpm.
C. Maximum Piston Speed for Four-Cycle Engines: 2250 fpm.
D. Lubrication System: The following items are mounted on engine or skid:
Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow.
Thermostatic Control Valve: Control flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe.
Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances.
9. Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 equipment for heater capacity. 10. Governor: Adjustable isochronous, with speed sensing. 11. Cooling System: Closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on engine generator-set mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump. 12. Muffler/Silencer: Sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. Minimum sound attenuation of 18 dB at 500 Hz. Sound level measured at a distance of 10 feet from exhaust discharge after installation is complete shall be 95dBA or less. 13. Air-Intake Filter: Heavy-duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter element and "blocked filter" indicator.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 234 Rev. Date 07/02/19 14. Starting System: 24-V electric, with negative ground. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine-cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. Cranking Cycle: As required by NFPA 110 for system level specified. Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in Part 1 "Project Conditions" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least three times without recharging. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories.
15. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and thermal insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater shall be arranged to maintain battery above 10 deg C regardless of external ambient temperature within range specified. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in place.
16. Safety Functions: Sense abnormally low battery voltage and close contacts providing low battery voltage indication on control and monitoring panel. Sense high battery voltage and loss of ac input or dc output of battery charger. Either condition shall close contacts that provide a battery-charger malfunction indication at system control and monitoring panel.
17. Automatic Starting System Sequence of Operation: When mode-selector switch on the control and monitoring panel is in the automatic position, remote-control contacts in one or more separate automatic transfer switches initiate starting and stopping of generator set. When mode selector switch is switched to the on position, generator set starts. The off position of same switch initiates generator-set shutdown. When generator set is running, specified system or equipment failures or derangements automatically shut down generator set and initiate alarms. Operation of a remote emergency-stop switch also shuts down generator set.
18. Indicating and Protective Devices and Controls: As required by NFPA 110 for Level 1 system, and the following: AC voltmeter. AC ammeter. AC frequency meter. DC voltmeter (alternator battery charging). Engine-coolant temperature gage. Engine lubricating-oil pressure gage. Running-time meter. Ammeter-voltmeter, phase-selector switch(es). Generator-voltage adjusting rheostat.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 235 Rev. Date 07/02/19 Start-stop switch. Overspeed shutdown device. Coolant high-temperature shutdown device. Coolant low-level shutdown device. Oil low-pressure shutdown device.
19. Connection to Data Link: A separate terminal block, factory wired to Form C dry contacts, for each alarm and status indication is reserved for connections for data-link transmission of indications to remote data terminals.
20. Common Remote Audible Alarm: Comply with NFPA 110 requirements for Level 1 systems.
Engine high-temperature shutdown. Lube-oil, low-pressure shutdown. Overspeed shutdown. Remote emergency-stop shutdown. Engine high-temperature pre alarm. Lube-oil, low-pressure pre alarm. Low coolant level.
21. Remote Alarm Annunciator: Comply with NFPA 99. An LED labeled with proper alarm conditions shall identify each alarm event and a common audible signal shall sound for each alarm condition. Silencing switch in face of panel shall silence signal without altering visual indication. Connect so that after an alarm is silenced, clearing of initiating condition will reactivate alarm until silencing switch is reset. Cabinet and faceplate are surface- or flush mounting type to suit mounting conditions indicated.
22. Remote Emergency-Stop Switch; also known as Remote Manual Stop Station: Surface, water proof and exterior; wall mounted, unless otherwise indicated; and labeled per NFPA 110 5.6.5.6. Push or pull button shall be protected from accidental operation.
23. Generator Circuit Breaker: Molded-case, electronic-trip type; 100 percent rated; complying with UL 489.
24. Ground-Fault Indication: Comply with NFPA 70, "Emergency System" signals for ground fault. Integrate ground-fault alarm indication with other generator-set alarm indications.
25. Outdoor Generator set enclosure: Vandal-resistant, weatherproof steel housing, wind resistant up to 100 mph. Multiple panels shall be lockable and provide adequate access to components requiring maintenance. Panels shall be removable by one person without tools. Instruments and control shall be mounted within enclosure. Structural Design and Anchorage shall comply with ASCE 7 for wind loads.
26. Vibration Isolation Devices: Elastomeric Isolator Pads - Oil and water-resistant elastomer or natural rubber, arranged in single or multiple layers, molded with a non-slip pattern and
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 236 Rev. Date 07/02/19 galvanized-steel base plates of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading over pad area, and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment.
27. Finishes - Outdoor Enclosures and Components: Manufacturer's standard finish over corrosion-resistant pretreatment and compatible primer.
Fire Alarm and Firefighting system:
All materials and equipment provided under this section shall be new, first grade, best of their section and shall meet the requirements of all standards set up to govern the manufacture of fire alarm and firefighting systems and comply with all applicable codes and standards. The fire alarm system shall have the capability of informing Norwalk Fire department and Metro North Railroad in the event of fire.
All equipment and materials shall be specification grade and bear underwriter’s (U.L.) label.
Non-coded, UL listed addressable system with multiplexed signal transmission and horn/strobe evacuation.
Fire alarm system shall initiate the following actions:
1. Continuously operate the alarm notification system
2. Identify alarm and specific initiating device at fire alarm control panel and remote annunciator.
3. Transmit alarm signal to Norwalk Fire department and Metro North Railroad
4. Switch heat pumps to fire alarm mode.
5. Activate emergency lighting control
6. Close dampers in the heat pumps.
7. Activate emergency shutoffs for gas and fuel supplies.
Fire alarm control panel shall be as manufactured by Tyco, Honeywell, Gamewell or approved equal.
Automatic sensitivity control for smoke detectors complying with requirements of UL217. The smoke detector shall have the capability of informing Norwalk Fire department and Metro North Railroad in the event of smoke detection.
Heat detectors shall comply with requirements of UL 521. The heat detector shall have the capability of communicating with Metro North Railroad if the internal temperature rises above 80 degrees and the heat pumps stop working.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 237 Rev. Date 07/02/19 Manual fire alarm boxes complying with requirements of UL 38.
Total flooding, FM-200 fire suppression system, super-pressurized with dry nitrogen shall be installed to meet a minimum design concentration of 7%, by volume in all designated spaces to be protected.
FM-200, fire suppression equipment and accessories shall be as be manufactured by, Kidde Fire Systems or approved equal.
The total flooding system shall consist of a Kidde FM-200 agent storage cylinder, Kidde actuation hardware and Kidde ECS series system distribution nozzles attached to a pipe network or approved equal.
Construction Methods:
The Contractor shall erect the structure, seal the building after installation of electrical, mechanical and firefighting systems, to form a weather tight enclosure and tie in to existing external utilities.
Method of Measurement:
“Security Node House” will be paid on a lump sum basis and will not be measured for payment. The limits of all underground utilities, to be included in the lump sum price for “Security Node House”, shall be 5’ from the outside faces of the supporting concrete structure. Foundation and Concrete slab work will not be included in this item.
Basis of Payment:
Payment for this work will be at the contract lump sum price for “Security Node House” complete in place which shall include all work necessary and incidental to fabricate and install the building including all Electrical, Mechanical, FRP Railing, Timber stairs, 36” Concrete splash block and Fire protection system and all appurtenances mentioned in these specifications and drawings and or as needed per building code requirements. Foundation and Concrete slab work shall be paid under “Structure Excavation – Earth (Complete)”, “Class “F” Concrete”, “Deformed Steel Bars- Epoxy Coated” “Drilled Shaft”, and “Welded Wire Fabric – Epoxy Coated” items.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Security Node House Lump Sum
0300-0202 ITEM #0150745A 0300-0202 238 Rev. Date 5/22/19
ITEM #0150760A - GROUNDING AND BONDING - SECURITY NODE HOUSE
Description:
Scope
A. This specification describes the Contractor requirements for furnishing, installing, and testing of grounding loop with a resistance no greater than 5 Ohms as shown on the plans for: 1. Node House Building. 2. Node House Electric Load Center. 3. 208V Standby Power Generator.
B. The Contractor shall provide detailed shop drawings satisfying all requirements for approval prior to any site activities.
Related Work
A. Related requirements are included in, but not limited to, the following: 1. 600 Volt Copper Wire Items. 2. 125 KVA Distribution Transformer. 3. Site Illumination Control Cabinets. 4. Node House Building. 5. 208V Standby Power Generator.
Submittals
A. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings, technical data, and certificates for all items of equipment under this section including manufacturer's descriptive literature, catalog data, and other information required to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents.
B. Drawings shall provide locations of grounding rods, connectors, cables, and other related materials along with details of terminations and access points.
C. Manufacturer’s catalog data for all proposed materials with installation recommendations.
D. Procedures and equipment for testing resistances and electrical continuity.
E. Submit product data on the following: 1. Grounding conductors 2. Connectors, bushings and fittings 3. Exothermic welding process, components, materials, and molds 4. Ground rods, ground rod couplers and driving sleeves
0300-0202 ITEM #0150760A
0300-0202 239 Rev. Date 5/22/19
F. Submit grounding system test plan and procedures for review and approval prior to testing. Test procedures submitted for approval shall include test report format and proposed probe placement and spacing intervals relative to the ground grid being tested.
G. Contractor shall perform fall-of-potential tests in accordance with IEEE 81 in at least two (2) different directions (two traverses), resulting in at least two (2) test data plots.
H. Grounding system test reports shall include the following as a minimum: 1. Sketch of grounding system being tested showing locations of test probes relative to the ground grid under test. 2. Make, model and calibration date of test instruments. 3. Weather conditions at time of test. 4. Plotted “S” curves resulting from the fall-of-potential tests. Shape of curves shall be satisfactory as determined by the Designer, demonstrating adequate probe spacing evidenced by a distinct horizontal section in the middle of the curve (refer to IEEE 81). Unsatisfactory test data plots shall be rejected and retesting shall be required. 5. Submit samples of mechanical and compression grounding connectors and indicate the intended application.
Certification
A. Certified test reports verifying that ground resistance, when grounding and bonding is installed and connected to the ground grid, does not exceed the values specified in this specification.
Materials:
A. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and test a complete grounding system in accordance with the Plans and as specified herein.
B. Bare conductors: Class B stranded, annealed, soft-drawn copper cable conforming to ASTM B3. The conductor size shall be as indicated on the Plans.
C. Conductors for grounding and bonding shall be ASTM B8, Class B stranded annealed copper, and sized as indicated on the plans. Grounding cable from aerial ground wire to ground rod shall be 4/0 copper, and fastened with straps (Ransom type or approved equal) to the pole.
D. Connectors and Clamps: Bolts, washers and stop nuts shall be of high-copper alloy, Everdur, Durium, Duronze or silicone bronze. Ferrous hardware will not be acceptable
E. Ground Rods. UL-listed copper-clad steel rods, ¾ inch diameter, nominal 10 foot sections complying with NEMA GR 1 and UL 467. Carbon steel core and tip, with plated copper
0300-0202 ITEM #0150760A
0300-0202 240 Rev. Date 5/22/19
cladding of at least 10 mils thickness. Use bronze ground rod couplers, threaded type, if required to provide the total rod lengths indicated on the Plans.
F. Fittings. All connections below ground (i.e. buried) shall be exothermic weld type connections. All above-ground connections shall be bolted type. All fittings shall be UL- listed.
Construction Methods:
A. Trenching, excavating and backfilling for installation of underground grounding conductors: in accordance with the Contract Documents. Stone shall be kept clean and free of contaminants.
B. Install ground loop conductors and associated ground rods, connections, and fittings as shown on the Plans. Conductor sizes shall not be less than those shown on the Plans and shall not be less than required by NFPA 70.
C. Perform exothermic welds in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. Test all completed exothermic welds by striking with a 2-pound hammer. If cracks develop after striking, replace weld at no additional expense.
D. Drive ground rods vertically into the earth using approved driving sleeves until top of rod is at least one (1) foot below final grade. If obstructions are encountered during driving, re- drive rod at a 30 degree angle from vertical. If the full length of the rod still cannot be driven entirely into the earth, Contractor shall note the rod location(s) and continue installing the remaining rods shown on the Plans. Before backfilling over the grid, Contractor shall advise the Engineer of the locations at which rods could not be driven to the prescribed depth. Contractor shall then complete rod installation per the direction of the Engineer.
E. Conductor connections shall be made as shown on the plans and as necessary to suit the application. Finish welds shall be cleaned and coated with an approved cold applied bituminous resin compound. Primer shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer.
Field Tests
A. The Contractor shall perform the following field tests after the Grounding has been installed on site and the Engineer has granted permission to test.
B. Testing shall be performed by a NICET or NETA-certified test technician with demonstrated experience in the resistance testing of power substation ground grids. Test frequencies shall be selected to minimize potential interference from 60 Hz induced voltages and harmonics thereof, and stray 60 Hz ac and dc currents.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150760A
0300-0202 241 Rev. Date 5/22/19
C. Test reports shall include graphically plotted results of the fall-of-potential tests taken from at least two traverses. Data points and resulting plots shall be made with care and are subject to review and approval by the Designer.
D. If tests indicate that the resistance of the grounding system exceeds five (5) ohms, the Designer shall be immediately notified. Under the Designer’s direction, several additional twenty-foot sectional ground rods will be added to the ground grid to decrease grid resistance, and the grid resistance re-tested. This process shall be repeated if necessary until ground system resistance is five (5) ohms or less. Contractor shall not charge additional driving ground rods to the Department.
Acceptance Tests
A. The Contractor shall hire an independent testing agency that shall perform the acceptance tests after satisfactory completion of all field tests to verify the continuity of the two bonding cables between fence structure and ground loop.
Method of Measurement:
“Grounding and Bonding - Security Node House” will be measured on a lump sum basis which will include all required furnishing, shipping, installing, testing, and all associated materials for a complete and functional installation.
Basis of Payment:
This work shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price for "Grounding and Bonding – Security Node House," which shall include all transportation, material, equipment, tools, and labor incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Grounding and Bonding - Security Node House LS
0300-0202 ITEM #0150760A
0300-0202 242 Rev. Date 06/25/19
ITEM #0150820A – EQUIPMENT CABINET – VMS
ITEM #0150821A – EQUIPMENT CABINET – NETWORK
Description:
This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, tools, and equipment necessary for furnishing and installing equipment cabinets for the New Node House as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Equipment to be installed in the cabinet will be paid under other items.
Materials:
The Contractor shall provide a complete equipment cabinet with all mounting hardware necessary install the rack enclosure. The equipment cabinet shall have lockable doors front and back.
The equipment cabinet shall be coordinated with the work of other sections. The Contractor shall submit a detailed layout diagram for each layout specified for review by the Engineer. Only cabinets with approved layouts will be accepted under this Contract item.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Equipment Cabinet – VMS –Requirements
A. Equipment cabinet for VMS equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor, and meet or exceed the VMS equipment manufacturer’s recommended specification. Cabinet shall be designed to house the equipment to be installed and provide adequate airflow and cooling. It shall meet or exceed the following: 1. EIA compliant 19” gangable equipment rack 2. Fully welded construction provides the following weight capacities: UL Listed load capacity: 2,500 lbs., Static load capacity: 10,000 lbs., seismic certified capacity: 1,050 lbs. 3. Rack shall be constructed of the following materials: top and bottom shall be 14- gauge steel, horizontal braces shall be 16-gauge steel 4. Dimensions shall be approximately 83-1/8” H x 22” W x 42” D. Contractor to coordinate exact size with equipment requirements. 5. Rack shall come equipped with two pairs of 11-gauge steel rackrail with tapped 10- 32 mounting holes in universal EIA spacing, black e-coat finish and numbered rackspaces 6. Rack shall be fully enclosed with removable perforated front and rear doors, removable solid side panels with recessed lift handles, and removable solid top.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150820A, #0150821A 0300-0202 243 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Top shall accommodate field drilling for conduit entry. 7. Durable black textured powder coat finish 8. Cabinet shall satisfy the 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity, Seismic Use Group III, Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) “D” with lateral force requirements for protecting 1,050 lbs. of essential equipment in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top floor or rooftop installations with an Importance factor (Ip) of 1.5 9. Supply the cabinet with the required seismic floor anchor bracket 10. UL Listed in the US and Canada 11. Grounding and bonding stud shall be 1/4-20 threaded, installed in base of enclosure 12. Supply 3-1/4” wide, 44 space vertical lacer strip 13. Minimum six horizontal lacer bars 14. Twelve 8” Velcro cable management straps 15. Leveling feet 16. Ground bar 17. Equipment shelves and mounting supports. 18. Drawing pocket/cabinet 19. All required wiring and cabling 20. Cabinet shall be Middle Atlantic Products MRK series, or approved equal.
B. Design and layout of the cabinet shall be submitted and approved prior to ordering. Contractor shall supply any additional accessories required per Engineer’s approved submittal.
Equipment Cabinet – Network – Requirements
A. Equipment cabinet for Network equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor, and meet or exceed the Network equipment manufacturer’s recommended specification. Cabinet shall be designed to house the equipment to be installed and provide adequate airflow and cooling. It shall meet or exceed the following: 1. EIA compliant 19” gangable equipment rack 2. Fully welded construction provides the following weight capacities: UL Listed load capacity: 2,500 lbs., Static load capacity: 10,000 lbs., seismic certified capacity: 1,050 lbs. 3. Rack shall be constructed of the following materials: top and bottom shall be 14- gauge steel, horizontal braces shall be 16-gauge steel 4. Dimensions shall be approximately 83-1/8” H x 22” W x 26-1/2” D. Contractor to coordinate exact size with equipment requirements. 5. Rack shall come equipped with two pairs of 11-gauge steel rackrail with tapped 10- 32 mounting holes in universal EIA spacing, black e-coat finish and numbered rackspaces 6. Rack shall be fully enclosed with removable perforated front and rear doors, removable solid side panels with recessed lift handles, and removable solid top. Top shall accommodate field drilling for conduit entry.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150820A, #0150821A 0300-0202 244 Rev. Date 06/25/19
7. Durable black textured powder coat finish 8. Cabinet shall satisfy the 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity, Seismic Use Group III, Zone 4 or Seismic Design Category (SDC) “D” with lateral force requirements for protecting 1,050 lbs. of essential equipment in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top floor or rooftop installations with an Importance factor (Ip) of 1.5 9. Supply the cabinet with the required seismic floor anchor bracket 10. UL Listed in the US and Canada 11. Grounding and bonding stud shall be 1/4-20 threaded, installed in base of enclosure 12. Supply 3-1/4” wide, 44 space vertical lacer strip 13. Minimum six horizontal lacer bars 14. Twelve 8” Velcro cable management straps 15. Leveling feet 16. Ground bar 17. Equipment shelves and mounting supports. 18. Drawing pocket/cabinet 19. All required wiring and cabling 20. Cabinet shall be Middle Atlantic Products MRK series, or approved equal.
C. Design and layout of the cabinet shall be submitted and approved prior to ordering. Contractor shall supply any additional accessories required per Engineer’s approved submittal.
Power Distribution Units (PDU)
1. 208VAC, single phase 2. L6-30P plug, or as needed to coordinate with feeds provided by MNR 3. (6) IEC C19 and (24) IEC C13 receptacles 4. Metered
Power distribution units shall be coordinated with the power feeds provided by MNR and equipment installed within rack.
Furnish two (2) PDUs for each cabinet.
Construction Methods:
The Plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not adversely affect the system.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150820A, #0150821A 0300-0202 245 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect cabinet size, layout, and equipment required in the cabinets. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed. Drawings should indicate site specific installation details including showing the exact equipment locations, mounting details, conduit runs, conduit entry, riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, and other details necessary for complete review. No cabinet shall be installed without an approved layout, wiring diagrams, and other associated shop drawings.
Rack shall be installed as shown on plans. Exact location shall be coordinated with the Engineer and MNR in the field. Install rack on a 3” concrete pad as indicated on the plans. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel and all installation methods shall conform to the requirement set forth in Connecticut DOT Standard Publication 817 and manufacturer instructions and recommendations, including seismic floor bracket and anchors.
All materials labor and incidentals to install the rack enclosure shall be included in these items, including foundations, excavation, drilling, grounding, surface preparation, channels, hardware and other items required for a complete installation.
Documentation
Each field cabinet shall be supplied with three (3) copies of the Final Cabinet Wiring Diagram. One (1) copy shall be placed in a clear plastic envelope and left in the cabinet. Two (2) copies shall be delivered to the Engineer.
Method of Measurement:
The work will be measured for payment by the actual number of “Each” complete furnished, installed, and inspected.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each unit furnished and installed, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Equipment Cabinet - VMS Each Equipment Cabinet - Network Each
0300-0202 ITEM #0150820A, #0150821A 0300-0202 246 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #0502182A – RUBBER GRADE CROSSING
Description:
Work under this item shall consist of furnishing full depth rubber grade crossing material for track crossings and/or hi-rail equipment access of rails with timber or concrete ties at access points as directed by the Engineer.
Materials:
Materials shall conform to the following as specified by Metro North Railroad:
Specifications for Rubber Crossings for Concrete Ties:
Elastomer Classification: ASTM D2000 Tensile Strength ASTM D412, 2,000 psi Hardness: ASTM D2240 55-75 Durometer Shore A Ultimate Elongation: ASTM D412, 350% Min. Resistance to Ozone Cracking: ASTM D1171, C12 Accelerated Aging: ASTM D573, A13 Fasteners Used in Crossing: Pandrol Fast Clips
Field Panels: Must be full depth rubber panels with width to match Metro North Standard Concrete Cross Tie (enclosed drawing). Panels must interlock and be capable of installation without use of lag screws.
Gauge Panels: Must be full depth rubber panels that encompass the gauge of the track from inside web of both rails (see enclosed drawings for Metro North Railroad Standard Concrete Cross-Tie). Panels must interlock and be capable of installation without use of lag screws.
End Ramps (deflector plates): To be included in price and needed for all crossings.
Specifications for Rubber Crossings for Timber Ties: Similar as for Rubber Crossings for Concrete Ties with following exceptions:
Fasteners Used In Crossing: Track spikes Width of Field Panels: 20” for 8’-6” Cross Tie
0300-0202 ITEM #0502182A 0300-0202 247 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Materials shall be supplied by the following vendors or an approved equal:
Hi-Rail, Inc. Omni Grade Crossing, Inc. 2539 Woodcliff Court Radnor Station Building #1, Suite 300 Lisle, Ill 60532 290 King of Prussia (630) 961-1659 Radnor, PA 19087 (610) 971-9966 Railway, Inc 120 Nixon Street P.O. Box 849 Cascade, Iowa 52033 (319) 852-7794
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings of the Rubber Crossing for Timber or Concrete Ties to the Railroad for their review and approval. The crossing panels shall be full depth with the height of panel matching the rail size for the crossing location.
Construction Methods:
Contractor access to tracks (with hi-rail equipment) shall be made at rubber grade crossings which currently exist and are maintained by MNR. The Contractor shall verify the condition/presence of these grade crossings as they are subject to change at any time.
If the existing grade crossing are deemed of unsuitable or inadequate condition or location for the Contractor’s use, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer (and MNR) for review and approval the location of a new rubber grade crossing.
The Contractor shall procure and deliver the rubber crossing material to the project site. The Contractor shall coordinate the delivery location with Metro North Railroad. Installation of rubber crossing(s) shall be performed by Metro North Railroad. There will be no charge to the Contractor for this installation work.
Method of Measurement:
Rubber Grade Crossing(s) shall be measured for payment per actual linear foot of rubber crossing supplied, as measured along the centerline of the track. The deflector plates shall not be included in the above measurement.
Basis of Payment:
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for “Rubber Grade Crossing”, of the required depth and width, which price shall be for materials and delivery only.
0300-0202 ITEM #0502182A 0300-0202 248 Rev. Date 06/10/19
No additional payment will be made for the required gauge and field deflector plates which price shall be considered incidental to the cost of the rubber grade crossing.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Rubber Grade Crossing Linear Foot
0300-0202 ITEM #0502182A 0300-0202 249 Rev. Date 06/10/19
0300-0202 ITEM #0502182A 0300-0202 250
Rev Date 06/25/19
ITEM #0706001A - MICROPILES
ITEM #0706002A - VERIFICATION TEST FOR MICROPILES
ITEM #0706003A - PROOF TEST FOR MICROPILES
ITEM #0706004A – MICROPILE LENGTH ADJUSTMENT
CTDOT Form 817 Article 7.06.01 – Add the following paragraphs at the end of the section:
“The Contractor shall independently verify the location of the bedrock by installing a soil boring(s) within the footprint of the proposed Security Node House and performing a detailed geotechnical investigation. The purpose of this investigation will be to determine the termination elevation of the micropiles. All drilling spoils shall be disposed of by spreading material over the embankment within the work area prior to restoring the slope with ballast and/or spreading the material in the three (3) CT DOT parcels designated as a construction laydown area during the construction of the Security Node House.”
CTDOT Form 817 Article 7.06.03 - Add the following paragraph at the end of the section:
“9. Benching: The Contractor shall provide a benched level work area before the start of drilling operations as per the requirements of the shaft drilling equipment or as directed by the Engineer.”
CTDOT Form 817 Article 7.06.04 1. Micropiles - Add the following paragraph at the end of the section:
“All labor and material associated with the installation of a soil boring(s) and performing a geotechnical investigation as well as preparing the benched area as required to install the micropiles, will not be measured for payment because it is considered incidental to the construction of the micropiles.”
ITEM #0706001A ITEM #0706002A ITEM #0706003A ITEM #0706004A
0300-0202 251
Rev. Date 08/28/18
ITEM #0728020A - STONE BALLAST
Description: This item includes furnishing and installing ballast for track construction. This item also includes furnishing and installing miscellaneous ballast as shown on the plans and as directed by the Engineer.
Materials:
Submittals:
Submit the following in accordance with Form 817 Article 1.20-1.05.02 and NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - SUBMITTALS.
Compliance: Supplier's certification that the material delivered to the site is in compliance with the Specifications.
Samples: Submit as one representative sample and one sample of each new source of supply as requested by Engineer. Samples of not less than 150 lbs should be submitted. Field samples shall be secured in accordance with ASTM D75-(Standard Practice for Sampling Aggregates).
Test reports for testing specified herein.
References:
Comply with the latest provisions of Codes, Specifications, Standards, and recommended practices of the most recent edition and addenda thereto of:
AREMA: American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association, Manual for Railway Engineering, Chapter 1, Part 2.
ASTM International (formerly American Society for Testing and Materials)
A. ASTM C29 - Standard Test Method for Bulk Density ("Unit Weight") and Voids in Aggregate.
B. ASTM C88 - Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate.
C. ASTM C117 - Material finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates by Washing.
D. ASTM C127 - Specific Gravity and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate.
0300-0202 ITEM #0728020A 0300-0202 252
Rev. Date 08/28/18
E. ASTM C131 - Resistance to Abrasion of Small Size Coarse Aggregate by Use of the Los Angeles Machine.
F. ASTM C136 - Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates.
G. ASTM C142 - Clay Lumps and Friable Particles in Aggregates.
H. ASTM C535 - Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine.
I. ASTM C702 - Standard Practice for Reducing Samples of Aggregate to Testing Size
J. ASTM D75 - Standard Methods of Sampling Aggregates.
K. ASTM D1556-00 - Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method.
L. ASTM D 1557 – Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3).
M. ASTM D2922 – Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
N. ASTM D4318 - Determining the Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils.
O. ASTM D4791 - Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate.
P. ASTM E11 - Standard Specification for Wire Cloth and Sieves for Testing Purposes.
MNR: Metro-North Railroad
Publication MW-4 - Manual for Construction & Maintenance of Track.
Ballast Requirements:
Testing and inspection shall conform to the provisions as delineated in the American Railway Engineering and Maintenance-of-Way Association (AREMA), Manual for Railway Engineering, Chapter 1, Part 2. Submit a quality control plan that addresses all requirements of this specification, including requirements and testing called out in referenced documents.
0300-0202 ITEM #0728020A 0300-0202 253
Rev. Date 08/28/18 Submit qualifications of testing laboratory to perform required testing. Provide certified results of tests required by specifications. The Engineer reserves the right to witness the performance of tests.
Material not meeting the Specifications shall not be used in the work.
Furnish prepared ballast that is of crushed rock, hard, strong, angular, durable particles, containing no carbonates or slag, free from injurious amounts of deleterious substances.
Ballast shall have a minimum sand equivalent of 50 when measured by California Department of Transportation California Test 217 (Method of Test for Sand Equivalent) available at the CalDOT website: http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/esc/ctms/pdf/CT_217Jun2011.pdf.
Determination of weight per cubic yard shall be in accordance with ASTM C29 (Standard Test Method for Bulk Density (“Unit Weight”) and Voids in Aggregate).
All particles of the ballast shall have been broken by the crusher and have at least two broken surfaces.
All boulders which will pass through a 5-inch circular opening before crushing shall be rejected.
Type A ballast shall be crushed trap rock or granite. It shall: a) be composed of angular fragments which are clear and free from deleterious substance; b) have proper gradation; and c) meet all requirements of this specification. Additionally, ballast shall be in conformance with AREMA Chapter 1, Part 2 except as otherwise specified herein.
Ballast shall conform to the following scale when tested with laboratory sieves having square openings. (Sieves must conform to ASTM E11 (Standard Specification for Woven Wire Test Sieve Cloth and Test Sieves)) Amounts Finer Than Each Sieve Size Ballast Nominal Size (Sq. Opening Laboratory Sieve- Pct. by Wgt) No. Type Sq. Openings 2” 1½” 1” 3/4” ½” 3/8” No.4
5 A 1” - 3/8” 100 90-100 40-75 15-35 0-15 0-5
Deleterious substances in ballast shall not be present in excess of the following amounts:
Description: Percent by Weight: Method of Test
Material finer than No. 200 Sieve 0.5 percent ASTM C117 Clay lumps 0.5 percent ASTM C142 Soft and friable pieces 3.0 percent ASTM C142
0300-0202 ITEM #0728020A 0300-0202 254
Rev. Date 08/28/18 Hardness shall be between 5.5 and 7.0 as measured on Moh Hardness scale.
Water absorption shall not exceed 1.2% when tested in accordance with ASTM C127- (Standard Test Method for Relative Density (Specific Gravity) and Absorption of Coarse Aggregate).
Resistance to degradation shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C131 (Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine) or ASTM C535 (Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine). Materials having gradations containing particles retained on the 1 inch sieve shall be tested by ASTM C535.
Materials having gradations with 100 percent passing the 1 inch sieve shall be tested by ASTM C131.
The Sieve Analysis shall be made in accordance with the ASTM C136 (Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates).
Soundness shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C88 (Standard Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by Use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate). Average weighted loss shall not exceed 1.5 percent.
The percent of flat or elongated particles shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D4791 (Standard Test Method for Flat Particles, Elongated Particles, or Flat and Elongated Particles in Coarse Aggregate). The dimension ratio shall be 1:3. Maximum allowable is 5 percent.
Be responsible for assuring ballast cleanliness. A suitable washing facility shall be provided at the quarry for this purpose. This facility shall consist of a high pressure spray over the ballast as it passes on the belt or other measures acceptable to the Engineer. Include washing procedures in the project quality control plan.
Prepared ballast shall be handled in such a manner that it is kept clean and free from segregation. It shall be only loaded into cars or trucks which are in good order, tight enough to prevent leakage and waste of material, and clean and free from rubbish or any substance which would foul the ballast.
The quality of stone for ballast from any quarry or new strata opened up, including its soundness, resistance to abrasion, chemical composition, absorption, impedance, hardness and weight per cubic foot, shall be determined prior to its acceptance at a testing laboratory selected by the purchaser. Each stratum or portion of quarry containing a variation of quality of stone shall be tested separately and not averaged. Quality tests and gradation tests shall subsequently be made from time to time as deemed necessary by the purchaser to control the quality and size of ballast furnished by the producer.
Sufficient visual observations, determinations of deleterious substances and analyses of gradation shall be made by the producer prior to shipment to assure compliance with these specifications.
0300-0202 ITEM #0728020A 0300-0202 255
Rev. Date 08/28/18 Certify that ballast delivered to the Railroad is typical of that upon which specified tests have been made.
The selection of samples is as important as the laboratory testing; care shall be taken that the samples obtained show the true nature and conditions of the material to be examined.
Samples of all ballast and samples of stone at quarries for test to determine the acceptability of the source, as well as samples for quality control, shall be in accordance with ASTM D75 and C702 (Standard Practice for Reducing Samples of Aggregate to Testing Size). Method of sampling shall be submitted. Sampling may be performed by the Engineer at his discretion. The quarry or producer may select samples for inspection or preliminary testing if such action is approved by the Engineer.
Method of sampling shall be submitted. Sampling may be performed by the Engineer at his discretion. The quarry or producer may select samples for inspection or preliminary testing if such action is approved by the Engineer.
Samples of the finished product for gradation and other required tests shall be taken from each 1,000 tons of prepared ballast unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer. Samples shall be representative and shall weigh not less than 100 pounds. Where the acceptability of stone from a quarry is to be determined, a 150 pound sample consisting of pieces of approximately 6 by 6 by 4 inches should also be furnished.
No ballast shall be unloaded unless it has been accepted by the Engineer
If material prior to, during or after being loaded, does not conform to specifications, stop operations until all faults have been corrected. Should ballast that does not meet specifications be unloaded, then payment will not be made to Contractor. Disposal and/or removal of defective material shall be done without any additional cost to the Department.
As it is impractical to inspect all ballast at quarry, the Engineer reserves the right to reject any car or truck load of ballast (whether previously inspected or not) that does not conform to specifications upon arrival at unloading site.
Handle prepared ballast at the production plant, during shipment, and at the work site so that it is kept clean and free of segregation.
Construction Methods:
Do not place ballast until the Engineer has approved the subgrade upon which the ballast is to be placed.
Place stone ballast to the limits and depths, and to the grade, shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer. The Contractor will be required to install and compact the ballast to the bottom of tie elevation for any weekend outage on Track 41. At the Engineer’s direction, the Contractor may also be requested to install and compact the ballast to the bottom of tie elevation for any weekend outage.
0300-0202 ITEM #0728020A 0300-0202 256
Rev. Date 08/28/18 The ballast layer shall be thoroughly compacted until the surface is true and unyielding, displaying no deformation or movement under the compaction equipment. Compact ballast to 100-percent maximum density by vibratory compaction equipment specifically manufactured for compaction purposes, or self-propelled pneumatic-tired roller. Self-propelled, pneumatic-tired roller shall have a gross weight of 10- to 15-tons. Vibratory compactor shall have a weight of not less than 10-tons and be capable of applying a dynamic load of not less than 18,000-pounds at 1,300- to 1,500-cpm.
Tolerances: Leave top of ballast bed flat and level to within plus or minus 1-inch of the prescribed finished elevation across a 12-foot wide platform centered on the track centerline.
After installation of ballast layer, refrain from driving vehicles on the ballast layer that would foul or rut the ballast thereby potentially causing center-binding of ties. Replace any ballast that has become fouled by mud or fine materials at no cost to the Owner.
Determination of Thickness: The thickness shall be as indicated on the plans, or as ordered by the Engineer and within specified tolerances.
Measurements to determine the thickness will be taken by the Engineer at intervals of 500 feet or less, and shall be considered representative of the lane.
If a thickness measurement is taken and found deficient, the Engineer will take such additional measurements as he considers necessary to determine the longitudinal limits of the deficiency.
The Engineer may waive an occasional measurement outside the tolerances if in his judgment it is not representative of true conditions and providing that:
(a) Other thickness measurements taken nearby for the course are within acceptable limits;
(b) proper controls have been exercised by the Contractor; and
(c) if there would be no impairment to the serviceability of the complete construction.
Method of Measurement:
All aggregate required for this work shall be weighed on scale furnished by and at the expense of the Contractor, except as otherwise permitted herein. The scales shall be of a type satisfactory to the Engineer and shall be calibrated and sealed, at the expense of the Contractor, as often as the Engineer may require.
Adjustments to compensation shall be made for deficiencies in plan depth and cross section as specified herein.
Provide certified scale tickets for each load of ballast delivered. Cars or trucks shall be weighed and such weights shall be forwarded with car/truck numbers to the Engineer.
0300-0202 ITEM #0728020A 0300-0202 257
Rev. Date 08/28/18 Measurements shall be subject to the following provisions:
No adjustment of the quantity accepted for payment will be made where the thickness is within the allowable plus or minus tolerances.
Where the thickness exceeds that indicated on the plans by more than the prescribed tolerance, that material which is in excess of the total planned depth, plus the tolerance, will not be included for payment.
Areas represented by measurements deficient in thickness in excess of the allowable minus deviation shall be corrected at the Contractor’s expense, or with written permission of the Engineer, the deficient areas may remain, and payment will be made at an equitable adjusted price based on weight per cubic yard.
An adjustment in quantity will be made in the materials placed beyond the horizontal limits indicated on the plans by deducting the computed weight of that material extending more than three inches beyond the horizontal plan dimensions.
Basis of Payment:
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per ton for “Stone Ballast”, complete in place, which price shall include all materials, tools, equipment and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Stone Ballast TON
0300-0202 ITEM #0728020A 0300-0202 258 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #0901003A – STEEL BOLLARDS
Description:
The work under this item shall consist of the installation of steel bollards at the locations shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. This Section also includes furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary and incidentals to furnish and install the steel bollards as directed by the Engineer.
Materials:
Bollards shall be 6” diameter schedule 80 (Galvanized) filled with concrete, painted safety yellow, extending 3’ above grade and 3’ below grade with a concrete footing. Placement of bollards shall be as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer. Coordinate bollard placement with existing site conditions.
Protective compound material shall conform to subarticle M.03.09.
Construction Methods:
Do not place bollards until the Engineer has approved the subgrade upon which the bollard is to be placed.
The Contractor shall restore the surface around the bollards in kind and as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall furnish and employ such shores, braces, pumps, sedimentation basins, etc. as may be necessary for the protection of property, proper completion of the work. All bracing etc. shall be removed when no longer required for the construction or safety of the work.
Applicable requirements of Form 817 such as Section 2.02 and 2.05.03 Construction Methods related to backfilling shall be adhered to.
Method of Measurement:
Steel Bollards shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” completed, furnished, installed and inspected.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each for “Steel Bollards” furnished, installed, and inspected, which price shall include all material, shoring, bracing, excavation, pumping, dewatering, backfill, pervious material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
0300-0202 ITEM #0901003A 0300-0202 259 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Pay Item Pay Unit
Steel Bollards Each
0300-0202 ITEM #0901003A 0300-0202 260 Rev. Date 06/12/19
ITEM #0913046A – 10’ CHAIN LINK FENCE WITH BARBED WIRE
ITEM#0913502.10 – 4’ CHAIN LINK GATE 10’ HIGH WITH BARBED WIRE
Work under this item shall conform to the requirements of Section 9.13 amended as follows:
Article 9.13.01 Description Add the following paragraph:
This item shall also include furnishing and installing barbed wire and barbed wire mounting brackets on the fence and gate as indicated on the plans.
This item shall comply with the requirements for grounding and bonding of the chain link fence as shown on the plans.
Article 9.13.02 Materials Add the following paragraph:
Materials for the barbed wire shall be as indicated on the plans and shall meet the requirements of Article M.10.05.
Article 9.13.05 Basis of Payment Add the following paragraph:
This work will be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot for “Chain Link Fence with Barbed Wire” of the height specified, complete in place, which price shall include all materials, equipment, tools, excavation, backfill, disposal of surplus material and labor incidental thereto.
Gate work will be paid for at the contract unit price each for “Chain Link Gate with Barbed Wire” of the type and size specified; complete in place, which price shall include gate frame, gate posts, chain link fabric, barbed wire, barbed wire mounting brackets, lock, concrete, excavation, backfill, fabrication, installation, disposal of surplus material, and all materials, equipment, tools, labor and any work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit 10’ Chain Link Fence with Barbed Wire LF 4’ Chain Link Gate 10’ High with Barbed Wire EA
0300-0202 ITEM #0913046A, #0913502.10A 0300-0202 261 Rev. Date 03/04/16
ITEM #0969030A - PROJECT COORDINATOR (MINIMUM BID)
Description: Under this item the Contractor shall furnish the services of an administrative employee, entitled the Project Coordinator, for this Project, to coordinate and expedite all phases of the work required for the Project to ensure that the construction schedule is maintained.
The minimum lump sum bid for this item shall be $200,000 (two hundred thousand dollars). Failure of the Contractor to bid at least the minimum amount will result in the Department adjusting the Contractor’s bid to include the minimum bid amount for this item.
The Project Coordinator shall be submitted for approval by name, in writing, with a resume of his qualifications, within seven (7) calendar days of the award of the Contract, but not later than the Preconstruction Meeting, and shall not be changed without prior written notice to the Department.
This resume must demonstrate the Project Coordinator is experienced and versatile in the preparation, interpretation and modification of the Critical Path Method (CPM) construction schedules and must include having completed Primavera Training Course Nos. 102 (Project Management Module – Basic Course) and 106 (Project Management Module – Advanced Course). This resume must include successful completion of at least three (3) construction projects of similar complexity, where he served in a lead scheduling capacity. If the Contractor does not have a person in its company that has these skills, then the Contractor shall engage the services of a consultant, subject to the approval of the Engineer, for the scheduling work required. If a consultant is engaged, it shall be present at the first meeting, along with the Project Coordinator, prepared to discuss, in detail, the methods and techniques they propose to use. Thereafter, the Project Coordinator or the Consultant responsible for updating the CPM Schedule shall attend all meetings between the Contractor, its Subcontractors, and any other meetings, which will affect the CPM schedule. The Contractor shall prepare and maintain CPM Schedules utilizing the latest version of Primavera Engineering and Construction software (P6). as described more fully hereinafter.
The Project Coordinator shall have, in addition to the above noted requirements, a minimum of eight (8) years’ experience related to commercial/industrial building construction as a Project Coordinator performing duties similar to those required herein.
The Project Coordinator shall have knowledge of all trades involved in the construction, including civil/site work, environmental work, concrete work, masonry work, steel work, wood work, electrical work, and mechanical work.
Other combinations of experience and education totaling ten (10) years in commercial building construction will be considered subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Computer Software and Printer: The Contractor shall provide the following equipment with all the required maintenance and repairs (to include labor and parts) throughout the Contract life.
0300-0202 ITEM #0969030A 0300-0202 262 Rev. Date 03/04/16
The Engineer reserves the right to expand or relax the specification to adapt to the software and hardware limitations and availability.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a licensed copy registered in the Department’s name of the latest versions of the software listed and maintain customer support services offered by the software producer for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall deliver to the Engineer all supporting documentation for the software and hardware including any instructions or manuals.
A) Software – Minimum Specification: The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a licensed copy of the latest version of the Primavera P6 Professional Project Management (P6) software, registered in the Department’s name, and maintain the Primavera customer support service contract over the duration of the project.
B) HP Officejet Pro K8600 Color Printer – Minimum or equivalent (to be installed as a local printer on a computer provided under the field office specification): Paper – 11 in x17 in, 8.5 in x 11 in and duplex/double-side print Resolution – 1200x1200 DPI Print Drivers – Must support HP PCL6. RAM – 32 MB RAM Print speed – 10 ppm – color, 13 ppm - black Printer cable – 1.8 m (6 ft)
The Contractor is responsible for service and repairs to all computer hardware. All repairs must be performed within 24 hours. If the repairs require more than a 24 hours then a replacement must be provided.
Construction Methods: The Project Coordinator shall attend all meetings between the Contractor and the Department, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, and any other meetings that affect the progress of the job. The Project Coordinator shall be knowledgeable of the status of all parts of the work throughout the length of the Contract.
Schedule Review and Evaluation Meetings: The Contractor, represented by the Project Coordinator and/or the Consultant, shall participate with the Engineer, at the Engineer’s request, in the review and evaluation of the Initial Baseline Schedule, Baseline Schedule, Revised Baseline Schedule, and Recovery Schedule submittals. Any and all revisions made necessary as a result of this review shall be made by the Contractor and a revised Initial Baseline Schedule, Baseline Schedule, Revised Baseline Schedule, or Recovery Schedule submitted within ten (10) business days of the date of the meeting. Any further revisions required thereafter shall also be submitted for acceptance within (10) business days of the request for revisions by the Engineer.
The Contractor, represented by the Project Coordinator and/or the Consultant, shall participate with the Engineer, at the Engineer’s request, in the review and evaluation of each Monthly CPM
0300-0202 ITEM #0969030A 0300-0202 263 Rev. Date 03/04/16
Schedule Update. Items of discussion will include, but are not limited to, near term schedule activities, long-term schedule issues, and any relevant technical issues that are schedule related.
Method of Measurement: Within ten (10) calendar days of the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a cost breakdown of his lump sum bid price. The submission must include substantiation showing that the costs breakdown submitted are reasonable based on the Contractor's lump sum bid. The cost breakdown shall be in accordance with the following payment schedule:
1.) The development cost to prepare the Baseline Schedule in accordance with these specifications. Development costs shall not exceed 20% of the total cost of the item and shall include costs to maintain and submit all monthly updates prior to acceptance of the Baseline Schedule and to furnish and install all specified hardware.
2.) The submission and certification of the As-Built Schedule in accordance with these specifications. The submission and certification costs shall be no less than 2% of the total cost of the item.
3.) The cost to provide the services of the Project Coordinator, including costs to prepare and submit the Monthly Updates; furnish and submit any Revised Baseline or Recovery Schedules; furnish and submit Two Week Look Ahead Schedules and maintenance of and supplies for the specified hardware noted above. A per month cost will be derived by taking this cost divided by the number of contract months remaining from the date of acceptance of the Baseline Schedule.
Upon approval of the payment schedule by the Engineer, payments for work performed will be made as follows:
1) Upon acceptance of the Baseline Schedule by the Engineer, the lump sum development cost from the payment schedule will be certified for payment.
2) Upon receipt of each Monthly CPM Schedule Update, 100% of the per month cost for the services of the Project Coordinator will be certified for payment.
3) Upon receipt of the As-Built Schedule (Final), the lump sum development cost from the payment schedule will be certified for payment.
Basis of Payment: This service will be paid for at the contract lump sum price for "Project Coordinator (Minimum Bid)" complete, which price shall include the preparation and submission of all schedules, updates, and submittals, and the furnishing, maintenance, and supply costs for all required hardware as noted above. The lump sum price will be certified for payment as described in "Method of Measurement" subject to the following conditions:
1) Any month where the Monthly CPM Schedule Update is submitted late, without authorization from the Engineer, will result in the following actions:
0300-0202 ITEM #0969030A 0300-0202 264 Rev. Date 03/04/16
a) 2.5% of the monthly payment estimate for the contract or $25,000, whichever is greater, shall be retained until such time as the Contractor submits all required schedules and reports.
b) The payment, as described in “Method of Measurement”, shall be reduced by 6.5% per calendar day for each day the schedule has been submitted late.
2) Any week where the Two Week Look Ahead Schedule is submitted late, without authorization from the Engineer, will result in a 2% per day reduction of the entire monthly project coordinator payment for each day the schedule has been submitted late, up to a maximum of five (5) days (or 10%) per Two Week Look Ahead Schedule.
3) Failure of the Contractor to submit a Baseline Schedule or Revised Baseline Schedule for any portion of the work in accordance with this specification may result in the withholding of all contract payments until the schedule is submitted to, and accepted by, the Engineer.
In the event the project extends beyond the original completion date by more than thirty (30) calendar days, and a time extension is granted to the Contractor, the Department may require additional CPM updates which will be paid at the per month cost for the services of the
Pay Item Pay Unit
Project Coordinator (Minimum Bid) L.S.
0300-0202 ITEM #0969030A 0300-0202 265 Rev. Date 09/14/16
ITEM #0969064A - CONSTRUCTION FIELD OFFICE, LARGE
Description: Under the item included in the bid document, adequate weatherproof office quarters with related furnishings, materials, equipment and other services, shall be provided by the Contractor for the duration of the work, and if necessary, for a close-out period determined by the Engineer. The office, furnishings, materials, equipment, and services are for the exclusive use of CTDOT forces and others who may be engaged to augment CTDOT forces with relation to the Contract. The office quarters shall be located convenient to the work site and installed in accordance with Article 1.08.02. This office shall be separated from any office occupied by the Contractor. Ownership and liability of the office quarters shall remain with the Contractor.
Furnishings/Materials/Supplies/Equipment: All furnishings, materials, equipment and supplies shall be in like new condition for the purpose intended and require approval of the Engineer.
Office Requirements: The Contractor shall furnish the office quarters and equipment as described below: Description Large Minimum Sq. Ft. of floor space with a minimum ceiling height 1000 of 7 ft. Minimum number of exterior entrances. 2 Minimum number of parking spaces. 10
Office Layout: The office shall have a minimum square footage as indicated in the table above, and shall be partitioned as shown on the building floor plan as provided by the Engineer.
Tie-downs and Skirting: Modular offices shall be tied-down and fully skirted to ground level.
Lavatory Facilities: For field offices sizes Small and Medium the Contractor shall furnish a toilet facility at a location convenient to the field office for use by CTDOT personnel and such assistants as they may engage; and for field offices sizes Large and Extra Large the Contractor shall furnish two (2) separate lavatories with toilet (men and women), in separately enclosed rooms that are properly ventilated and comply with applicable sanitary codes. Each lavatory shall have hot and cold running water and flush-type toilets. For all facilities the Contractor shall supply lavatory and sanitary supplies as required.
Windows and Entrances: The windows shall be of a type that will open and close conveniently, shall be sufficient in number and size to provide adequate light and ventilation, and shall be fitted with locking devices, blinds and screens. The entrances shall be secure, screened, and fitted with a lock for which four keys shall be furnished. All keys to the construction field office shall be furnished to the CTDOT and will be kept in their possession while State personnel are using the office. Any access to the entrance ways shall meet applicable building codes, with appropriate handrails. Stairways shall be ADA/ABA compliant and have non-skid tread surfaces. An ADA/ABA compliant ramp with non-skid surface shall be provided with the Extra-Large field office.
0300-0202 ITEM #0969064A
0300-0202 266 Rev. Date 09/14/16
Lighting: The Contractor shall equip the office interior with electric lighting that provides a minimum illumination level of 100 foot-candles at desk level height, and electric outlets for each desk and drafting table. The Contractor shall also provide exterior lighting that provides a minimum illumination level of 2 foot-candles throughout the parking area and for a minimum distance of 10 ft. on each side of the field office.
Parking Facility: The Contractor shall provide a parking area, adjacent to the field office, of sufficient size to accommodate the number of vehicles indicated in the table above. If a paved parking area is not readily available, the Contractor shall construct a parking area and driveway consisting of a minimum of 6 inches of processed aggregate base graded to drain. The base material will be extended to the office entrance.
Field Office Security: Physical Barrier Devices - This shall consist of physical means to prevent entry, such as: 1) All windows shall be barred or security screens installed; 2) All field office doors shall be equipped with dead bolt locks and regular day operated door locks; and 3) Other devices as directed by the Engineer to suit existing conditions.
Electric Service: The field office shall be equipped with an electric service panel, wiring, outlets, etc., to serve the electrical requirements of the field office, including: lighting, general outlets, computer outlets, calculators etc., and meet the following minimum specifications:
A. 120/240 volt, 1 phase, 3 wire B. Ampacity necessary to serve all equipment. Service shall be a minimum 100 amp dedicated to the construction field office. C. The electrical panel shall include a main circuit breaker and branch circuit breakers of the size and quantity required. D. Additional 120 volt, single phase, 20 amp, isolated ground dedicated power circuit with dual NEMA 5-20 receptacles will be installed at each desk and personal computer table (workstation) location. E. Additional 120 volt, single phase, 20 amp, isolated ground dedicated power circuit with dual NEMA 5-20 receptacles will be installed, for use by the Telephone Company. F. Additional 120-volt circuits and duplex outlets as required meeting National Electric Code requirements. G. One exterior (outside) wall mounted GFI receptacle, duplex, isolated ground, 120 volt, straight blade. H. After work is complete and prior to energizing, the State’s CTDOT electrical inspector, must be contacted at 860-594-2240. (Do Not Call Local Town Officials) I. Prior to field office removal, the CTDOT Office of Information Systems (CTDOT OIS) must be notified to deactivate the communications equipment.
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (HVAC): The field office shall be equipped with sufficient heating, air conditioning and ventilation equipment to maintain a temperature range of 68o-80o Fahrenheit within the field office.
0300-0202 ITEM #0969064A
0300-0202 267 Rev. Date 09/14/16
Telephone Service: The Contractor shall provide telephone service with unlimited nation-wide calling plan. For a Small, Medium and Large field office this shall consist of the installation of two (2) telephone lines: one (1) line for phone/voice service and one (1) line dedicated for the facsimile machine. For an Extra-Large field office this shall consist of four (4) telephone lines: three (3) lines for phone/voice service and one (1) line dedicated for facsimile machine. The Contractor shall pay all charges.
Data Communications Facility Wiring: Contractor shall install a Category 6 568B patch panel in a central wiring location and Cat 6 cable from the patch panel to each PC station, Smart Board location, Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, terminating in a (Category 6 568B) wall or surface mount data jack. The central wiring location shall also house either the data circuit with appropriate power requirements or a category 5 cable run to the location of the installed data circuit. The central wiring location will be determined by the CTDOT OIS staff in coordination with the designated field office personnel as soon as the facility is in place.
For Small, Medium and Large field offices the Contractor shall run a CAT 6 LAN cable a minimum length of 25 feet for each CTDOT networked device (including but not limited to: smartboards and Multi‐Function Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax) to LAN switch area leaving an additional 10 feet of cable length on each side with terminated RJ45 connectors. For an Extra-Large field office the Contractor shall run CAT 6 LAN cables from workstations, install patch panel in data circuit demark area and terminate runs with RJ45 jacks at each device location. Terminate runs to patch panel in LAN switch area. Each run / jack shall be clearly labeled with an identifying Jack Number.
The Contractor shall supply cables to connect the Wi-Fi printer to the Contractor supplied internet router and to workstations/devices as needed. These cables shall be separate from the LAN cables and data Jacks detailed above for the CTDOT network.
The number of networked devices anticipated shall be at least equal to the number of personal computer tables, Multi-Function Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, and smartboards listed below.
The installation of a data communication circuit between the field office and the CTDOT OIS in Newington will be coordinated between the CTDOT District staff, CTDOT OIS staff and the local utility company once the Contractor supplies the field office phone numbers and anticipated installation date. The Contractor shall provide the field office telephone number(s) to the CTDOT Project Engineer within 10 calendar days after the signing of the Contract as required by Article 1.08.02. This is required to facilitate data line and computer installations.
Additional Equipment, Facilities and Services: The Contractor shall provide at the field Office at least the following to the satisfaction of the Engineer:
0300-0202 ITEM #0969064A
0300-0202 268 Rev. Date 09/14/16
Furnishing description Quantity Office desk (2.5 ft. x 5 ft.) with drawers, locks, and matching desk chair that have 5 pneumatic seat height adjustment and dual wheel casters on the base. Standard secretarial type desk and matching desk chair that has pneumatic seat - height adjustment and dual wheel casters on the base. Personal computer tables (4 ft. x 2.5 ft.). 5 Drafting type tables (3 ft. x 6 ft.) and supported by wall brackets and legs; and matching drafters stool that have pneumatic seat height adjustment, seat back and 1 dual wheel casters on the base. Conference table, 3 ft. x 12 ft. - Table – 3 ft. x 6 ft. - Office Chairs. 8 Mail slot bin – legal size. 1 Non-fire resistant cabinet. 2 Fire resistant cabinet (legal size/4 drawer), locking. 2 Storage racks to hold 3 ft. x 5 ft. display charts. 1 Vertical plan racks for 2 sets of 2 ft. x 3 ft. plans for each rack. 2 Double door supply cabinet with 4 shelves and a lock – 6 ft. x 4 ft. 1 Case of cardboard banker boxes (Min 10 boxes/case) 2 Open bookcase – 3 shelves – 3 ft. long. 2 White Dry-Erase Board, 36” x 48”min. with markers and eraser. 1 Interior partitions – 6 ft. x 6 ft., soundproof type, portable and freestanding. 6 Coat rack with 20 coat capacity. - Wastebaskets - 30 gal., including plastic waste bags. 1 Wastebaskets - 5 gal., including plastic waste bags. 6 Electric wall clock. - Telephone. 1 Conference call services account - Full size stapler 20 (sheet capacity, with staples) 5 Desktop tape dispensers (with Tape) 5 8 Outlet Power Strip with Surge Protection 6 Rain Gauge 1 Business telephone system for three lines with ten handsets, intercom capability, - and one speaker phone for conference table. Mini refrigerator - 3.2 c.f. min. 1 Hot and cold water dispensing unit. Disposable cups and bottled water shall be 1 supplied by the Contractor for the duration of the project. Microwave, 1.2 c.f. , 1000W min. 1 Fire extinguishers - provide and install type and *number to meet applicable State and local codes for size of office indicated, including a fire extinguisher suitable for * use on a computer terminal fire.
0300-0202 ITEM #0969064A
0300-0202 269 Rev. Date 09/14/16
Electric pencil sharpeners. 2 Electronic office type printing calculators capable of addition, subtraction, 2 multiplication and division with memory and a supply of printing paper. Small Multi-Function Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax combination unit, network
capable, as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software. Large Multi-Function Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax combination unit, network 1 capable, as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software. Field Office Wi-Fi Connection as specified below under Computer Related 1 Hardware and Software Wi-Fi Printer as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software. 1 Digital Camera as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and 3 Software. Video Projector as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and - Software. Smart Board as specified below under Computer Related Hardware and Software. - Infrared Thermometer, including annual third party certified calibration, case, and 1 cleaning wipes. Concrete Curing Box as specified below under Concrete Testing Equipment. 1 Concrete Air Meter and accessories as specified below under Concrete Testing Equipment as specified below. Contractor shall provide third party calibration on a 1 quarterly basis. Concrete Slump Cone and accessories as specified below under Concrete Testing 1 Equipment. First Aid Kit 1 Flip Phones as specified under Computer Related Hardware and Software. - Smart Phones as specified under Computer Related Hardware and Software. -
The furnishings and equipment required herein shall remain the property of the Contractor. Any supplies required to maintain or operate the above listed equipment or furnishings shall be provided by the Contractor for the duration of the project.
Computer Related Hardware and Software: The CTDOT will supply by its own means the actual Personal Computers for the CTDOT representatives. The Contractor shall supply the Field Office Wi-Fi Connection, Wi-Fi Printer, Digital Camera(s), Flip Phones, Smart Phones, Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, Video Projectors, and Smart Board(s) as well as associated hardware and software, must meet the requirements of this specification as well as the latest minimum specifications posted, as of the project advertising date, at CTDOTs web site http://www.ct.gov/dot/cwp/view.asp?a=1410&q=563904
Within 10 calendar days after the signing of the Contract but before ordering/purchasing the Wi- Fi Printer (separate from the Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax), Field Office Wi-Fi, Digital Camera(s), Flip Phones, Smart Phones, Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, Video Projector(s) and Smart Board(s) as well as associated hardware, the Contractor must submit
0300-0202 ITEM #0969064A
0300-0202 270 Rev. Date 09/14/16
a copy of their proposed order(s) with catalog cuts and specifications to the Administering CTDOT District for review and approval. The Wi-Fi Printer, Wi-Fi Router, Flip Phones, Smart Phones, digital cameras, Projector(s) and Smart Board(s) will be reviewed by CTDOT District personnel. The Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax will be reviewed by the CTDOT OIS. The Contractor shall not purchase the hardware, software, or services until the Administering CTDOT District informs them that the proposed equipment, software, and services are approved. The Contractor will be solely responsible for the costs of any hardware, software, or services purchased without approval.
The Contractor and/or their internet service provider shall be responsible for the installation and setup of the field office Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi printer, and the configuration of the wireless router as directed by the CTDOT. Installation will be coordinated with CTDOT District and Project personnel.
After the approval of the hardware and software, the Contractor shall contact the designated representatives of the CTDOT administering District, a minimum of 2 working days in advance of the proposed delivery or installation of the Field Office Wi-Fi Connection, Wi-Fi Printer, Digital Camera(s), Flip Phones, Smart Phones, Multifunction Laser Printer/Copier/Scanner/Fax, Video Projectors and Smart Board(s), as well as associated hardware, software, supplies, and support documentation.
The Contractor shall provide all supplies, paper, maintenance, service and repairs (including labor and parts) for the Wi-Fi printers, copiers, field office Wi-Fi, fax machines and other equipment and facilities required by this specification for the duration of the Contract. All repairs must be performed with-in 48 hours. If the repairs require more than a 48 hours then an equal or better replacement must be provided.
Once the Contract has been completed, the hardware and software will remain the property of the Contractor.
First Aid Kit: The Contractor shall supply a first aid kit adequate for the number of personnel expected based on the size of the field office specified and shall keep the first aid kit stocked for the duration that the field office is in service.
Rain Gauge: The Contractor shall supply install and maintain a rain gauge for the duration of the project, meeting these minimum requirements. The rain gauge shall be installed on the top of a post such that the opening of the rain gauge is above the top of the post an adequate distance to avoid splashing of rain water from the top of the post into the rain gauge. The Location of the rain gauge and post shall be approved by the Engineer. The rain gauge shall be made of a durable material and have graduations of 0.1 inches or less with a minimum total column height of 5 inches. If the rain gauge is damaged the Contractor shall replace it prior to the next forecasted storm event at no additional cost.
0300-0202 ITEM #0969064A
0300-0202 271 Rev. Date 09/14/16
Concrete Testing Equipment: If the Contract includes items that require compressive strength cylinders for concrete, in accordance with the Schedule of Minimum Testing Requirements for Sampling Materials for Test, the Contractor shall provide the following equipment.
A) Concrete Cylinder Curing Box – meeting the requirements of Section 6.12 of the Standard Specifications.
B) Air Meter – The air meter provided shall be in good working order and meet the requirements of AASHTO T 152.
C) Slump Cone Mold – Slump cone, base plate, and tamping rod shall be provided in like-new condition and meet the requirements of AASHTO T119, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete.
All testing equipment will remain the property of the Contractor at the completion of the project.
Insurance Policy: The Contractor shall provide a separate insurance policy, with no deductible, in the minimum amount of five thousand dollars ($5,000) in order to insure all State-owned data equipment and supplies used in the office against all losses. The Contractor shall be named insured on that policy, and the CTDOT shall be an additional named insured on the policy. These losses shall include, but not be limited to: theft, fire, and physical damage. The CTDOT will be responsible for all maintenance costs of CTDOT owned computer hardware. In the event of loss, the Contractor shall provide replacement equipment in accordance with current CTDOT equipment specifications, within seven days of notice of the loss. If the Contractor is unable to provide the required replacement equipment within seven days, the CTDOT may provide replacement equipment and deduct the cost of the equipment from monies due or which may become due the Contractor under the Contract or under any other contract. The Contractor's financial liability under this paragraph shall be limited to the amount of the insurance coverage required by this paragraph. If the cost of equipment replacement required by this paragraph should exceed the required amount of the insurance coverage, the CTDOT will reimburse the Contractor for replacement costs exceeding the amount of the required coverage.
Maintenance: During the occupancy by the CTDOT, the Contractor shall maintain all facilities and furnishings provided under the above requirements, and shall maintain and keep the office quarters clean through the use of weekly professional cleaning to include, but not limited to, washing & waxing floors, cleaning restrooms, removal of trash, etc. Exterior areas shall be mowed and clean of debris. A trash receptacle (dumpster) with weekly pickup (trash removal) shall be provided. Snow removal, sanding and salting of all parking, walkway, and entrance ways areas shall be accomplished during a storm if on a workday during work hours, immediately after a storm and prior to the start of a workday. If snow removal, salting and sanding are not completed by the specified time, the State will provide the service and all costs incurred will be deducted from the next payment estimate.
0300-0202 ITEM #0969064A
0300-0202 272 Rev. Date 09/14/16
Method of Measurement: The furnishing and maintenance of the construction field office will be measured for payment by the number of calendar months that the office is in place and in operation, rounded up to the nearest month.
There will not be any price adjustment due to any change in the minimum computer related hardware and software requirements.
Basis of Payment: The furnishing and maintenance of the Construction Field Office will be paid for at the Contract unit price per month for “Construction Field Office, Large,” which price shall include all material, equipment, labor, service contracts, licenses, software, repair or replacement of hardware and software, related supplies, utility services, parking area, external illumination, trash removal, snow and ice removal, and work incidental thereto, as well as any other costs to provide requirements of this specified this specification.
Pay Item Pay Unit Construction Field Office, Large Month
0300-0202 ITEM #0969064A
0300-0202 273 Rev. Date 06/13/19
ITEM #1008183A – ¾” PVC COATED CONDUIT
ITEM #1008184A – 1” PVC COATED CONDUIT
ITEM #1008188A – 1¼” PVC COATED CONDUIT
ITEM #1008185A – 1½” PVC COATED CONDUIT
ITEM #1008189A – 2” PVC COATED CONDUIT
Description:
This work shall consist of furnishing and installing new PVC coated rigid galvanized steel (RGS) conduit system and fittings as indicated on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
General:
Coordination:
The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not adversely affect the circuits inside.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect wire sizing and/or conduit fill. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed. Drawings should indicate site specific installation details including showing the exact equipment locations, mounting details, splice locations, riser diagrams, and capacity for holding slack cable(s).
Materials:
The PVC Coated Conduit system shall include necessary PVC coated fittings, boxes, and covers to form a complete encapsulated conduit system. Conduits, couplings, elbows, bends, and nipples shall meet the requirements of NEC, UL 6, ANSI 80.1, NEMA RN-1 as applicable.
The PVC Coated Conduits shall be rigid steel, hot dip galvanized inside and out with hot dipped
0300-0202 ITEM #1008183A, #1008184A, #1008185A, #1008188A, #1008189A 0300-0202 274 Rev. Date 06/13/19
galvanized threads. The interior galvanizing shall be listed per UL 6. The exterior galvanizing shall be listed per UL 6 as primary corrosion protection. Thread protectors shall be used on the exposed threads of the PVC coated conduit.
The PVC coating, in compliance with NEMA RN-1, shall be nominal 40 mils in thickness continuous over the entire length of the conduit except at the threads, and be free of blisters, bubbles or pinholes. PVC shall be UL listed as a primary corrosion protection.
A urethane coating shall be uniformly and consistently applied to the interior of conduit. This internal coating shall be a nominal 2-mil thickness. All male threads on elbows and nipples shall be protected by this same application of urethane coating.
Coated couplings shall be used with coated conduit. The thickness of the coating on couplings shall be at least equal to the thickness of the coating on the conduit. Each coated coupling shall have a flexible PVC sleeve which extends from each end of the coupling and which will overlap the PVC coating on the conduit when the coupling has been installed on the conduit. The length of the sleeve extension(s) shall be at least equivalent to the nominal conduit size for sizes up through 2”. For sizes 2” – 6”, the length of the sleeve extension(s) shall be at least 2 in. The PVC sleeve shall be a nominal thickness of 40 mils in thickness. The inside diameter of the overlapping sleeve shall be less than the outside diameter of the PVC-coated conduit.
Conduit straps and clamps used with PVC coated conduit shall also be PVC coated. Where conduit is installed on strut channel, the channel shall be PVC coated or 316 stainless steel unless otherwise noted on the Plans. 316 stainless steel straps may be used with stainless steel channel but shall not be used with PVC coated strut channel.
Product Data:
Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Construction Methods:
The Contractor shall adhere to all provisions of the Connecticut DOT Form 817 Standard Specifications.
It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the PVC coating remains intact on all conduits. Should any of the PVC coating be nicked, scratched or otherwise damaged where the RGS becomes exposed, the Contractor shall be responsible at his expense to repair and restore the PVC coating using a manufacturer approved repair kit and procedure.
To minimize installation damage to the PVC coatings, use tools specially designed for PVC coated conduit or standard tools that have been appropriately modified for installing PVC coated conduit. Standard tools which have not been modified could damage the coatings and shall not
0300-0202 ITEM #1008183A, #1008184A, #1008185A, #1008188A, #1008189A 0300-0202 275 Rev. Date 06/13/19
be used to install PVC coated conduit. Follow all manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions.
Where conduit is threaded in the field, the thread shall be coated with an approved electrically- conductive, corrosion resistant compound. Compound shall be UL listed “FOIZ”.
Bending: Conduit bends shall be made with a bender with shoes specifically designed to bend PVC coated conduit. Small conduit sizes may be bent using an EMT hand bender one size larger than the conduit size. Follow all manufacturer instructions and recommendations.
Method of Measurement:
This work shall be measured for payment by the number of “linear feet” of conduit and all fittings installed in accordance with the Plans, specifications, and/or as ordered by Engineer. Measurement shall be along the centerline of the conduit.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear feet for “PVC Coated Conduit size specified” furnished and installed, which price shall include the cost of all labor, material (including fittings) and equipment necessary to complete the work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
¾” PVC Coated Conduit Linear Foot 1” PVC Coated Conduit Linear Foot 1 ¼” PVC Coated Conduit Linear Foot 1 ½” PVC Coated Conduit Linear Foot 2” PVC Coated Conduit Linear Foot
0300-0202 ITEM #1008183A, #1008184A, #1008185A, #1008188A, #1008189A 0300-0202 276 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1008555A – HDPE INNERDUCT – 1¼”
Description:
This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, tools, and equipment necessary for installing 1¼” high density polyethylene (HDPE) innerduct as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The innerduct is to be used for fiber optic cables and will be placed inside cable trays, underground cable troughs, conduits, ducts, and risers as shown in the plans.
Materials:
Innerduct shall be either smooth-walled or corregated. All innerduct shall be acquired from the same vendor. All innerduct shall be UV, riser rated. Each innerduct shall be solid color coded bright ORANGE.
Corrugated: The innerduct shall be corregated, inside and out, High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) plastic co-extruded with a permanent silicone lining delivered on a cable reel.
Smooth Wall: The innerduct shall be smooth-walled, inside and outside, High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) plastic Type SIDR9 delivered on a cable reel. The innerduct shall be extruded from high-density polyethylene (HDPE) resin and conforming to the minimum standards for polyethylene PE345430B as defined in ASTM D3350.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Construction Methods:
The innerduct shall be placed inside underground cable troughs, conduits, ducts, cable trays, and risers as shown in the plans. Where innerduct exits a conduit or riser, it shall extend past the conduit or riser at least 6”. All open ends of the innerduct shall be sealed with a rubber expansion type duct plug.
All bends in the innerduct shall be made without kinking, flattening, or appreciably reducing the internal diameter of the innerduct and as recommended by the manufacturer.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation.
Contractor shall coordinate the type of innerduct to be installed at each location. Contractor shall ensure the pulling tension of the innerduct and the cables to be installed within the innerduct will not be exceeded.
0300-0202 ITEM #1008555A 0300-0202 277 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Innerduct shall be installed in continuous lengths to the extent possible. Splicing of innerduct will be permitted using mechanical couplers as required to facilitate the installation with approval of the Engineer. Splicing shall be conducted according to manufacturer’s installation specifications and shall have been tested and demonstrated to provide an impermeable seal with a tensile strength equal to or greater than the duct without splices. There shall be no splices in conduits or risers.
The minimum bend radius shall be 24 inches.
The operating temperature range shall be -40 deg. F. to 158 deg. F.
Method of Measurement:
The HDPE Innerduct shall be measured for payment by the number of “Linear foot” furnished, installed, and inspected. Measurement shall include all couplings.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be pay for at the contract price per linear foot for “HDPE Innerduct 1-¼” ” shall include the innerduct and all labor and materials necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
HDPE Innerduct 1¼” Linear Feet
0300-0202 ITEM #1008555A 0300-0202 278 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1008908A - CLEAN EXISTING CONDUIT
Description:
Clean existing conduit as required, as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer to remove dirt and debris to facilitate the installation of new cable.
Construction Methods:
Where cable is to be installed in existing empty conduit, the conduit may have to be cleared prior to the installation. Cleaning will only be necessary if the new cable cannot be easily installed in the existing conduit. By field inspection, and with the concurrence of the Engineer, determine the sections of conduit that require cleaning. The Contractor may not relocate existing cabling in order to clean and use existing conduit. If existing conduit is unavailable, the Contractor shall run new conduit to accommodate the new cabling.
Clean the conduit by one of the following methods:
1) Rodding. 2) Pressure air. 3) By pulling a mandrel or ball through the conduit.
Use of water jetting to clean the electrical conduits is prohibited.
Submit in writing the anticipated method of cleaning the conduit to the Engineer for approval prior to cleaning any conduit.
If the conduit is found damaged to any extent that the cleaning process will not clear the obstruction, it will be the judgment of the Engineer whether to replace the entire conduit run or excavate and replace only the damaged section. New Trenching and Conduit shall be paid for under those items.
If the existing conduit is found to be missing hardware such as bonding bushings and bond wire, the missing material shall be provided and installed
Method of Measurement:
Clean Existing Conduit shall be measured for payment by the actual number of “Linear Feet” from termination point to termination point.
0300-0202 ITEM #1008908A 0300-0202 279 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Basis of Payment:
The work under the Item “Clean Existing Conduit” shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear foot, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto. Replacement of any damaged conduit shall be paid for under the applicable conduit item.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Clean Existing Conduit Linear Feet
0300-0202 ITEM #1008908A 0300-0202 280 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1019028A – AERIAL FIGURE 8 INNERDUCT
Description:
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct at the locations shown on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer.
The Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct shall be installed along the track right-of-way for the purpose of installing fiber optic cables.
Applicable Standards:
ASTM F2160, ASTM D3350
Materials:
The Aerial Innerduct shall be Duraline 1¼” Figure 8 with integral 1/4” Messenger or approved equal meeting the following requirements:
1. The Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct shall be 1¼” in size. 2. The Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct shall be made of silicone lining with flexible HDPE jacket. 3. The Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct shall have Galvanized Extra High Strength Steel Strand with flexible HDPE jacket on the top of the Innerduct for aerial installation. 4. The Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct average wall shall be 0.13 inch thick. 5. The Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct average outside diameter shall be 1.556 inch.
Construction Method:
Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Engineer for approval prior to supplying this item.
All fittings, adapters, unions, joints, couplers, sealants and other ancillary items required to provide a complete installation shall be supplied by the Contractor and included in this item, and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation. Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed. Drawings should indicate site specific installation details.
Before installation, the Contractor shall supply to the Engineer for approval a copy of the installation guidelines and procedures provided by the manufacturer. It shall be the responsibility
0300-0202 ITEM #1019028A 0300-0202 281 Rev. Date 06/10/19
of the Contractor to follow all manufacturer guidelines and procedures for the installation of the Innerduct and to use tools and equipment that are recommended by the manufacturer.
The aerial innerduct shall be grounded as detailed on the plans and other specification items.
The aerial innerduct erection tensions shall be governed by the plans, based on the equivalent span for the tension length and temperature of the conductor.
During stringing of new aerial innderduct, proper vertical and horizontal electrical clearances must be maintained from existing wires and structures.
The tension shall be adjusted so that it will be within plus/ minus five percent of the erection tension as shown on the plans.
The aerial innerduct shall meet NESC requirements for clearance above the ground and are subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Upon receipt, and prior to installation, Contractor shall perform visual inspections to verify Figure 8 Innerduct is not visibly damaged.
Acceptance Testing:
Follow requirements of the Acceptance Testing in other Sections. The Innerduct Acceptance Test Procedures shall cover, at a minimum:
Acceptance measurements on aerial innerduct and messenger wire, all forms and tables to be used for documenting results.
Visual inspection of complete aerial innerduct and messenger wire, all forms and tables to be used for documenting results.
Inspections and checks on other completed installations and all forms and tables to be used for documenting results.
The Acceptance Test Procedures will, as a minimum, include: objective and scope, equipment set-up; equipment to be used; personnel required; estimated duration; chronological sequence of test steps, pass/fail criteria and samples of data sheets to be used.
0300-0202 ITEM #1019028A 0300-0202 282 Rev. Date 06/10/19
An outline of the required inspections/checks/tests/measurements is indicated below for information.
Acceptance Measurements on Aerial Innerduct:
Upon completion of each segment of construction, the Contractor shall measure the Aerial innerduct height, and other required dimensions and record the readings on an Acceptance Measurement Form, in the presence of the Engineer.
Tests shall be scheduled in advance with the Engineer, and shall only be made during times of calm, dry weather, with either steady sunshine, or continuous cloud cover.
Acceptance Measurements tables and forms shall be prepared and shall include the following information:
Track designations Drawing number(s) where the structures of the wire Figure 8 aerial duct are shown Name(s) of person(s) responsible for performing the acceptance measurements Sheet number Equipment being measured Temperature of the messenger wire in degrees F during the time of measurement Stringing tension and sag of the messenger. Weather condition during time of measurement (e.g., windy, raining) The date measurement was made Ground resistance measurement. Station location of the pole or location where measurement is being taken
The Contractor shall provide a self-propelled, high-rail, man lift platform inspection vehicle for final inspection of each completed Figure 8 Aerial Innerduct run. The inspection vehicle shall be capable of lifting four (4) people to the aerial innerduct height and shall be supplied with a vehicle driver.
The Contractor shall provide all manpower, equipment, and grounding devices required to provide equal-potential grounding protection for inspection personnel on the high rail inspection vehicle. The protection shall be provided for the entire length of Figure 8 Aerial duct run being inspected and shall be in conformance with all Metro-North rules, procedures, and regulations.
0300-0202 ITEM #1019028A 0300-0202 283 Rev. Date 06/10/19
The high rail inspection vehicle will be made available for use by the Engineer and the Railroad Inspectors for final inspection of each completed aerial innerduct installation and attachments. The inspection vehicle shall also be made available for use for the re- inspection(s) of completed aerial innerduct and attachments installations when remedial work is required due to deficiencies found during the initial inspection.
Method of Measurement:
“Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct” shall be measured for payment by the actual number of “Linear Feet” furnished, installed, tested, and accepted.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per linear feet for “Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct” which price shall include all materials and incidentals needed to complete the work as described in these Specifications and as shown in the Plans.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Aerial Figure 8 Innerduct Linear Foot
0300-0202 ITEM #1019028A 0300-0202 284 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1108668A – ETHERNET SWITCH – CISCO 4503E
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install Cisco® Catalyst 4503E Series rack-mount switch at the locations as shown in the Plans and shall furnish the parts listed in this specification.
Materials:
The Cisco Catalyst 4503E switch shall be configured with the minimum requirements as outlined in this Specification.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the purchase and delivery of this equipment with the Engineer, MNR Communications, CTDOT Information Technology Department, and Cisco to guarantee the most recent version/models are being purchased. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to purchase all necessary components, pieces, parts, modules, cabling, software, licenses, and configuration in addition to the parts specifically mentioned above to provide a complete and fully-functioning system as described in these Special Provisions, Plans, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Configuration and testing shall be performed by Cisco Professional Services. Payment of work performed by Cisco will be paid under Item #1108672A – Cisco Professional Services.
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the Security Node House:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity WS-C4503-E Cat4500 E-Series 3-Slot Chassis, fan, no ps 1 CON-SNTP-C4503E SMARTNET 24x7x4 Cat4500 E-Series 3-Slot Chassis 2* fan, no ps WS-X45-SUP8-E Catalyst 4500 E-series Supervisor 8-E 1 SPF-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SFP Module Extended Temperature 2 WS-X4748-RJ45-E Catalyst 4500 E-Series 48-Port 10/100/1000 Non- 1 blocking S8EUK9-33-1511XO CAT4500e SUP8e Universal Crypto Image 1 PWR-C45-1400AC Catalyst 4500 1400W AC Power Supply (Data Only) 1 CAB-US520-C19-US NEMA 5-20 to IEC C19 14ft US 2 PWR-C45-1400AC/2 Catalyst 4500 1400W AC Power Supply Redundant 1 (Data only) C4500E-IP-ES Paper IP to Ent Services License 1 C4K-SLOT-CVR-E Catalyst 4500 E-Series Family Slot Cover 1 CAB-US520-C19-US NEMA 5-20 to IEC C19 14ft US 1 *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
0300-0202 ITEM #1108668A 0300-0202 285 Rev. Date 06/10/19
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the Westport Station:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity WS-C4503-E Cat4500 E-Series 3-Slot Chassis, fan, no ps 1 CON-SNTP-C4503E SMARTNET 24x7x4 Cat4500 E-Series 3-Slot Chassis 2* fan, no ps WS-X45-SUP8-E Catalyst 4500 E-series Supervisor 8-E 1 SPF-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SFP Module Extended Temperature 2 WS-X4748-RJ45-E Catalyst 4500 E-Series 48-Port 10/100/1000 Non- 1 blocking S8EUK9-33-1511XO CAT4500e SUP8e Universal Crypto Image 1 PWR-C45-1400AC Catalyst 4500 1400W AC Power Supply (Data Only) 1 CAB-US520-C19-US NEMA 5-20 to IEC C19 14ft US 2 PWR-C45-1400AC/2 Catalyst 4500 1400W AC Power Supply Redundant 1 (Data only) C4500E-IP-ES Paper IP to Ent Services License 1 C4K-SLOT-CVR-E Catalyst 4500 E-Series Family Slot Cover 1 CAB-US520-C19-US NEMA 5-20 to IEC C19 14ft US 1 *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
Construction:
Prior to purchase, the Contractor shall submit a complete parts list and “Bill of Materials” (BOM) for approval by the Engineer.
Prior to installation, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings for installation to the Engineer and shall be approved by the Engineer. A complete list of all components, pieces, parts and modules being supplied shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICES TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR– Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Training:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Training” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
0300-0202 ITEM #1108668A 0300-0202 286 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Method of Measurement:
Each Ethernet Switch – Cisco 4503E shall be measured for payment as “Each” for the actual number of switches listed in this specification and furnished, installed, tested, and accepted.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “Ethernet Switch – Cisco 4503E” including components all furnished, installed, tested, and accepted, which price shall include all material, including delivery, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Ethernet Switch – Cisco 4503E Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1108668A 0300-0202 287 Rev. Date 06/26/19
ITEM #1108672A – CISCO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
Description:
Cisco equipment furnished for Item #1108676A – “Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE5000”, Item #1108675A– “Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE3200”, Item #1108679A – “Ethernet Switch – Cisco C2960XR”, Item #1108668A – “Ethernet Switch – Cisco 4503E”, and upgrade of the NMS Item #1108871A – Network Management System shall be configured by a Cisco Authorized Partner that is familiar with the existing system. The Cisco Authorized Partner shall be Presidio Inc. located at One Penn Plaza, New York, NY; telephone number 212-652-5700. In addition, existing network equipment that the new equipment interfaces or integrates with shall also be configured by the same vendor to create and maintain a fully functioning and seamlessly integrated communication network for the security network specified in the contract. The exception is for Cisco M6 DWDM equipment. MNR will perform configuration of the Cisco M6. At the CCO Shop, two of the C2960XR network switches shall be configured and integrated with the existing Hartford Line network switches. A new network time server is required under this contract. Professional services shall configure the time server and existing Hartford Line switches to synchronize the devices with the time server.
Professional services required shall include detailed network design, network implementation planning, hot staging of equipment, migration/cut-in of the live network, testing, and configuration and execution of the network design plan. Provide documentation for the design, implementation plan, testing plans and procedures, and as-built configurations. Work shall include configuration of any existing switches that the new equipment interconnects/interfaces; except for Cisco M6 switches.
All work related New Haven Line shall be coordinated with Metro-North. All work related to Hartford Line shall be coordinated with CTDOT IT.
Material and Services:
Cisco Professional Services shall include but not be limited to: A. Provide an assessment of the network requirements for the security system and review of the existing network configuration B. Develop the high level design, detailed low level design, network implementation plan, and detailed testing plans and procedures. C. Hot staging of the equipment specified under Item #1108676A, Item #1108675A, Item #1108679A, and Item #1108668A for up to 45 days at a location provided by the Contractor (with approval from Metro-North and the Engineer). Staging service shall include fully configuring and testing the new equipment as close as possible to the actual live/production environment that the equipment to be installed. Staging service shall include receiving the equipment, detailed inventory of the equipment, and shipping of all equipment to the field locations.
0300-0202 ITEM #1108672A 0300-0202 288 Rev. Date 06/26/19
D. Develop method of procedures to integrate (e.g. cut-in) the new equipment into the existing network and expand the network. Scope of work shall include configuration of existing equipment. E. Provide field support to the Contractor for installation of network switches (4503E, IE5000 & IE3200) at field locations. F. Provide field support to the Contractor for installation of network switches (C2960XR) at CCO Shop. G. Execute the approved design and implementation plan in the field. Service shall include final configuration of the system. H. Fully test the network according to the approved test plan. I. Develop as-built documents for the network implemented, including hardware installation and software configuration. J. All documents, procedures, and plans shall be delivered and accepted by Metro-North for New Haven Line and by CTDOT IT for Hartford Line.
Contractor shall provide 90 days of warranty on the service provided after acceptance of the completed work.
Basis of Payment:
The sum of money shown on the Estimate and in the itemized proposal as "Estimated Cost" for this work will be considered the bid price even though payment will be made as described below. The estimated cost figure is not to be altered in any manner by the bidder. Should the bidder alter the amount shown, the altered figures will be disregarded and the original price will be used to determine the total amount for the contract.
The Department will pay the Contractor its actual costs for “Cisco Professional Services” plus an additional 5% as reimbursement for the Contractor’s administrative expense in connection with the services provided. The 5% markup will be paid when the Engineer receives cancelled check(s) or receipted invoice(s) as proof of payment from the Contractor. Prior to procuring the services, the Contractor shall submit a detailed quote indicating all work to be done by Cisco for approval by the Engineer. All work and amounts shall be pre-approved by the Engineer. Payment will not be made without pre-approval.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Cisco Professional Services Estimated
0300-0202 ITEM #1108672A 0300-0202 289 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1108675A – ETHERNET SWITCH – CISCO IE3200
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install Cisco® Industrial Ethernet (IE) 3200 Series DIN-mount L2 switches at the locations as shown in the Plans and in this specification.
Materials:
The Cisco IE 3200 switches shall be configured with the minimum requirements as outlined in this Specification.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the purchase and delivery of this equipment with the Engineer, MNR Communications, and Cisco to guarantee the most recent version/models are being purchased. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to purchase all necessary components, pieces, parts, modules, cabling, software, licenses, and configuration in addition to the parts specifically mentioned above to provide a complete and fully-functioning system as described in these Special Provisions, Plans, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Configuration and testing shall be performed by Cisco Professional Services. Payment of work performed by Cisco authorized partner will be paid under Item #1108672A – Cisco Professional Services.
The following minimum requirements shall be met for the switch configurations at each station:
Westport Station
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the Westport Station platform switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-3200-8P2S-E Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (2) 1 Gigabit 6 Ethernet (GigE) SFP Ports, (8) 10/100 PoE/PoE+ ports PWR-IE170W-PC-AC= High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 170W 6 GLC-LX-SM-RGD 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 12 CON-SNT-IE32008S SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 12* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
0300-0202 ITEM #1108675A 0300-0202 290 Rev. Date 06/10/19
SAGA Bridge
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the SAGA Bridge:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-3200-8P2S-E Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (2) 1 Gigabit 1 Ethernet (GigE) SFP Ports, (8) 10/100 PoE/PoE+ ports PWR-IE170W-PC-AC= High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 170W 1 GLC-LX-SM-RGD 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 2 CON-SNT-IE32008S SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 2* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
South Norwalk
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the South Norwalk Station platform switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-3200-8P2S-E Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (2) 1 Gigabit 2 Ethernet (GigE) SFP Ports, (8) 10/100 PoE/PoE+ ports PWR-IE170W-PC-AC= High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 170W 2 GLC-LX-SM-RGD 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 4 CON-SNT-IE32008S SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 4* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
Rowayton Station
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the Rowayton Station platform switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-3200-8P2S-E Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (2) 1 Gigabit 2 Ethernet (GigE) SFP Ports, (8) 10/100 PoE/PoE+ ports PWR-IE170W-PC-AC= High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 170W 2 GLC-LX-SM-RGD 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 4 CON-SNT-IE32008S SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 4* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
0300-0202 ITEM #1108675A 0300-0202 291 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Noroton Heights
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the Noroton Heights Station platform switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-3200-8P2S-E Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (2) 1 Gigabit 2 Ethernet (GigE) SFP Ports, (8) 10/100 PoE/PoE+ ports PWR-IE170W-PC-AC= High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 170W 2 GLC-LX-SM-RGD 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 4 CON-SNT-IE32008S SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 4* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
Construction:
Prior to purchase, the Contractor shall submit a complete parts list and “Bill of Materials” (BOM) for approval by the Engineer.
Prior to installation, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings for installation to the Engineer and shall be approved by the Engineer. A complete list of all components, pieces, parts and modules being supplied shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Training:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Training” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Method of Measurement:
Each Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE3200 shall be measured for payment as “Each” for the actual number of switches listed in this specification and furnished, installed, tested, and accepted.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE3200” including components all furnished, installed, tested, and accepted, which price shall include all material, spare parts including delivery, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
0300-0202 ITEM #1108675A 0300-0202 292 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Pay Item Pay Unit
Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE3200 Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1108675A 0300-0202 293 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1108676A – ETHERNET SWITCH – CISCO IE5000
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install Cisco® Industrial Ethernet (IE) 5000 Series rack-mount L2/L3 switches at the locations as shown in the Plans and listed in this specification.
Materials:
The Cisco IE 5000 switches shall be configured with the minimum requirements as outlined in this Specification.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the purchase and delivery of this equipment with the Engineer, MNR Communications) and Cisco to guarantee the most recent version/models are being purchased. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to purchase all necessary components, pieces, parts, modules, cabling, software, licenses, and configuration in addition to the parts specifically mentioned above to provide a complete and fully-functioning system as described in these Special Provisions, Plans, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Configuration and testing shall be performed by Cisco Professional Services. Payment of work performed by Cisco will be paid under Item #1108672A – Cisco Professional Services.
The following minimum requirements shall be met for the switch configurations at each station:
Greens Farms Station
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the Greens Farms Station platform switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-5000-12S12P-10G Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (4) 1/10 Gigabit 2 Ethernet (GigE) SFP/SFP+ Ports, 12 10/100/1000 PoE/PoE+ ports, and 12 SFP Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) PWR-RGD-AC-DC- High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 250W 4 250= SFP-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SMF Extended Temperature 4 L-IE5000-RTU= Cisco IE 5000 IP Services License 2 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 2 CON-SNT-IES12P50 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 4* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
0300-0202 ITEM #1108676A 0300-0202 294 Rev. Date 06/10/19
SAGA Bridge
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the SAGA Bridge switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-5000-12S12P-10G Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (4) 1/10 Gigabit 4 Ethernet (GigE) SFP/SFP+ Ports, 12 10/100/1000 PoE/PoE+ ports, and 12 SFP Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) PWR-RGD-AC-DC- High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 250W 8 250= SFP-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SMF Extended Temperature 8 GLC-LX-SM-RGD= 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 2 L-IE5000-RTU= Cisco IE 5000 IP Services License 4 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 4 CON-SNT-IES12P50 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 8* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
Westport Station
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the Westport Station platform switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-5000-12S12P-10G Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (4) 1/10 Gigabit 2 Ethernet (GigE) SFP/SFP+ Ports, 12 10/100/1000 PoE/PoE+ ports, and 12 SFP Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) PWR-RGD-AC-DC- High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 250W 4 250= SFP-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SMF Extended Temperature 4 GLC-LX-SM-RGD= 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 2 L-IE5000-RTU= Cisco IE 5000 IP Services License 2 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 2 CON-SNT-IES12P50 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 4* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
0300-0202 ITEM #1108676A 0300-0202 295 Rev. Date 06/10/19
South Norwalk
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the South Norwalk Station platform switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-5000-12S12P-10G Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (4) 1/10 Gigabit 2 Ethernet (GigE) SFP/SFP+ Ports, 12 10/100/1000 PoE/PoE+ ports, and 12 SFP Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) PWR-RGD-AC-DC- High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 250W 4 250= SFP-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SMF Extended Temperature 4 GLC-LX-SM-RGD= 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 2 L-IE5000-RTU= Cisco IE 5000 IP Services License 2 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 2 CON-SNT-IES12P50 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 4* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
Rowayton Station
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the Rowayton Station platform switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-5000-12S12P-10G Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (4) 1/10 Gigabit 2 Ethernet (GigE) SFP/SFP+ Ports, 12 10/100/1000 PoE/PoE+ ports, and 12 SFP Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) PWR-RGD-AC-DC- High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 250W 4 250= SFP-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SMF Extended Temperature 4 GLC-LX-SM-RGD= 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 2 L-IE5000-RTU= Cisco IE 5000 IP Services License 2 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 2 CON-SNT-IES12P50 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 4* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
0300-0202 ITEM #1108676A 0300-0202 296 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Noroton Heights
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the Noroton Heights Station platform switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity IE-5000-12S12P-10G Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch w/ (4) 1/10 Gigabit 2 Ethernet (GigE) SFP/SFP+ Ports, 12 10/100/1000 PoE/PoE+ ports, and 12 SFP Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) PWR-RGD-AC-DC- High-Voltage AC/DC Power Source, 250W 4 250= SFP-10G-LR-X 10GBASE-LR SMF Extended Temperature 4 GLC-LX-SM-RGD= 1000 Mbps Single-Mode Rugged SFP, 1300nm 2 L-IE5000-RTU= Cisco IE 5000 IP Services License 2 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 2 CON-SNT-IES12P50 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 4* Day *SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
Construction:
Prior to purchase, the Contractor shall submit a complete parts list and “Bill of Materials” (BOM) for approval by the Engineer.
Prior to installation, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings for installation to the Engineer and shall be approved by the Engineer. A complete list of all components, pieces, parts and modules being supplied shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Training:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Training” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Method of Measurement:
Each Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE5000 shall be measured for payment as “Each” for the actual number of switches listed in this specification and furnished, installed, tested, and accepted. All
0300-0202 ITEM #1108676A 0300-0202 297 Rev. Date 06/10/19
necessary interconnecting cables, inner ducts, mounting hardware, accessories to provide a complete installation of the switch at the locations shown on the plan shall be part of this pay item.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE5000” including components all furnished, installed, tested, and accepted, which price shall include all material, delivery, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Ethernet Switch – Cisco IE5000 Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1108676A 0300-0202 298 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1108679A – ETHERNET SWITCH – CISCO C2960XR
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install Cisco® Catalyst C2960XR Series L2/L3 switches at the locations as shown in the Plans and shall furnish the spare parts listed in this specification. The switches shall provide network connectivity to devices in the CCO Shop Security Center in Room 442A. Four switches shall be provided. Two switches shall be interconnected with the New Haven Line switch in Room 416 of CCO Shop. Two switches shall be interconnected with the Hartford Line network core switches in Room 416 of the CCO Shop. The New Have Line network shall be physically separate from the Hartford Line network.
Materials:
The Cisco Catalyst C2960XR switches shall be configured with the minimum requirements as outlined in this Specification.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the purchase and delivery of this equipment with the Engineer, MNR Communications, CTDOT Information Technology Department, and Cisco to guarantee the most recent version/models are being purchased. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to purchase all necessary components, pieces, parts, modules, cabling, software, licenses, and configuration in addition to the parts specifically mentioned above to provide a complete and fully-functioning system as described in these Special Provisions, Plans, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Configuration and testing shall be performed by Cisco Professional Services. Payment of work performed by Cisco will be paid under Item #1108672A – Cisco Professional Services.
The following minimum requirements shall be met for the switch configurations:
CCO Shop Control Room 442A
The Contractor shall supply the following items and quantities of switches and components to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for the CCO Shop Control Room switches:
Cisco Part Number Description Quantity WS-C2960XR-48LPS-I Cisco Catalyst 2960XR 48-port L2/L3 switch 4 PWR-C2-640WAC 640W AC Power Supply 8 GLC-LH-SMD 1000 Mbps SFP 8 C2960X-STACK FlexStack-Plus hot-swappable stacking module 4 CAB-STK-E-0.5M Stacking cable with a 0.5 meter length 4 CAB-CONSOLE-USB Cisco Console Cable 6 ft. USB Type A to Mini-B 4 CAB-TA-NA= AC Power cord 8 CON-SNT-WS29648 SMARTNET Warranty Service, 8x5x Next Business 8* Day
0300-0202 ITEM #1108679A 0300-0202 299 Rev. Date 06/10/19
*SMARTNET support shall be provided for 2 years for each switch
For each switch, Contractor shall provide one 48-port Cat-6 copper termination panel, and one horizontal cable management suitable for fiber and copper cable with cover plate.
Construction:
Prior to purchase, the Contractor shall submit a complete parts list and “Bill of Materials” (BOM) for approval by the Engineer.
Prior to installation, the Contractor shall submit shop drawings for installation to the Engineer and shall be approved by the Engineer. A complete list of all components, pieces, parts and modules being supplied shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
The spare parts will be held by the Contractor until after the System Acceptance Test is complete. After acceptance of the systems, the Contractor shall deliver the items to the Connecticut Department of Transportation or Metro North Railroad at a designated site within the State of Connecticut. Transfer of ownership and delivery shall be coordinated with the Engineer.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Training:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Training” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Method of Measurement:
Each Ethernet Switch – Cisco Catalyst C2960XR shall be measured for payment as “Each” for the actual number of switches listed in this specification and furnished, installed, tested, and accepted.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “Ethernet Switch – Cisco C2960XR” including components all furnished, installed, tested, and accepted, which price shall include all material, spare parts including delivery, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit Ethernet Switch – Cisco C2960XR Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1108679A 0300-0202 300 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1108844A – FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 72 POSITION
ITEM #1108842A – FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 24 POSITION
Description:
This item shall consist of furnishing and installing 72 and 24 Position Fiber Optic Patch Panels at the locations shown on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer.
Materials:
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
A. The Fiber Optic Patch Panels shall be Optical Cable Corporation RTC72B72SMLCPS or equivalent meeting the following requirements:
1. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall be a stand-alone unit manufactured for outdoor field cabinets. 2. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall include and be capable of accommodating a minimum of 72 terminations as shown in the plans. 3. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall include and be capable of terminating up to 72 connectorized pigtails. 4. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall incorporate a hinged access door. 5. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall be rack, wall, or shelf mountable as required by the specific location. The patch panel shall be securely fastened in place as recommended by the manufacturer. 6. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall include splice trays meeting the following requirements: i. The splice trays in the Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall be capable of holding a minimum of 24 splices each. Additional splice trays shall be provided to match the port capacity of the fiber patch panel. ii. The splice trays shall incorporate a system to retain and provide strain relief to the fiber optic buffers tubes and connector pigtails. iii. The splice trays shall incorporate grooves where the fiber optic splice can be held in place iv. Each splice tray shall incorporate a clear snap on lid. 7. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall include a restraining system to hold the splice trays securely in place. 8. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall incorporate cable guides that maintain fiber strands and fiber buffer tubes bending radius greater than the minimum allowed by the manufacturer. 9. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall use 72 connectorized pigtails to connect the fiber optic cable to the Fiber Optic Patch Panel.
0300-0202 ITEM #1108844A, #1108842A 0300-0202 301 Rev. Date 06/10/19
10. The connectorized pigtails shall meet the following requirements: i. All fiber optic connectors shall be provided shall be type “LC”. ii. The connector mean insertion loss shall be 0.15 dB and maximum 0.3 dB. iii. The connector mean reflectance shall be “ -58 dB” typical iv. All LC connectors shall have a durability rate of less than 0.2 dB change over 500 rematings per FOTP-21. v. Connectors shall meet ANSI/TIA EIA-604-10 requirements. vi. The fiber optic strand of the connectorized pigtail shall have matching optical properties as the fiber optic strand used on the fiber optic cable. 11. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall incorporate a restraining mechanism to hold the fiber optic cable central member and outside jacket. 12. The Fiber Optical Patch Panel shall fit in a standard 19” rack. 13. 72-port Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall occupy a maximum of 4U. 14. All plastic components shall be high impact, self-extinguishing UL listed 94V-0.
B. The Fiber Optic Patch Panels shall be Panduit FRME1U or equivalent meeting the following requirements:
15. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall be a 1 RU Rack mountable unit. 16. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall include and be capable of accommodating a minimum of 24 terminations as shown in the plans. 17. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall include and be capable of terminating up to 24 connectorized pigtails. 18. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall be rack mountable. The patch panel shall be securely fastened in place as recommended by the manufacturer. 19. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall include splice trays meeting the following requirements: v. The splice trays in the Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall be capable of holding a minimum of 12 splices each. Additional splice trays shall be provided to match the port capacity of the fiber patch panel. vi. The splice trays shall incorporate a system to retain and provide strain relief to the fiber optic buffers tubes and connector pigtails. vii. The splice trays shall incorporate grooves where the fiber optic splice can be held in place viii. Each splice tray shall incorporate a clear snap on lid. 20. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall include a restraining system to hold the splice trays securely in place. 21. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall incorporate cable guides that maintain fiber strands and fiber buffer tubes bending radius greater than the minimum allowed by the manufacturer. 22. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall use 24 connectorized pigtails to connect the fiber optic cable to the Fiber Optic Patch Panel. 23. The connectorized pigtails shall meet the following requirements: vii. All fiber optic connectors shall be provided shall be type “LC”. viii. The connector mean insertion loss shall be 0.15 dB and maximum 0.3 dB. ix. The connector mean reflectance shall be “ -58 dB” typical
0300-0202 ITEM #1108844A, #1108842A 0300-0202 302 Rev. Date 06/10/19
x. All LC connectors shall have a durability rate of less than 0.2 dB change over 500 rematings per FOTP-21. xi. Connectors shall meet ANSI/TIA EIA-604-10 requirements. xii. The fiber optic strand of the connectorized pigtail shall have matching optical properties as the fiber optic strand used on the fiber optic cable. 24. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall incorporate a restraining mechanism to hold the fiber optic cable central member and outside jacket. 25. The Fiber Optical Patch Panel shall fit in a standard 19” rack. 26. 24-port Fiber Optic Patch Panel shall occupy a maximum of 1U. 27. All plastic components shall be high impact, self-extinguishing UL listed 94V-0.
Contractor shall furnish all patch (jumper) cables required for complete end-to-end network connectivity as part of this Item. Patch cables shall meet the same requirements as the connectorized pigtails described herein except for providing “LC” connectors on each end. Coordinate connector type with final equipment termination. Provide at least 25% spare patch cables.
Construction Method:
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and product data to the Engineer for approval prior to supplying this item. It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to ensure all connector types are correct and match the communications equipment being installed as shown in the plans. The Contractor shall furnish connectors for each port and provide to MNR for installation.
Where installed in a rack without rear access, Contractor shall install patch panel on sliding rails properly designed for the size and weight of the fully loaded panel. A patch panel with integrated sliding tray may be substituted but shall meet all requirements herein.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. At a minimum, the following tests shall be included: verification of proper installation of equipment per approved drawings and manufacturer recommendations, verification of all fiber cables are installed, verification of all port and cable labeling. Any tests recommended by the manufacturer shall also be included.
Method of Measurement:
“FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 72 POSITION” shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” unit installed, tested, and accepted.
0300-0202 ITEM #1108844A, #1108842A 0300-0202 303 Rev. Date 06/10/19
“FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 24 POSITION” shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” unit installed, tested, and accepted.
Basis of Payment:
“FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 72 POSITION” and “FIBER OPTIC PATCH PANEL - 24 POSITION” shall be paid for at the contract unit price bid per “EACH”, which price shall include full compensation for all materials including pigtails, patch cables, and other incidentals needed to complete the work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Fiber Optic Patch Panel, 72 Position Each Fiber Optic Patch Panel, 24 Position Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1108844A, #1108842A 0300-0202 304 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1108871A – NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Description:
There is an existing Cisco Prime Infrastructure Network Management System (NMS) as part of the existing Video Management System. Current version of the software is Infrastructure 3.5. Original appliance is Prime-NCS-APL-K9. The Contractor shall upgrade the NMS to the latest version to support the new switches and firmware provided under this contract. The Contractor shall also furnish additional software licenses to manage all network switches and routers installed under this Contract. In the event that the appliance is no longer compatible or cannot support the latest version of the software, Contractor shall provide a new hardware appliance with the software. All hardware and software shall be purchased with Cisco SMARTNET support for 2 years.
Contractor is responsible for upgrade of the NMS software. Metro-North will perform configuration of the NMS to monitor the switches and routers.
Materials:
The NMS shall include Cisco Prime LAN Management Solution and Cisco Prime Network Control System.
The NMS shall manage all network switches and routers provided under this contract, except Hartford Line equipment. Contractor shall provide the necessary licenses to manage all devices furnished under this contract plus 20% spare.
The existing network monitoring system supports the following: 1. Inventory and topology management 2. Device configuration and administration 3. Device configuration and image management 4. Audit and compliance management 5. Performance and health monitoring 6. Reporting
New NMS licenses shall include Base License, Lifecycle License, and Assurance License, or latest equivalents.
Training
The Contractor shall provide training for the new version of the NMS. In addition, the Contractor shall provide at least the equivalent of 456 Cisco Learning Credits for Metro-North personnel. The Contractor shall provide a representative list of classes that can these credits may be used for from various authorized Cisco Training Partners. Metro-North will select training courses based on their requirements. Credits shall only be procured as Metro-North requires the
0300-0202 ITEM #1108871A 0300-0202 305 Rev. Date 06/10/19
training to avoid expiration of credits. All training courses shall be approved by Metro-North, and procured at the direction of the Engineer. The selected training courses may be procured directly instead of through procurement of Cisco Learning Credits with permission of the Engineer.
Additional training requirements are specified in “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Training”.
Construction Methods:
Contractor shall submit a list of switches and routers furnished under the contract and any available setting, along with the recommended settings for monitoring to Metro-North. Prior to upgrade of the system, Contractor shall perform a full backup of the existing system.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. Contractor shall assist Metro-North to verify network monitoring system. Alarms shall be generated, and other monitored points activated/verified where possible to verify functionality.
Method of Measurement:
The Network Management System shall be measured for payment as a “lump sum” for software licenses furnished to Metro-North and tested.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the lump sum price for “Network Management System” furnished and tested, which price shall include all materials, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Network Management System Lump Sum
0300-0202 ITEM #1108871A 0300-0202 306 Rev. Date 6/25/19
ITEM #0063538A – WORKSTATION
ITEM #1108872A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
ITEM #0150800A – PHASE 1 & PHASE 2 UPGRADES
ITEM #1108868A – CCTV WORKSTATION SOFTWARE LICENSES
ITEM #1108881A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SOFTWARE LICENSES
Description:
There is an existing, redundant Verint Video Management System (VMS) installed at the CCO Shop and T&E building (both located in the New Haven Yard). The existing master servers and recorder servers at CCO Shop and T&E building shall be upgraded to the current version of Verint VMS. Upgrade shall include necessary replacement to server hardware.
Two new locations to house additional servers and NVRs will be added under Phase 3, a New Security Node House in East Norwalk and an existing Westport Police Department storage room at the Westport Station. A new Verint VMS workstation shall be provided to MNR to be turned over to the Westport Police Department. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and test an expansion of this system to accommodate Phase 3 cameras, as well as upgrade and relocate the existing equipment as shown in the plans.
The System provides monitoring, control, and video recording and archiving as specified herein, and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. The System shall comprise of, but not be limited to:
1. Monitoring and control
2. Networked capability for remote monitoring and control
3. Network Video Recording with redundant back-up and archival of video.
The System shall include the following: additional head-end servers, hardware and software licenses, management software, prerequisite software, rack mounted KVM console, video decoders/video encoders, digital video recording/storage severs (e.g., RAID array), client workstations and related software, and all brackets, conduits, fittings, cables, connectors, wires, and ancillary equipment required for a fully functioning system described herein. Contractor shall include any other required equipment for a complete and operating system not included in this list. The system shall provide scalability and future expansion capability.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 307 Rev. Date 6/25/19
The existing Phase 1 & 2 VMS head-end servers are configured as a redundant, hot-standby (fault-tolerant master server & dual recording) with the CCO shop as primary, and T&E building as backup in the event the primary VMS system becomes damaged or inaccessible. Cameras are recorded at both locations continuously. The Contractor shall coordinate all work with the active system and minimize the number and duration of any disruptions to the existing system. Phase 3 system shall include a primary system at the East Norwalk Security Node House and a fault- tolerant system at the CCO Shop with additional servers at the Westport Station.
This specification covers the Video Management System (including the Network Video Recording System) and the Workstation computers that will all be integrated with each other to provide a complete system. The locations where the Contractor shall install the equipment for the Video Management System, Network Video Recording System, and Workstations shall be as shown in the Plans.
The Contractor shall retain the services of a System Integrator to perform the integration necessary for the inclusion of cameras and components into the existing Verint Nextiva software. 1. The Contractor shall utilize qualified, certified, and licensed personnel with experience in design of integrated security systems from Verint. Prior to commencement of Work, the Contractor shall submit evidence of personnel having recent certifications for the system. 2. Systems Integrator and Installer shall demonstrate a minimum of 7 years of continuous experience and technical expertise in performing contracts comparable in size and complexity, and whose installation and integration work was performed skillfully in a satisfactory manner and on time. 3. The Systems Integrator shall be of established reputation and experience in the field of Video Surveillance Systems and shall be certified by the manufacturers of the proposed equipment to install, service, and maintain each manufacturer’s equipment.
Requirements set forth in this Section shall apply to all CCTV System components (cameras, illuminators, power supplies, head-end servers, workstations, media converters, etc.) working as a complete system.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 308 Rev. Date 6/25/19
CCTV Software Licenses:
The Contractor shall supply the following items of CCTV software licenses to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for expansion of the existing CCTV system, including the upgraded Phase 1 & 2 system. Only these items will be paid under Item #1108881A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SOFTWARE LICENSES. All system configuration, other hardware, and other software required for the VMS shall be paid under Item #1108871A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM for Phase 3 and Item #0150800A – PHASE 1 & PHASE 2 UPGRADES.
Verint Part Number Description VMS-1CAM-ENT Verint VMS, One (1) VMS Software Camera License for Enterprise Master Server Systems VMS-1DUAL-ENT Verint VMS, One (1) Dual Recording Redundancy Software Camera License for Enterprise Master Server Systems Gold Level Maintenance for each camera license and dual recording license furnished under this contract through 12/31/2022.
Furnish licenses for every camera installed or integrated into the existing system as part of the Contract.
CCTV Workstation Licenses:
The Contractor shall supply the following items of CCTV workstation licenses to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for expansion of the existing CCTV system. These items only shall be paid under Item #1108868A – CCTV WORKSTATION SOFTWARE LICENSES. All system configuration, other hardware, and other software required for the CCTV workstations shall be paid under Item #0063538A – WORKSTATION.
Verint Part Number Description VMS-1RV-S One (1) Review/Smart Client License Gold Level Maintenance for each review/smart client license furnished under this contract through 12/31/2022.
Existing Video Management System Upgrade
The existing VMS (Phase 1 & 2) shall be upgraded to the same version as Phase 3 to have the systems to be fully integrated and function as one system.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 309 Rev. Date 6/25/19
A. The existing primary storage system and VMS head-end servers are located within the CCO Shop in the New Haven Rail Yard. All video system requests are retrieved from the primary storage system unless it becomes inaccessible or damaged.
1. The existing primary storage system (for the existing cameras) shall remain at the CCO Shop. The master server shall be replaced with new hardware and software. Hardware and software shall be the same as the Phase 3 system. 2. All recorders software shall also be upgraded to match the version of new VMS. In the event the existing recorder hardware cannot support the new software, the hardware shall be replaced also.
B. An existing backup storage system is located in the T&E Building second floor communications room in the New Haven Rail Yard. The backup storage system records all camera feeds in parallel with the primary storage system for use only when the primary storage system in unavailable.
1. The existing secondary/backup storage system at T&E (for the existing cameras) shall be relocated to the new Security Node House in East Norwalk. All recorders software shall also be upgraded to match the version of new VMS. In the event the existing recorder hardware cannot support the new software, the hardware shall be replaced also. 2. The master server at T&E shall be replaced with new hardware and software. Hardware and software shall be the same as the Phase 3 system. The master server shall remain in T&E Building.
C. The master servers shall be provided with latest version of the Verint software with all necessary licenses and maintenance licenses plus any third party software, including Stratus Marathon EverRun fault-tolerant software.
D. A Phase 1 and 2 Quorum Server shall be added at the CCO Shop.
Refer to the below sections for specification requirements for the master server, recorders, and Quorum server.
All existing functionality shall remain operational throughout the Contract. Contractor shall document and verify existing operations and functions prior to making any System modifications. Verify all functionality remains after modifications are made. Submit all test procedures in accordance with the “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - Acceptance Testing”.
Video Management System:
Codes, Standards and Specifications:
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 310 Rev. Date 6/25/19
A. All items furnished and installed under this Specification shall comply with the latest edition of applicable codes, provisions and all applicable standards issued by the organizations referenced below. The following publications are incorporated herein by reference to the extent applicable: 1. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): NFPA 70 National Electrical Code. 2. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards. 3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards. 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standards. 5. Telcordia Technologies Standards: FR-2063 NEBS Family of Requirements (or equivalent standards, as applicable).
General Requirements:
A. The Contractor shall ensure the system provided meet all functional requirements specified. In general, the System shall consist of readily available, reliable, and proven hardware, software, and firmware elements, which fully comply with or exceed the requirements of this Section and the Contract Drawings. If the system does not meet a specific requirement, submit to the Engineer explanation and proposed alternative at least 60 days prior to the commencement of Factory Acceptance Testing or on the first production unit.
B. Provide all equipment required to provide a complete system, whether the equipment is specifically listed in the specification or not. The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of a completely functional turnkey system.
C. Unless otherwise specified on the Contract Drawings or in this Section, the System shall be manufactured and installed in compliance with NFPA 70, all local codes, and other publications referenced in the Section.
D. All system components, hardware, software, firmware, and equipment furnished under this contract shall conform to the following: 1. All hardware and software used shall be industry standard and conform to established open architecture standards, allowing for a distributed server architecture. This shall include the use of established programming languages, industry standard and general use database management system and operating systems. All hardware and software utilized shall be the latest commercially available version. The System shall not require any proprietary hardware for video recording and monitoring. 2. All application software and firmware shall be a standard, commercially available, “off-the-shelf” product. 3. Hardware and software shall be scalable, allowing for additional servers, storage units, workstations, cameras, and associated software licenses to be connected without replacement of the System. The System shall allow for use of non- proprietary PC storage hardware that shall not limit the storage capacity and shall
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 311 Rev. Date 6/25/19
allow for gradual upgrades of the recording capacity.
E. Licenses, Support agreements, Training, Technical support services shall all reflect the new versions that are being upgraded during Phase 2 of the project.
Functional Requirements:
A. A storage system shall be provided to storage and process video from the camera. A new primary storage (for Phase 3 cameras) shall be located in the new Security Node House in East Norwalk. The new primary storage system shall provide all of the same or better functionality of the existing system and be fully integrated.
B. The backup storage system replicates any database entries needed to recover video in the event of a catastrophic failure. All requirements applicable to the primary storage system shall apply to the backup storage system. A new backup storage (for Phase 3 cameras) shall be provided at CCO Shop. The new backup storage system shall provide all of the same or better functionality of the existing system and be fully integrated.
C. A new redundant, fault-tolerant master server system shall be installed to control the Phase 3 cameras. The primary master server shall be located at the new Security Node House and the secondary/backup master server shall be located at the Westport Station.
D. A Quorum Server shall be provided as part of the VMS. 1. The Quorum server shall run a quorum service/application that is part of the Stratus EverRun Fault Tolerant system. 2. The Quorum server shall provide data integrity assurances and automatic restart capabilities for specific failures in an EverRun environment. 3. The Quorum server shall ensure the integrity of VMs against multiple network failure scenarios, including splitbrain, and provide for unattended startup of VMs after specific failures. 4. Quorum Server shall be fully compatible with the existing Verint VMS system which uses Stratus Marathon everRun for redundancy. 5. Quorum Server for Phase 3 shall be added at the Westport storage room. 6. Server shall include hardware, software, and all licenses.
E. The System shall include the following capabilities at a minimum: 1. Capture, record, control, and allow monitoring (live or pre-recorded viewing) of all of the cameras provided under the Contract, or existing cameras to be integrated. 2. Viewing real-time and recorded video streams simultaneously from any camera or storage device in the system. The system shall route images from any camera to any viewing station. Viewing permissions shall be based on user login. 3. Storage, retrieval, and search capabilities for a minimum 30 days with simultaneous camera inputs at all ports.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 312 Rev. Date 6/25/19
4. Video loss detection. The system shall trigger an alarm to a remote location upon loss of video. 5. The equipment shall be connected to the MNR network and have bidirectional communication capability. Client workstations shall have the capability to communicate with the head-end servers via HTTP and HTTPS. 6. The system shall allow an operator to dynamically specify frame rate adjustment at a particular camera location for monitoring that location. The System shall be capable of configuring recording rate and resolution individually for each camera or encoder locally or remotely. The frame rate shall also be adjustable based on pre-set conditions, such as time-of-day or time-of-week. Changing the parameters shall not interfere with other system operations such as recording or playback. 7. The system shall tag each video frame with a time/date, camera identification and/or station location. The system shall allow additional tagging of images by an operator. The location of the system tag on the image shall be able to be set by the user. 8. The existing master server system and the new master server systems shall be configured in a multisite configuration such that an operator does not require a separate login, application, or instance of an application to view, control, or monitor the system. The two systems shall be seamlessly integrated.
F. Recording Rate and Storage 1. The resolution and clarity of captured images shall be maintained under a range of lighting conditions from darkness through bright sunlight and provide a full color image to the maximum extent of the camera hardware provided by the Contract. The System shall store high quality images with no visible compression artifacts, noise, or dropouts caused by the recording system. 2. Recorded video shall be stored on a hard disk. The use of a tape storage medium is not acceptable. 3. Storage drives shall be configured for RAID 5 or better. 4. Contractor shall furnish, install, and configure the System with additional recording space for IP cameras and encoders for all devices added under this Contract. Use of existing storage space is not permitted unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Storage and recording capabilities shall be based on the following: i. All cameras and encoders provided under this Contract, plus 50% spare for 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, continuously for 30 days. ii. IP cameras configured for H.264 or H.265 (if available) compression with a recorded pixel resolution of 720p (1280x720), 15 frames per second, variable bitrate, and no more than 30% compression. iii. External encoders configured for H.264 or H.265 (if available) compression with a recorded pixel resolution of 704x480 (4CIF/NTSC), 15 frames per second, variable bitrate, and no more than 30% compression. iv. Minimum 4000kbps output per IP camera, 768kbps per analog camera via external encoder.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 313 Rev. Date 6/25/19
v. RAID 5 storage configurations. 5. Once storage capacity or a pre-defined time (in this case, 30 days) has been reached, the system shall automatically record over previously recorded images on a first-in, first-out basis unless an operator intervenes with the appropriate programming commands to retain video within the storage system. 6. Submit supporting storage calculations based on the values for frame rate, resolution, bandwidth, and recording period. The compressed file sizes used for the storage calculations must give high quality images as described within.
G. Client workstations shall be furnished and installed as indicated on Plans. Furnish, install, and configure client software on each workstation.
H. The System shall interface to external encoders provided under this Contract in order to view and record video from existing analog CCTV cameras. All requirements applicable to camera viewing, recording, and playback shall apply to external encoders unless otherwise noted.
I. Cameras shall not require “genlocking” (synchronizing) to each other or to the system to achieve the required capture rate. Disconnection and disabling of one or more cameras shall not compromise recording from other cameras.
J. System Management and Administration 1. The system shall provide automated, system-wide health monitoring and diagnostics. The diagnostics detailed metrics and real-time displays of performance data help accelerate troubleshooting by graphically highlighting trends and exceptions. The system shall be capable of monitoring SNMP traps of CCTV system equipment such as cameras. This function shall be automatic and alert other systems, such as the central management software, of specified alarms. System management package shall be native to the VMS. The management solution shall allow the system administrator to control, configure, and monitor the VMS and recording system. 2. The administrator shall have the ability to independently set up each camera for frame rate, compression rate, brightness, contrast, and other performance settings. 3. All functions and system settings available by the software shall be made available to the system administrator. The system administrator shall have the ability to add, modify, and remove all configurable items including, but not limited to, users, user groups, user rights, user group rights, system maps, etc.
K. Security Requirements 1. Access to the existing active System will be provided by MNR as needed. Contractor shall request access through the engineer at least two (2) weeks in advance. 2. For test and/or non-production systems: a. The System shall provide a password initiated security hierarchy, which
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 314 Rev. Date 6/25/19
will provide access privileges to users. There will be a minimum three privileged levels. User accounts are not to be created locally on Windows servers if at all possible. b. All application users are required to successfully log in to the software before any application functions are accessible. Access to monitors, cameras, recorders, and all software features shall depend on the assigned user rights, which shall be designated through the system administrator. 3. The system shall provide password protection and other suitable protective measures to achieve: a. Protect video stored within the unit. b. Protect video following export from the unit. c. Prevent unauthorized copying of video to removable media. 4. The system shall feature a continuously running activity log with remote access/connectivity page and performance/operation page. 5. All MNR basic security provisions in all workstations shall be reinforced. Obtain security requirements from MNR.
L. Head-end system power shall be 208 VAC, single phase unless otherwise noted. All workstations shall operate on 120 VAC. Except at Westport, servers shall be 120VAC.
M. The System shall maintain full functionality and be capable of operating within the environmental conditions encountered in the locations installed.
VMS Software Licenses:
The Contractor shall supply the following VMS related software licenses to meet the requirements as shown in the plans for expansion of the existing CCTV system. Phase 1 & 2 system maintenance renewal shall be provided under Item #1108822A – VMS Support Services.
Verint Part Number Description VER-DIRECT-MAN- Gold Level Maintenance for VMS software, each GOLD & (2) EM-VER- camera license and dual recording license furnished DIRECT-MAN-GOLD under this contract through 12/31/2022. EVERRUN-ENT- Stratus EverRun Enterprise SW FT license furnished MTCER-YR1 & (2) under this contract through 12/31/2022. EVERRUN-ENT- MTCER-ADD
Submittals:
A. The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 315 Rev. Date 6/25/19
readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
B. Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation.
C. Submit the following for review and approval as required. 1. Product data for each product specified; samples as required. 2. Plans furnished by the manufacturer. 3. Drawings indicating all work including mounting, riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, and other details. 4. Tagging/labeling nomenclature and related product data. 5. Test procedures for all testing and product data for test equipment; forms to be used for test report; test schedule; certified copies of test results; notification of testing four weeks in advance. 6. Manufacturer’s Certification: Signed by the manufacturer certifying that they comply with the specifications requirements. Upon request submit evidence of experience. 7. Product Certification: Signed by manufacturer certifying that products comply with the specified requirements. 8. Installers Certificates: Signed by the Contractor, certifying that the installers comply with the specifications requirements. 9. Field testing organization certificates, signed by the Contractor, certifying that the organization complies with the specifications requirements. 10. User Manuals and System Documentation 11. Training plans and documentation.
D. Survey the communications rooms and submit, concurrently with product data for the proposed communications room equipment cabinet, a drawing indicating the following: 1. Architectural plan of the room with dimensions, including elevations. 2. Locations of all existing (where applicable) and new cabinets, racks, power plants, cables, cable ladders and conduits with sizes and types indicated. Provide actual (installed) locations as determined by field measurements. 3. A.C. and/or D.C. feeds to equipment cabinets with references to the source locations (A.C. panels, transfer panels). 4. Location of equipment proposed for future installation, as directed. 5. Submit photographs of the Communications Room for each survey.
E. The Contractor shall coordinate all network topology requirements with Metro-North. Submit a request for IP addresses for all devices to the Engineer in Excel format, or other
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 316 Rev. Date 6/25/19
approved format. Allow a minimum of thirty (30) days for a response.
Materials:
Head-End Servers (Master Server)
A. Servers shall be in current manufacturing production and meet or exceed the latest VMS system manufacturer’s recommended specifications at the time of procurement and the following: 1. Intel® Xeon® Gold 6134, 3.20 GHz 2. 32GB RAM 3. 24X multi-burner drive 4. (6) 300 GB, 10K RPM, SATA hard drives, RAID 5 configuration 5. (2) 10Gb + (2) 1 Gb Ethernet communication ports 6. (1) serial port, (4) USB ports 7. Integrated Video Card 8. Integrated RAID Controller 9. Dual redundant, hot-swappable power supplies 10. Operating System: Windows Server 2016 or later, to be coordinated with VMS system OS 11. Support external storage devices, to be coordinated with storage array 12. Manufactured by Dell, model 740 series or better. 13. All hardware shall be compatible with the existing Verint Nextiva VMS Platform 14. Server shall be Verint Part Number VMS-MS-HFOENT.
B. Number of servers shown on the Plans are typical, and based on manufacturer recommendations. Contractor shall be responsible to furnish servers to meet Contract requirements, including spare capacity, based on actual performance characteristics of the servers. In no case shall the number of servers be less than shown on the Plans.
Head-End Servers (Quorum Server, Recorder Server)
C. Servers shall be in current manufacturing production and meet or exceed the latest VMS system manufacturer’s recommended specifications at the time of procurement and the following: 1. Intel® Xeon® E2100 series, 6-core, 12MB Cache, 3.30 GHz 2. 8GB RAM 3. 24X multi-burner drive 4. (2) 600 GB, 10K RPM, SATA hard drives, RAID 1 configuration 5. Dual 10/100/1000 Ethernet communication ports 6. (1) serial port, (4) USB ports 7. Integrated Video Card
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 317 Rev. Date 6/25/19
8. Integrated RAID Controller 9. Dual redundant, hot-swappable power supplies 10. Operating System: Windows Server 2016 or later, to be coordinated with VMS system OS 11. Support external storage devices, to be coordinated with storage array 12. Manufactured by Dell, model R330 or better. 13. All hardware shall be compatible with the existing Verint Nextiva VMS Platform. 14. Quorum Server shall be Verint Part Number VMS-MS. 15. Recorder Server shall be Verint Part Number VMS-RE-iSCSI.
D. Number of servers shown on the Plans are typical, and based on manufacturer recommendations. Contractor shall be responsible to furnish servers to meet Contract requirements, including spare capacity, based on actual performance characteristics of the servers. In no case shall the number of servers be less than shown on the Plans.
Storage Array
A. Storage arrays shall be in current manufacturing production and meet or exceed the VMS/NVR system manufacturer’s recommended specifications and the following: 1. Dual channel controllers 2. (8) 1 Gb iSCSI 3. Support RAID 0, 1, 1+0, 4, 5, 6. Storage shall be configured for RAID 5 or better. 4. Dual redundant, hot-swappable power supplies 5. Shall be Nexsan E60V series, or approved equal 6. All hardware shall be compatible with the existing Verint Nextiva VMS Platform
B. Contractor shall be responsible to size storage array in accordance with Contract requirements, including spare capacity. Additional arrays shall be provided to meet Contract requirements.
Workstations
A. Workstations shall be in current manufacturing production and meet or exceed the VMS manufacturer’s recommended specifications at the time of procurement and the following: 1. Intel® Core i7-8700K, 6 Core (12MB Cache, 3.7 GHz with HD Graphics 630) 2. 8GB DDR4 UDIMM Non-ECC RAM 3. Windows 10 Enterprise 4. 500 GB, 7,200 RPM, SATA hard drives 5. Two 10/100/1000 Ethernet communication ports 6. (1) serial port, (4) USB ports 7. Nvidia Quadro P620, 2Gb, 4 mDP
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 318 Rev. Date 6/25/19
8. Manufactured by Dell 9. All hardware shall be compatible with the existing Verint Nextiva VMS Platform. 10. Model shall be the Verint Premium Workstation
B. Only that software which is required for review station functionality shall be provided on the CCTV workstation. Contractor shall prevent other devices, such as thumb drives, hard disks, external networks, etc. from connecting the CCTV workstation in accordance with direction from MNR. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and configure any software required for use of the System. This includes, but is not limited to, operating systems, runtime files, additional media players, etc. All software shall be submitted and approved for use by MNR.
KVM Console
A. Furnish and install KVM console switch for all head-end servers. Provide all cabling from KVM console to each server.
B. KVM console shall meet or exceed the following specifications: 1. Integrated 1U rackmount KVM switch with 19” LCD screen, keyboard, touchpad, and ports for at least 8 servers. Console shall support connections to additional consoles or KVM switches. 2. (2) USB ports for connection of external mouse or keyboard 3. Support resolutions of at least 1280x1024. 4. Compatible with all major operating systems. 5. Support two-level security (administrator vs. user) 6. Auto-scan for discovery of connected systems. 7. Switch ports via console pushbuttons, hotkey keyboard commands, or the on- screen display. 8. Tripp Lite B020-U08-19-K or approved equal.
Execution:
Installation Requirements:
A. General Installation Requirements
1. Install all CCTV equipment to be furnished under this Contract unless otherwise noted. Contractor shall install all equipment and software at the CCO Shop Head End locations and other remote locations as per this Section. All equipment shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations and MNR Policy. This information shall be submitted at the time catalog cuts and shop drawings are submitted for approval.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 319 Rev. Date 6/25/19
2. Prior to delivery of the equipment to the work site, prepare and submit for approval an equipment placement and staging plan. Plan shall be coordinated with the Engineer and all affected trades. The plan shall indicate: a. General Schedule, schedule by stage or phase, and schedule for each device. Indicate start dates, end dates, and durations. Include major milestones such as fabrication, production testing, shipment, delivery, inspection, site preparation work, installation, energizing, and testing. b. Placement drawings, both overall and for each installation stage or phase. c. The order in which the equipment and devices will be installed. Identify the various installation stages or phases. For each stage or phase, identify which devices will be installed, where they will be installed, and in what order. d. Step-by-step detailed procedures for installation of the equipment including: i. Pre-delivery of the equipment to the Contractor’s storage facility or location. ii. Inspection at the storage facility or location. iii. Pre-delivery assembly and testing. iv. All site work and preparation required for installation of the equipment. v. Delivery to the work site. vi. Work site equipment assembly. vii. Equipment installation. viii. Procedures for installation, testing, and termination of all power, control, and communications wiring and cabling. ix. Qualifications of personnel required. x. Estimated dates and times that preparatory work and equipment placement will be performed. xi. Identification of interfaces with others (if any). xii. List of activities required from the Engineer or others, if any, to perform the work. xiii. Contingency plans for placement, testing, or commissioning delays. 3. Installation of all System equipment and materials shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, the approved shop drawings, and the requirements of this section and the Contract Drawings. a. Locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained in fully accessible positions, especially when located in concealed locations. b. Minor equipment location deviations from the Contract Drawings may be made to allow for better accessibility, but all such deviations shall be approved by the Engineer prior to any work being performed. c. All equipment, except wiring and conduit, shall be completely accessible without the requirement to remove any portion of the building structure or other system component, except an appropriately sized access door or ceiling tile. d. Enclosure access doors shall be hinged and arranged to allow full swing open and complete access to all enclosure components and wiring.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 320 Rev. Date 6/25/19
e. Furnish all fittings, conduit associated with panel-to-panel and panel-to- trough/cable tray connections, trough, wireways, boxes, hangers, wiring devices, enclosures, signage, fasteners, connections, control panels, relays, cable trays, and miscellaneous accessories necessary for the complete installation of the System. f. Contract Drawings are schematic for systems equipment as exact roughing requirements vary slightly with different manufacturers and job conditions. The Contract Drawings represent a schematic depiction of the CCTV System conduit, cable tray, and wire network layout for the system equipment specified. Final conduit, cable tray, and wire quantity, size and arrangement, as well as final routing and placement shall be based on system equipment, manufacturer’s engineering requirements, field coordination with other trade work, and existing site conditions. g. Carefully coordinate the work of this section with all affected trades. h. Coordinate all cable, conduit and device identifiers with the Engineer. Ensure uniformity and interrelation of identifiers. Avoid identifier duplication.
4. Perform all setting, adjustment, and programming required for a complete and operational CCTV system to include Head End, as approved and as directed by the Engineer. Submit setting, adjustment, and programming information for approval. 5. Furnish and install all required hardware and brackets to install the equipment as specified and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Furnish and install all required rack mounting kits to install the equipment as specified and as indicated on the Contract Drawings, or as required or recommended by the manufacturer..
6. For systems with camera switching, camera switching shall be smooth and without “roll”.
7. Fasteners used for any of the following purposes shall be tamper resistant: a. Camera housing screws b. Junction box screws for CCTV or security system applications. c. Screws in electronic equipment housings
8. Install cable, conduit and raceways in such a manner as to minimize visual impact.
9. Rack-mount the video recording system and related equipment in the Communications Room equipment cabinet. Design mounting methods for any equipment that is not normally rack-mounted.
10. Make electrical connections as required from the equipment to circuit breaker panels.
11. At each camera-mounted threaded pipe joint, install a stainless steel taper pin to prevent rotation due to vibration and vandalism.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 321 Rev. Date 6/25/19
B. A binder with a set of as-built drawings and pictures in a legible 11” x17” laminated print outs shall be placed at the head-end rack locations for quick reference to identify all cameras and camera locations connected to the System.
VMS Manufacturer’s Service Technician
A. Testing, checking, system startup, and configuration shall be performed under the technical direction of the manufacturer’s service engineer. The Contractor, in conjunction with the manufacturer, shall provide, at no additional cost to the Department, start-up service package including travel.
Programming and System Configuration
A. Perform all programming services required to provide a complete and fully functional system. This shall include all high-level database programming which may be required due to any project specific operational or special 3rd party system interfaces to allow for a fully functional system. Ensure that the entire Video Management System (VMS) and all other interfaces are properly configured and programmed to provide complete operation and monitoring as specified herein and/or as indicated in the Contract Drawings. Functions of the System shall include, at a minimum: 1. Simultaneously record and display live video and display recorded video 2. Multiple, simultaneous views of different cameras 3. Event-based recording 4. Mark events and make available for playback and/or archiving at any time 5. Link video events to intrusion alarms and access control exception events in the System database 6. Unlimited users accessing any video feed from any camera 7. Multiple users access to recorded video on the network. 8. User defined profiles for tailored granular access to configuration and operation 9. The ability to enhance a frame of video with embedded features or off-the- shelf software while providing security for the original video image to preserve integrity 10. Configure video bit-rate per camera 11. Pre and post roll in seconds 12. Active event-based archiving 13. Motion detection alarms 14. Set continuous recording mode 15. Video camera groups and tours 16. Still image capture 17. Still image save 18. Export video clip to file 19. Blind camera alarm 20. Resizable video window
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 322 Rev. Date 6/25/19
21. Video loss detection 22. Save and export recorded video to a file 23. Modifications to or additions of user access rights
B. Contractor shall coordinate all software versions, firmware updates, patches, etc. with the existing system. 1. Furnish and install any major version updates, service packs, update rollups, etc. available from the manufacturer. 2. Notify the Engineer of any patches, firmware updates, and/or software updates required for proper operation and security of the System including operating system or any third party software. This shall include necessary camera and video encoder firmware updates. 3. All updates shall be approved by the Engineer prior to installation on any of the hardware connected to the System. Submit all requests to the Engineer for approval by Metro-North. 4. Upon approval by Metro-North and the Engineer, approved updates shall be installed by the Contractor on both the existing system and new equipment furnished under this Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible to ensure software versions, patches, etc. for all items furnished and installed under this Contract are fully coordinated with the existing system.
C. All existing functionality shall remain operational throughout the Contract. Contractor shall document and verify existing operations and functions prior to making any System modifications. Verify all functionality remains after modifications are made. New equipment shall be integrated to the existing System and operate as a single system.
D. Submit a System Configuration Plan for approval prior to modifying the existing System. System Configuration Plan shall include, at a minimum: 1. All programming modifications to be made to the existing VMS. 2. Configuration settings for each device and System interfaces. 3. System backup and disaster recovery procedures. 4. Programming and verification procedures.
E. Request programming information relating to alarm events, response instructions, user rights, and any/all special programming information in writing to the Engineer. Allow a minimum of four weeks for a response. As part of the request, provide descriptive information of what is to be reported by the System for each device, and identify all required questions which require a response in order to complete the System’s programming. Contractor shall submit final programming information for approval.
F. System Backup 1. Prior to starting System modifications, create a backup of the existing System
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 323 Rev. Date 6/25/19
configurations. This backup shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract. 2. After initial backup, furnish updated backups of any changes to the programming, configuration, or database of the System performed. 3. All backups made to the live System shall be done only with permission of the Engineer and under technical direction of the manufacturer’s service technician. 4. The initial and latest back-up media shall be available at the head-end locations for immediate recovery and restoration of the System in the event of a System failure. 5. Develop and implement a programming and backup media tracking and management system to ensure that both the Contractor and Railroad have the latest system back up media and to ensure that in the event of a System failure, the latest backups are used for recovery. This management and tracking system shall include having an off-site copy of the latest backup media and secure storage of all copies of physical backup media to ensure that only authorized Railroad and Contractor personnel have access to the backup media. 6. Prepare Disaster Recovery Procedures which provide compete and step-by- step instructions for restoring the System to its normal operational state with minimal loss of System operational capability or availability, in the event of System failure or in the event that any subsequent modifications to the System by the Contractor after completion Operational Acceptance Test due to the Work of successive installation and testing phases, result in System errors or faults. 7. All backup media shall be furnished by the Contractor.
G. Recording and viewing rates shall be separately configured. The System shall enable multicast video at a maximum of 720p (1280x720), 30 FPS for real time viewing, or any of a series of selectable combinations, and separate unicast video streams simultaneously for recording at similarly variable recording rates, the maximum of which shall be 720p (1280x720).
H. Recording of video shall not be affected by loss of communication with a server. Failover recovery shall be activated for loss of any server. For system equipment with dual data network or communications connections, the network shall automatically allow for re-routing of data network traffic and communications to redundant connection.
I. The System shall be configured to store H.264 ore H.265 (if available) compression video at 720p (1280x720), 15 Frame-per-Second, variable bitrate setting, image compression of no greater than 30%, for a 30 day period. The Contractor shall submit calculations for storage capacity to the Engineer. Storage calculations shall be submitted for H.264, H.265, and MPEG-4 compression.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 324 Rev. Date 6/25/19
J. All application software and firmware shall be a standard off-the-shelf product. Any custom application software required to meet the requirements of the Specifications and Contract Drawings shall be written in a programming language which is in general use and fully sported from multiple sources. The application software shall be modular, commented, documented, and structured to facilitate software maintenance by MNR.
K. Request the Engineer to schedule a meeting with the user department. At the meeting, inform the user department of available system programming options and obtain their input. Program the system to meet their needs. 1. Develop monitor viewing sequences appropriate for the operations of the facility. Considerations shall include variations for day/night tours, weekends/holidays, alarm activation for each device, monitoring of intruders, and peak hours of operations in the facility.
L. Configure the VMS with graphical maps of the facilities on all System workstations and servers that identify the location of all cameras connected to the System. Graphical maps shall become property of MNR. If a separate program is used to create the graphical representation, source file shall become property of MNR. Submit original file and a licensed copy of the software used to create the file to MNR. Maps shall be configured with GPS coordinates of each device. The Contractor shall be responsible to obtain GPS coordinates by field survey.
M. Program the CCTV workstations to provide calendar-based announcements that regularly scheduled maintenance is required. The maintenance schedule for each device, for which maintenance is recommended by the manufacturer, shall be programmed. The announcements shall include telephone numbers and names of MNR and other service personnel.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Training Program:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Training” for system training program requirements. All general system training requirements shall be included in the “Video Management System” Bid Item, except as specifically noted otherwise.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 325 Rev. Date 6/25/19
Method of Measurement:
The Video Management System shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete system installed, tested, made fully operational, with all training completed meeting all requirements described in this specification.
Phase 1 & Phase 2 upgrades shall be measured on a “lump sum” basis system which will include all installation and testing for a complete, fully operational system, with all training completed meeting all requirements described in this specification.
The Video Management System Software Licenses shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete camera license furnished. Complete camera license includes the primary license, fail-over license, and associated maintenance.
The Workstations shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete system installed, tested and made fully operational meeting all requirements described in this specification.
The CCTV Workstation Software Licenses shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete workstation license and associated maintenance furnished.
Basis of Payment:
The work under “Video Management System Software Licenses”, “CCTV Workstation Software Licenses”, “Video Management System”, and “Workstation” items shall be paid for at the contract price per each system installed, tested and made fully operational meeting all requirements described in this specification.
This work shall be paid for at the contract lump sum price for "Phase 1 & Phase 2 Upgrades," which shall include all materials, equipment, tools, installation, testing, training, and labor incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Video Management System Software Licenses Each CCTV Workstation Software Licenses Each Video Management System Each Workstation Each Phase 1 & Phase 2 Upgrades L.S.
0300-0202 ITEM #0063538A, #1108872A, #0150800A #1108868A, #1108881A 0300-0202 326 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1108876A – INFRARED ILLUMINATOR
ITEM #1112226A – PTZ DOME CAMERA
ITEM #1112227A – FIXED MOUNT DOME CAMERA
ITEM #1112360A – 360 DEGREE DOME CAMERA
ITEM #1112347A – PTZ DOME CAMERA WITH BUILT-IN INFRARED ILLUMINATORS
Descriptions:
This work shall consist of furnishing and installing Fixed, 360 Degree and PTZ Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) dome camera assemblies, camera mounting devices, infrared lights and other items at the field locations shown in the Plans and in accordance with the Contract Documents.
Analog elevator cameras are specified and provided in other sections.
Materials:
All materials furnished, assembled, fabricated, or installed shall be new, corrosion resistant and in strict accordance with the details shown in the contract documents. The CCTV Dome Cameras and other items shall be fully compatible with each other and shall have the capability of being fully controlled by software and hardware being furnished under other Contract items. All cameras shall be fully compatible with MNR’s existing Verint Nextiva Video Management System.
General Requirements:
The equipment shall deliver high quality full-motion video during day or night operation with the video transmitted over fiber optic networks installed as part of this project as indicated in the Contract Documents.
Cameras shall be IP-based and comply with established network and video standards. Cameras shall be powered by the network switch utilizing the network cable as shown on the Contract Drawings. Power injectors (midspans) are not acceptable unless specifically shown. Cameras shall be fully supported by an open and published API (Application Programmers Interface), which shall provide necessary information for integration of functionality into third party applications and ONVIF complaint.
Mounting hardware be provided as part of these Items. The camera assembly shall be designed for mounting on a pole, platform canopy, structure, or wall as specified in the contract documents.
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 327 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Adapter plates, where required, shall be provided as part of these Items. Connections between the equipment shall be through weather proof connectors to provide easy replacement. All cabling to the cameras shall be in conduit. Servicing of the camera assembly shall be available in the continental United States or Canada.
All conduits, cabling, hardware and other items not specifically called out elsewhere in the Contract Documents that are required for a complete and fully functioning PTZ or Fixed CCTV Dome Camera as described in the Specifications and Contract Documents shall be provided by the Contractor as part of these Items.
Contractor shall relocate static station signage as necessary to avoid conflicts between the camera (including mount assembly) and the signs and as indicated on the Plans or directed by the Engineer. Signs that are clamped to the canopy structure and need to be relocated shall be considered incidental to mounting the camera. Signs that are bolted or otherwise permanently attached to the canopy structure and need to be relocated shall be relocated at the direction of the Engineer will be paid under other Items.
Fixed CCTV Camera Requirements
The fixed CCTV camera shall be Axis model Q3515-LVE or equivalent (see source limitations below) meeting the following requirements:
Camera Image Sensor: 1/2.8” Progressive Scan RGB CMOS, IR-sensitive Lens: Varifocal, Remote focus & zoom, IR-corrected, P-iris control 9 mm: 3-9 mm, F1.3 Horizontal field of view: 105°-36° Vertical field of view: 57°-21° 22 mm: 9-22 mm lens, F1.6 Horizontal field of view: 33°-15° Vertical field of view: 19°-9° Zoom: 3x (optical); 2x (digital) Minimum Illumination: Color: 0.18 lx at F1.3 (1080p, 30fps, with WDR) B/W: 0.04 lx at F1.3 (1080p, 30fps, with WDR) Day/Night: Automatically removable infrared-cut filter Wide Dynamic Range (WDR): Up to 120dB Shutter Time: 1/66500 s to 2 s Video Compression: H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Baseline, Main and High Profiles
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 328 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Motion JPEG Resolutions: 1920x1080 to 160x90 Frame Rate: Up to 50/60 fps with WDR. Up to 100/120 fps without WDR at 1080p resolution. Video Streaming: Multiple, individually-configurable streams in H.264 and Motion JPEG Axis Zipstream technology in H.264 Controllable frame rate and bandwidth VBR/ MBR H.264 Supported Protocols: IPv4/v6, USGv6, SSL/TLS, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, TCP, SFTP, CIFS/SMB, Bonjour, UPnP, SNMP v1/v2c/v3 (MIB- II), DynDNS, UDP, IGMP, ICMP, NTP, RTSP, HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, SMTP, DNS, SOCKS, SSH, RTP, RTCP, DHCP, ARP, LLDP Camera ID: Up to 20 characters (alphanumeric characters, marks) Network Interface: 10Base-T/100Base-TX PoE, RJ-45 connector Inputs and Outputs: 2 configurable supervised I/O ports, accessible via terminal block. Configurable normally open or normally closed Power: Power over Ethernet (PoE) 802.3af/802.3at Type 1 Class 3, typical 5.6W, max 12.5W max. 8–28VDC, typical 6.3W, max 13.6W Power redundancy Memory: 1 GB RAM, 512 MB Flash API: Open API for software integration ONVIF Profile S Event Triggers: Analytics, supervised external inputs, virtual inputs through API, , edge storage events, shock detection Image Settings: Electronic image stabilization, white balance (auto and manual), backlight compensation, image rotation (90 degree increments), low light compensation, exposure control, privacy masks Video Transmission: HTTP (Unicast), HTTPS (Unicast), RTP (Unicast & Multicast), RTP over RTSP (Unicast), RTP over RTSP over HTTP (Unicast) Environmental: -40°C to +60°C (-40°F to +140°F), 10-100% RH (condensing)
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 329 Rev. Date 06/10/19
EMC Approvals: FCC Part 15 - Subpart B Class A + B Railroad EMC Approvals: EN 55032 Class A, EN 50121-4, IEC 62236-4 EN 55024, IEC/EN 61000-6-1, IEC/EN 61000-6-2, Safety Approvals: IEC/EN/UL 62368-1, IEC/EN/UL 60950-22, IEC/EN 62471 Environmental Approvals: IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-14, IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-78 MTBF: >100,000 hours
The camera shall be an outdoor, vandal-resistant network dome camera designed for 24/7/365 use. The enclosure shall include a polycarbonate and aluminum body with encapsulated electronics, weather shield for vertical installations, and meet the requirements of IEC/EN 60529 IP66/67, NEMA 250 Type 4X, and IEC/EN 62262 IK10+ (50 J). Enclosure shall provide the ability to adjust the camera modules angle with ±80˚ tilt, ±360˚ pan and ±175˚ rotation while maintaining an image that is not interfered by the camera housing. Enclosure shall be equipped with a dehumidifying membrane.
The camera shall feature a black and white mode that may be automatically engaged on low light level and permit the use of an external infrared illuminator or manually selected. The camera shall incorporate independent automatic color-to-black and white switching modes for switchover on light threshold and sensitivity to IR illumination. Automatic color-to-black and white switching shall have selectable light level thresholds (high or low) and duration settings for the selected threshold before automatic switchover occurs.
PTZ Camera Requirements:
The PTZ CCTV camera shall be Axis model Q6054-E Mk III or equivalent (see source limitations below) meeting the following requirements:
Camera Image Sensor: 1/3” Progressive Scan CCD, IR-sensitive Lens: 4.4 mm - 132 mm, F1.4-4.6, Autofocus 62.9°-2.2° (horizontal FOV) 37°-1.2° (vertical FOV) Pan/Tilt/Zoom: Pan: endless 360° Tilt: 220° Zoom: 30x (optical); 12x (digital) Pan and tilt speeds adjustable between .05-450˚/sec. Effective Pixels: 1.3 megapixel (720p) Minimum Illumination: Color: 0.2 lx at F1.4 (30 IRE)
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 330 Rev. Date 06/10/19
B/W: 0.04 lx at F1.4 (30 IRE) Day/Night: Automatically removable infrared-cut filter Shutter Time: 1/10000 s to 1/4 s Video Compression: H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Motion JPEG Resolutions: 1280x720 to 320x180 Frame Rate: 30 fps Video Streaming: Multiple, simultaneous, individually-configurable H.264: Main, Baseline Profiles Motion JPEG The camera shall support both Constant Bit Rate (CBR) and Variable Bit Rate (VBR) in H.264 and provide configurable compression levels. Supported Protocols: IPv4/v6, TCP, UDP, NTP, RTSP, HTTP, HTTPS, SSL/TLS, FTP, SMTP, DNS, SOCKS, SSH, RTP, RTCP, DHCP, NTCIP Camera ID: Up to 20 characters (alphanumeric characters, marks) Network Interface: 10Base-T/100Base-TX PoE (60W), RJ-45 connector Power: 60W PoE Memory: 512 MB RAM, 128 MB Flash API: Open API for software integration ONVIF Profile S Event Triggers: Video motion detection, External input, Edge storage events, Shock detection, Fan, PTZ moving, PTZ preset Image Settings: Electronic image stabilization, automatic defog, white balance (auto and manual), backlight compensation, image rotation, low light compensation, exposure control, privacy masks Video Transmission: HTTP (Unicast), HTTPS (Unicast), RTP (Unicast & Multicast), RTP over RTSP (Unicast), RTP over RTSP over HTTP (Unicast) Environmental: -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F), 10-100% RH (condensing) EMC Approvals: FCC Part 15 - Subpart B Class A Railway EMC Approvals: EN 50121-4, IEC 62236-4
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 331 Rev. Date 06/10/19
The camera shall be an outdoor, vandal-resistant network dome camera. The enclosure shall include an aluminum casing with encapsulated electronics and meet the requirements of IEC/EN 60529 IP66, NEMA 250 Type 4X, and IEC/EN 62262 IK10. Enclosure shall include sunshield, temperature sensor, heater, and fan.
The camera shall feature a black and white mode that may be automatically engaged on low light level and permit the use of an external infrared illuminator or manually selected. The camera shall incorporate independent automatic color-to-black and white switching modes for switchover on light threshold and sensitivity to IR illumination. Automatic color-to-black and white switching shall have selectable light level thresholds (high or low) and duration settings for the selected threshold before automatic switchover occurs.
Outdoor pendant adaptor kit (Axis T94M01D or as required to match camera and mounts furnished) shall be included.
Camera source limitations: Fixed and PTZ Cameras shall be of sole brand, Axis, as determined for the operational and maintenance needs of Metro-North Railroad. Model number substitutions will be considered for newer models that meet or exceed the technical requirements herein. All substitutions shall be fully coordinated with the overall design by the Contractor. In the event the cameras listed are determined to be end-of-life, or near end-of-life, the Contractor shall propose an alternate that satisfies the technical requirements within. All cameras shall be fully compatible with the existing Verint Nextiva Video Management System. All proposed cameras shall be capable of supporting H.265 at the time of installation. Otherwise, alternative models of cameras that support H.265 and also meet the same product specifications herein shall be proposed.
360 Degree CCTV Camera Requirements
The 360 Degree CCTV camera shall be Panasonic model WV-SFV481 9MP 360-Degree Outdoor Ready Network Camera or equivalent meeting the following requirements:
A. Camera 1. Image Sensor 1/2 type MOS image sensor 2. Effective Pixels Approx. 12.4 megapixels 3. Scanning Mode Progressive 4. Scanning Area 5.54 mm (H) x 5.54 mm (V) {7/32 inches(H) x 7/32 inches(V)} 5. Minimum Illumination a. Color 0.3 lux (F1.9, Shutter speed of 1/30s, Gain: On(High)) b. B/W 0.04 lux (F1.9, Shutter speed of 1/30s, Gain : On(High))
B. Lens 1. Focal Length 1.342mm 2. Angular Field of View Horizontal: 180°, Vertical: 180° 3. Focus adjustment Auto Back Focus, Manual
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 332 Rev. Date 06/10/19
C. Video 1. Compression Format H.264, JPEG 2. Distribution mode 9M Fisheye mode, 4M fisheye mode, Double Panorama mode, Quad PTZ / Single PTZ mode, 8M fisheye + Double Panorama mode, 4M fisheye + Double panorama mode, 8M fisheye + Quad PTZ mode, 4M fisheye + Quad PTZ mode, Quad streams mode, Panorama mode, 8M fisheye + Panorama mode, 4M fisheye + Panorama mode
3. H.264 a. Transmission Mode Constant bitrate / VBR / Frame rate priority / Best effort / Advanced VBR b. Frame Rate 1 / 3 / 5 / 7.5 / 10 / 12 / 15 / 20 / 30 fps (depending on distribution mode.) c. Bit Rate/Client 64 / 128 / 256 / 384 / 512 / 768 / 1,024 / 1,536 / 2,048 / 3,072 / 4,096 / 6,144 / 8,192 / 10,240 / 12,288 / 14,336 / 16,384 / 20,480 / 24,576 / 30,720 kbps (depending on distribution mode.) d. Transmission type Unicast, Multicast
4. JPEG a. Image quality 10 steps b. Transmission type Pull, Push
D. Audio a. Audio Compression G.726 (ADPCM) 32kbps / 16kbps, G.711 64kbps, AAC-LC b. Audio Mode Off / Microphone (Line) input / Audio output / Interactive (Half duplex) / Interactive (Full duplex)
E. Operation 1. Wide Dynamic Range On / Off 2. Adaptive Black Stretch On / Off 3. AGC On (LOW, MID, HIGH) / Off 4. Day & Night On/ Auto1 (Normal) / Auto2 (IR light) / Auto3 (SCC) / Off 5. Digital Noise Reduction High / Low 6. Video Motion Detection 4 areas, Sensitivity:15 steps, Detection size:10 steps 7. Privacy Zone On/Off, up to 8 zones 8. VIQS Up to 8 zones (fisheye mode only) 9. Camera Title (OSD) Up to 20 characters
F. Network 1. Network Interface 10Base-T / 100Base-TX, RJ-45 connector 2. IP IPv6, IPv4
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 333 Rev. Date 06/10/19
3. Supported Protocols a. IPv6 TCP/IP, UDP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, RTP, FTP, SMTP, DNS, NTP, SNMP, DHCPv6, MLD, ICMP, ARP b. IPv4 TCP/IP, UDP/IP, HTTP, HTTPS, RTSP, RTP, RTP/RTCP, FTP, SMTP, DHCP, DNS, DDNS, NTP, SNMP, UPnP, IGMP, ICMP, ARP 4. Max. User access Up to 14 users 5. GUI Language English, Italian, French, German, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Chinese, Japanese
G. Intelligent function (optional) 1. Intelligent VMD Intruder detection, Object detection, Cross line detection, Loitering detection, Scene change detection 2. Business intelligence Heat map, People count, Moving Object Remover (MOR)
H. Interface 1. Monitor Output VBS : 1.0 V [p-p] / 75 ohm, NTSC / PAL composite, ø3.5mm mini jack, for adjustment(to be used for maintenance/adjustment only) 2. Microphone/Line input ø3.5 mm mini jack 3. Audio Output ø3.5 mm stereo mini jack 4. External I/O Terminals ALARM IN 1/DAY/NIGHT IN, ALARM IN 2/ALARM OUT, ALARM IN 3/AUX OUT 5. SD memory card slot 1 slot, SD/SDHC/SDXC
I. Electrical 1. Power Source DC 12V, PoE 2. Power Consumption Approx. 10.9W (DC 12V), Approx. 9.6W (PoE)
J. Safety / EMC 1. Safety UL (UL60950-1), C-UL (CAN/CSA C22.2 No.60950-1), CE, IEC60950-1 2. EMC FCC (Part15 Class A), ICES003 Class A, EN55022 Class B, EN55024
K. Mechanical 1. Dimensions (D x H) ø154 mm x 60.5 mm {ø6-1/16 x 2-3/8 inches) (excluding the base bracket) 2. Weight Approx. 1.3 kg (2.87 lbs.) 3. Construction material a. Main body Aluminum die cast b. Dome Polycarbonate resin 4. Finish a. Main body Light gray
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 334 Rev. Date 06/10/19
b. Dome Clear
L. Environmental 1. Vandal Resistance IEC 60068-2-75 50J / IEC 62262 IK10 2. Ingress Resistance IP66, IEC60529 measuring standard compatible, Type 4X (UL50), NEMA 4X compliant 3. Railway application EN50155, EN50121 4. Operating Temperature -40 °C ~ +50 °C (-40 °F ~ 122 °F) 5. Operating Humidity 10 % ~ 90 % (without condensation)
M. Software Options 1. Extension Software for intelligent function
N. General Characteristics 1. The 360-degree Camera shall produce a resolution of 2,992 x 2,992 pixels at up to 15 fps with a 9MP fisheye mode. 2. The 360-degree Camera shall produce a resolution of 2,048 x 2,048 pixels at up to 30 fps with a 4MP fisheye mode. 3. The 360-degree Camera shall utilize an approximate 1/2-inch high sensitivity MOS image sensor. 4. The 360-degree Camera shall offer Wide Dynamic Range (WDR). 5. The 360-degree Camera shall produce a color image with a minimum illumination of 0.02 lux and a monochrome image with 0.003 lux at F1.9, shutter speed of 16/30s and High gain mode. 6. The 360-degree Camera shall generate multiple simultaneous video streams of JPEG and H.264 high profile. 7. The 360-degree Camera shall be equipped with GOP control and Auto-VIQS as bitrate reducing technology. 8. The 360-degree Camera shall utilize 3D-Digital Noise Reduction (3D-DNR) to remove visual noises in low light conditions. 9. The 360-degree Camera shall be rated to IP66 and NEMA 4X standard against water and dust ingress. 10. The 360-degree Camera shall be rated to IEC 60068-2-75 50J / IEC 62262 IK10 vandal resistance. 11. The 360-degree Camera shall offer Video Motion Detection (VMD) with four (4) programmable detection areas, 15 steps sensitivity level and 10 steps detection size. 12. The 360-degree Camera shall offer an optional intelligent VMD (i-VMD) which provides intruder detection, loitering detection, scene change detection, object detection and cross line detection. 13. The 360-degree Camera shall offer an optional business intelligent functionality which provides heat map, people counting and Moving Object Remover (MOR). 14. The 360-degree Camera shall provide Variable Image Quality on Specified area (VIQS) which sets different image qualities to up to eight (8) areas in the full view to reduce bandwidth and storage capacity requirements.
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 335 Rev. Date 06/10/19
15. The 360-degree Camera shall have Super Chroma Compensation (SCC) which realizes a better color reproducibility in the low illumination. 16. The 360-degree Camera shall have Lens Distortion Compensation to compensate the barrel distortion. 17. The 360-degree Camera shall provide up to eight (8) areas of electronic privacy masking. 18. The 360-degree Camera shall offer the prioritized stream control which transmits a video stream to the specified client PC or recorder preferentially. 19. The 360-degree Camera shall have a SD memory card slot that supports SD, SDHC and SDXC memory card for local storage. 20. The 360-degree Camera shall offer full-duplex bi-directional audio communication between the camera and monitoring site. 21. The 360-degree Camera shall have a dehumidification unit to keep the camera dry inside. 22. The 360-degree Camera shall conform to the ONVIF standard.
PTZ Camera with Built-In Infrared Illuminator Requirements:
The PTZ CCTV camera with Built-In Infrared Illuminator shall be Axis model Q6125-LE or equivalent (see source limitations below) meeting the following requirements. This camera may not be installed along the trackway. It is intended for use along bridge fenders and areas that are not directly in sight of a train.
Camera Image Sensor: ½.8” Progressive Scan CMOS Lens: 4.3 mm - 129 mm, F1.6-4.7, Autofocus, auto-iris 63.5°-2.3° (horizontal FOV) 384°-1.3° (vertical FOV) Pan/Tilt/Zoom: Pan: endless 360° Tilt: +20° to -90° Zoom: 30x (optical); 12x (digital) Pan and tilt speeds adjustable between .05-500˚/sec. Effective Pixels: 1.3 megapixel (720p) Minimum Illumination: Color: 0.1 lx at F1.6 (30 IRE) B/W: 0.008 lx at F1.6 (30 IRE), 0 lx with IR on Day/Night: Automatically removable infrared-cut filter Shutter Time: 1/10000 s to 1 s Video Compression: H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) H.265 (MPEG-H Part 2)
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 336 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Motion JPEG Resolutions: 1920x1080p (HDTV 1080p) to 640x360 Frame Rate: 30 fps Video Streaming: Multiple, simultaneous, individually-configurable H.264, H.265: Main, Baseline Profiles Motion JPEG The camera shall support both Constant Bit Rate (CBR) and Variable Bit Rate (VBR) in H.264 and provide configurable compression levels. Supported Protocols: IPv4/v6, TCP, UDP, NTP, RTSP, HTTP, HTTPS, SSL/TLS, FTP, SMTP, DNS, SOCKS, SSH, RTP, RTCP, DHCP, NTCIP Camera ID: Up to 20 characters (alphanumeric characters, marks) Network Interface: 10Base-T/100Base-TX PoE (60W), RJ-45 connector Power: 60W PoE Memory: 1 GB RAM, 512 MB Flash API: Open API for software integration ONVIF Profile S Event Triggers: Video motion detection, External input, Edge storage events, Shock detection, Fan, PTZ moving, PTZ preset Image Settings: Electronic image stabilization, automatic defog, white balance (auto and manual), backlight compensation, image rotation, low light compensation, exposure control, privacy masks Video Transmission: HTTP (Unicast), HTTPS (Unicast), RTP (Unicast & Multicast), RTP over RTSP (Unicast), RTP over RTSP over HTTP (Unicast) Environmental: -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F), 10-100% RH (condensing) EMC Approvals: FCC Part 15 - Subpart B Class A Railway EMC Approvals: EN 50121-4, IEC 62236-4 IR Illumination: Power Efficient, long life 850 nm IR LEDs
The camera shall be an outdoor, vandal-resistant network dome camera. The enclosure shall include an aluminum casing with encapsulated electronics and meet the requirements of IEC/EN
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 337 Rev. Date 06/10/19
60529 IP66, NEMA 250 Type 4X, and IEC/EN 62262 IK10. Enclosure shall include sunshield, temperature sensor, heater, and fan.
The camera shall feature a black and white mode that may be automatically engaged on low light level or manually selected. The camera shall incorporate independent automatic color-to-black and white switching modes for switchover on light threshold and sensitivity to built-in IR illumination. Automatic color-to-black and white switching shall have selectable light level thresholds (high or low) and duration settings for the selected threshold before automatic switchover occurs.
Outdoor pendant adaptor kit (Axis T94A01D or as required to match camera and mounts furnished) shall be included.
Infrared (IR) Illuminators:
1. Contractor shall survey all locations that require IR Illuminators and provide a mounting detail for the mounting method for the IR lights. Where required, provide brackets to support the installation method and location. The detailed design shall be approved by the engineer prior to the start of work.
2. Requirements:
The Infrared (IR) Illuminator shall be Raytec Vario 2 IP (model VAR2-IPPoE-i8-1) or equivalent meeting the following requirements:
Type: LED Angle: 10° / 35° / 60° / 80°/ 120° via interchangeable lenses Wavelength: 940 nm Dimensions (typ.): 5” x 7” x 2.6” Voltage Input: 60W PoE Power Consumed (max.): 49W Environmental: IP66 rated, -50˚C to +50˚C (-58˚F to 122˚F) Illumination Life: 44,000 hours Number of LEDs: 24
The illuminator shall be vandal resistant and manufactured using high impact polycarbonate lensing and shall incorporate and aluminum extruded heat sink to aid LED life expectancy.
The illuminator shall provide photocell-following output.
The illuminator shall permit adjustment of the following parameters and functions: a. Power select: 20, 40, 60, 80, and 100% power
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 338 Rev. Date 06/10/19
b. Photocell adjust: 3 sensitivity levels c. Photocell disable d. Restore factory defaults e. LED status indicator on/off toggle
Use of separate remote control is permitted for these functions. Remote control setup shall be able to be disabled to prevent tampering. At least five (5) remote controls shall be provided.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Construction Methods:
The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located, readily accessible, and with the best possible view. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not adversely affect the communications circuits.
Contractor shall survey all camera locations and provide a mounting detail for the mounting method for the cameras and IR illuminators. Mounting details shown on the Plans are typical and will require variations based on site conditions. Provide brackets to support camera installation location. Provide manufacturer recommended pads and/or vibration dampeners at locations subject to high winds and other vibrations (e.g. SAGA Bridge cameras). The detailed mounting design shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of work. No items shall be attached to catenary poles unless specifically shown on the Plans and subsequently approved in shop drawings.
Pre-Installation:
Prior to installation, each camera location, lens setting, and mounting type shall be field confirmed by generation of a still image (screen shot from a camera and lens configuration identical to that submitted - on a pole, with laptop to capture a picture of the field of view) to be submitted for approval before the camera mount and conduit is installed at each location. Contractor shall provide the Engineer at least two (2) weeks’ notice prior to performing surveys to allow Department or Railroad personnel to attend at their option. Coordinate camera locations and field of views with all obstructions such as signage, speakers, lights, poles, catenary structures, etc. Overall camera coverage shall be coordinated to provide as close to 100% platform and entryway coverage as possible.
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 339 Rev. Date 06/10/19
At the request of MNR Security, the Contractor shall also provide a night-time demonstration of the proposed cameras at the end of a station platform (site to be chosen by MNR). The Contractor shall demonstrate the capabilities and various setting options of the proposed camera under low-light conditions typical of the end-of-platform cameras that will be installed looking out towards the track. The Contractor shall engage the manufacturer representative to assist with this demonstration if requested.
Contractor shall be responsible to furnish all equipment required for the surveys described above. Such equipment shall remain property of the Contractor. Equipment loaned from the camera manufacturer is acceptable, if available.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions and approved field of views. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Note any nearby obstructions that could impact the field of view. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed. Drawings should indicate site specific installation details including showing the exact equipment locations, mounting details, riser diagrams, mounting heights, distance from edge of platform, and side of pole (where pole mounted).
Installation:
Contractor shall verify all field conditions, ensuring no new obstructions are present. If new obstruction affects the camera view, immediately notify the Engineer.
Camera installation and Field of View adjustment: All cameras shall be located, position confirmed, rotated, and calibrated to provide for optimal fields of view.
Coordination of IR illuminators with cameras: All IR illuminators shall be located, position confirmed, rotated, and calibrated to provide for optimal illumination for the associated camera’s field-of-view. Coordinate beam angle and power intensity with camera field-of-view and nearby IR illuminators. Ensure IR illuminators do not blind cameras. Furnish and install any lens changes required to achieve the desired illumination at no additional cost. Adjust photocell to ensure illuminator is coordinated to turn on prior to camera switching to night mode. Hard-wired connection between the camera and IR for day/night function coordination is also be acceptable. The IR illuminators shall be configured to turn off when not needed.
PTZ cameras shall be programmed with all preset locations. At a minimum, presets shall include default view, reverse view, entry points at each facility, and views of opposite platforms (where applicable). Coordinate all preset requirements with MNR Security.
Camera Housings and Mounts:
A. General Requirements for Camera Housings and Mounts
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 340 Rev. Date 06/10/19
1. Furnish a complete mount for every camera being furnished and installed under this Contract. The mount shall be designed for use with the camera, and for conditions at the installation location. Camera mounts and mounting method shall be rated for heavy duty and be of sturdy construction. It shall be suitable for indoor and outdoor applications, and have an appearance which matches the surrounding area. The mount shall be made of steel, unless otherwise noted, and painted to match the surrounding area as approved by the Engineer. All hardware shall be tamper resistant. Furnish all accessories required for a complete installation. 2. Furnish conduit adapters and related items as required. 3. Furnish smoked domes where shown on the Contract Drawings. 4. Where indicated on the plans, furnish and install an outdoor gooseneck bracket. Where attached to poles, mount shall not extend past the edge of the pole. Coordinate attachments to new poles with pole manufacturer. Submit mounting/attachment details for approval. Outdoor gooseneck wall bracket shall be Videolarm WM20G or approved equal. 5. Where indicated on the plans, furnish outdoor camera backboxes required for attachment of outdoor gooseneck bracket. Backbox shall be compatible with the approved mount and mounting surface. Backbox shall act as a sealed junction box for routing of cables to the camera, and attachment of conduit, and be able to mount to pole or wall. Plug all unused openings in accordance with manufacturer instructions. Backbox shall be Videolarm APM6 or approved equal. 6. All cameras and other devices, mounts, etc. shall maintain at least 6’-8” clearance above platforms, walkways, stairs, etc. B. Special Provisions for SAGA Bridge Cameras 1. Install bird barrier strips on cameras and IR lights located on the SAGA Bridge fenders. Barrier strips shall be high-grade stainless steel and shall allow for easy cutting and surface shape memory. Finish color shall be natural stainless steel. Provide all mounting hardware per manufacturer’s recommendations or as shown in the Plans.
Environmental:
Wind: Meet all performance requirements when subjected to a 90 mph wind and able to withstand a 127 mph wind.
Documentation
Six (6) advance copies of equipment manuals furnished by the manufacturer shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at least ten (10) days prior to the scheduled start of the first Stand-Alone Test. The Engineer will verify the manufacturer’s equipment manual as part of the test and integration process. The equipment manual incorporating the Engineer’s corrections and
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 341 Rev. Date 06/10/19
comments shall be integrated by the Contractor into the operations and maintenance manual as described in the contract documents. The manuals shall, as a minimum, include the following:
1. Complete and accurate schematic diagrams. 2. Complete installation and operation procedures. 3. Complete performance specifications (functional, electrical, mechanical and environmental) of the unit. 4. Complete list of replaceable parts including names of vendors for parts not identified by universal part numbers such as JEDEC, RETMA or EIA. 5. Complete maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. 6. Setup and configuration data for each camera location including the camera address, day/night threshold setting, horizontal and vertical limit settings and shutter speed. Contractor shall use a GPS device to locate all devices at their final installation location. Furnish all GPS coordinates to the Engineer in Microsoft Excel format, along with a complete device schedule to include location description, device ID, mounting type, direction, preset locations, and all other descriptive information.
Upon completion of the installation and testing, prior to acceptance, thoroughly clean (internally and externally) all equipment furnished and/or installed under these Items.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Training:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Training” for overall training requirements and additional information.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. Prior to purchase of the proposed CCTV camera, contractor shall test the compatibility of the cameras with the existing VMS.
Method of Measurement:
The Fixed Mount Dome Camera will be measured for payment as the number of “Each” satisfactorily furnished, installed, tested and approved by the Engineer.
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 342 Rev. Date 06/10/19
The PTZ Dome Camera will be measured for payment as the number of “Each” satisfactorily furnished, installed, tested and approved by the Engineer.
The 360 degree Camera will be measured for payment as the number of “Each” satisfactorily furnished, installed, tested and approved by the Engineer.
The Infrared Illuminator will be measured for payment as the number of “Each” satisfactorily furnished, installed, tested and approved by the Engineer.
The PTZ Dome Camera With Built-In Infrared Illuminators will be measured for payment as the number of “Each” satisfactorily furnished, installed, tested and approved by the Engineer.
Basis of Payment:
The unit price bid for each Fixed Mount Dome Camera, PTZ CCTV Dome Camera, 360 Degree CCTV Dome Camera, Infrared Illuminator, PTZ Dome Camera with Built-In Infrared Illuminators shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work including testing.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Fixed Mount Dome Camera Each PTZ Dome Camera Each 360 Degree Dome Camera Each Infrared Illuminator Each PTZ Dome Camera With Built-In Each Infrared Illuminators
ITEM #1108876A, 0300-0202 #1112226A, #1112227A, #1112360A, #1112347A 0300-0202 343 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1108882A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM SUPPORT SERVICES
ITEM #0150690A – VIDEO MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TECHNICAL SERVICE AGREEMENT
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish an extension of the existing support services agreement between Metro-North and Verint for the existing Verint Nextiva Video Management System described elsewhere.
The Contractor shall provide technical support services to Metro-North for the existing Verint Nextiva System. Upon successful acceptance of the Phase 3 System additions, Contractor shall include technical support services for the combined Verint Nextiva Video Management System. The Contractor shall also furnish Verint certification training for Metro-North personnel.
Metro-North has a direct service agreement with Verint. Work under this Item shall not prevent Metro-North, or any other factory authorized/certified service provider retained by Metro-North or the Department, the ability to perform any system programming, installation, service, or maintenance activities. Work under this Item shall be fully coordinated with the requirements and work of other sections.
Upon contract award, the Contractor shall submit qualifications of the proposed service provider to the Engineer. All Terms and Conditions to the service agreement shall be approved by the Department and Metro-North prior to execution and shall not interfere with the requirements of this Contract. Upon approval of service personnel and Terms and Conditions, the Contractor shall execute a service contract with the authorized service provider.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the performance of the service provider engaged under this Item.
0300-0202 ITEM #1108882A, #0150690A 0300-0202 344 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Software Maintenance Extension:
The Contractor shall furnish an extension of the existing Software Maintenance Agreement between Metro-North and Verint for the existing system. Contractor shall verify with Verint to procure all licenses required to maintain the existing system up-to-date. Software extension shall be provided includes following at the minimum:
1. 335 cameras with dual recording 2. 12 Verint CCTV Workstations 3. Verint Nextiva VMS with dual recording 4. Third-party software (Stratus EverRun Fault-Tolerant 6.x & Microsoft Server 2012)
This extension shall be procured through an authorized Verint reseller on behalf of Metro-North. This agreement shall include support for the following items from 1/1/2020 through 12/31/2022.
This extension shall provide “Gold” level support for the Verint Nextiva system with a minimum of the following directly from Verint: 1. 9:00am to 5:00pm business day telephone technical support 2. Online resources 3. Software error corrections 4. Software updates 5. Microsoft support related to the Verint system
Software maintenance extension shall be paid under Item #1108882A – Video Management System Support Service.
Verint Certification Training for Metro-North:
The Contractor shall furnish Verint Core Certification Training Series training for up to five (5) Metro-North personnel and any training to maintain such certification through 12/31/2022. In addition, Metro-North has five (5) people who are currently have Verint Core Certification Training Series, the contractor shall provide this training to maintain the certification for those 5 people from 1/1/2020 to 12/31/2022. The Contractor shall verify existing MNR personnel certification levels and submit available training options within fourteen (14) days of Notice to Proceed. The training shall be procured upon approval by the Engineer and Metro-North.
Such training shall be procured through an authorized Verint reseller.
Verint Certification Training shall be paid under Item #1108882A – Video Management System Support Service.
0300-0202 ITEM #1108882A, #0150690A 0300-0202 345 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Technical Services Agreement:
The Contractor shall retain the services of a Verint factory authorized service provider to perform the work of this Item.
1. The Contractor shall utilize qualified, certified, and licensed personnel with experience in design of integrated security systems from Verint. Prior to commencement of Work, the Contractor shall submit evidence of personnel having recent certifications for the system. 2. Service provider shall demonstrate a minimum of 7 years of continuous experience and technical expertise in performing contracts comparable in size and complexity, and whose installation and integration work was performed skillfully in a satisfactory manner and on time. 3. The service provider shall be of established reputation and experience in the field of Video Surveillance Systems and shall be certified by the manufacturers of the proposed equipment to install, service, and maintain each manufacturer’s equipment.
The authorized service provider shall provide a technical support telephone number for the purpose of providing user assistance and guidance in the implementation, configuration, and troubleshooting of the existing Verint Nextiva System. Such phone number shall incur no additional charges to the user or the Department. During business hours of 9:00am to 5:00pm Eastern Time, service calls shall be returned within two (2) hours or by 5:00pm, whichever is earlier. Service calls made outside this time frame shall be returned by 10:00am the following business day. Business days shall include all days Monday through Friday exclusive of Metro- North holidays.
The service agreement shall include at least 400 hours of support for the duration of the agreement, to be tracked in at least 6 minute (.1 hour) intervals. All service requests shall be authorized by Metro-North. Warranty service required elsewhere under the Contract shall not count as support time.
In the event Metro-North is unable to fix the support issue with telephone technical support provided by the Contractor, the Contractor shall dispatch an authorized service technician to the site on the next business day, or later if requested by Metro-North. Arrival times shall be coordinated with Metro-North for access to the equipment.
The authorized service provider shall furnish any major version updates, service packs, update rollups, etc. available from the manufacturer for the duration of the agreement. Notify Metro- North of any patches, firmware updates, and/or software updates required for proper operation and security of the System including operating system or any third party software.
No less than once every six (6) months, the authorized service provider shall audit the system and recommend software and hardware updates that have not yet been implemented by Metro-
0300-0202 ITEM #1108882A, #0150690A 0300-0202 346 Rev. Date 06/10/19
North. Upon approval by Metro-North, the authorized service provider shall schedule off-peak hours with Metro-North to install all requested updates. All updates shall be coordinated between the existing Phase 1 & 2 hardware, and new Phase 3 hardware whether accepted by the Department or not. All system equipment shall run the same version of all software. The first such audit shall occur no later than 6/01/20.
System Backup 1. Prior to starting System updates or upgrades, create a backup of the existing System configurations. 2. Furnish updated backups of any changes to the programming, configuration, or database of the System performed. 3. All backups made to the live System shall be done only with permission of Metro-North. 4. All backup media shall be furnished by the Contractor. 5. All backups shall be property of Metro-North.
Upon successful acceptance of the Phase 3 System additions, service provider shall include technical support services for the combined Verint Nextiva Video Management System.
Method of Measurement:
The “Video Management System Support Services” shall be measured for payment as a Lump Sum of complete system furnished.
The “Video Management System Technical Services” shall be measured for payment on an hourly basis.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract price for the complete system as described, which shall include all materials, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Video Management System Support Services L.S. Video Management System Technical Services Agreement Hr.
0300-0202 ITEM #1108882A, #0150690A 0300-0202 347 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #0150840A – CCTV CABINET – BRIDGE ITEM #1112228A – CCTV CABINET – BASE MOUNTED ITEM #1112229A – CCTV CABINET – BASE MOUNTED FOUNDATION ITEM #1112246A – CCTV CABINET – CONCRETE PAD
Description:
Under this item, the Contractor shall furnish and install CCTV Cabinets – Base Mounted and CCTV Cabinets – Bridge at the locations shown in the plans and as directed by the Engineer.
The CCTV Cabinet items shall include a 12” base adapter to be included with the cabinet, and each CCTV Cabinet shall require either a concrete foundation under the CCTV Cabinet Foundation item or CCTV Cabinet Platform Pad item depending on location.
The Cabinets shall house the CCTV field equipment supplied under this and other Contract items, including but not limited to fiber optic patch panels, power supplies, communications equipment, and surge suppression equipment.
Materials:
The Cabinets shall be provided complete with all internal components and all mounting hardware necessary to provide for the installation of equipment as described in the plans and Contract Documents. Cabinets shall be sized as shown in the plans. Changes in Cabinet size to accommodate equipment proposed by the Contractor shall require approval by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit a detailed layout diagram, interconnection diagram, etc. for each type of Cabinet layout specified for review by the Engineer. Only Cabinets with approved layouts will be accepted under this Contract item.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Base Mounted Cabinet Requirements
The Cabinet shall be constructed of 12 gauge Type 316L stainless steel, with fully welded seams, and measure approximately 6’ high, 2’ wide, and 2’ deep. The Cabinet shall accommodate EIA 19” rack mount equipment by providing mounting rails on each side of the Cabinet and in the front and back of the Cabinet. The Cabinet shall be rated as a NEMA Type 4X or 3RX enclosure as indicated on the plans.
All devices shall be hardwired. Plug-in devices are not acceptable.
All components incorporated into the cabinet shall have a minimum operational temperature range of -13˚F to 158˚F (-25˚C to 70˚C) unless otherwise noted.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150840A, 1112228A, #1112229A, #1112246A 0300-0202 348 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Cabinets and their final configurations shall conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), National Electrical Safety Code, and all other local codes.
The Cabinet shall have front and rear full size doors, equipped with continuous hinge and heavy- duty pad-lockable handles with three-point locking mechanisms sized to fit a standard MNR communications padlock. The Cabinet shall have a seamless foam-in-place gasket for water-tight and dust-proof seal. The Cabinet shall include stops on each door, at the top and bottom, with stop positions at 90o and 180o. Door swings (left or right hand) shall be coordinated with the surrounding area of the final installation location to provide maximum access.
Provisions shall be made in the Cabinet for the installation of all equipment that is provided and installed inside the Cabinet under other Contract items.
General Cabinet Requirements
In addition, the following equipment shall be provided in all Cabinet configurations as part of these Contract items:
a) One main circuit breaker b) Duplex ground fault current interrupter convenience outlet, outdoor rated and weather resistant c) Surge protection for power lines and signal wires d) One anodized aluminum drawer that shall slide into and out of the Cabinet to house cabinet and equipment documentation or data pocket on door. Documentation shall be provided in a weather-protective sleeve/envelope or shall be laminated. e) Cabinet Finish - The cabinet exterior shall be smooth #4 brush finish. f) Heating and ventilation – For cabinets with equipment that is not rated for temperatures below -10˚F or above 157˚F, heating and ventilation shall be provided for the cabinet. 1. An appropriately sized cabinet heater shall be provided inside the Cabinet, coordinated with the operating temperatures of the equipment installed. An adjustable thermostat shall be provided to turn the heater on and off. Thermostat setting shall be coordinated with equipment requirements. Provide final calculation based on actual Contractor-submitted and approved equipment. Calculation shall be based on a maximum -10˚F outdoor temperature without direct sunlight. 2. Fan/filter unit(s) shall be provided to cool and vent the cabinet. Fan/filter shall maintain the cabinet temperature below the maximum normal operating temperature of the equipment inside the cabinet. Fan/filter shall be Type 12/IP54 type. Fan/filter shall be provided with an adjustable thermostat to control on/off operation. Fan/filter shall provide a minimum 162 CFM of free airflow. Install fan/filter behind NEMA 3R rated opening/louver. NEMA 3R exhaust louvers/grilles shall also be provided. Complete fan/filter and exhaust louver/grille combination shall provide a minimum
0300-0202 ITEM #0150840A, 1112228A, #1112229A, #1112246A 0300-0202 349 Rev. Date 06/10/19
airflow of 149 CFM. Provide final calculation based on actual Contractor-submitted and approved equipment. Calculation shall be based on a minimum 106˚F outdoor temperature under direct sunlight. g) Light - Two LED light fixtures with standard size lamps shall be provided at the front and back of each cabinet. The lights shall be configured to turn on upon door opening by use of hardwired door switches. h) Each CCTV Cabinet shall include a 12” cabinet base adapter to raise the cabinet 12” off the mounting surface. The adapter shall be constructed of the same material, finish and methods as the cabinet and shall be from the same manufacturer when available. The cabinet base adapted shall be submitted for approval by the Engineer and included in the shop drawing submittal with the CCTV Cabinet. i) Tamper switch – Tamper switches shall be installed such that each door is monitored for door status. Tamper switches shall be wired to the alarm inputs of the Cisco switch installed in the cabinet and configured to report through the Network Monitoring System. Switches shall be wired in a normally closed configuration where the circuit opens when the door opens. j) Protective Vent – For cabinets without a fan and heater, furnish a protective vent to equalize pressure within the sealed cabinet and reduce condensation within the enclosure to protect the electronic equipment. Vent shall meet the following requirements: 1. IP66, IP67, IP68, and IP69k rated 2. Operating temperature of -40˚C to 125˚C per IEC 60068-2-1, 60068-2-2, and 60068-2-14. 3. Humidity testing at 85˚C at 85% RH for 1000 hours per IEC 600-2-78. 4. Salt resistance per IEC 60068-2-11 and 60068-2-52. 5. Corrosive gas testing per GR-3108-CORE 6. Fungus resistance per ASTM G-21 7. UL 94-V0 f1 falmmability and UV resistance 8. Hail impact resistance per IEC 62108 10.9 9. Humidity freeze withstand per IEC 62108 10.8 10. Shall be Gore Polyvent XL / M32x1.5 with backing nut or approved equal
Electrical Requirements
Wiring
All cabinet wiring, where connected to terminal strips, relays, switches, radio interference suppressor, etc., shall be identified by the use of insulated pre-printed sleeving slipped over the wire before attachment of the lug or the completion of the connection. The wire markers shall carry the legend in plain words with sufficient details so that a translating sheet will not be
0300-0202 ITEM #0150840A, 1112228A, #1112229A, #1112246A 0300-0202 350 Rev. Date 06/10/19
required.
All wires shall be cut to the proper length before assembly. No wires shall be doubled back to take up slack. Wires shall be neatly laced into cables with nylon lacing and/or Velcro ties. Cables shall be secured with nylon cable clamps. Furnish and install a complete cable management system to control cable bend radius, provide strain relief, and provide a neat and workmanlike appearance.
All electrical connections in the cabinet, including relays, terminal strips, etc., shall have sufficient clearance between each terminal and the cabinet to provide an adequate distance to prevent a leakage path or physical contact under stress. Where these distances cannot be maintained, barriers must be provided. All equipment grounds shall run directly and independently to the ground bus. The interconnect cabling shall be routed such that when the doors are closed, they do not press against the cables or force the cables against the various components inside the cabinets.
All wiring containing AC line voltage shall be routed and bundled separately and/or shielded from all low voltage circuits. Clearances required by NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) shall be maintained at all times.
All conductors and live terminals or parts which could be hazardous to maintenance personnel shall be covered with suitable insulating materials.
All wiring containing AC line voltage shall be a minimum size of #12 AWG and conform to XHHW-2 in accordance with other contract provisions. All other electrical conductors used in the cabinet wiring shall be #22 AWG or larger with a minimum of 19 strands. Conductors shall conform to Mil Spec #MIL-W-16878D, type B or D. All conductor specifications shall be coordinated with the equipment requirements. Cat 5e cabling shall conform to the requirements of other sections. Cabling that does not extend outside the cabinet, and all cabinet grounding cabling, shall be considered part of this Item and will not be paid separately.
The AC return and equipment ground wiring shall be electrically isolated from each other and the energized AC wiring by an insulation resistance of at least 10 Megaohms when measured at 250 VAC. Return and equipment grounding wiring shall be color coded white and green respectively.
GFI Duplex Outlet
In addition to any outlets required for equipment service, all cabinets shall be furnished with a 125VAC convenience outlet with integral ground fault current interrupt (GFCI), protected by a circuit breaker. The receptacle shall be a NEMA Type 5-15R outdoor, weather-resistant duplex receptacle located so that no electrical hazard shall exist when used by service personnel.
Circuit Breaker(s)
0300-0202 ITEM #0150840A, 1112228A, #1112229A, #1112246A 0300-0202 351 Rev. Date 06/10/19
The cabinet circuit breakers shall be approved and listed by Underwriter's Laboratories (UL 489). Supplemental breakers (UL 1077) are not acceptable. The operating mechanisms shall be enclosed, trip free from operating handle on overload, and trip indicating. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupt capacity of 10,000 amperes and be thermal-magnetic type.
Properly rated equipment circuit breaker(s) shall be provided for the equipment complement shown on the plans. Breaker sizes shown on plans are representative only and may vary based on equipment submitted and approved. Contractor shall coordinate all breaker sizes and curve characteristics with selected equipment and manufacturer recommendations.
Radio Interference Suppressor and Power Line Surge Protector
All cabinets shall be equipped with a radio interference suppressor installed at the circuit breaker. The suppressor shall provide a minimum attenuation of -50 dB over a frequency range of 200 kHz to 75 MHz. The suppressor shall be hermetically sealed in a substantial metal case filled with a suitable insulation compound.
A power line surge protector shall be installed in each cabinet between the load side of the input power circuit breaker ophand ground. The surge protector shall not dissipate any energy and shall not provide any series impedance during standby operation. The units shall return to non- shunting mode after the passage of any surge and shall not allow the shunting of AC power.
Working Voltage: 120VAC Single Phase Protection Mode: Common Mode (L/G and N/G) and Differential Mode (L/N) Nominal UL Discharge Current (In, 8/20µs): 20kA Maximum Discharge Current (Imax, 8/20µs withstand): 165kA Short Circuit Current Rating: 100kA UL 1449 4th Edition, Type 2 Device Fault Indicator Window, LED, or other visual fault indication Operating Temperature: -40˚C to 80˚C
Combining the surge protection and radio interference suppression requirements into one product is acceptable. The unit shall be a ASCO 180kA model 360 with EMI/RFI filtering option or equal.
If separate devices are furnished, each shall be UL listed and suitable for the environment installed.
Power Cable Input and Junction Terminals
Power distribution blocks suitable for use as a power feed and junction points shall be furnished and installed for two and three wire circuits as indicated on the plans. The line side of each circuit shall be capable of handling the number of wires required. Terminal blocks shall be sized to accommodate each wire required without a reducing splice. Splices shall only be performed
0300-0202 ITEM #0150840A, 1112228A, #1112229A, #1112246A 0300-0202 352 Rev. Date 06/10/19
where approved by the Engineer. Any splices performed in the cabinet shall be done via terminal blocks.
Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks shall be accessible to the extent that it shall not be necessary to remove any electronic equipment from the cabinet to make an inspection or connection. Terminal blocks shall be two position multiple pole barrier type. Shorting bars shall be provided in each of the positions provided along with an integral marking strip. Terminal blocks shall be so arranged that they shall not upset the entrance, routing, and connection of incoming field conductors. All terminals shall be suitably identified by legends permanently affixed and attached to the terminal blocks. No electrically alive parts shall extend beyond the protection afforded by the barriers. Doubling up conductors on one terminal should be avoided and only performed where the terminals are listed for such purpose and approved by the Engineer. Use bridging clips or additional terminals as necessary.
AC terminal blocks shall be Underwriter's Laboratory approved for 600 Volts AC minimum and shall be suitable for outdoor use. Terminals used for field connections shall secure conductors by means of a #10-32 nickel or cadmium plated brass binder head screw. Terminals used for interwiring connections, but not for field connections, shall secure conductors by means of a #6-32 nickel or cadmium plated brass binder head screw.
As a minimum, all connections to and from the electronic equipment shall terminate to an inter- wiring type block unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. These blocks will act as intermediate connection points for all electronic equipment inputs and outputs.
Warning Labels
Contractor shall include warning labels required by applicable NFPA, ANSI, and UL standards. Warning labels shall comply with ANSI Z525.4 – Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels. All panels with multiple power sources shall contain the warning “WARNING: Multiple power sources. Disconnect all sources prior to maintenance” or similar. Submit all label wording and layouts for approval prior to fabrication.
Cabinet Grounding
A solid copper ground bus bar shall be permanently affixed to the inside surface of a cabinet wall. The point of contact between the ground bus and cabinet wall shall have less than 1 ohm resistance. The copper ground bus bar shall have a minimum of 20 connector points, each capable of securing at least one #10 conductor. The ground bar shall also accommodate one #4 conductor for the main grounding connection. Communications (chassis) ground wiring shall return to the ground bus bar. Cabinet shall have a grounding stud on the body and bonding provision on the door. Door shall be bonded to the body.
0300-0202 ITEM #0150840A, 1112228A, #1112229A, #1112246A 0300-0202 353 Rev. Date 06/10/19
All cabinets shall be grounded in accordance with other sections of these Specifications. Work of this item shall include all materials required to properly ground the cabinets to the station ground grid at stations; or structural steel at SAGA Bridge.
Communications (chassis) equipment grounding wiring shall terminate to the ground bus installed in the cabinet. AC equipment ground wiring may use terminal blocks or a ground bar separate from the communications (chassis) ground.
Base Mounted Cabinet Foundation and Concrete Pad Requirements
All materials labor and incidentals to install the Cabinets shall be included in these items, including foundations, surface preparation, excavation, drilling, channels, hardware and other items required for a complete installation.
All materials and construction methods shall conform to the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications Section 10.02 Light Standard and Traffic Control Foundations and Section 10.17 service Entrance and Cabinet.
Construction Methods:
The Plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not adversely affect the system.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect cabinet size, layout, and equipment required in the cabinets. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed. Drawings should indicate site specific installation details including showing the exact equipment locations, mounting details, conduit runs, conduit entry, riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, and other details necessary for complete review. No cabinet shall be installed without an approved layout, wiring diagrams, and other associated shop drawings.
Mounting and other modifications shall not affect the NEMA 4X or 3RX rating of the enclosure.
Base Mounted Cabinets installed on station platforms and SAGA Bridge shall require a concrete pad as indicated on the plans. All other Base Mounted Cabinets shall be installed on concrete foundations. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel and all installation methods shall
0300-0202 ITEM #0150840A, 1112228A, #1112229A, #1112246A 0300-0202 354 Rev. Date 06/10/19
conform to the requirement set forth in Connecticut DOT Standard Publication 817.
All materials labor and incidentals to install the Cabinets shall be included in these items, including foundations, excavation, drilling, grounding, surface preparation, channels, hardware and other items required for a complete installation.
Documentation
Each field cabinet shall be supplied with three (3) copies of the Final Cabinet Wiring Diagram. One (1) copy shall be placed in a clear plastic envelope and left in the cabinet. Two (2) copies shall be delivered to the Engineer.
Assembly
CCTV Cabinets shall be assembled in a controlled environment and factory tested before being delivered to the work site and installed. Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - Acceptance Testing” for additional information.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. Testing shall include all components and wires installed in the cabinet and also the installation of the cabinet itself comply with contract specification and approved drawings.
Method of Measurement:
The work will be measured for payment by the actual number of each complete furnished, installed, inspected, and tested.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each unit furnished and installed, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
CCTV Cabinet – Bridge Each CCTV Cabinet – Base Mounted Each CCTV Cabinet – Base Mounted Foundation Each CCTV Cabinet – Concrete Pad Each
0300-0202 ITEM #0150840A, 1112228A, #1112229A, #1112246A 0300-0202 355 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1112237A – REMOTE CCTV CABINET ITEM #1112247A – REMOTE SWITCH CABINET BASE
Descriptions:
Under this item, the Contractor shall furnish and install Remote CCTV Cabinets (Cabinets) at the locations shown in the plans and as directed by the Engineer. The cabinets are also referred to as “Remote Switch Cabinets.”
The Cabinets shall house the CCTV field equipment supplied under this and other Contract items, including but not limited to remote CCTV switches, a duplex receptacle, light, surge suppression equipment and other equipment as shown in the Plans.
The Remote CCTV Cabinets shall not have internal components requiring ventilation and shall be rated NEMA Type 4X.
Materials:
The Cabinets shall be provided complete with all internal components and all mounting hardware necessary to provide for the installation of equipment as described in the plans and Contract Documents. Cabinets shall be sized as shown in the plans. Changes in Cabinet size to accommodate equipment proposed by the Contractor shall require approval by the Engineer.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
The Contractor shall submit a detailed layout diagram for each type of Cabinet layout specified for review by the Engineer. Only Cabinets with approved layouts will be accepted under this Contract item.
Remote CCTV Cabinet Requirements
The Cabinet shall be constructed of 14 gauge Type 316L stainless steel, with fully welded seams, and measure approximately 24” wide x 36” tall x 10” deep. The cabinet shall be rated as a NEMA Type 4X enclosure. The Contractor shall coordinate final size of enclosure with all equipment to be installed and their required clearance.
All devices shall be hardwired. Plug-in devices are not acceptable.
All components incorporated into the cabinet shall have a minimum operational temperature range of -13˚F to 158˚F (-25˚C to 70˚C) unless otherwise noted.
0300-0202 ITEM #1112237A, #1112247A 0300-0202 356 Rev. Date 06/10/19
The Cabinet shall have a continuously hinged full size door on the front, equipped with a heavy- duty pad-lockable handle, with a three-point locking mechanism, sized to fit a standard MNR communications padlock.
Provisions shall be made in the Cabinet for the installation of all equipment that is provided and installed inside the Cabinet under other Contract items.
In addition the following equipment shall be provided in all Cabinet configurations as part of this Contract item: a) One main circuit breaker b) One duplex receptacle (GFCI). c) Surge protection for power lines d) LED light that turns on when the door is opened. e) Cabinet Finish - The cabinet exterior shall be smooth #4 brush finish. f) Circuit breakers properly sized for the equipment to be installed in the cabinet. g) Drawing pocket on door. Documentation shall be provided in a weather-protective sleeve/envelope or shall be laminated. h) Tamper switch – A tamper switch shall be installed such that each door is monitored for door status. Tamper switches shall be wired to the alarm inputs of the Cisco switch installed in the cabinet and configured to report through the Network Monitoring System. Switches shall be wired in a normally closed configuration where the circuit opens when the door opens. i) Protective Vent – Furnish a protective vent to equalize pressure within the sealed cabinet and reduce condensation within the enclosure to protect the electronic equipment. Vent shall meet the following requirements: 1. IP66, IP67, IP68, and IP69k rated 2. Operating temperature of -40˚C to 125˚C per IEC 60068-2-1, 60068-2-2, and 60068-2-14. 3. Humidity testing at 85˚C at 85% RH for 1000 hours per IEC 600-2-78. 4. Salt resistance per IEC 60068-2-11 and 60068-2-52. 5. Corrosive gas testing per GR-3108-CORE 6. Fungus resistance per ASTM G-21 7. UL 94-V0 f1 flammability and UV resistance 8. Hail impact resistance per IEC 62108 10.9 9. Humidity freeze withstand per IEC 62108 10.8 10. Shall be Gore Polyvent XL / M32x1.5 with backing nut or approved equal
0300-0202 ITEM #1112237A, #1112247A 0300-0202 357 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Cabinets and their final configurations shall conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), National Electrical Safety Code, and all other local codes.
Electrical Requirements
Wiring
All cabinet wiring, where connected to terminal strips, relays, switches, radio interference suppressor, etc., shall be identified by the use of insulated pre-printed sleeving slipped over the wire before attachment of the lug or the completion of the connection. The wire markers shall carry the legend in plain words with sufficient details so that a translating sheet will not be required.
All wires shall be cut to the proper length before assembly. No wires shall be doubled back to take up slack. Wires shall be neatly laced into cables with nylon lacing and/or Velcro ties. Cables shall be secured with nylon cable clamps. Furnish and install a complete cable management system to control cable bend radius, provide strain relief, and provide a neat and workmanlike appearance.
All electrical connections in the cabinet, including relays, terminal strips, etc., shall have sufficient clearance between each terminal and the cabinet to provide an adequate distance to prevent a leakage path or physical contact under stress. Where these distances cannot be maintained, barriers must be provided. All equipment grounds shall run directly and independently to the ground bus. The interconnect cabling shall be routed such that when the doors are closed, they do not press against the cables or force the cables against the various components inside the cabinets.
All wiring containing AC line voltage shall be routed and bundled separately and/or shielded from all low voltage circuits. Clearances required by NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) shall be maintained at all times.
All conductors and live terminals or parts which could be hazardous to maintenance personnel shall be covered with suitable insulating materials.
All wiring containing AC line voltage shall be a minimum size of #12 AWG and conform to XHHW-2 in accordance with other contract provisions. All other electrical conductors used in the cabinet wiring shall be #22 AWG or larger with a minimum of 19 strands. Conductors shall conform to Mil Spec #MIL-W-16878D, type B or D. All conductor specifications shall be coordinated with the equipment requirements. Cat 5e cabling shall conform to the requirements of other sections. Cabling that does not extend outside the cabinet, and all cabinet grounding cabling, shall be considered part of this Item and will not be paid separately.
The AC return and equipment ground wiring shall be electrically isolated from each other and the energized AC wiring by an insulation resistance of at least 10 Megaohms when measured at
0300-0202 ITEM #1112237A, #1112247A 0300-0202 358 Rev. Date 06/10/19
250 VAC. Return and equipment grounding wiring shall be color coded white and green respectively.
GFCI Duplex Outlet
In addition to any outlets required for equipment service, all cabinets shall be furnished with a 125VAC convenience outlet with integral ground fault current interrupt (GFCI), protected by a circuit breaker. The receptacle shall be a NEMA Type 5-15R outdoor, weather-resistant duplex receptacle located so that no electrical hazard shall exist when used by service personnel.
Circuit Breaker(s)
The cabinet circuit breakers shall be approved and listed by Underwriter's Laboratories (UL 489). Supplemental breakers (UL 1077) are not acceptable. The operating mechanisms shall be enclosed, trip free from operating handle on overload, and trip indicating. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupt capacity of 10,000 amperes and be thermal-magnetic type.
Properly rated equipment circuit breaker(s) shall be provided for the equipment complement shown on the plans. Breaker sizes shown on plans are representative only and may vary based on equipment submitted and approved. Contractor shall coordinate all breaker sizes and curve characteristics with selected equipment and manufacturer recommendations.
Radio Interference Suppressor and Power Line Surge Protector
All cabinets shall be equipped with a radio interference suppressor installed at the circuit breaker. The suppressor shall provide a minimum attenuation of -50 dB over a frequency range of 200 kHz to 75 MHz. The suppressor shall be hermetically sealed in a substantial metal case filled with a suitable insulation compound.
A power line surge protector shall be installed in each cabinet between the load side of the input power circuit breaker and ground. The surge protector shall not dissipate any energy and shall not provide any series impedance during standby operation. The units shall return to non- shunting mode after the passage of any surge and shall not allow the shunting of AC power.
Working Voltage: 120VAC Single Phase Protection Mode: Common Mode (L/G and N/G) and Differential Mode (L/N) Nominal UL Discharge Current (In, 8/20µs): 20kA Maximum Discharge Current (Imax, 8/20µs withstand): 165kA Short Circuit Current Rating: 100kA UL 1449 4th Edition, Type 2 Device Fault Indicator Window, LED, or other visual fault indication Operating Temperature: -40˚C to 80˚C
Combining the surge protection and radio interference suppression requirements into one product is acceptable. The unit shall be a ASCO 180kA model 360 with EMI/RFI filtering
0300-0202 ITEM #1112237A, #1112247A 0300-0202 359 Rev. Date 06/10/19
option or equal.
If separate devices are furnished, each shall be UL listed and suitable for the environment installed.
Power Cable Input and Junction Terminals
Power distribution blocks suitable for use as a power feed and junction points shall be furnished and installed for two and three wire circuits as indicated on the plans. The line side of each circuit shall be capable of handling the number of wires required. Terminal blocks shall be sized to accommodate each wire required without a reducing splice. Splices shall only be performed where approved by the Engineer. Any splices performed in the cabinet shall be done via terminal blocks.
Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks shall be accessible to the extent that it shall not be necessary to remove any electronic equipment from the cabinet to make an inspection or connection. Terminal blocks shall be two position multiple pole barrier type. Shorting bars shall be provided in each of the positions provided along with an integral marking strip. Terminal blocks shall be so arranged that they shall not upset the entrance, routing, and connection of incoming field conductors. All terminals shall be suitably identified by legends permanently affixed and attached to the terminal blocks. No electrically alive parts shall extend beyond the protection afforded by the barriers. Doubling up conductors on one terminal should be avoided and only performed where the terminals are listed for such purpose and approved by the Engineer. Use bridging clips or additional terminals as necessary.
AC terminal blocks shall be Underwriter's Laboratory approved for 600 Volts AC minimum and shall be suitable for outdoor use. Terminals used for field connections shall secure conductors by means of a #10-32 nickel or cadmium plated brass binder head screw. Terminals used for interwiring connections, but not for field connections, shall secure conductors by means of a #6-32 nickel or cadmium plated brass binder head screw.
As a minimum, all connections to and from the electronic equipment shall terminate to an inter- wiring type block unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. These blocks will act as intermediate connection points for all electronic equipment inputs and outputs.
Warning Labels
Contractor shall include warning labels required by applicable NFPA, ANSI, and UL standards. Warning labels shall comply with ANSI Z525.4 – Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels. All panels with multiple power sources shall contain the warning “WARNING: Multiple power sources. Disconnect all sources prior to maintenance” or similar. Submit all label wording and layouts for approval prior to fabrication.
0300-0202 ITEM #1112237A, #1112247A 0300-0202 360 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Cabinet Grounding
A solid copper ground bus bar shall be permanently affixed to the inside surface of a cabinet wall. The point of contact between the ground bus and cabinet wall shall have less than 1 ohm resistance. The copper ground bus bar shall have a minimum of 20 connector points, each capable of securing at least one #10 conductor. The ground bar shall also accommodate one #4 conductor for the main grounding connection. Communications (chassis) ground wiring shall return to the ground bus bar. Cabinet shall have a grounding stud on the body and bonding provision on the door. Door shall be bonded to the body.
All cabinets shall be grounded in accordance with other sections of these Specifications. Work of this item shall include all materials required to properly ground the cabinets to the station ground grid at stations..
Communications (chassis) equipment grounding wiring shall terminate to the ground bus installed in the cabinet. AC equipment ground wiring may use terminal blocks or a ground bar separate from the communications (chassis) ground.
Remote Switch Cabinet Base Requirements
All materials labor and incidentals to install the Cabinets shall be included in these items, including foundations, surface preparation, excavation, drilling, hardware and other items required for a complete installation.
Where located on station platforms, remote CCTV cabinets shall have a stainless steel base as shown on the Plans, made of the same material with the same finish as the cabinet and by the same manufacturer, when available. The stainless steel base shall be mounted on 6” concrete pad.
All materials and construction methods shall conform to the applicable sections of the Standard Specifications Section 10.02 Light Standard and Traffic Control Foundations and Section 10.17 service Entrance and Cabinet.
Construction Methods:
The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not adversely affect the system.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect cabinet size, layout, and
0300-0202 ITEM #1112237A, #1112247A 0300-0202 361 Rev. Date 06/10/19
equipment required in the cabinets. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed. Drawings should indicate site specific installation details including showing the exact equipment locations, mounting details, conduit runs, conduit entry, riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, and other details necessary for complete review. No cabinet shall be installed without an approved layout, wiring diagrams, and other associated shop drawings.
Mounting and other modifications shall not affect the NEMA 4X rating of the enclosure.
The Remote CCTV Cabinets shall be installed at the locations shown in the plans. Cabinets mounted on station platforms require a concrete pad and stainless steel base. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel and all installation methods shall conform to the requirement set forth in Connecticut DOT Standard Specifications Form 817.
All materials labor and incidentals to install the Cabinets shall be included in these items, including foundations, excavation, drilling, surface preparation, channels, hardware and other items required for a complete installation.
Documentation
Each field cabinet shall be supplied with three (3) copies of the Final Cabinet Wiring Diagram. One (1) copy shall be placed in a clear plastic envelope and left in the cabinet. Two (2) copies shall be delivered to the Engineer.
Assembly
Remote CCTV Cabinets shall be assembled in a controlled environment and factory tested before being delivered to the work site and installed. Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - Acceptance Testing” for additional information.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. Testing shall include all components and wires installed in the cabinet and also the installation of the cabinet itself comply with contract specification and
0300-0202 ITEM #1112237A, #1112247A 0300-0202 362 Rev. Date 06/10/19
approved drawings.
Method of Measurement:
Remote CCTV Cabinet will be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete furnished, installed, inspected, grounded, and tested.
Remote Switch Cabinet Base will be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete furnished, installed, inspected, grounded, and tested.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “Remote CCTV Cabinet” and “Remote Switch Cabinet Base” furnished and installed, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Remote CCTV Cabinet Each Remote Switch Cabinet Base Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1112237A, #1112247A 0300-0202 363 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1112241A – FIBER OPTIC CABLE SPLICE ENCLOSURE
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish Fiber Optic Splice Enclosures to be installed aerially, in manholes, splice/pull boxes or at other locations as shown in the Contract Documents or as indicated by the Engineer.
The Splice Enclosures shall be purchased by the Contractor and supplied to MNR at the direction of the Engineer. MNR will install the Splice Enclosures at the locations shown in the Plans. It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the Splice Enclosure is sized for the number of splices as required by the design and as outlined in this specification.
The Splice Enclosures shall be supplied with all sleeves, hole hardware, attachment hardware, splice trays, and all other items as required for a complete installation.
Materials:
Splice Enclosure:
The Fiber Optic Splice Enclosures shall be Optical Cable Corporation FG8-6S or equivalent, meeting the following specifications:
The Fiber Optic Splice Enclosures shall be weather tight suitable for uncontrolled environments.
The Fiber Optic Splice Enclosures shall have four individual, self-sizing grommeted cable ports.
The Fiber Optic Splice Enclosures shall have cable retention clamps to provide pullout rating required by Telcordia.
The Fiber Optic Splice Enclosures shall meet Telcordia aerial and UV resistance requirements.
The Fiber Optic Splice Enclosures shall be Rural Utility Service (RUS) Listed.
Hardware:
Splice sleeves shall be 3M part number 2170 or equivilant.
Hole hardware shall be 3M part number FGD-1H or equivalent.
0300-0202 ITEM #1112241A 0300-0202 364 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Construction:
The Contractor shall submit manufacturers cut sheets to be approved by the Engineer.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Method of Measurement:
The Fiber Optic Cable Splice Enclosure shall be measured as the actual number of “Each” furnished and accepted by the Engineer, and transferred to MNR Communications Department.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “Fiber Optic Cable Splice Enclosure” furnished, accepted by the Engineer and transferred to MNR, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto to complete the work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Fiber Optic Cable Splice Enclosure Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1112241A 0300-0202 365 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1112248A – 60W POE INJECTOR
ITEM #1112249A – PTZ POWER SUPPLY
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install PTZ power supplies and 60W PoE (Power over Ethernet) Injectors as shown in the Plans and Contract Documents to provide 60W power to the PTZ cameras via Ethernet cable.
Materials:
The Contractor shall furnish and install a PTZ Power Supply conforming to the following minimum requirements:
Nominal output voltage: 24 VDC Rated output power: 100 watts Efficiency: typ 89%+ Input voltage: 90-264 VAC Typ. input current: 1.4A (115VAC) Working temp/humidity: -40 to 70˚C (-40 to 158˚F)/100% non-condensing MTBF: >289,000 hours UL 508 listed
The Contractor shall furnish and install a 60W PoE Injector conforming to the following minimum requirements:
Input voltage: 20 to 60 VDC Rated output power: 60 watts Power consumption: 72 W max with device connected Housing protection: IP30 Working temp/humidity: -40 to 75˚C (-40 to 167˚F)/5-95% non-condensing MTBF: >2,400,000 hours Input ports: RJ-45 (10/100/1000BaseT) data, hardwired power Output ports: RJ-45 (10/100/1000BaseT) 60W PoE out Surge resistance: 3kV Conforms to IEEE 802.3af/at, 802.3 for 10BaseT, 802.3u for 100BaseT, 802.3ab for 1000BaseT UL 508 listed External LED Indicators, overload current protection, reverse polarity protection
0300-0202 ITEM #1112248A, #1112249A 0300-0202 366 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect product requirements. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. Prior to installation, the PTZ power supplies and 60W PoE Injectors shall be factory tested to ensure compatibility with the approved PTZ camera. At a minimum, the following tests shall be included: verification that devices are installed per approved drawings and manufacturer recommendations, and verification of proper voltage output from the power supply. Any tests recommended by the manufacturer shall also be included.
Construction Methods:
Each PTZ power supply and 60W PoE Injector shall be installed at the locations as shown in the Plans. Furnish and install all required mounting brackets, mounting hardware, wiring, and other accessories required for complete installation.
PTZ power supply and 60W PoE Injector shall be hardwired.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Method of Measurement:
PTZ power supplies and 60W PoE injectors shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” furnished, installed, inspected, and tested.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “PTZ Power Supply” and “60W PoE Injector” furnished and installed, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
0300-0202 ITEM #1112248A, #1112249A 0300-0202 367 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Pay Item Pay Unit
PTZ Power Supply Each 60W PoE Injector Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1112248A, #1112249A 0300-0202 368 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM#1112253A – CCTV POLE TYPE C – DUAL CAMERA MAST ARM
ITEM #1112254A – CCTV POLE TYPE D – MAST ARM
ITEM #1112263A – CCTV POLE TYPE B – STRAIGHT POLE
Description:
This item consists of furnishing and installing a CCTV pole at each location as shown in the plans. The poles shall be either a straight pole, or a mast arm pole for overhanging the platform. The poles shall be designed as shown in the Plans and as described in these Specifications.
Materials:
The CCTV Poles shall be constructed of aluminum and shall conform to the following requirements:
Pole Material Seamless, extruded structural aluminum square tube complying with ASTM B 429/B 429M, Alloy 6063-T6 with two access handholes in pole wall.
Shape The pole shall be square without taper
Mounting Provisions When applicable, mast arms shall be welded directly to face of CCTV pole. Aluminum welding shall conform to AWS D1.2. Flange for bolted mounting as shown on the Plans. All fastening hardware shall be stainless steel.
Pole Base The pole shall be fully welded to a cast aluminum, alloy 356-T6 base plate, sized to the dimensions shown in the Plans. All anchors and associated hardware shall be stainless steel. Anchor rods shall conform to ASTM A193 Grade B8M, and nuts shall conform to ASTM A194 Grade 8M. All pole bases shall be provided with base covers, which shall completely enclose the base plate and anchoring hardware so as to prevent any exposure to the outside environment. Grout shall be of non-shrink type and in accordance with Form 817, Section M.03.01.12.
Handholes The pole shall have two access handholes in pole wall, not blocking or interfering with equipment to be installed on the pole.
0300-0202 ITEM #1112253A #1112254A #1112263A
0300-0202 369 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Finish The poles shall be powder coated to match the color of the existing poles where they will be installed. All colors shall be approved by the Engineer prior to having the finish applied to the poles.
Construction Methods:
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for CCTV poles prior to supplying this item. The material, construction, color and all details of the poles construction must be approved by the Engineer.
Contractor shall coordinate devices to be mounted on the poles with surrounding area and requirements of other sections of the Contract Documents. Coordinate with the pre-installation camera surveys and shop drawing requirements of the CCTV cameras.
Each pole shall include a 6” concrete pad as shown in the Plans. Concrete pads shall be reinforced with welded steel wire fabric using 2” minimum cover.
All poles shall be grounded in accordance with other sections of these Specifications. Work of this item shall include all materials required to properly ground the poles to the station ground grid at stations; or structural steel at SAGA Bridge.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. As part of the Field Installation Testing, Contractor shall verify poles and devices mounted to poles are installed in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer instructions.
Method of Measurement:
CCTV Pole of type specified shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” furnish, approved, installed, grounded, inspected, and accepted.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each for “CCTV Pole Type Specified”, which price shall include full compensation for all materials and other incidentals needed to complete the work.
Pay Item Pay Unit
CCTV Pole Type C – Dual Camera Mast Arm Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1112253A #1112254A #1112263A
0300-0202 370 Rev. Date 06/10/19
CCTV Pole Type D – Mast Arm Each CCTV Pole Type B – Straight Pole Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1112253A #1112254A #1112263A
0300-0202 371 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1112255A – IR ILLUMINATOR POWER SUPPLY – RACK MOUNT
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install rack mount power supplies as shown in the Plans and Contract Documents to provide 60W High Power PoE (4-pair PoE) power to the IR illuminators. Power supply shall be fully compatible with the IR illuminator specified in the Contract documents.
Materials:
The Contractor shall furnish and install a Rack Mount IR Illuminator Power Supply conforming to the following material requirements:
Chassis for installation in a standard EIA 19” equipment rack that will be provided in the CCTV Equipment Cabinets. Each IR Illuminator Power Supply shall use no more than 1U of rack space. 24-Port High Power PoE Midspan Ethernet Switch (10/100/1000 Mbps). Power supply shall be UL listed. Limited lifetime warranty. The power supply shall be Microsemi PD-9524G series or equivalent meeting the requirements.
Electrical Requirements
Input Power 100 to 240 VAC, 60Hz 12A @ 110 VAC, Power Consumption (1000W)
Output Power 72Watts Maximum per port (4-pair PoE) Number of outputs: Shielded 24-Port RJ-45, EIA 568A and 568B Output Power Voltage: 54-57 Vdc
Operating Temperature: 0˚C to 40˚C ambient
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
0300-0202 ITEM #1112255A 0300-0202 372 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect power supply requirements. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Construction Methods:
Each IR Illuminator Power Supply – Rack Mount shall be installed at the locations as shown in the Plans. Ensure power supply rating is not exceeded.
Secure power connections to prevent loosening with brackets or clips.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. At a minimum, the following tests shall be included: verification of proper installation of equipment per approved drawings and manufacturer recommendations, test voltage of all the power supply outputs meet specification and configuration. Any tests recommended by the manufacturer shall also be included.
Method of Measurement:
IR Illuminator Power Supply – Rack Mount shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” furnished, installed, inspected, and tested.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “IR Illuminator Power Supply – Rack Mount” furnished and install, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
IR Illuminator Power Supply – Rack Mount Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1112255A 0300-0202 373 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1112256A – POE SURGE PROTECTION CHASSIS – RACK MOUNT
ITEM #1112257A – POE SURGE PROTECTION CHASSIS – WALL MOUNT
ITEM #1112258A – POE SURGE PROTECTION MODULE
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install PoE (Power over Ethernet) surge protectors as shown in the Plans and Contract Documents to protect the Cisco switches from power surges through the data lines. Rack mounted surge protectors shall be provided in racks, CCTV cabinets, and other locations identified in the Plans. Wall mounted surge protectors shall be provided in Remote CCTV cabinets. For Ethernet devices connected that do not use PoE, provide non-PoE surge protection modules of the same type.
Materials:
The Contractor shall furnish and install Ethernet surge protectors conforming to the following minimum requirements:
Agency approval: UL497 (primary) and UL 497B (isolated loop) Response time: 1-5 nanoseconds Port type: RJ-45 in and out, Category 6 Ethernet, all wires shall be protected Clamping Level: 75V for PoE or 16V for non-PoE Capacitance: <20pF Products shall be provided with lifetime warranty from the manufacturer and $5000 connected equipment warranty.
Rack mounted units shall accommodate up to 12 devices and be 1U (1.75” high). Wall mounted units shall accommodate up to 6 devices and shall be 10.25”H x 4”W x 2.1”D. PoE surge protection modules shall be modular, allowing each to be populated as needed or changed in the event of failure.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
0300-0202 ITEM #1112256A, #1112257A, #1112258A 0300-0202 374 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect product requirements. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Construction Methods:
Each surge protection chassis shall be installed at the locations as shown in the Plans. Populate as required for each location plus least 2 spare PoE devices. In locations where providing 2 spare would require another chassis, chassis shall be fully populated and the additional spare chassis is not required, in which case the additional spare modules shall be left in the cabinet. Furnish and install all required mounting brackets, mounting hardware, wiring, and other accessories required for complete installation.
Module shall be grounded in accordance with manufacturer instructions and recommendations with a #6 AWG conductor minimum. Contractor shall test and verify ground connection.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. At a minimum, the following tests shall be included: verification the surge protector is installed per approved drawings and manufacturer recommendations, and verification of proper grounding of the surge protectors. Any tests recommended by the manufacturer shall also be included.
Method of Measurement:
Rack mounted PoE surge protector chassis, wall mounted PoE surge protector chassis, and PoE surge protection modules shall be measured for payment by the number of “Each” furnished, installed, inspected, and tested. Item “PoE Surge Protection Module” shall include both PoE and non-PoE Ethernet surge protection modules as required.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “PoE Surge Protection Chassis – Rack Mount” and “PoE Surge Protection Chassis – Wall Mount” and “PoE Surge Protection Module” furnished and installed, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
0300-0202 ITEM #1112256A, #1112257A, #1112258A 0300-0202 375 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Pay Item Pay Unit
PoE Surge Protection Chassis – Rack Mount Each PoE Surge Protection Chassis – Wall Mount Each PoE Surge Protection Module Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1112256A, #1112257A, #1112258A 0300-0202 376 Rev. Date 06/25/19
ITEM #1113033A – 4 STRAND SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE
ITEM #1113043A – 24 STRAND SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE
ITEM #0150624A – 24 STRAND SINGLE-MODE FIBER OPTIC CABLE FOR INDOOR USE
ITEM #1113912A – INSTALL EXISTING FIBER CABLES THROUGH CONDUITS
Description:
The Contractor shall furnish and install the fiber optic cabling at the locations shown on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 4-fiber cables shall be tight buffered construction. 24-fiber cable for outdoor use shall be Gel-Free Loose Tube construction. 24-fiber cable for indoor use shall be tight buffered construction and plenum rated.
Any other ancillary components required to form a complete fiber optic cable plant, including but not limited to, moisture and water sealants, cable caps, fan-out kits, etc., shall be supplied under these items for fiber optic cable and will not be paid for separately.
All materials required for complete installation shall be provided by the Contractor unless otherwise noted. Fiber optic splicing and field-connectorizing will be performed by Metro- North. The Contractor shall furnish all consumables required for fiber optic splicing and terminating. Provide at least 20% spare. All other work shall be performed by the Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise.
In some locations, fiber cables will be provided by others. These cables will either be furnished to the contractor, left coiled on a catenary structure, or left at other locations as shown on the Plans. These fiber cables shall be installed through conduits as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Conduits installed under this contract will be paid under other items. All Contract requirements for new fiber cables shall apply to existing fiber cables.
Available Standards:
ANSI/IDEA, IEC, RUS, Telcordia GR-20
Materials:
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
0300-0202 ITEM #1113033A, #1113043A, 0150624A, #1113912A 0300-0202 377 Rev. Date 06/25/19
The 4 Strand Single-Mode Fiber Cables shall be Corning FREEDM® p/n 004E8F-31131-29 or approved equal.
The 24 Strand Single-Mode Fiber Cable for outdoor use shall be Corning ALTOS® p/n 024EU4-T4101D20 or approved equal.
The 24 Strand Single-Mode Fiber Cable for indoor use shall be Corning MIC Plenum ® p/n 024E8P-31131-29 or approved equal.
Functional Requirements:
All fibers within a cable must be usable and meet required specifications.
A. Single Mode Loose Tube
1. Optical Requirements
Fiber Type Single-mode Fiber Core Diameter 9 µm (nominal) Fiber Category OS2 Fiber Code E Performance Option Code 01 Wavelengths 1310 nm / 1383 nm / 1550 nm Maximum Attenuation 0.4 dB/km / 0.4 dB/km / 0.3 dB/km
2. Mechanical Requirements
Max. Tensile Strengths, Short-Term 600 lbf Max. Tensile Strengths, Long-Term 200 lbf Weight 24 Fiber – 49 lb/1000ft Nominal Outer Diameter 24 Fiber – 0.41 in Min. Bend Radius Installation 24 Fiber – 6.2 in Min. Bend Radius Operation 24 Fiber – 4.1 in
Central Element Dielectric Fiber Count 24 Fiber Coloring Blue, Orange, Green, Brown, Slate, White, Red, Black, Yellow, Violet, Rose, Aqua Fibers per Tube 12 Number of Active Tubes 2 Buffer Tube Color Coding 24 Fiber - Blue, Orange
Buffer Tube Diameter 0.1 in
0300-0202 ITEM #1113033A, #1113043A, 0150624A, #1113912A 0300-0202 378 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Number of Filling Elements 24 Fiber – 4
Tape Water-swellable Number of Ripcords 1 Outer Jacket Material Polyethylene (PE) Outer Jacket Color Black
3. Environmental Characteristics
Storage -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F) Installation -30°C to 70°C (-22°F to 158°F) Operation -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F)
B. Single Mode Tight Buffered
1. Optical Requirements
Fiber Type Single-mode Fiber Core Diameter 9 µm (nominal) Fiber Category OS2 Fiber Code E Performance Option Code 31 Wavelengths 1310 nm / 1383 nm / 1550 nm 0.65 dB/km / 0.65 dB/km / 0.5 dB/km Maximum Attenuation
2. Mechanical Requirements
Max. Tensile Strengths, Short-Term 4-strand: 150 lbf, 24-strand: 100 lbf Max. Tensile Strengths, Long-Term 4-strand: 45 lbf, 24-strand: 30 lbf Weight 4-strand: 16 lb/1000 ft, 24-strand: 45 lb/1000 ft Nominal Outer Diameter 4-strand: 0.22 in, 24-strand: 0.31 in Min. Bend Radius Installation 4-strand: 3.2 in, 24-strand: 4.6 in Min. Bend Radius Operation 4-strand: 1.1 in, 24-strand: 3.1 in
Central Element Dielectric Fiber Count 4-strand: 4, 24-strand: 24 Tight Buffer Coloring Blue, Orange, Green, Brown Tensile Strength Elements Water-Swellable Strength Yarns Number of Active Tubes 2 or 12 Cladding 125 µm Tight Buffer Diameter 900 ± 50 µm Outer Jacket Material Flame-Retardant, UV-Resistant Outer Jacket Color Black
0300-0202 ITEM #1113033A, #1113043A, 0150624A, #1113912A 0300-0202 379 Rev. Date 06/25/19
3. Environmental Characteristics
Storage -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F) Installation -10°C to 60°C ( 14°F to 140°F) Operation -40°C to 70°C (-40°F to 158°F)
C. Field-Terminated LC Connectors (for tight buffered cable)
1. Verify type of connector required for all field devices. Contractor shall provide fiber connectors compatible with approved fiber and attached devices.
Fiber Category OS2 Nominal Fiber Outer Diameter 125 µm Insertion Loss 0.2 dB typical, 0.5 dB max Reflectance <= -55dB Operating Temp -40°C to 75°C (-40°F to 167°F) Durability <= 0.2dB change by 500 rematings Intermateability TIA/EIA 604-10 and IEC61754-20 Approvals EIA/TIA 568-B.3 Material Ceramic Ferrule, Composite Housing
Corning UniCam Connector, LC (OS2) or approved equal.
Construction Method:
The Contractor shall adhere to the following guidelines for installation, testing and documentation.
Installation in Conduit or Aerial Innerduct
The cable pulling operation shall be performed such that a minimum bending of the cable shall occur in the unreeling and pulling operations. Entry guide chutes shall be used to guide the cable into the pullbox conduit ports. Lubricating compound shall be used to minimize friction. Corner rollers (wheels), if used, shall not have radii less than the minimum installation bending radius of the cable. A series array of smaller wheels can be used for accomplishing the bend if the array is specifically approved by the cable manufacturers. The pulling tension shall be continuously measured and shall not be allowed to exceed the maximum tension specified by the manufacturer of the cable, or fuse links and breaks shall be used to ensure that the cable tensile strength is not exceeded. The pulling system shall have an audible alarm that shall sound whenever a preselected tension level is reached. Tension levels shall be recorded continuously and shall be given to the Engineer upon request.
0300-0202 ITEM #1113033A, #1113043A, 0150624A, #1113912A 0300-0202 380 Rev. Date 06/25/19
Pullboxes shall be installed by the Contractor as needed and as indicated on the Plans. The Contractor may be required to install the cable one pullbox at a time. The direction of the cable pull shall be determined by the Contractor with adherence to any staging and sequencing plans and track outage requirements dictated by MNR and shall require the approval of the Engineer.
Pullboxes shall be considered incidental to the associated conduit system. No additional payment will be made.
Connectorizing the fibers and splicing to patch panel pigtails will be performed by Metro-North. It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to provide all materials including connectors, sleeves, and hardware and ancillary items as required for a complete installation as shown in the plans.
Cables shall be left in an accessible location for MNR to perform splicing or connectorizing. Provide slack at each splice/termination point.
Prior to installing any existing cables, verify the length of the cable is suitable for the location and purpose to be installed including slack for splicing or termination. No payment will be made for existing cables installed that are found to be too short for its intended purpose, and shall be removed by the contractor at no additional cost to the Department.
Documentation Requirements
Installation Practices for Outdoor Fiber Optic Cable Systems Documentation The Contractor shall examine the proposed cable plant design. At least one month prior to starting installation of the fiber optic cable plant, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval ten (10) copies of the Contractor’s “Installation Practices for Outdoor Fiber Optic Cable Systems” manual. This manual shall address the Contractor’s proposed practices covering all aspects of the fiber optic cable plant.
This submittal shall include all proposed procedures and list of installation equipment. Test and quality control procedures shall be detailed as well as procedures for corrective action.
Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings coordinated with conduit/innerduct layout shop drawings and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation.
Test Procedures In accordance with these Specifications, and the “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – ACCEPTANCE TESTING”, submit test plan and procedures for approval prior to testing.
Operation and Maintenance Documentation
0300-0202 ITEM #1113033A, #1113043A, 0150624A, #1113912A 0300-0202 381 Rev. Date 06/25/19
After the fiber optic cable plant has been installed, ten (10) complete sets of Operation and Maintenance Documentation shall be provided. The documentation shall, as a minimum, include the following: Complete and accurate as-built diagrams showing the entire fiber optic cable plant including locations of all splices. Complete parts list including names of vendors.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
Contractor shall provide all labor, material, instruments, and apparatus for all tests. Fiber optic testing personnel shall be experienced, trained, and certified to perform fiber optic tests. All work shall be performed in accordance with these guidelines, current industry testing standards, and the test equipment manufacturer’s recommendations. Testing equipment shall have valid calibration certificate.
Factory Tests: Fiber optic cables shall be tested by the manufacturer prior to shipping. This does not apply for existing cables furnished by others.
Pre-Installation Tests: Prior to installation, the contractor shall inspect the cable for visual damage. The Contractor shall perform an OTDR test on any new reel of fiber optic cable before it is installed. These measurements shall ensure that all strands have continuity for the full length of the reel and proper loss requirements.
Tests shall also be performed on existing fibers to establish baseline performance. Pre- installation tests for existing cables (or cables provided by others) shall mimic post- installation test described below. Should the Contractor not perform pre-installation testing, the Contractor shall be responsible to replace the damaged cable at their expense if it is found to be defective after installation.
If pre-installation testing indicates any potential break, failure, or other compromise, immediately notify the Engineer. Do not install any damaged cables.
Post-Installation Test: The Contractor shall test the fiber bi-directionally with both Light Source/Power Meter (LS/PM) method (Optical Loss Test Set may be substituted for LS/PM) and OTDR method after installation, prior to splicing and termination by MNR. Should it be determined by the Engineer that the fiber cable was damaged during installation, it shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. Certified test reports shall be provided for each test. The results shall meet EIA/TIA 568 recommended standards for fiber optics at the
0300-0202 ITEM #1113033A, #1113043A, 0150624A, #1113912A 0300-0202 382 Rev. Date 06/25/19
minimum. Tests shall be performed at 1310nm, 1550nm, and 1625nm frequencies in both directions for single mode fiber. Overall loss profile of the cable span should be preserved and recorded by obtaining hard copy and electronic copy from the test equipment.
Contractor shall supply Certified Test Results all test results in electronic form and paper form.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Method of Measurement:
The Fiber Optic Cables shall be measured for payment by the actual number of “Linear Foot” for each type installed, tested, and accepted as outlined in these Specifications and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
The Contractor shall be responsible for testing the fiber optic cable and providing test results to the Engineer for approval as outlined in the Specifications and elsewhere within the Contract Documents.
“Install Existing Fiber Cables Through Conduits” shall be measured for payment by the actual number of “Linear Feet” of cable installed in conduit, duct, or innerduct; from conduit (or duct) termination point to conduit (or duct) termination point. Coils at the end of fiber shall not be counted in calculating this item.
Basis of Payment:
Fiber Optic Cables shall be paid at the contract unit price per “LF”, which price shall include all materials, labor, equipment and incidentals required to install the 4 and 24 strand Fiber Optic Cables and complete the work as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Installing Existing Fiber through Conduits shall be paid at the contract unit price per “LF”, which price shall include all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals required to install the existing cables and complete the work as shown in the Plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Pay Item Pay Unit
4 Strand Single-Mode Fiber Optic Cable LF 24 Strand Single-Mode Fiber Optic Cable LF 24 Strand Single-Mode Fiber Optic For Indoor Use LF Install Existing Fiber Cable through Conduits LF
0300-0202 ITEM #1113033A, #1113043A, 0150624A, #1113912A 0300-0202 383 Rev. Date 06/19/19
ITEM #1113806A – FIBER OPTIC PATCH CABLE
Description:
This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, tools, and equipment necessary for installing Fiber Optic Patch Cable as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The Fiber Optic Patch Cable is to be used for connecting equipment and providing interfaces with devices such as switches, and other equipment as shown in the Plans.
Materials:
Contractor shall furnish and install ruggedized patch cords as necessary. All some locations, Contractor shall furnish the required patch cords to ConnDOT or MNR for installation. Refer to Notice to Contractor for details.
Ruggedized patch cords shall be low-smoke zero halogen (LSZH) Riser rated (in stations) or plenum rated (in office), with 2mm or 3mm jacket. Patch cords shall be two strand ruggedized duplex patch cord with the following type of connectors.
· Connectorized ST to ST ruggedized patch cord · Connectorized ST to SC ruggedized patch cord · Connectorized ST to LC ruggedized patch cord · Connectorized SC to LC ruggedized patch cord · Connectorized SC to SC ruggedized patch cord · Connectorized LC to LC ruggedized patch cord
Contractor shall field verify required connector type at each location. The single-mode optical fiber cable shall meet the requirements for transmission of up to 10 Gb/s transmission rate and shall be able to carry multi-wavelength transmission (such as DWDM systems). Cables shall be factory terminated and tested to meet contract requirements.
Compliance:
· Telcordia (formerly Bellcore) GR-326-CORE Generic requirements for Single mode optical connectors and Jumper assemblies. · ANSI/TIA-568-3.D TIA Optical Fiber Cabling Components and Standard
Specifications:
· Mode: Single Mode OS2 · Cable Type: Duplex Zipcord · Length: Custom Length as required by location, minimum 3 meters. · Cable Diameter: 0.23 inches. · Strength Member: Aramid Yarn · Insertion Loss: 0.15 dB typical · Return Loss: ≤ -55 dB
ITEM #1113806A 0300-0202 384 Rev. Date 06/19/19
Product Data:
Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Construction Methods:
Installation shall conform to requirements of the TIA-569, National Electrical Code, and National Electrical Safety Code.
The installation shall be accomplished by workmen skilled in this type of work. Cable shall be handled with care. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines for installation. At all time, comply with cable bend radius requirements.
Cable shall be carefully inspected by the Contractor prior to and during installation to be certain that it is free of defects. Damaged cables shall be replaced at no additional cost.
The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings with conduit layouts, coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
All work shall be performed in accordance with these guidelines, current industry testing standards, and the test equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.
Cables shall be tested at the manufacturer’s facility prior to shipping to the field that they meet the contract specification, specifications contained in the manufacturer product data, and other requirements specified herein.
Method of Measurement:
The Fiber Optic Patch Cable shall be measured for payment by the number of “linear feet” of fiber cable patch cord furnished, installed, tested, and accepted.
ITEM #1113806A 0300-0202 385 Rev. Date 06/19/19
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract price per linear foot for “Fiber Optic Patch Cable” and shall include all labor and materials necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Fiber Optic Patch Cable l.f.
ITEM #1113806A 0300-0202 386 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1113914A – RACK ENCLOSURE
Description:
This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, tools, and equipment necessary for furnishing and installing a new rack enclosure at Westport Station as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Equipment to be installed in the cabinet will be paid under other items.
Materials:
The Contractor shall provide a complete rack enclosure with all mounting hardware necessary install the rack enclosure. The rack enclosure shall have two lockable doors, one for the top half and one for the bottom half of the cabinet with separate locks for each door. MNR will have access to the top half while Westport Police Department will have access to the bottom portion.
The rack enclosure shall be coordinated with the work of other sections. The Contractor shall submit a detailed layout diagram for each layout specified for review by the Engineer. Only racks with approved layouts will be accepted under this Contract item.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
General Rack Enclosure Requirements
1. EIA compliant 19” gangable equipment rack 2. Overall dimensions: 71”H x 22”W x 26”D, 37U usable rack space with 24” useable depth. 3. Fully welded construction provides the following weight capacities: UL Listed load capacity: 2,500 lbs., Static load capacity: 10,000 lbs., seismic certified capacity: 1,050 lbs. 4. Rack shall be constructed of the following materials: top and bottom shall be 14- gauge steel, horizontal braces shall be 16-gauge steel 5. Rack shall come equipped with two pairs of 11-gauge steel rackrail with tapped 10- 32 mounting holes in universal EIA spacing, black e-coat finish and numbered rackspaces 6. Rack shall be fully enclosed with removable solid front door with plexi-glass window, removable solid side panels with recessed lift handles, and removable solid top. Top shall accommodate field drilling for conduit entry. 7. Durable black textured powder coat finish 8. Cabinet shall satisfy the 2007 & 2010 CBC; 2006, 2009 & 2012 IBC; ASCE 7-05 (2005 Edition) & ASCE 7-10 (2010 Edition) and the 2006 & 2009 editions of NFPA 5000 for use in areas of high seismicity, Seismic Use Group III, Zone 4 or
0300-0202 ITEM #1113914A 0300-0202 387 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Seismic Design Category (SDC) “D” with lateral force requirements for protecting 1,050 lbs. of essential equipment in locations with the highest level of seismicity and top floor or rooftop installations with an Importance factor (Ip) of 1.5 9. Supply the cabinet with the required seismic floor anchor bracket 10. UL Listed in the US and Canada 11. Grounding and bonding stud shall be 1/4-20 threaded, installed in base of enclosure 12. Supply 3-1/4” wide, 44 space vertical lacer strip 13. Minimum six horizontal lacer bars 14. Twelve 8” Velcro cable management straps 15. Leveling feet 16. Cabinet shall be Middle Atlantic Products MRK series or approved equal.
Design and layout of the cabinet shall be submitted and approved prior to ordering. Contractor shall supply any additional accessories required per Engineer’s approved submittal.
Coordinate additional rack accessories with those required by Item #1113911 – Modification of Existing Rack, such as ground bar, equipment shelves/drawing pockets, slide rails, intrusion alarm, etc.
Power Distribution Units (PDU)
1. 208VAC, single phase 2. L6-30P plug, or as needed to coordinate with feeds provided by MNR 3. (6) IEC C19 and (24) IEC C13 receptacles 4. Metered
Power distribution units shall be coordinated with the power feeds provided by MNR and equipment installed within rack.
Furnish two (2) PDUs for the rack.
Construction Methods:
The Plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not adversely affect the system.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect cabinet size, layout, and equipment required in the cabinets. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
0300-0202 ITEM #1113914A 0300-0202 388 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed. Drawings should indicate site specific installation details including showing the exact equipment locations, mounting details, conduit runs, conduit entry, riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, and other details necessary for complete review. No cabinet shall be installed without an approved layout, wiring diagrams, and other associated shop drawings.
Rack shall be installed as shown on plans. Exact location shall be coordinated with the Engineer and MNR in the field. Install rack on a 3” concrete pad as indicated on the plans. All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel and all installation methods shall conform to the requirement set forth in Connecticut DOT Standard Publication 817 and manufacturer instructions and recommendations, including seismic floor bracket and anchors.
All materials labor and incidentals to install the rack enclosure shall be included in these items, including foundations, excavation, drilling, grounding, surface preparation, channels, hardware and other items required for a complete installation.
Documentation
Each field cabinet shall be supplied with three (3) copies of the Final Cabinet Wiring Diagram. One (1) copy shall be placed in a clear plastic envelope and left in the cabinet. Two (2) copies shall be delivered to the Engineer.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Method of Measurement:
The work will be measured for payment by the actual number of “Each” complete furnished, installed, and inspected.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each unit furnished and installed, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Rack Enclosure Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1113914A 0300-0202 389 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1113915A – ELEVATOR MODIFICATIONS
Description:
This work shall consist of modifications to existing elevators and their traveling cables performed by the manufacturer or authorized service provider of the elevator. The work shall be coordinated with materials under other items furnished by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the installation requirements of the analog elevator cameras provided in other sections with the manufacturer and/or maintainer of the elevators.
Materials:
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to engage the services of the elevator manufacturer and maintainer of the elevator at each facility for the installation of all components associated with the analog elevator cameras. The contractor is fully responsible for the furnishing and installation of a complete functioning cctv camera reporting to the cctv interfaces enclosures.
Anything run through the elevator shaft shall be for the express purpose of the elevator. Elevator shaft shall not be used to house risers for anything other than the feed to the camera fixture within the elevator car.
At Westport Station, the elevators are maintained by Northeast Elevator Service Corp. under contract by Town of Westport. The Contractor shall retain the services of the existing maintenance contractor to perform all elevator modifications. The Northeast Elevator Service Corp account manager is Alan Brown, (203) 223-2126, [email protected].
The Contractor shall furnish a complete bill of materials and shop drawings, coordinated with the work of other sections, indicating all equipment to be used, traveler cabling requirements, and other details necessary to perform the installation. The cameras shall be integrated into the system as shown in the Plans and described herein. The CCTV camera shall conform to the requirements under Item #1113916A - Elevator Demarcation Box.
Basis of Payment:
The sum of money shown on the Estimate and in the itemized proposal as "Estimated Cost" for this work will be considered the bid price even though payment will be made as described below. The estimated cost figure is not to be altered in any manner by the bidder. Should the bidder alter the amount shown, the altered figures will be disregarded and the original price will be used to determine the total amount for the contract.
0300-0202 ITEM #1113915A 0300-0202 390 Rev. Date 06/10/19
The Department will pay the Contractor its actual costs for “Elevator Modifications” plus an additional 5% as reimbursement for the Contractor’s administrative expense in connection with the services provided. The 5% markup will be paid when the Engineer receives cancelled check(s) or receipted invoice(s) as proof of payment from the Contractor. Prior to procuring the services, the Contractor shall submit a detailed quote indicating all work to be done by the elevator manufacturer and/or maintainer for approval by the Engineer. All work and amounts shall be pre-approved by the Engineer. Payment will not be made without pre-approval.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Elevator Modifications Estimated
0300-0202 ITEM #1113915A 0300-0202 391 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1113916A – ELEVATOR DEMARCATION BOX
Descriptions:
This work shall consist of furnishing analog elevator cameras and furnishing and installing other associated devices at locations shown in the Plans and in accordance with the Contract Documents.
The cameras shall be installed by the elevator manufacturer and/or maintainer. All work performed by the manufacturer and/or maintainer will be paid by other items.
The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate the complete installation requirements of the analog elevator cameras.
Materials:
The equipment shall deliver high quality full-motion video during day or night operation with the video transmitted over fiber optic networks installed as part of this project as indicated in the Contract Documents. Mounting hardware and all interconnecting cabling between the camera assembly and the field cabinet shall also be provided as part of this item. Adapter plates, where required, shall be provided as part of this item. Connections between the equipment shall be through weather proof connectors to provide easy replacement. Servicing of the camera assembly shall be available in the continental United States or Canada.
All conduits, cabling, hardware and other items not specifically called out elsewhere in the Contract Documents that are required for a complete and fully functioning analog elevator camera as described in the Specifications and Contract Documents shall be provided by the Contractor as part of this item.
Analog Elevator CCTV Camera and Lens:
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the installation requirements of the analog elevator CCTV cameras with the manufacturer of the elevator at each facility. The Contractor shall furnish a bill of materials and shop drawings indicating all equipment to be used, traveler cabling requirements and other details necessary to perform the installation. The cameras shall be integrated into the system as shown in the Plans and described herein. The CCTV camera shall conform to the following requirements:
1. Furnish a camera for each elevator cab. 2. The camera shall be Integrated Day Night active-infrared type. The camera shall have automatic, photocell-controlled day-night switching. The camera shall have daytime color mode and night-time IR monochrome mode. The camera shall operate at zero lux in night-time monochrome mode. The camera shall have a 1/3” CCD sensor. The camera shall produce a 720TVL. The camera shall produce a signal to noise ratio of greater than
0300-0202 ITEM #1113916A 0300-0202 392 Rev. Date 06/10/19
54 dB (AGC off) under normal daylight conditions. The camera shall have a dynamic range of greater than 94 dB under normal daylight conditions (HDR on). 3. The camera shall be equipped with 3 high efficiency LED infrared array allowing for clear pictures in zero lux conditions. The LEDs shall be optimized to produce an evenly- distributed field of illumination at 940 nm. The LEDs shall be intensity-adjustable. 4. The camera shall be available with a 2.0 mm wide-angle lens allowing a full 139º H-FoV and 104º V-FoV of the entire room. The camera shall be able to view the entire floor and all four walls of a 15 foot square room (4.5x4.5 m), including the two walls to which it is attached. 5. The camera shall have a progressive scanning system. 6. The camera shall be vandal resistant. The camera shall be ruggedized for vandal resistance. The camera shall be in a truncated tetrahedron shape or equal ensuring a flush installation into ceiling/wall corners. The camera shall incorporate a 45° tilted face to enable viewing of entire rooms, including directly underneath the camera itself. The camera shall have no exposed wiring or anchor points. The camera shall be rated to IK10 impact. 7. The camera shall have a flush-mounted front faceplate secured in place with three tamper-resistant screws and a gasket behind the faceplate to ensure water-tightness from periodic splashes of liquids caused through attempted vandalism or cleaning. 8. The camera shall be rated to IP 65 standard against water and dust ingress. 9. The camera housing shall be made of welded aluminum and be powder-coat painted in white. 10. The camera shall operate at a temperature range from -10°C to +50°C (14°F to +122°F). 11. The camera shall be energy efficient, drawing no more than 12.3W maximum. 12. The camera shall have high light sensitivity of color: 0.04 lx (0.00372 fc), Monochrome: 0.0 lx (IR on). The camera design shall eliminate the possibility of focus shift to ensure accurate focus for a daytime average wavelength of 500 nm and a night-time average wavelength of 940 nm. 13. The camera shall produce accurate color representation by eliminating IR bleed and/or other color distortions. 14. The camera shall provide a multi-language On-screen display (OSD). 15. The camera shall have a built-in control panel to allow on-site adjustment of the camera settings. 16. The camera shall provide a built-in test pattern generator for testing and fault-finding. 17. The camera shall have line lock in AC power mode to stabilize the image. 18. The camera shall provide a 1 Vpp, 75 Ohm analog output on BNC connector (NTSC).
0300-0202 ITEM #1113916A 0300-0202 393 Rev. Date 06/10/19
19. The camera shall provide a 1 Vpp, 75 Ohm analog output on a 2.5 mm jack connector for installation purposes (NTSC). 20. Furnish the camera with the manufacturer’s mounting accessories, such as backing plate and corner mounting accessories, recommended for the type of installation required. 21. Furnish cameras with all cabling, connectors, and other items necessary for integration into the system as described in the Plans. 22. Shall be Bosch Flexidome AN corner 9000, VCN-9095-F121 or approved equal.
Elevator Demarcation Box Cabinet:
The Cabinet shall be constructed of 14 gauge Type 316L stainless steel, with fully welded seams and sized by the Contractor for all required parts. The cabinet shall be rated as a NEMA Type 4X enclosure. The Cabinet shall have a continuously hinged full size door on the front, equipped with a heavy-duty pad-lockable handle sized to fit a standard MNR communications padlock. The cabinet exterior shall be smooth #4 brush finish. All devices shall be hardwired. Plug-in devices are not acceptable.
In addition the following equipment shall be provided in all Cabinet configurations as part of this Contract item:
a) One duplex receptacle (GFCI). b) Surge protection for power lines. c) Circuit breakers properly sized for the equipment to be installed in the cabinet. d) Drawing pocket on door. Documentation shall be provided in a weather-protective sleeve/envelope or shall be laminated. Documentation shall include wiring through the elevator traveler cable to the camera, and any converters required. e) Camera power supply. 120VAC input, class 2 output coordinated with camera power requirements, UL listed, 32˚F to 131˚F operating temperature f) All required converters required to interface elevator camera, traveling cables, camera power supply, and encoder. g) Video Encoder: The Video Encoder shall be Verint S1801E-PoE, or approved equivalent (see source limitations below), meeting the following requirements: a. The video encoder shall be a single video server using H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Main Profile and MJPEG compression technologies. b. Video Input: 1 composite, 1Vpp into 75 ohms NTSC/PAL, BNC female. c. Network Interface: RJ-45, Ethernet 10/100 Base-T d. Network Protocols: RTP/IP, UDP/IP, RTSP, or multicast IP. Shall also support DNS, NTP, SNMP v1/v2c/v3, HTTP, HTTPS, DHCP client, and 802.1x. Security shall be SSL-based authentication, password protected, HTTPS. e. Power: PoE (802.3af), max 5W power
0300-0202 ITEM #1113916A 0300-0202 394 Rev. Date 06/10/19
f. Operating Temperature: 32˚F to 131˚F, 95% non-condensing RH g. The encoder shall be capable of three (3) H.264 video streams and (1) MJPEG of D1 video images from 1 camera input at 30 frames per second under all conditions of motion in the image h. The encoder shall support NTSC and PAL signal formats with a programmable resolution from CIF (352 x 240 pixels for NTSC; 352 x 288 pixels for PAL) to D1 format (720 x 480 pixels for NTSC; 720 x 576 pixels for PAL). i. Each stream shall be configurable from 30Kbps to 6Mbps. j. UL Listed, FCC Part 15 (Subpart B, Class A) compliant k. Encoder source limitations: Encoders shall be of sole brand, Verint, as determined for the operational and maintenance needs of Metro-North Railroad. Model number substitutions will be considered for newer models that meet or exceed the technical requirements herein. All substitutions shall be fully coordinated with the overall design by the Contractor. In the event the encoder listed is determined to be end-of-life, or near end-of-life, the Contractor shall propose an alternate that satisfies the technical requirements within. All encoders shall be compatible with the Verint Nextiva Video Management System specified elsewhere.
Cabinets and their final configurations shall conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code (NFPA 70), National Electrical Safety Code, and all other local codes.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall submit a detailed layout diagram for each type of Cabinet layout specified for review by the Engineer. Only Cabinets with approved layouts will be accepted under this Contract item.
Electrical Requirements
Wiring
All cabinet wiring, where connected to terminal strips, relays, switches, radio interference suppressor, etc., shall be identified by the use of insulated pre-printed sleeving slipped over the wire before attachment of the lug or the completion of the connection. The wire markers shall carry the legend in plain words with sufficient details so that a translating sheet will not be required.
All wires shall be cut to the proper length before assembly. No wires shall be doubled back to take up slack. Wires shall be neatly laced into cables with nylon lacing and/or Velcro ties. Cables shall be secured with nylon cable clamps. Furnish and install a complete cable management system to control cable bend radius, provide strain relief, and provide a neat and
0300-0202 ITEM #1113916A 0300-0202 395 Rev. Date 06/10/19
workmanlike appearance.
All electrical connections in the cabinet, including relays, terminal strips, etc., shall have sufficient clearance between each terminal and the cabinet to provide an adequate distance to prevent a leakage path or physical contact under stress. Where these distances cannot be maintained, barriers must be provided. All equipment grounds shall run directly and independently to the ground bus. The interconnect cabling shall be routed such that when the doors are closed, they do not press against the cables or force the cables against the various components inside the cabinets.
All wiring containing AC line voltage shall be a minimum size of #12 AWG and conform to XHHW-2 in accordance with other contract provisions. Cat 5e cabling shall conform to the requirements of other sections. Cabling that does not extend outside the cabinet, and all cabinet grounding cabling, shall be considered part of this Item and will not be paid separately.
All conductors and live terminals or parts which could be hazardous to maintenance personnel shall be covered with suitable insulating materials.
All wiring containing AC line voltage shall be a minimum size of #12 AWG and conform to XHHW-2 in accordance with other contract provisions. All other electrical conductors used in the cabinet wiring shall be #22 AWG or larger with a minimum of 19 strands. Conductors shall conform to Mil Spec #MIL-W-16878D, type B or D. All conductor specifications shall be coordinated with the equipment requirements.
The AC return and equipment ground wiring shall be electrically isolated from each other and the energized AC wiring by an insulation resistance of at least 10 Megaohms when measured at 250 VAC. Return and equipment grounding wiring shall be color coded white and green respectively.
GFCI Duplex Outlet
In addition to any outlets required for equipment service, all cabinets shall be furnished with a 125VAC convenience outlet with integral ground fault current interrupt (GFCI), protected by a circuit breaker. The receptacle shall be a NEMA Type 5-15R outdoor, weather-resistant duplex receptacle located so that no electrical hazard shall exist when used by service personnel.
Circuit Breaker(s)
The cabinet circuit breakers shall be approved and listed by Underwriter's Laboratories (UL 489). Supplemental breakers (UL 1077) are not acceptable. The operating mechanisms shall be enclosed, trip free from operating handle on overload, and trip indicating. Breakers shall have a minimum interrupt capacity of 10,000 amperes and be thermal-magnetic type.
Properly rated equipment circuit breaker(s) shall be provided for the equipment complement shown on the plans. Breaker sizes shown on plans are representative only and may vary based
0300-0202 ITEM #1113916A 0300-0202 396 Rev. Date 06/10/19
on equipment submitted and approved. Contractor shall coordinate all breaker sizes and curve characteristics with selected equipment and manufacturer recommendations.
Radio Interference Suppressor and Power Line Surge Protector
All cabinets shall be equipped with a radio interference suppressor installed at the circuit breaker. The suppressor shall provide a minimum attenuation of -50 dB over a frequency range of 200 kHz to 75 MHz. The suppressor shall be hermetically sealed in a substantial metal case filled with a suitable insulation compound.
A power line surge protector shall be installed in each cabinet between the load side of the input power circuit breaker and ground. The surge protector shall not dissipate any energy and shall not provide any series impedance during standby operation. The units shall return to non- shunting mode after the passage of any surge and shall not allow the shunting of AC power.
Working Voltage: 120VAC Single Phase Protection Mode: Common Mode (L/G and N/G) and Differential Mode (L/N) Nominal UL Discharge Current (In, 8/20µs): 20kA Maximum Discharge Current (Imax, 8/20µs withstand): 165kA Short Circuit Current Rating: 100kA UL 1449 4th Edition, Type 2 Device Fault Indicator Window, LED, or other visual fault indication Operating Temperature: -40˚C to 80˚C Radio interference suppressor shall provide a minimum attenuation of 50 dB over frequency range of 200 kHz to 75 MHz.
Combining the surge protection and radio interference suppression requirements into one product is acceptable. The unit shall be a ASCO 180kA model 360 with EMI/RFI filtering option or equal.
If separate devices are furnished, each shall be UL listed and suitable for the environment installed.
Power Cable Input and Junction Terminals
Power distribution blocks suitable for use as a power feed and junction points shall be furnished and installed for two and three wire circuits as indicated on the plans. The line side of each circuit shall be capable of handling the number of wires required. Terminal blocks shall be sized to accommodate each wire required without a reducing splice. Splices shall only be performed where approved by the Engineer. Any splices performed in the cabinet shall be done via terminal blocks.
Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks shall be accessible to the extent that it shall not be necessary to remove any
0300-0202 ITEM #1113916A 0300-0202 397 Rev. Date 06/10/19
electronic equipment from the cabinet to make an inspection or connection. Terminal blocks shall be two position multiple pole barrier type. Shorting bars shall be provided in each of the positions provided along with an integral marking strip. Terminal blocks shall be so arranged that they shall not upset the entrance, routing, and connection of incoming field conductors. All terminals shall be suitably identified by legends permanently affixed and attached to the terminal blocks. No electrically alive parts shall extend beyond the protection afforded by the barriers. Doubling up conductors on one terminal should be avoided and only performed where the terminals are listed for such purpose and approved by the Engineer. Use bridging clips or additional terminals as necessary.
AC terminal blocks shall be Underwriter's Laboratory approved for 600 Volts AC minimum and shall be suitable for outdoor use. Terminals used for field connections shall secure conductors by means of a #10-32 nickel or cadmium plated brass binder head screw. Terminals used for interwiring connections, but not for field connections, shall secure conductors by means of a #6-32 nickel or cadmium plated brass binder head screw.
As a minimum, all connections to and from the electronic equipment shall terminate to an inter- wiring type block unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. These blocks will act as intermediate connection points for all electronic equipment inputs and outputs.
Warning Labels
Contractor shall include warning labels required by applicable NFPA, ANSI, and UL standards. Warning labels shall comply with ANSI Z525.4 – Standard for Product Safety Signs and Labels. All panels with multiple power sources shall contain the warning “WARNING: Multiple power sources. Disconnect all sources prior to maintenance” or similar. Submit all label wording and layouts for approval prior to fabrication.
Cabinet Grounding
A solid copper ground bus bar shall be permanently affixed to the inside surface of a cabinet wall or backplate. The point of contact between the ground bus and cabinet wall shall have less than 1 ohm resistance. The copper ground bus bar shall have a minimum of 20 connector points, each capable of securing at least one #10 conductor. The ground bar shall also accommodate one #4 conductor for the main grounding connection. AC equipment ground and communications (chassis) ground wiring shall return to the ground bus bar. Cabinet shall have a grounding stud on the body and bonding provision on the door. Door shall be bonded to the body.
All cabinets shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with other sections of these Specifications. Elevator demarcation boxes shall be grounded using the AC equipment ground. Work of this item shall include all materials required to properly ground the cabinet.
0300-0202 ITEM #1113916A 0300-0202 398 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Communications (chassis) equipment grounding wiring shall terminate to the ground bus installed in the cabinet. AC equipment ground wiring may use terminal blocks, or a ground bar separate from the communications (chassis) ground
Elevator Demarcation Box Cabinet Mounting
All materials labor and incidentals to install the Cabinets shall be included in this item, including surface preparation, drilling, hardware and other items required for a complete installation. Contractor shall submit shop drawings of cabinet mounting with associated hardware.
Construction Methods:
The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure any rerouting required does not adversely affect the system.
Substitutions of products and materials of other Sections may affect cabinet size, layout, and equipment required in the cabinets. Contractor shall ensure all substitutions are coordinated with the design and the installation conforms to all Contract requirements and local codes.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments as needed. Drawings should indicate site specific installation details including showing the exact equipment locations, mounting details, conduit runs, conduit entry, riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, and other details necessary for complete review. No cabinet shall be installed without an approved layout, wiring diagrams, and other associated shop drawings.
Mounting and other modifications shall not affect the NEMA 4X rating of the enclosure.
All mounting hardware shall be stainless steel and all installation methods shall conform to the requirement set forth in Connecticut DOT Standard Specifications Form 817 and other specification sections.
All materials labor and incidentals to install the cameras and other items specified shall be included in these items, including foundations, excavation, drilling, surface preparation, channels, hardware and other items required for a complete installation.
Assembly
Elevator Demarcation Box Cabinets shall be assembled in a controlled environment and factory
0300-0202 ITEM #1113916A 0300-0202 399 Rev. Date 06/10/19
tested before being delivered to the work site and installed. Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR - Acceptance Testing” for additional information.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information. Testing shall include all components including cameras, fully interfaced to the system, and wires installed in the cabinet and also the installation of the cabinet itself comply with contract specification and approved drawings.
Training:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Training” for overall training requirements and additional information.
Method of Measurement:
Elevator Demarcation Box will be measured for payment by the number of “Each” complete furnished, installed, inspected, and tested.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract unit price per each “Elevator Demarcation Box” furnished and installed, which price shall include all material, tools, equipment, labor, and work incidental thereto.
Pay Item Pay Unit
Elevator Demarcation Box Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1113916A 0300-0202 400 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1113998A – COMMUNICATIONS CABLE
Description:
This work shall consist of furnishing all labor, tools, and equipment necessary for installing copper Communications Cable in conduits as indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. The Communications Cable is to be used for connecting equipment and providing interfaces with devices such as CCTV cameras, switches, media converters, workstations and other equipment as shown in the Plans. Patch cables shall be paid as part of the rack or enclosure they are installed in or part of the connected equipment, but shall follow the same requirements of this section.
Materials:
The Communications Cable shall be Category 5e (Cat 5e) 100Ω copper twisted pair cabling conforming to ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.2. All cable shall be shielded unless shown otherwise on the Plans.
The cable sheath shall be clearly marked Cat 5e by the manufacturer.
All materials shall conform to the requirements of the National Electrical Code.
Cat 5e cables shall be 24 AWG solid copper conductor, rated for applications of at least 100 MHz, and color coded per ANSI/EIA/TIA T568B standard. Maximum DC resistance unbalance shall be 5% as measured by ASTM 4556 (Note: This requirement is equivalent to 2.5% when measured in accordance with IEC 61156-1).
Shielded cable shall have an aluminum/polyester overall foil shield providing 100% coverage and a 24 AWG tinned copper drain wire.
All Communications Cable provided under this Contract shall be from the same manufacturer and shall be the same type, model number and specification.
Cable jackets shall be available in various colors.
Outdoor Cable
Furnish and install outdoor Cat 5e cables in locations where the cable is subject to moisture and temperature extremes.
Outdoor cables shall be sunlight resistant, oil resistant, and polymer gel waterblocked for use in harsh/industrial environments and listed for CMX-Outdoor.
Maximum Outer Diameter: 0.280 inches
0300-0202 ITEM #1113998A 0300-0202 401 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Outdoor cable shall have operating temperature range of -40C to 60C and an installation temperature range of -20C to 60C.
Indoor Cable
Furnish and install indoor Cat 5e cables in locations/rooms where the cable is not exposed to moisture or temperature extremes.
Indoor cables shall be Plenum or Riser rated cable as required by the application.
Indoor cable shall have operating temperature range of -20C to 60C.
Maximum Outer Diameter: 0.280 inches
Patch Cable Cat 5e and 6 patch cables shall be similarly be indoor or outdoor rated based on installation locations.
Provide Cat-5e or Cat-6 type cable as required or as indicated in Contract Drawings.
Product Data: Submit Manufacturer’s literature and catalog cuts for all products/materials to the Engineer for review and approval.
Construction Methods:
Communications cable installed under this item shall form a continuous circuit between the proper equipment terminals. No splicing will be permitted.
Installation shall conform to requirements of the National Electrical Code and National Electrical Safety Code.
The installation shall be accomplished by workmen skilled in this type of work. Cable shall be handled with care. It shall not be pulled along the ground and shall be taken from the reel only as it is placed. Bends of small radii and twists shall be avoided. When the sheath or jacket is deformed in handling the cable, the deformed section of the sheath or jacket shall be removed, the insulation and conductors shall be examined and if damaged shall be repaired as directed by the Engineer. The opening in the sheath or jacket shall then be closed by means of a suitable enclosure or sealing compound. Repairs so made shall be done in accordance with appropriate specifications. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines for installation.
0300-0202 ITEM #1113998A 0300-0202 402 Rev. Date 06/10/19
All Category 5e cables shall be terminated with a RJ-45 type connector in rooms, cabinets, and field locations utilizing ANSI/EIA/TIA T568B wiring scheme, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. At the camera locations, Cat 5e cables shall be terminated per camera manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements. Shielded cables shall be terminated with shielded RJ-45 connectors. One end shall be grounded.
Cable shall be carefully inspected by the Contractor prior to and during installation to be certain that it is free of defects. Damaged cables shall be replaced at no additional cost.
The plans indicate the extent and the general location and arrangement of the work. The Contractor shall study the plans and details so that the work will be properly located and readily accessible. If conflicts occur necessitating departures from the plans, the Contractor shall submit details of departures and reasons therefore shall be submitted as soon as practicable for written approval of the Engineer. Contractor shall ensure no Ethernet link exceeds 300ft. Ethernet extenders/repeaters are not acceptable unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Make field inspections necessary in order to prepare accurate shop drawings in accordance with existing conditions. Submit shop drawings with conduit layouts, coordinated with existing conditions and all other work for approval prior to performing any installation. Should field conditions result in an Ethernet link longer than 300ft, notify the Engineer prior to starting any work.
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR”- Labeling Plan” and “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR” – Basic Electrical Materials and Methods” for additional requirements.
Testing:
Refer to “NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR – Acceptance Testing” for overall testing requirements and additional information.
All work shall be performed in accordance with these guidelines, current industry testing standards, and the test equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.
Category 5e cables shall be tested and certified to conform to TIA-568-C.2 standards.
Cable testing equipment shall be NRTL certified for ANSI/TIA-1152 specification and to the manufacturer’s specifications. Testing equipment shall have valid calibration certificate.
Tester shall be a trained and experienced person with Cat 5e cable certification. Contractor shall supply all test equipment required for testing.
Cables shall be tested at the manufacturer’s facility prior to shipping to the field that they meet the contract specification, specifications contained in the manufacturer product data, and other requirements specified herein. Cable may be shipped only after all required factory tests have been successfully completed and the results have been approved.
0300-0202 ITEM #1113998A 0300-0202 403 Rev. Date 06/10/19
All Category 5e cables shall be tested after installation and cable termination. The following parameters will be tested: insertion loss (IL), Near-end crosstalk (NEXT), Power Sum Near End Crosstalk (PSNEXT), Far-end crosstalk (FEXT), Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio – Near End (ACRN), Power Sum Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio – Near End (PSACR-N), Equal level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT), Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio – Far end (ACRF), Power Sum Attenuation to Crosstalk Ratio – Far End (PSACRF), return loss (RL), wire map, length, propagation delay, and delay skew.
In addition, cable channels shall be tested for DC resistance unbalance after installation and termination. Maximum DC resistance unbalance shall be 3% or .20 ohms between conductors in accordance with IEEE 802.3 for Power over Ethernet applications, when measured by IEC 61156- 1.
Cables shall be tested from both ends of the cable. Tests shall be based on each pair of conductors and not the aggregate multiple pair results.
Any cable failing the certification test (Fail, Fail* or, Pass*) or DC resistance unbalance test must have remedial work done to provide a full pass test result. Remediation may include re-termination or replacement of the cable at the Contractor’s expense. No cables passing within tolerance only (Conditional Pass*) will be accepted.
Method of Measurement:
The Communications Cable shall be measured for payment by the number of “Linear foot” furnished, installed, tested, and accepted.
Basis of Payment:
The work under this item shall be paid for at the contract price per linear foot for “Communications Cable” and shall include all labor and materials necessary to complete the work. Payment will be made under:
Pay Item Pay Unit
Communications Cable Linear Feet
0300-0202 ITEM #1113998A 0300-0202 404 Rev. Date 06/10/19
ITEM #1206036A – REMOVE AND RELOCATE SIGN
Description:
This work shall consist of the removal of designated existing station signs and their relocation and/or adjustment to a new location and height to facilitate the area and line of sight for proposed security cameras.
Signs that are clamped to the canopy structure that need to be relocated shall be considered incidental to mounting the camera and will not be paid under this item. Signs that are bolted or otherwise permanently attached to the canopy structure and need to be relocated shall be relocated at the direction of the Engineer and will be paid under this Item.
Materials:
Materials for this work shall conform to applicable sections of Section M.06, Metals and Section M.07, Paint.
Construction Methods:
Signs and supports shall be carefully removed to eliminate the possibility of any damage. The new sign locations or height adjustments shall be as determined by the Engineer. Sign support brackets shall be modified to provide the required adjustments to the sign locations. Provide new nuts, bolts, washers and other hardware necessary to complete the work. Existing supports and brackets shall be modified and reduced in length as needed and as directed by the Engineer. Drilling of the canopy framing members required for sign relocation or adjustment shall be approved by the Engineer. Welding to the canopy framing will not be allowed. Sign dimensions, sign face or inscription shall not be modified or altered.
All new or bare metal shall be thoroughly cleaned, one coat of primer applied and two finish coats of paint color applied to match existing surfaces.
Method of Measurement:
This work will be measured by the number of each completed and accepted sign removed and relocated.
Basis of Payment:
This work will be paid for at the Contract unit price for each “Remove and Relocate Sign” which price shall include all labor, materials, equipment, tools, miscellaneous hardware, modification to the existing support brackets, additional steel support material and painting. It shall also include any trial and error work necessary for final sign adjustment.
0300-0202 ITEM #1206036A 0300-0202 405 Rev. Date 06/10/19
Pay Item Pay Unit
Remove and Relocate Sign Each
0300-0202 ITEM #1206036A 0300-0202 406 Rev. Date 1/5/12
ITEM #1220013A – CONSTRUCTION SIGNS - BRIGHT FLUORESCENT SHEETING
Article 12.20.01 – Description: The Contractor shall furnish construction signs with bright fluorescent sheeting and their required portable supports or metal sign posts that conform to the requirements of NCHRP Report 350 (TL-3). The construction signs and their required portable supports or metal sign posts shall conform to the signing requirements stated in Article 9.71 "Maintenance and Protection of Traffic", as shown on the plans and/or as directed by the Engineer.
Article 12.20.02 – Materials: Prior to using the construction signs and their portable supports, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a copy of the Letter of Acceptance issued by the FHWA to the manufacturer documenting that the devices (both sign and portable support tested together) conform to NCHRP Report 350 (TL-3).
Portable sign supports shall be designed and fabricated so as to prevent signs from being blown over or displaced by the wind from passing vehicles. Portable sign supports shall be approved by the Engineer before they are used. Mounting height of signs on portable sign supports shall be a minimum of 1 foot and a maximum of 2 feet, measured from the pavement to the bottom of the sign.
All sign faces shall be rigid and reflectorized. Sheet aluminum sign blanks shall conform to the requirements of Article M.18.13. Metal sign posts shall conform to the requirements of Article M.18.14. Application of reflective sheeting, legends, symbols, and borders shall conform to the requirements specified by the reflective sheeting manufacturer. Attachments shall be provided so that the signs can be firmly attached to the portable sign supports or metal posts without causing damage to the signs. A Materials Certificate and Certified Test Report conforming to Article 1.06.07 shall be required for the reflective sheeting.
The following types of construction signs shall not be used: mesh, non-rigid, roll-up, corrugated or waffle board types substrates, foam core and composite aluminum sign substrates.
Reflective sheeting shall conform to the following: The fluorescent orange prismatic retroreflective sheeting shall consist of prismatic lenses formed in a transparent fluorescent orange synthetic resin, sealed, and backed with an aggressive pressure sensitive adhesive protected by a removable liner. The sheeting shall have a smooth surface.
Physical Properties: A. Photometric - Coefficient of Retroreflection RA When the sheeting applied on test panels is measured in accordance with ASTM E 810, it shall have minimum coefficient of retroreflection values as shown in Table I. The rotation angle shall be as designated by the manufacturer for test purposes, the observation angles
0300-0202 ITEM #1220013A 0300-0202 407 Rev. Date 1/5/12
shall be 0.2 degrees and 0.5 degrees, the entrance angles (component B1) shall be -4 degrees and +30 degrees. TABLE I Minimum Coefficient of Retroreflection RA Candelas per footcandle per square foot Observation Entrance RA Angle (deg.) Angle (deg.) Orange 0.2 - 4 200 0.2 + 30 90 0.5 - 4 80 0.5 + 30 50 The rotation shall be as designated by the manufacturer.
B. Daytime Color Color shall conform to the requirements of Table II. Daytime color and maximum spectral radiance factor (peak reflectance) of sheeting mounted on test panels shall be determined instrumentally in accordance with ASTM E 991. The values shall be determined on a Hunter Lab Labscan 6000 0/45 Spectrocolorimeter with option CMR 559 (or approved equal 0/45 instrument with circumferential viewing illumination). Computations shall be done in accordance with ASTM E 308 for the 2 degree observer.
TABLE II Color Specification Limits** (Daytime) Reflectance 1 2 3 4 Color Limit Y (%) X Y X Y X Y X Y MIN MAX Orange .583 .416 .523 .397 .560 .360 .631 .369 28 - (new) Orange (weathere .583 .416 .523 .397 .560 .360 .631 .369 20 45 d) Maximum Spectral Radiance Factor, new: 110%, min. weathered: 60%, min. ** The four pairs of chromaticity coordinates determine the acceptable color in terms of the CIE 1931 standard colorimetric system measured with standard illuminant D65. C. Nighttime Color Nighttime color of the sheeting applied to test panels shall be determined instrumentally in accordance with ASTM E 811 and calculated in the u', v' coordinate system in accordance with ASTM E 308. Sheeting shall be measured at 0.33 degrees observation
0300-0202 ITEM #1220013A 0300-0202 408 Rev. Date 1/5/12
and -4 degree entrance at rotation as determined by the manufacturer for test purposes. Color shall conform to the requirements of Table III.
TABLE III Color Specification Limits ** (Nighttime) 1 2 3 4 Color u' v' u' v' u' v' u' v' Orange .400 .540 .475 .529 .448 .522 .372 .534 (new and weathered)
D. Resistance to Accelerated Weathering The retroreflective surface of the sheeting shall be weather resistant and show no appreciable cracking, blistering, crazing, or dimensional change after one year's unprotected outdoor exposure in south Florida, south-facing and inclined 45 degrees from the vertical, or after 1500 hours exposure in a xenon arc weatherometer in accordance with ASTM G26, Type B, Method A. Following exposure, panels shall be washed in a 5% HCL solution for 45 seconds, rinsed thoroughly with clean water, blotted with a soft clean cloth and brought to equilibrium at standard conditions. After cleaning, the coefficient of retroreflection shall be not less than 100 when measured as in D.2, below, and the color is expected to conform to the requirements of Tables II and III for weathered sheeting. The sample shall:
1. Show no appreciable evidence of cracking, scaling, pitting, blistering, edge lifting or curling or more than 0.031 inch shrinkage or expansion.
2. Be measured only at angles of 0.2 degrees observation, -4 degrees entrance, and rotation as determined by the manufacturer for test purposes. Where more than one panel of color is measured, the coefficient of retroreflection shall be the average of all determinations.
E. Impact Resistance The retroreflective sheeting applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations to a test panel of alloy 6061-T6, 0.040 inch by 3 inches by 5 inches and conditioned for 24 hours, shall show no cracking outside the impact area when the face of the panel is subjected to an impact of 100 inch-pounds, using a weight with a 0.625 inch diameter rounded tip dropped from a height necessary to generate an impact of 100 inch-pounds, at test temperatures of both 32 F and 72 F.
F. Resistance to Heat The retroreflective sheeting, applied to a test panel as in E., above, and conditioned for 24 hours, shall be measured in accordance with Paragraph A. at 0.2 degree observation and -4 degree entrance angles at rotation as determined by the manufacturer for test purposes and
0300-0202 ITEM #1220013A 0300-0202 409 Rev. Date 1/5/12
exposed to 170 5 F for 24 hours in an air circulating oven. After heat exposure the sheeting shall retain a minimum of 70% of the original coefficient of retroreflection.
G. Field Performance: Retroreflective sheeting processed and applied to sign blank materials in accordance with the sheeting manufacturer's recommendations, shall perform effectively for a minimum of 3 years. The retroreflective sheeting will be considered unsatisfactory if it has deteriorated due to natural causes to the extent that: (1) the sign is ineffective for its intended purpose when viewed from a moving vehicle under normal day and night driving conditions; or (2) the coefficient of retroreflection is less than 100 when measured at 0.2 degrees observation and -4 degree entrance. All measurements shall be made after sign cleaning according to the sheeting manufacturer's recommendations.
Article 12.20.03 – Construction Methods: Ineffective signs, as determined by the Engineer and in accordance with the ATSSA guidelines contained in "Quality Standards for Work Zone Traffic Control Devices”, shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the State.
Signs and their portable sign supports or metal posts that are no longer required shall be removed from the project and shall remain the property of the Contractor.
Article 12.20.04 – Method of Measurement: Construction Signs - Bright Fluorescent Sheeting will be measured for payment by the number of square feet of sign face. Sign supports will not be measured for payment.
Article 12.20.05 – Basis of Payment: "Construction Signs - Bright Fluorescent Sheeting" required and used on the project will be paid for at the Contact unit price per square foot. This price shall include the furnishing and maintenance of the signs, portable sign supports, metal sign posts and all hardware. Each sign and support or posts will be paid for once, regardless of the number of times it is used.
Pay Item Pay Unit Construction Signs – Bright Fluorescent Sheeting S.F.
0300-0202 ITEM #1220013A 0300-0202 410 Rev. 11-7-2017
PERMITS AND/OR REQUIRED PROVISIONS
The following Permits and/or and Required Provisions follow this page are hereby made part of this Contract.
PERMITS AND/OR PERMIT APPLICATIONS
DEEP – Certificate of Permission
Construction Contracts - Required Contract Provisions (FTA Funded Contracts)
GENERAL 0300-0202 411
February 2019 Construction Contracts - Required Contract Provisions (FTA Funded Contracts) Index
1. Federal Transit Administration Required Contract Clauses
2. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 / Nondiscrimination Requirements
3. Contractor Work Force Utilization (Federal Executive Order 11246) / Specific Equal Employment Opportunity
4. Requirements of Title 49, CFR, Part 26, Participation by DBEs
5. Contract Wage Rates
6. Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as Amended
7. Connecticut Statutory Labor Requirements
a. Construction, Alteration or Repair of Public Works Projects; Wage Rates b. Debarment List - Limitation on Awarding Contracts c. Construction Safety and Health Course d. Awarding of Contracts to Occupational Safety and Health Law Violators Prohibited e. Residents Preference in Work on Other Public Facilities (Not Applicable to Federal Aid Contracts)
8. Tax Liability - Contractor’s Exempt Purchase Certificate (CERT – 141)
9. Executive Orders (State of CT)
10. Non Discrimination Requirement (pursuant to section 4a-60 and 4a-60a of the Connecticut General Statutes, as revised)
11. Whistleblower Provision
12. Connecticut Freedom of Information Act
a. Disclosure of Records b. Confidential Information
13. Service of Process
14. Substitution of Securities for Retainages on State Contracts and Subcontracts
15. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA)
16. Forum and Choice of Law
17. Summary of State Ethics Laws
Page 1 of 58 February 2019
18. Audit and Inspection of Plants, Places of Business and Records
19. Campaign Contribution Restriction
20. Tangible Personal Property
21. Bid Rigging and/or Fraud – Notice to Contractor
22. Consulting Agreement Affidavit
23. Federal Cargo Preference Act Requirements (46 CFR 381.7(a)-(b))
Index of Exhibits
EXHIBIT A – Federal Transit Administration Required Contract Clauses (Begins on page 14) EXHIBIT B – Title VI Contractor Assurances (page 38) EXHIBIT C – Contractor Work Force Utilization (Federal Executive Order 11246) / Equal Employment Opportunity (page 40) EXHIBIT D – Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) (page 47) EXHIBIT E - Campaign Contribution Restriction (page 55) EXHIBIT F – Federal Wage Rates (Attached at the end) EXHIBITG - State Wage Rates (Attached at the end)
Page 2 of 58 February 2019 1. Federal Transit Administration Required Contract Clauses
If applicable, the Contractor shall comply with the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) required contract clauses, attached at Exhibit A, as revised, of this section, all of which are hereby made part of this contract.
2. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 / Nondiscrimination Requirements
The Contractor shall comply with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended (42 U.S.C. 2000 et seq.), all requirements imposed by the regulations of the United States Department of Transportation (49 CFR Part 21) issued in implementation thereof, and the Title VI Contractor Assurances attached hereto at Exhibit B, all of which are hereby made a part of this Contract.
3. Contractor Work Force Utilization (Federal Executive Order 11246) / Equal Employment Opportunity
(a) The Contractor shall comply with the Contractor Work Force Utilization (Federal Executive Order 11246) / Equal Employment Opportunity requirements attached at Exhibit C and hereby made part of this Contract, whenever a contractor or subcontractor at any tier performs construction work in excess of $10,000. These goals shall be included in each contract and subcontract. Goal achievement is calculated for each trade using the hours worked under each trade.
(b) Companies with contracts, agreements or purchase orders valued at $10,000 or more will develop and implement an Affirmative Action Plan utilizing the ConnDOT Affirmative Action Plan Guideline. This Plan shall be designed to further the provision of equal employment opportunity to all persons without regard to their race, color, religion, sex or national origin, and to promote the full realization of equal employment opportunity through a positive continuation program. Plans shall be updated as required by ConnDOT.
4. Requirements of Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 26, Participation by DBEs, as may be revised.
Pursuant to 49 CFR 26.13, the following paragraph is part of this Contract and shall be included in each subcontract the Contractor enters into with a subcontractor:
“The Contractor, subrecipient or subcontractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR Part 26, Participation by DBEs, in the award and administration of U.S. DOT- assisted contracts. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract, which may result in the termination of this contract or such other remedy as ConnDOT (recipient) deems appropriate, which may include, but is not limited to: (1) Withholding monthly progress payments, (2) Assessing sanctions, (3) Liquidated damages; and/or, (4) Disqualifying the contractor from future bidding as non-responsible.”
5. Contract Wage Rates
The Contractor shall comply with:
Page 3 of 58 February 2019 The Federal and State wage rate requirements indicated in Exhibits F and G hereof, as revised, are hereby made part of this Contract. The Federal wage rates (Davis-Bacon Act) applicable to this Contract shall be the Federal wage rates that are current on the US Department of Labor website (http://www.wdol.gov/dba.aspx) as may be revised 10 days prior to bid opening. These applicable Federal wage rates will be physically incorporated in the final contract document executed by both parties. The Department will no longer physically include revised Federal wage rates in the bid documents or as part of addenda documents, prior to the bid opening date. During the bid advertisement period, bidders are responsible for obtaining the appropriate Federal wage rates from the US Department of Labor website.
To obtain the latest Federal wage rates go to the US Department of Labor website (link above). Under Davis-Bacon Act, choose “Selecting DBA WDs” and follow the instruction to search the latest wage rates for the State, County and Construction Type. Refer to the Notice to Contractor (NTC) - Federal Wage Determinations (Davis Bacon Act).
If a conflict exists between the Federal and State wage rates, the higher rate shall govern.
Prevailing Wages for Work on State Highways; Annual Adjustments. With respect to contracts for work on state highways and bridges on state highways, the Contractor shall comply with the provisions of Section 31-54 and 31-55a of the Connecticut General Statutes, as revised.
As required by Section 1.05.12 (Payrolls) of the State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation’s Standard Specification for Roads, Bridges and Incidental Construction (FORM 816), as may be revised, every Contractor or subcontractor performing project work on a Federal aid project is required to post the relevant prevailing wage rates as determined by the United States Secretary of Labor. The wage rate determinations shall be posted in prominent and easily accessible places at the work site.
6. Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as Amended
This provision applies to those Contractors who are or will be responsible for compliance with the terms of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), (Act), during the term of the Contract. The Contractor represents that it is familiar with the terms of this Act and that it is in compliance with the Act. Failure of the Contractor to satisfy this standard as the same applies to performance under this Contract, either now or during the term of the Contract as it may be amended, will render the Contract voidable at the option of the State upon notice to the contractor. The Contractor warrants that it will hold the State harmless and indemnify the State from any liability which may be imposed upon the State as a result of any failure of the Contractor to be in compliance with this Act, as the same applies to performance under this Contract.
7. Connecticut Statutory Labor Requirements
(a) Construction, Alteration or Repair of Public Works Projects; Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with Section 31-53 of the Connecticut General Statutes, as revised. The wages paid on an hourly basis to any person performing the work of any mechanic, laborer or worker on the work herein contracted to be done and the amount of payment or contribution paid or payable on behalf of each such person to any employee welfare fund, as defined in subsection (i) of section 31-53 of the Connecticut General Statutes, shall be at a rate equal to the rate customary or prevailing for the same work in the same trade or occupation in the town in which such public works project is being constructed. Any contractor who is not obligated by agreement to make payment or contribution on behalf of such persons to any such employee welfare fund shall pay to Page 4 of 58 February 2019 each mechanic, laborer or worker as part of such person’s wages the amount of payment or contribution for such person’s classification on each pay day.
(b) Debarment List. Limitation on Awarding Contracts. The Contractor shall comply with Section 3l-53a of the Connecticut General Statutes, as revised.
(c) Construction Safety and Health Course. The Contractor shall comply with section 31-53b of the Connecticut General Statutes, as revised. The contractor shall furnish proof to the Labor Commissioner with the weekly certified payroll form for the first week each employee begins work on such project that any person performing the work of a mechanic, laborer or worker pursuant to the classifications of labor under section 31-53 of the Connecticut General Statutes, as revised, on such public works project, pursuant to such contract, has completed a course of at least ten hours in duration in construction safety and health approved by the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration or, has completed a new miner training program approved by the Federal Mine Safety and Health Administration in accordance with 30 CFR 48 or, in the case of telecommunications employees, has completed at least ten hours of training in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.268.
Any employee required to complete a construction safety and health course as required that has not completed the course, shall have a maximum of fourteen (14) days to complete the course. If the employee has not been brought into compliance, they shall be removed from the project until such time as they have completed the required training.
Any costs associated with this notice shall be included in the general cost of the contract. In addition, there shall be no time granted to the contractor for compliance with this notice. The contractor’s compliance with this notice and any associated regulations shall not be grounds for claims as outlined in Section 1.11 – “Claims”.
(d) Awarding of Contracts to Occupational Safety and Health Law Violators Prohibited. The Contract is subject to Section 31-57b of the Connecticut General Statutes, as revised.
(e) Residents Preference in Work on Other Public Facilities. NOT APPLICABLE TO FEDERAL AID CONTRACTS. Pursuant to Section 31-52a of the Connecticut General Statutes, as revised, in the employment of mechanics, laborers or workmen to perform the work specified herein, preference shall be given to residents of the state who are, and continuously for at least six months prior to the date hereof have been, residents of this state, and if no such person is available, then to residents of other states
8. Tax Liability - Contractor’s Exempt Purchase Certificate (CERT – 141)
The Contractor shall comply with Chapter 219 of the Connecticut General Statutes pertaining to tangible personal property or services rendered that is/are subject to sales tax. The Contractor is responsible for determining its tax liability. If the Contractor purchases materials or supplies pursuant to the Connecticut Department of Revenue Services’ "Contractor’s Exempt Purchase Certificate (CERT-141)," as may be revised, the Contractor acknowledges and agrees that title to such materials and supplies installed or placed in the project will vest in the State simultaneously with passage of title from the retailers or vendors thereof, and the Contractor will have no property rights in the materials and supplies purchased. Forms and instructions are available anytime by: Page 5 of 58 February 2019
Internet: Visit the DRS website at www.ct.gov/DRS to download and print Connecticut tax forms; or Telephone: Call 1-800-382-9463 (Connecticut calls outside the Greater Hartford calling area only) and select Option 2 or call 860-297-4753 (from anywhere).
9. Executive Orders
This contract is subject to the provisions of Executive Order No. Three of Governor Thomas J. Meskill, promulgated June 16, 1971, concerning labor employment practices, Executive Order No. Seventeen of Governor Thomas J. Meskill, promulgated February 15, 1973, concerning the listing of employment openings and Executive Order No. Sixteen of Governor John G. Rowland promulgated August 4, 1999, concerning violence in the workplace, all of which are incorporated into and are made a part of the contract as if they had been fully set forth in it. The contract may also be subject to Executive Order No. 14 of Governor M. Jodi Rell, promulgated April 17, 2006, concerning procurement of cleaning products and services and to Executive Order No. 49 of Governor Dannel P. Malloy, promulgated May 22, 2015, mandating disclosure of certain gifts to public employees and contributions to certain candidates for office. If Executive Order No. 14 and/or Executive Order No. 49 are applicable, they are deemed to be incorporated into and are made a part of the contract as if they had been fully set forth in it. At the Contractor’s request, the Department shall provide a copy of these orders to the Contractor.
10. Non Discrimination Requirement (pursuant to section 4a-60 and 4a-60a of the Connecticut General Statutes, as revised): References to “minority business enterprises” in this Section are not applicable to Federal-aid projects/contracts. Federal-aid projects/contracts are instead subject to the Federal Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Program.
(a) For purposes of this Section, the following terms are defined as follows:
(1) "Commission" means the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities; (2) "Contract" and “contract” include any extension or modification of the Contract or contract; (3) "Contractor" and “contractor” include any successors or assigns of the Contractor or contractor; (4) "Gender identity or expression" means a person's gender-related identity, appearance or behavior, whether or not that gender-related identity, appearance or behavior is different from that traditionally associated with the person's physiology or assigned sex at birth, which gender- related identity can be shown by providing evidence including, but not limited to, medical history, care or treatment of the gender-related identity, consistent and uniform assertion of the gender-related identity or any other evidence that the gender-related identity is sincerely held, part of a person's core identity or not being asserted for an improper purpose. (5) “good faith" means that degree of diligence which a reasonable person would exercise in the performance of legal duties and obligations; (6) "good faith efforts" shall include, but not be limited to, those reasonable initial efforts necessary to comply with statutory or regulatory requirements and additional or substituted efforts when it is determined that such initial efforts will not be sufficient to comply with such requirements; (7) "marital status" means being single, married as recognized by the state of Connecticut, widowed, separated or divorced; (8) "mental disability" means one or more mental disorders, as defined in the most recent edition of the American Psychiatric Association's "Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders", or a record of or regarding a person as having one or more such disorders; (9) "minority business enterprise" means any small contractor or supplier of materials fifty-one percent or more of the capital stock, if any, or assets of which is owned by a person or persons: Page 6 of 58 February 2019 (1) who are active in the daily affairs of the enterprise, (2) who have the power to direct the management and policies of the enterprise, and (3) who are members of a minority, as such term is defined in subsection (a) of Connecticut General Statutes § 32-9n; and (10) "public works contract" means any agreement between any individual, firm or corporation and the State or any political subdivision of the State other than a municipality for construction, rehabilitation, conversion, extension, demolition or repair of a public building, highway or other changes or improvements in real property, or which is financed in whole or in part by the State, including, but not limited to, matching expenditures, grants, loans, insurance or guarantees.
For purposes of this Section, the terms "Contract" and “contract” do not include a contract where each contractor is (1) a political subdivision of the State of Connecticut, including, but not limited to municipalities, unless the contract is a municipal public works contract or quasi-public agency project contract, (2) any other state of the United States, including but not limited to, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, U.S. territories and possessions, and federally recognized Indian tribal governments, as defined in Connecticut General Statutes § 1-267, (3) the federal government, (4) a foreign government, or (5) an agency of a subdivision, state or government described in subdivision (1), (2), (3), or (4) of this subsection.
(b) (1) The Contractor agrees and warrants that in the performance of the Contract such Contractor will not discriminate or permit discrimination against any person or group of persons on the grounds of race, color, religious creed, age, marital status, national origin, ancestry, sex, gender identity or expression, status as a veteran, intellectual disability, mental disability or physical disability, including, but not limited to, blindness, unless it is shown by such Contractor that such disability prevents performance of the work involved, in any manner prohibited by the laws of the United States or of the State of Connecticut; and the Contractor further agrees to take affirmative action to insure that applicants with job-related qualifications are employed and that employees are treated when employed without regard to their race, color, religious creed, age, marital status, national origin, ancestry, sex, gender identity or expression, status as a veteran, intellectual disability, mental disability or physical disability, including, but not limited to, blindness, unless it is shown by the Contractor that such disability prevents performance of the work involved; (2) the Contractor agrees, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, to state that it is an "affirmative action-equal opportunity employer" in accordance with regulations adopted by the Commission; (3) the Contractor agrees to provide each labor union or representative of workers with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding and each vendor with which the Contractor has a contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the Commission, advising the labor union or workers’ representative of the Contractor's commitments under this section and to post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment; (4) the Contractor agrees to comply with each provision of this Section and Connecticut General Statutes §§ 46a-68e and 46a-68f and with each regulation or relevant order issued by said Commission pursuant to Connecticut General Statutes §§ 46a-56, 46a-68e and 46a-68f; and (5) the Contractor agrees to provide the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities with such information requested by the Commission, and permit access to pertinent books, records and accounts, concerning the employment practices and procedures of the Contractor as relate to the provisions of this Section and Connecticut General Statutes § 46a-56. If the contract is a public works contract, the Contractor agrees and warrants that he will make good faith efforts to employ minority business enterprises as subcontractors and suppliers of materials on such public works projects. (c) Determination of the Contractor's good faith efforts shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following factors: The Contractor's employment and subcontracting policies, patterns and Page 7 of 58 February 2019 practices; affirmative advertising, recruitment and training; technical assistance activities and such other reasonable activities or efforts as the Commission may prescribe that are designed to ensure the participation of minority business enterprises in public works projects. (d) The Contractor shall develop and maintain adequate documentation, in a manner prescribed by the Commission, of its good faith efforts. (e) The Contractor shall include the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section in every subcontract or purchase order entered into in order to fulfill any obligation of a contract with the State and such provisions shall be binding on a subcontractor, vendor or manufacturer unless exempted by regulations or orders of the Commission. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any such subcontract or purchase order as the Commission may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance in accordance with Connecticut General Statutes §46a-56; provided if such Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Commission, the Contractor may request the State of Connecticut to enter into any such litigation or negotiation prior thereto to protect the interests of the State and the State may so enter. (f) The Contractor agrees to comply with the regulations referred to in this Section as they exist on the date of this Contract and as they may be adopted or amended from time to time during the term of this Contract and any amendments thereto. (g) (1) The Contractor agrees and warrants that in the performance of the Contract such Contractor will not discriminate or permit discrimination against any person or group of persons on the grounds of sexual orientation, in any manner prohibited by the laws of the United States or the State of Connecticut, and that employees are treated when employed without regard to their sexual orientation; (2) the Contractor agrees to provide each labor union or representative of workers with which such Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding and each vendor with which such Contractor has a contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities advising the labor union or workers' representative of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and to post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment; (3) the Contractor agrees to comply with each provision of this section and with each regulation or relevant order issued by said Commission pursuant to Connecticut General Statutes § 46a-56; and (4) the Contractor agrees to provide the Commission on Human Rights and Opportunities with such information requested by the Commission, and permit access to pertinent books, records and accounts, concerning the employment practices and procedures of the Contractor which relate to the provisions of this Section and Connecticut General Statutes § 46a-56. (h) The Contractor shall include the provisions of the foregoing paragraph in every subcontract or purchase order entered into in order to fulfill any obligation of a contract with the State and such provisions shall be binding on a subcontractor, vendor or manufacturer unless exempted by regulations or orders of the Commission. The Contractor shall take such action with respect to any such subcontract or purchase order as the Commission may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for noncompliance in accordance with Connecticut General Statutes § 46a-56; provided, if such Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the Commission, the Contractor may request the State of Connecticut to enter into any such litigation or negotiation prior thereto to protect the interests of the State and the State may so enter.
Please be aware the Nondiscrimination Certifications can be found at the Office of Policy and Management website:
https://portal.ct.gov/OPM/Fin-PSA/Forms/Nondiscrimination-Certification
Page 8 of 58 February 2019 11. Whistleblower Provision
The following clause is applicable if the Contract has a value of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or more.
Whistleblowing. This Contract may be subject to the provisions of Section 4-61dd of the Connecticut General Statutes. In accordance with this statute, if an officer, employee or appointing authority of the Contractor takes or threatens to take any personnel action against any employee of the Contractor in retaliation for such employee's disclosure of information to any employee of the contracting state or quasi-public agency or the Auditors of Public Accounts or the Attorney General under the provisions of subsection (a) of such statute, the Contractor shall be liable for a civil penalty of not more than five thousand dollars for each offense, up to a maximum of twenty per cent of the value of this Contract. Each violation shall be a separate and distinct offense and in the case of a continuing violation, each calendar day's continuance of the violation shall be deemed to be a separate and distinct offense. The State may request that the Attorney General bring a civil action in the Superior Court for the Judicial District of Hartford to seek imposition and recovery of such civil penalty. In accordance with subsection (f) of such statute, each large state contractor, as defined in the statute, shall post a notice of the provisions of the statute relating to large state contractors in a conspicuous place which is readily available for viewing by the employees of the Contractor.
12. Connecticut Freedom of Information Act
(a) Disclosure of Records. This Contract may be subject to the provisions of section 1-218 of the Connecticut General Statutes. In accordance with this statute, each contract in excess of two million five hundred thousand dollars between a public agency and a person for the performance of a governmental function shall (a) provide that the public agency is entitled to receive a copy of records and files related to the performance of the governmental function, and (b) indicate that such records and files are subject to FOIA and may be disclosed by the public agency pursuant to FOIA. No request to inspect or copy such records or files shall be valid unless the request is made to the public agency in accordance with FOIA. Any complaint by a person who is denied the right to inspect or copy such records or files shall be brought to the Freedom of Information Commission in accordance with the provisions of sections 1-205 and 1-206 of the Connecticut General Statutes.
(b) Confidential Information. The State will afford due regard to the Contractor’s request for the protection of proprietary or confidential information which the State receives from the Contractor. However, all materials associated with the Contract are subject to the terms of the FOIA and all corresponding rules, regulations and interpretations. In making such a request, the Contractor may not merely state generally that the materials are proprietary or confidential in nature and not, therefore, subject to release to third parties. Those particular sentences, paragraphs, pages or sections that the Contractor believes are exempt from disclosure under the FOIA must be specifically identified as such. Convincing explanation and rationale sufficient to justify each exemption consistent with the FOIA must accompany the request. The rationale and explanation must be stated in terms of the prospective harm to the competitive position of the Contractor that would result if the identified material were to be released and the reasons why the materials are legally exempt from release pursuant to the FOIA. To the extent that any other provision or part of the Contract conflicts or is in any way inconsistent with this section, this section controls and shall apply and the conflicting provision or part shall not be given effect. If the Contractor indicates that certain documentation is submitted in confidence, by specifically and clearly marking the documentation as “CONFIDENTIAL,” DOT will first review the Contractor’s claim for consistency with the FOIA (that is, review that the documentation is actually a trade secret or commercial or financial information and not required by statute), and if
Page 9 of 58 February 2019 determined to be consistent, will endeavor to keep such information confidential to the extent permitted by law. See, e.g., Conn. Gen. Stat. §1-210(b)(5)(A-B). The State, however, has no obligation to initiate, prosecute or defend any legal proceeding or to seek a protective order or other similar relief to prevent disclosure of any information that is sought pursuant to a FOIA request. Should the State withhold such documentation from a Freedom of Information requester and a complaint be brought to the Freedom of Information Commission, the Contractor shall have the burden of cooperating with DOT in defense of that action and in terms of establishing the availability of any FOIA exemption in any proceeding where it is an issue. In no event shall the State have any liability for the disclosure of any documents or information in its possession which the State believes are required to be disclosed pursuant to the FOIA or other law.
13. Service of Process
The Contractor, if not a resident of the State of Connecticut, or, in the case of a partnership, the partners, if not residents, hereby appoints the Secretary of State of the State of Connecticut, and his successors in office, as agent for service of process for any action arising out of or as a result of this Contract; such appointment to be in effect throughout the life of this Contract and six (6) years thereafter.
14. Substitution of Securities for Retainages on State Contracts and Subcontracts
This Contract is subject to the provisions of Section 3-ll2a of the General Statutes of the State of Connecticut, as revised.
15. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA)
The Contractor shall comply, if applicable, with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and, pursuant thereto, the provisions attached at Exhibit D, and hereby made part of this Contract.
16. Forum and Choice of Law
Forum and Choice of Law. The parties deem the Contract to have been made in the City of Hartford, State of Connecticut. Both parties agree that it is fair and reasonable for the validity and construction of the Contract to be, and it shall be, governed by the laws and court decisions of the State of Connecticut, without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws. To the extent that any immunities provided by Federal law or the laws of the State of Connecticut do not bar an action against the State, and to the extent that these courts are courts of competent jurisdiction, for the purpose of venue, the complaint shall be made returnable to the Judicial District of Hartford only or shall be brought in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut only, and shall not be transferred to any other court, provided, however, that nothing here constitutes a waiver or compromise of the sovereign immunity of the State of Connecticut. The Contractor waives any objection which it may now have or will have to the laying of venue of any Claims in any forum and further irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction in any suit, action or proceeding.
17. Summary of State Ethics Laws
Pursuant to the requirements of section 1-101qq of the Connecticut General Statutes, the summary of State ethics laws developed by the State Ethics Commission pursuant to section 1-81b of the Connecticut General Statutes is incorporated by reference into and made a part of the Contract as if the summary had been fully set forth in the Contract.
Page 10 of 58 February 2019
18. Audit and Inspection of Plants, Places of Business and Records
(a) The State and its agents, including, but not limited to, the Connecticut Auditors of Public Accounts, Attorney General and State’s Attorney and their respective agents, may, at reasonable hours, inspect and examine all of the parts of the Contractor’s and Contractor Parties’ plants and places of business which, in any way, are related to, or involved in, the performance of this Contract. For the purposes of this Section, “Contractor Parties” means the Contractor’s members, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, managers, principal officers, representatives, agents, servants, consultants, employees or any one of them or any other person or entity with whom the Contractor is in privity of oral or written contract and the Contractor intends for such other person or entity to Perform under the Contract in any capacity. (b) The Contractor shall maintain, and shall require each of the Contractor Parties to maintain, accurate and complete Records. The Contractor shall make all of its and the Contractor Parties’ Records available at all reasonable hours for audit and inspection by the State and its agents. (c) The State shall make all requests for any audit or inspection in writing and shall provide the Contractor with at least twenty-four (24) hours’ notice prior to the requested audit and inspection date. If the State suspects fraud or other abuse, or in the event of an emergency, the State is not obligated to provide any prior notice. (d) The Contractor shall keep and preserve or cause to be kept and preserved all of its and Contractor Parties’ Records until three (3) years after the latter of (i) final payment under this Agreement, or (ii) the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, as the same may be modified for any reason. The State may request an audit or inspection at any time during this period. If any Claim or audit is started before the expiration of this period, the Contractor shall retain or cause to be retained all Records until all Claims or audit findings have been resolved. (e) The Contractor shall cooperate fully with the State and its agents in connection with an audit or inspection. Following any audit or inspection, the State may conduct and the Contractor shall cooperate with an exit conference. (f) The Contractor shall incorporate this entire Section verbatim into any contract or other agreement that it enters into with any Contractor Party. 19. Campaign Contribution Restriction
For all State contracts, defined in Conn. Gen. Stat. §9-612(f)(1) as having a value in a calendar year of $50,000 or more, or a combination or series of such agreements or contracts having a value of $100,000 or more, the authorized signatory to this contract expressly acknowledges receipt of the State Elections Enforcement Commission’s notice advising state contractors of state campaign contribution and solicitation prohibitions, and will inform its principals of the contents of the notice, as set forth in "Notice to Executive Branch State Contractors and Prospective State Contractors of Campaign Contribution and Solicitation Limitations,” a copy of which is attached hereto and hereby made a part of this contract, attached as Exhibit E.
20. Tangible Personal Property
(a) The Contractor on its behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates, as defined below, shall comply with the provisions of Conn. Gen. Stat. §12-411b, as follows:
(1) For the term of the Contract, the Contractor and its Affiliates shall collect and remit to the State of Connecticut, Department of Revenue Services, any Connecticut use tax due under the provisions of Chapter 219 of the Connecticut General Statutes for items of tangible personal property sold by the Contractor or by any of its Affiliates in the same manner as if the Contractor and such Affiliates were engaged in the business of selling tangible personal Page 11 of 58 February 2019 property for use in Connecticut and had sufficient nexus under the provisions of Chapter 219 to be required to collect Connecticut use tax; (2) A customer’s payment of a use tax to the Contractor or its Affiliates relieves the customer of liability for the use tax; (3) The Contractor and its Affiliates shall remit all use taxes they collect from customers on or before the due date specified in the Contract, which may not be later than the last day of the month next succeeding the end of a calendar quarter or other tax collection period during which the tax was collected; (4) The Contractor and its Affiliates are not liable for use tax billed by them but not paid to them by a customer; and (5) Any Contractor or Affiliate who fails to remit use taxes collected on behalf of its customers by the due date specified in the Contract shall be subject to the interest and penalties provided for persons required to collect sales tax under chapter 219 of the general statutes.
(b) For purposes of this section of the Contract, the word “Affiliate” means any person, as defined in section 12-1 of the general statutes, that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another person. A person controls another person if the person owns, directly or indirectly, more than ten per cent of the voting securities of the other person. The word “voting security” means a security that confers upon the holder the right to vote for the election of members of the board of directors or similar governing body of the business, or that is convertible into, or entitles the holder to receive, upon its exercise, a security that confers such a right to vote. “Voting security” includes a general partnership interest.
(c) The Contractor represents and warrants that each of its Affiliates has vested in the Contractor plenary authority to so bind the Affiliates in any agreement with the State of Connecticut. The Contractor on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates shall also provide, no later than 30 days after receiving a request by the State’s contracting authority, such information as the State may require to ensure, in the State’s sole determination, compliance with the provisions of Chapter 219 of the Connecticut General Statutes, including, but not limited to, §12-411b.
21. Bid Rigging and/or Fraud – Notice to Contractor
The Connecticut Department of Transportation is cooperating with the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Justice Department in their investigation into highway construction contract bid rigging and/or fraud.
A toll-free “HOT LINE” telephone number 800-424-9071 has been established to receive information from contractors, subcontractors, manufacturers, suppliers or anyone with knowledge of bid rigging and/or fraud, either past or current. The “HOT LINE” telephone number will be available during normal working hours ( 8:00 am – 5:00 pm EST). Information will be treated confidentially and anonymity respected.
22. Consulting Agreement Affidavit
The Contractor shall comply with Connecticut General Statutes Section 4a-81(a) and 4a-81(b), as revised. Pursuant to Public Act 11-229, after the initial submission of the form, if there is a change in the information contained in the form, a contractor shall submit the updated form, as applicable, either (i) not later than thirty (30) days after the effective date of such change or (ii) prior to execution of any new contract, whichever is earlier. The Affidavit/Form may be submitted in written format or electronic format through the Department of Administrative Services (DAS) website.
23. Cargo Preference Act Requirements (46 CFR 381.7(a)-(b)) – Use of United States Flag Vessels
The Contractor agrees to comply with the following: Page 12 of 58 February 2019
(a) Agreement Clauses.
(1) Pursuant to Pub. L. 664 (43 U.S.C. 1241(b)) at least 50 percent of any equipment, materials or commodities procured, contracted for or otherwise obtained with funds granted, guaranteed, loaned, or advanced by the U.S. Government under this agreement, and which may be transported by ocean vessel, shall be transported on privately owned United States-flag commercial vessels, if available.
(2) Within 20 days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within 30 working days following the date of loading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, ‘on-board’ commercial ocean bill-of-lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be furnished to both the Contracting Officer (through the prime contractor in the case of subcontractor bills-of-lading) and to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590.
(b) Contractor and Subcontractor Clauses. The contractor agrees—
(1) To utilize privately owned United States-flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to this contract, to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-flag commercial vessels.
(2) To furnish within 20 days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within 30 working days following the date of loading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, ‘on-board’ commercial ocean bill-of-lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in paragraph (b) (1) of this section to both the Contracting Officer (through the prime contractor in the case of subcontractor bills-of-lading) and to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590.
(3) To insert the substance of the provisions of this clause in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this contract.
Page 13 of 58 February 2019 EXHIBIT A
FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION Construction Contracts Required Clauses
1. Notification of Federal Participation 2. Fly America Requirements 3. Buy America Requirements (See Certifications - Exhibit A) 4. Cargo Preference Requirements 5. Seismic Safety Requirements 6. Energy Conservation Requirements 7. Clean Water Requirements 8. Lobbying (See Certification - Exhibit B) 9. Access to Records and Reports 10. Federal Changes 11. Bonding Requirements 12. Clean Air 13. Recycled Products 14. Davis-Bacon and Copeland Anti-Kickback Acts 15. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act 16. No Government Obligation to Third Parties 17. Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements and Related Acts 18. Termination 19. Government-wide Debarment and Suspension (Nonprocurement) 20. Civil Rights Requirements 21. Breaches and Dispute Resolution 22. Transit Employee Protective Agreements 23. Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) 24. Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Terms 25. Access for Individuals with Disabilities 26. National Intelligent Transportation Systems Architecture and Standards 27. Assignability Clause
Page 14 of 58 February 2019 1. NOTIFICATION OF FEDERAL PARTICIPATION
To the extent required by law, the State agrees that any request for proposals, solicitation, award notice, press release, or other publication involving the distribution of FTA assistance for the Program or the Project having an aggregate value of $500,000 or more, shall indicate that FTA is the Federal agency that is providing the Federal assistance, the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number of the program from which the Federal assistance is authorized, as may be applicable, and the amount of Federal assistance FTA provided.
2. FLY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS 49 U.S.C. § 40118 41 CFR Part 301-10
Applicability to Contracts The Fly America requirements apply to the transportation of persons or property, by air, between a place in the U.S. and a place outside the U.S., or between places outside the U.S., when the FTA will participate in the costs of such air transportation. Transportation on a foreign air carrier is permissible when provided by a foreign air carrier under a code share agreement when the ticket identifies the U.S. air carrier’s designator code and flight number. Transportation by a foreign air carrier is also permissible if there is a bilateral or multilateral air transportation agreement to which the U.S. Government and a foreign government are parties and which the Federal DOT has determined meets the requirements of the Fly America Act.
Flow Down Requirements The Fly America requirements flow down from FTA recipients and subrecipients to first tier contractors, who are responsible for ensuring that lower tier contractors and subcontractors are in compliance.
Fly America Requirements The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 40118 (the “Fly America” Act) in accordance with the General Services Administration’s regulations at 41 CFR Part 301-10, which provide that recipients and subrecipients of Federal funds and their contractors are required to use U.S. Flag air carriers for U.S Government-financed international air travel and transportation of their personal effects or property, to the extent such service is available, unless travel by foreign air carrier is a matter of necessity, as defined by the Fly America Act. The Contractor shall submit, if a foreign air carrier was used, an appropriate certification or memorandum adequately explaining why service by a U.S. flag air carrier was not available or why it was necessary to use a foreign air carrier and shall, in any event, provide a certificate of compliance with the Fly America requirements. The Contractor agrees to include the requirements of this section in all subcontracts that may involve international air transportation.
Page 15 of 58 February 2019 3. BUY AMERICA REQUIREMENTS 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) 49 CFR Part 661
Applicability to Contracts The Buy America requirements apply to the following types of contracts: Construction Contracts and Acquisition of Goods or Rolling Stock (valued at more than $100,000).
Flow Down The Buy America requirements flow down from FTA recipients and subrecipients to first tier contractors, who are responsible for ensuring that lower tier contractors and subcontractors are in compliance. The $100,000 threshold applies only to the grantee contract, subcontracts under that amount are subject to Buy America.
Buy America - The contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 C.F.R. 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15 passenger vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by Chrysler Corporation, and microcomputer equipment and software. Separate requirements for rolling stock are set out at 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11. Rolling stock must be assembled in the United States and have a 60 percent domestic content.
A bidder or offeror must submit to the FTA recipient the appropriate Buy America certifications (See Exhibit A of these FTA required clauses) with all bids or offers on FTA-funded contracts, except those subject to a general waiver. Bids or offers that are not accompanied by a completed Buy America certification must be rejected as nonresponsive. This requirement does not apply to lower tier subcontractors.
4. CARGO PREFERENCE REQUIREMENTS 46 U.S.C. 1241 46 CFR Part 381
Applicability to Contracts The Cargo Preference requirements apply to all contracts involving equipment, materials, or commodities which may be transported by ocean vessels.
Flow Down The Cargo Preference requirements apply to all subcontracts when the subcontract may be involved with the transport of equipment, material, or commodities by ocean vessel. Cargo Preference - Use of United States-Flag Vessels - The contractor agrees: a. to use privately owned United States-Flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to the underlying contract to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-Flag commercial vessels; b. to furnish within 20 working days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within 30 working days following the date of leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, "on-board" commercial ocean bill-of -lading in English for
Page 16 of 58 February 2019 each shipment of cargo described in the preceding paragraph to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to the FTA recipient (through the contractor in the case of a subcontractor's bill-of-lading.) c. to include these requirements in all subcontracts issued pursuant to this contract when the subcontract may involve the transport of equipment, material, or commodities by ocean vessel.
5. SEISMIC SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 42 U.S.C. 7701 et seq. 49 CFR Part 41
Applicability to Contracts The Seismic Safety requirements apply only to contracts for the construction of new buildings or additions to existing buildings.
Flow Down The Seismic Safety requirements flow down from FTA recipients and subrecipients to first tier contractors to assure compliance, with the applicable building standards for Seismic Safety, including the work performed by all subcontractors.
Seismic Safety - The contractor agrees that any new building or addition to an existing building will be designed and constructed in accordance with the standards for Seismic Safety required in Department of Transportation Seismic Safety Regulations 49 CFR Part 41 and will certify to compliance to the extent required by the regulation. The contractor also agrees to ensure that all work performed under this contract including work performed by a subcontractor is in compliance with the standards required by the Seismic Safety Regulations and the certification of compliance issued on the project.
6. ENERGY CONSERVATION REQUIREMENTS 42 U.S.C. 6321 et seq. 49 CFR Part 18
Applicability to Contracts The Energy Conservation requirements are applicable to all contracts.
Flow Down The Energy Conservation requirements extend to all third party contractors and their contracts at every tier and subrecipients and their subagreements at every tier.
Energy Conservation - The contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act.
7. CLEAN WATER REQUIREMENTS 33 U.S.C. 1251
Applicability to Contracts The Clean Water requirements apply to each contract and subcontract which exceeds $100,000.
Page 17 of 58 February 2019
Flow Down The Clean Water requirements flow down to FTA recipients and subrecipients at every tier.
Clean Water - (1) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. The Contractor agrees to report each violation to the Purchaser and understands and agrees that the Purchaser will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office.
(2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.
8. LOBBYING 31 U.S.C. 1352 49 CFR Part 19 49 CFR Part 20
Applicability to Contracts The Lobbying requirements apply to Construction/Architectural and Engineering/Acquisition of Rolling Stock/Professional Service Contract/Operational Service Contract/Turnkey contracts.
Flow Down The Lobbying requirements mandate the maximum flow down, pursuant to Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment, 31 U.S.C. § 1352(b)(5) and 49 C.F.R. Part 19, Appendix A, Section 7.
Byrd Anti-Lobbying Amendment, 31 U.S.C. 1352, as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995, P.L. 104-65 [to be codified at 2 U.S.C. § 1601, et seq.] - Contractors who apply or bid for an award of $100,000 or more shall file the certification required (See Exhibit B of these FTA required clauses) by 49 CFR part 20, "New Restrictions on Lobbying." Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier shall also disclose the name of any registrant under the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 who has made lobbying contacts on its behalf with non-Federal funds with respect to that Federal contract, grant or award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the recipient.
9. ACCESS TO RECORDS AND REPORTS 49 U.S.C. 5325 18 CFR 18.36 (i) 49 CFR 633.17
Applicability to Contracts Reference Chart "Requirements for Access to Records and Reports by Type of Contracts"
Page 18 of 58 February 2019 Flow Down FTA does not require the inclusion of these requirements in subcontracts.
Access to Records - The following access to records requirements apply to this Contract:
1. Where the Purchaser is not a State but a local government and is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 C.F.R. 18.36(i), the Contractor agrees to provide the Purchaser, the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their authorized representatives access to any books, documents, papers and records of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions. Contractor also agrees, pursuant to 49 C.F.R. 633.17 to provide the FTA Administrator or his authorized representatives including any PMO Contractor access to Contractor's records and construction sites pertaining to a major capital project, defined at 49 U.S.C. 5302(a)1, which is receiving federal financial assistance through the programs described at 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309 or 5311.
2. Where the Purchaser is a State and is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 C.F.R. 633.17, Contractor agrees to provide the Purchaser, the FTA Administrator or his authorized representatives, including any PMO Contractor, access to the Contractor's records and construction sites pertaining to a major capital project, defined at 49 U.S.C. 5302(a)1, which is receiving federal financial assistance through the programs described at 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309 or 5311. By definition, a major capital project excludes contracts of less than the simplified acquisition threshold currently set at $100,000.
3. Where the Purchaser enters into a negotiated contract for other than a small purchase or under the simplified acquisition threshold and is an institution of higher education, a hospital or other non-profit organization and is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 C.F.R. 19.48, Contractor agrees to provide the Purchaser, FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General of the United States or any of their duly authorized representatives with access to any books, documents, papers and record of the Contractor which are directly pertinent to this contract for the purposes of making audits, examinations, excerpts and transcriptions.
4. Where any Purchaser which is the FTA Recipient or a subgrantee of the FTA Recipient in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 5325(a) enters into a contract for a capital project or improvement (defined at 49 U.S.C. 5302(a)1) through other than competitive bidding, the Contractor shall make available records related to the contract to the Purchaser, the Secretary of Transportation and the Comptroller General or any authorized officer or employee of any of them for the purposes of conducting an audit and inspection.
5. The Contractor agrees to permit any of the foregoing parties to reproduce by any means whatsoever or to copy excerpts and transcriptions as reasonably needed.
6. The Contractor agrees to maintain all books, records, accounts and reports required under this contract for a period of not less than three years after the date of termination or expiration of this contract, except in the event of litigation or settlement of claims arising from the performance of this contract, in which case Contractor agrees to maintain same until the Purchaser, the FTA Administrator, the Comptroller General, or any of their duly authorized representatives, have disposed of all such litigation, appeals, claims or exceptions related thereto. Reference 49 CFR 18.39(i)(11).
7. FTA does not require the inclusion of these requirements in subcontracts.
Page 19 of 58 February 2019 Requirements for Access to Records and Reports by Types of Contract
Contract Operational Turnkey Construction Architectural Acquisition of Professional Characteristics Service Engineering Rolling Stock Services Contract
I State Grantees None Those imposed None None None None a. Contracts on state pass below SAT thru to ($100,000) None Contractor Yes, if non- None unless None unless None unless 1 unless non- competitive non- non- non- b. Contracts competitive award or if competitive competitive competitive 2 above award funded thru award award award $100,000/Capital 5307/5309/53 Projects 11 II Non State Grantees Those imposed Yes3 on non-state Yes Yes Yes Yes a. Contracts Grantee pass 3 below SAT Yes thru to Yes Yes Yes Yes ($100,000) Contractor b. Contracts above $100,000/Capital Projects
Sources of Authority: 1 49 USC 5325 (a) 2 49 CFR 633.17 3 18 CFR 18.36 (i)
10. FEDERAL CHANGES 49 CFR Part 18
Applicability to Contracts The Federal Changes requirement applies to all contracts.
Flow Down The Federal Changes requirement flows down appropriately to each applicable changed requirement.
Federal Changes - Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including without limitation those listed directly or by reference in the Master Agreement between Purchaser and FTA, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of this contract. Contractor's failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of this contract.
11. BONDING REQUIREMENTS
Refer to the Standard Specifications for Roads, Bridges and Incidental Construction, FORM 816, Section 1.02.01 – “Contract Bidding and Award” - Bonding requirements are addressed in the Connecticut Department of Transportation’s Construction Contract Bidding and Award Manual.
Page 20 of 58 February 2019
12. CLEAN AIR 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq 40 CFR 15.61 49 CFR Part 18
Applicability to Contracts The Clean Air requirements apply to all contracts exceeding $100,000, including indefinite quantities where the amount is expected to exceed $100,000 in any year.
Flow Down The Clean Air requirements flow down to all subcontracts which exceed $100,000.
Clean Air - (1) The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq. The Contractor agrees to report each violation to the Purchaser and understands and agrees that the Purchaser will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office.
(2) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.
13. RECYCLED PRODUCTS 42 U.S.C. 6962 40 CFR Part 247 Executive Order 12873
Applicability to Contracts The Recycled Products requirements apply to all contracts for items designated by the EPA, when the purchaser or contractor procures $10,000 or more of one of these items during the fiscal year, or has procured $10,000 or more of such items in the previous fiscal year, using Federal funds. New requirements for "recovered materials" will become effective May 1, 1996. These new regulations apply to all procurement actions involving items designated by the EPA, where the procuring agency purchases $10,000 or more of one of these items in a fiscal year, or when the cost of such items purchased during the previous fiscal year was $10,000.
Flow Down These requirements flow down to all contractor and subcontractor tiers.
Recovered Materials - The contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6962), including but not limited to the regulatory provisions of 40 CFR Part 247, and Executive Order 12873, as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of 40 CFR Part 247.
14. DAVIS-BACON AND COPELAND ANTI-KICKBACK ACTS
Background and Application
Page 21 of 58 February 2019 The Davis-Bacon and Copeland Acts are codified at 40 USC 3141, et seq. and 18 USC 874. The Acts apply to grantee construction contracts and subcontracts that “at least partly are financed by a loan or grant from the Federal Government.” 40 USC 3145(a), 29 CFR 5.2(h), 49 CFR 18.36(i)(5). The Acts apply to any construction contract over $2,000. 40 USC 3142(a), 29 CFR 5.5(a). ‘Construction,’ for purposes of the Acts, includes “actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating.” 29 CFR 5.5(a). The requirements of both Acts are incorporated into a single clause (see 29 CFR 3.11) enumerated at 29 CFR 5.5(a) and reproduced below.
The clause language is drawn directly from 29 CFR 5.5(a) and any deviation from the model clause below should be coordinated with counsel to ensure the Acts’ requirements are satisfied.
Davis-Bacon and Copeland Anti-Kickback Acts
(1) Minimum wages - (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics.
Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph (1)(ii) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.
(ii)(A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met:
(1) Except with respect to helpers as defined as 29 CFR 5.2(n)(4), the work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and
(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and Page 22 of 58 February 2019
(3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and
(4) With respect to helpers as defined in 29 CFR 5.2(n)(4), such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed.
(B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) (B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
(iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
(iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.
(v)(A) The contracting officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The contracting officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following criteria have been met:
(1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and
(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and Page 23 of 58 February 2019
(3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.
(B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination with 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.
(D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(v) (B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
(2) Withholding - The State shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally- assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, the State may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
(3) Payrolls and basic records - (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain Page 24 of 58 February 2019 records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.
(ii)(A) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to the State for transmission to the Federal Transit Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.
(B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following:
(1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5 and that such information is correct and complete;
(2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3;
(3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract.
(C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section.
(D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code.
(iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the Federal Transit Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. Page 25 of 58 February 2019
(4) Apprentices and trainees - (i) Apprentices - Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
(ii) Trainees - Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Page 26 of 58 February 2019 In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.
(iii) Equal employment opportunity - The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30.
(5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements - The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract.
(6) Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Transit Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5.
(7) Contract termination: debarment - A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
(8) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements - All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
(9) Disputes concerning labor standards - Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.
(10) Certification of eligibility - (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1).
(iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
15. CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS ACT
Background and Application The Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act is codified at 40 USC 3701, et seq. The Act applies to grantee contracts and subcontracts “financed at least in part by loans or grants from … the
Page 27 of 58 February 2019 [Federal] Government.” 40 USC 3701(b)(1)(B)(iii) and (b)(2), 29 CFR 5.2(h), 49 CFR 18.36(i)(6). Although the original Act required its application in any construction contract over $2,000 or non- construction contract to which the Act applied over $2,500 (and language to that effect is still found in 49 CFR 18.36(i)(6)), the Act no longer applies to any “contract in an amount that is not greater than $100,000.” 40 USC 3701(b)(3) (A)(iii).
The Act applies to construction contracts and, in very limited circumstances, non-construction projects that employ “laborers or mechanics on a public work.” These non-construction applications do not generally apply to transit procurements because transit procurements (to include rail cars and buses) are deemed “commercial items.” 40 USC 3707, 41 USC 403 (12). A grantee that contemplates entering into a contract to procure a developmental or unique item should consult counsel to determine if the Act applies to that procurement and that additional language required by 29 CFR 5.5(c) must be added to the basic clause below.
Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards
(1) Overtime requirements - No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.
(2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages - In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (1) of this section.
(3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages - The (write in the name of the grantee) shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (2) of this section.
(4) Subcontracts - The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (1) through (4) of this section
Page 28 of 58 February 2019
16. NO GOVERNMENT OBLIGATION TO THIRD PARTIES
Applicability to Contracts Applicable to all contracts.
Flow Down Not required by statute or regulation for either primary contractors or subcontractors, this concept should flow down to all levels to clarify, to all parties to the contract, that the Federal Government does not have contractual liability to third parties, absent specific written consent.
No Obligation by the Federal Government.
(1) The Purchaser and Contractor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence by the Federal Government in or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying contract, absent the express written consent by the Federal Government, the Federal Government is not a party to this contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to the Purchaser, Contractor, or any other party (whether or not a party to that contract) pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying contract.
(2) The Contractor agrees to include the above clause in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clause shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to its provisions.
17. PROGRAM FRAUD AND FALSE OR FRAUDULENT STATEMENTS AND RELATED ACTS 31 U.S.C. 3801 et seq. 49 CFR Part 31 18 U.S.C. 1001 49 U.S.C. 5307 Applicability to Contracts These requirements are applicable to all contracts.
Flow Down These requirements flow down to contractors and subcontractors who make, present, or submit covered claims and statements.
Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements or Related Acts.
(1) The Contractor acknowledges that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, as amended, 31 U.S.C. § 3801 et seq. and U.S. DOT regulations, "Program Fraud Civil Remedies," 49 C.F.R. Part 31, apply to its actions pertaining to this Project. Upon execution of the underlying contract, the Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of any statement it has made, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the underlying contract or the FTA assisted project for which this contract work is being performed. In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, the Contractor further acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification, the Federal Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the Contractor to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate.
Page 29 of 58 February 2019
(2) The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under a contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance originally awarded by FTA under the authority of 49 U.S.C. § 5307, the Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of 18 U.S.C. § 1001 and 49 U.S.C. § 5307(n)(1) on the Contractor, to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate.
(3) The Contractor agrees to include the above two clauses in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA. It is further agreed that the clauses shall not be modified, except to identify the subcontractor who will be subject to the provisions.
18. TERMINATION
Refer to the Standard Specifications for Roads, Bridges and Incidental Construction FORM 816 Section 1.05.14
19. GOVERNMENT-WIDE DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION (NONPROCUREMENT)
Background and Applicability In conjunction with the Office of Management and Budget and other affected Federal agencies, DOT published an update to 49 CFR Part 29 on November 26, 2003. This government-wide regulation implements Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, Executive Order 12689, Debarment and Suspension, and 31 U.S.C. 6101 note (Section 2455, Public Law 103-355, 108 Stat. 3327).
The provisions of Part 29 apply to all grantee contracts and subcontracts at any level expected to equal or exceed $25,000 as well as any contract or subcontract (at any level) for Federally required auditing services. 49 CFR 29.220(b). This represents a change from prior practice in that the dollar threshold for application of these rules has been lowered from $100,000 to $25,000. These are contracts and subcontracts referred to in the regulation as “covered transactions.”
Grantees, contractors, and subcontractors (at any level) that enter into covered transactions are required to verify that the entity (as well as its principals and affiliates) they propose to contract or subcontract with is not excluded or disqualified. They do this by (a) Checking the Excluded Parties List System, (b) Collecting a certification from that person, or (c) Adding a clause or condition to the contract or subcontract. This represents a change from prior practice in that certification is still acceptable but is no longer required. 49 CFR 29.300.
Grantees, contractors, and subcontractors who enter into covered transactions also must require the entities they contract with to comply with 49 CFR 29, subpart C and include this requirement in their own subsequent covered transactions (i.e., the requirement flows down to subcontracts at all levels).
Suspension and Debarment
This contract is a covered transaction for purposes of 49 CFR Part 29. As such, the contractor is required to verify that none of the contractor, its principals, as defined at 49 CFR 29.995, or affiliates, as defined at 49 CFR 29.905, are excluded or disqualified as defined at 49 CFR 29.940 and 29.945.
Page 30 of 58 February 2019 The contractor is required to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C and must include the requirement to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C in any lower tier covered transaction it enters into. By signing and submitting its bid or proposal, the bidder or proposer certifies as follows:
The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact relied upon by Connecticut Department of Transportation. If it is later determined that the bidder or proposer knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to remedies available to Connecticut Department of Transportation., the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment. The bidder or proposer agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 29, Subpart C while this offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from this offer. The bidder or proposer further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions.
20. CIVIL RIGHTS REQUIREMENTS 29 U.S.C. § 623, 42 U.S.C. § 2000 42 U.S.C. § 6102, 42 U.S.C. § 12112 42 U.S.C. § 12132, 49 U.S.C. § 5332 29 CFR Part 1630, 41 CFR Parts 60 et seq. Applicability to Contracts The Civil Rights Requirements apply to all contracts.
Flow Down The Civil Rights requirements flow down to all third party contractors and their contracts at every tier. Model Clause/Language The following clause was predicated on language contained at 49 CFR Part 19, Appendix A, but FTA has shortened the lengthy text.
Civil Rights - The following requirements apply to the underlying contract:
(1) Nondiscrimination - In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age, or disability. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with applicable Federal implementing regulations and other implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(2) Equal Employment Opportunity - The following equal employment opportunity requirements apply to the underlying contract: (a) Race, Color, Creed, National Origin, Sex - In accordance with Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000e, and Federal transit laws at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable equal employment opportunity requirements of U.S. Department of Labor (U.S. DOL) regulations, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor," 41 C.F.R. Parts 60 et seq., (which implement Executive Order No. 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended by Executive Order No. 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," 42 U.S.C. § 2000e note), and with any applicable Federal statutes, executive orders, regulations, and Federal policies that may in the future affect construction activities undertaken in the course of the Project. The Contractor agrees to Page 31 of 58 February 2019 take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, creed, national origin, sex, or age. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(b) Age - In accordance with section 4 of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § § 623 and Federal transit law at 49 U.S.C. § 5332, the Contractor agrees to refrain from discrimination against present and prospective employees for reason of age. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(c) Disabilities - In accordance with section 102 of the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 12112, the Contractor agrees that it will comply with the requirements of U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, "Regulations to Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act," 29 C.F.R. Part 1630, pertaining to employment of persons with disabilities. In addition, the Contractor agrees to comply with any implementing requirements FTA may issue.
(3) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA, modified only if necessary to identify the affected parties.
21. BREACHES AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Refer to the Standard Specifications for Roads, Bridges and Incidental Construction, FORM 816, Sections 1.05.01 and 1.08.01 and Connecticut General Statue 4-61(as amended)
22. TRANSIT EMPLOYEE PROTECTIVE AGREEMENTS 49 U.S.C. § 5310, § 5311, and § 5333 29 CFR Part 215 Applicability to Contracts The Transit Employee Protective Provisions apply to each contract for transit operations performed by employees of a Contractor recognized by FTA to be a transit operator. (Because transit operations involve many activities apart from directly driving or operating transit vehicles, FTA determines which activities constitute transit "operations" for purposes of this clause.)
Flow Down These provisions are applicable to all contracts and subcontracts at every tier.
Transit Employee Protective Provisions. (1) The Contractor agrees to the comply with applicable transit employee protective requirements as follows:
(a) General Transit Employee Protective Requirements - To the extent that FTA determines that transit operations are involved, the Contractor agrees to carry out the transit operations work on the underlying contract in compliance with terms and conditions determined by the U.S. Secretary of Labor to be fair and equitable to protect the interests of employees employed under this contract and to meet the employee protective requirements of 49 U.S.C. A 5333(b), and U.S. DOL guidelines at 29 Page 32 of 58 February 2019 C.F.R. Part 215, and any amendments thereto. These terms and conditions are identified in the letter of certification from the U.S. DOL to FTA applicable to the FTA Recipient's project from which Federal assistance is provided to support work on the underlying contract. The Contractor agrees to carry out that work in compliance with the conditions stated in that U.S. DOL letter. The requirements of this subsection (1), however, do not apply to any contract financed with Federal assistance provided by FTA either for projects for elderly individuals and individuals with disabilities authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5310(a)(2), or for projects for nonurbanized areas authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5311. Alternate provisions for those projects are set forth in subsections (b) and (c) of this clause.
(b) Transit Employee Protective Requirements for Projects Authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5310(a)(2) for Elderly Individuals and Individuals with Disabilities - If the contract involves transit operations financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5310(a)(2), and if the U.S. Secretary of Transportation has determined or determines in the future that the employee protective requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 5333(b) are necessary or appropriate for the state and the public body subrecipient for which work is performed on the underlying contract, the Contractor agrees to carry out the Project in compliance with the terms and conditions determined by the U.S. Secretary of Labor to meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 5333(b), U.S. DOL guidelines at 29 C.F.R. Part 215, and any amendments thereto. These terms and conditions are identified in the U.S. DOL's letter of certification to FTA, the date of which is set forth Grant Agreement or Cooperative Agreement with the state. The Contractor agrees to perform transit operations in connection with the underlying contract in compliance with the conditions stated in that U.S. DOL letter.
(c) Transit Employee Protective Requirements for Projects Authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5311 in Nonurbanized Areas - If the contract involves transit operations financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5311, the Contractor agrees to comply with the terms and conditions of the Special Warranty for the Nonurbanized Area Program agreed to by the U.S. Secretaries of Transportation and Labor, dated May 31, 1979, and the procedures implemented by U.S. DOL or any revision thereto.
(2) The Contractor also agrees to include the any applicable requirements in each subcontract involving transit operations financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.
23. DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (DBE)
Refer to the Special Provision section titled D.B.E. Subcontractors and Material Suppliers or Manufacturers
24. INCORPORATION OF FEDERAL TRANSIT ADMINISTRATION (FTA) TERMS FTA Circular 4220.1F Applicability to Contracts The incorporation of FTA terms applies to all contracts.
Flow Down The incorporation of FTA terms has unlimited flow down.
Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Terms - The preceding provisions include, in part, certain Standard Terms and Conditions required by DOT, whether or not expressly set forth in
Page 33 of 58 February 2019 the preceding contract provisions. All contractual provisions required by DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1F, are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Agreement. The Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any (name of grantee) requests which would cause (name of grantee) to be in violation of the FTA terms and conditions.
25. ACCESS FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITY
The Contactor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. § 5301(d), which states the Federal policy that elderly individuals and individuals with disabilities have the same right as other individuals to use public transportation services and facilities, and that special efforts shall be made in planning and designing those services and facilities to implement transportation accessibility rights for elderly individuals and individuals with disabilities. The Contractor also agrees to comply with all applicable provisions of section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. § 794, which prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability in the administration of programs or activities receiving.
26. NATIONAL INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS ARCHITECURE AND STANDARDS To the extent applicable, the Contractor agrees to conform to the National Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) Architecture and Standards as required by SAFETEA-LU § 5307(c), 23 U.S.C. § 512 note, and follow the provisions of FTA Notice, “FTA National ITS Architecture Policy on Transit Projects,” 66 Fed. Reg. 1455 et seq., January 8, 2001, and any other implementing directives FTA may issue at a later date, except to the extent FTA determines otherwise in writing.
27. ASSIGNABILITY CLAUSE The State agrees to comply with applicable third party procurement requirements of 49 U.S.C. chapter 53, and ensure that for piggybacking purchases made with FTA-assistance, that contract utilized contains assignability clause that authorizes such piggybacking purchases.
Page 34 of 58 February 2019 Exhibit A of FTA Requirements
Certification requirement for procurement of steel, iron, or manufactured products.
Certificate of Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1)
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) and the applicable regulations in 49 C.F.R. Part 661.5.
Date ______
Signature ______
Company______
Name ______
Title ______
Certificate of Non-Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1)
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(1) and 49 C.F.R. 661.5, but it may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(A), 5323(j)(2)(B), or 5323(j)(2)(D), and 49 C.F.R. 661.7.
Date ______
Signature ______
Company ______
Name ______
Title ______
Page 35 of 58 February 2019 Exhibit A of FTA Requirements §661.12 Certification requirement for procurement of buses, other rolling stock and associated equipment.
If buses or other rolling stock (including train control, communication, and traction power equipment) are being procured, the appropriate certificate as set forth below shall be completed and submitted by each bidder in accordance with the requirement contained in §661.13(b) of this part.
Certificate of Compliance with Buy America Rolling Stock Requirements
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j), and the applicable regulations of 49 CFR 661.11.
Date ______
Signature ______
Company ______
Name ______
Title______
Certificate of Non-Compliance with Buy America Rolling Stock Requirements
The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j), but may qualify for an exception to the requirement consistent with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C), and the applicable regulations in 49 CFR 661.7.
Date ______
Signature ______
Company______
Name ______
Title______
Page 36 of 58 February 2019 Exhibit B of FTA Requirements
(To be submitted with each bid or offer exceeding $100,000)
The undersigned [Contractor] certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that:
(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
(2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for making lobbying contacts to an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form--LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions [as amended by "Government wide Guidance for New Restrictions on Lobbying," 61 Fed. Reg. 1413 (1/19/96). Note: Language in paragraph (2) herein has been modified in accordance with Section 10 of the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 (P.L. 104-65, to be codified at 2 U.S.C. 1601, et seq.)]
(3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31, U.S.C. § 1352 (as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995). Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.
[Note: Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. § 1352(c)(1)-(2)(A), any person who makes a prohibited expenditure or fails to file or amend a required certification or disclosure form shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such expenditure or failure.]
The Contractor, ______, certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of each statement of its certification and disclosure, if any. In addition, the Contractor understands and agrees that the provisions of 31 U.S.C. A 3801, et seq., apply to this certification and disclosure, if any.
______Signature of Contractor's Authorized Official
______Name and Title of Contractor's Authorized Official
______Date
Page 37 of 58 February 2019 EXHIBIT B
TITLE VI CONTRACTOR ASSURANCES APPENDIX A
During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees as follows:
1. Compliance with Regulations: The contractor will comply with the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination in federally assisted programs of the United States Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration, as they may be amended from time to time, which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part of this contract.
2. Nondiscrimination: The contractor, with regard to the work performed by it during the contract, will not discriminate on the grounds of race, color, national origin, sex, age, disability, income or Limited English Proficiency in the selection and retention of subcontractors, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment. The contractor will not participate directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by the Acts and Regulations, including employment practices when the contract covers any activity, project, or program set forth in Appendix B of 49 CFR Part 21.
3. Solicitations for Subcontracts, Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all solicitations, either by bidding, or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials, or leases of equipment, each potential subcontractor or supplier will be notified by the contractor of the contractor's obligations under this contract and Acts and the Regulations relative to Non-discrimination on the grounds of race, color, or national origin.
4. Information and Reports: The contractor will provide all information and reports required by the Acts, the Regulations, and directives issued pursuant thereto and will permit access to its books, records, accounts, other sources of information, and its facilities as may be determined by the Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Acts, Regulations, and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of another who fails or refuses to furnish this information, the contractor will so certify to the Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration, as appropriate, and will set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information.
5. Sanctions for Non-compliance: In the event of the contractor's non-compliance with the Non- discrimination provisions of this contract, the Recipient will impose such contract sanctions as it or the Federal Highway Administration may determine to be appropriate, including, but not limited to:
a. withholding contract payments to the contractor under the contract until the contractor complies; and/or b. cancelling, terminating, or suspending a contract, in whole or in part.
6. Incorporation of Provisions: The contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs one through six in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment, unless exempt by the Acts, the Regulations and directives issued pursuant thereto. The contractor will take action with respect to any subcontract or procurement as the Recipient or the Federal Highway Administration may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for Page 38 of 58 February 2019 noncompliance. Provided, that if the contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation by a subcontractor, or supplier because of such direction, the contractor may request the Recipient to enter into any litigation to protect the interests of the Recipient. In addition, the contractor may request the United States to enter into the litigation to protect the interests of the United States.
TITLE VI CONTRACTOR ASSURANCES APPENDIX E
During the performance of this contract, the contractor, for itself, its assignees, and successors in interest (hereinafter referred to as the "contractor") agrees to comply with the following nondiscrimination statutes and authorities; including but not limited to:
Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (78 Stat. 252, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d et seq.), (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin), as implemented by 49 C.F.R. § 21.1 et seq. and 49 C.F.R. part 303; The Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, (42 U.S.C. § 4601) (prohibits unfair treatment of persons displaced or whose property has been acquired because of Federal or Federal-aid programs and projects); Federal-Aid Highway Act of 1973 (23 U.S.C. § 324 et seq.) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex); Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S.C. § 794 et seq.) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of disability); and 49 C.F.R. part 27; The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended (42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq.) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of age); Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 (Pub. L. 97-248 (1982)), as amended (prohibits discrimination based on race, creed, color, national origin, or sex); The Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987 (102 Stat. 28) (" ... which restore[d] the broad scope of coverage and to clarify the application of Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964."); Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability in the operation of public entities, public and private transportation systems, places of public accommodation, and certain testing entities (42 U.S.C. §§ 12131 --12189), as implemented by Department of Justice regulations at 28 C.F.R. parts 35 and 36, and Department of Transportation regulations at 49 C.F.R. parts 37 and 38; The Federal Aviation Administration's Non-discrimination statute (49 U.S.C. § 47123) (prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, and sex); Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, which ensures non-discrimination against minority populations by discouraging programs, policies, and activities with disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority and low-income populations; Executive Order 13166, Improving Access to Services for Persons with Limited English Proficiency, and resulting agency guidance, national origin discrimination includes discrimination because of limited English proficiency (LEP). To ensure compliance with Title VI, you must take reasonable steps to ensure that LEP persons have meaningful access to your programs (70 Fed. Reg. at 74087 to 74100); Title of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended, which prohibits you from discriminating because of sex in education programs or activities (20 U.S.C. § 1681 et seq).
Page 39 of 58 February 2019 EXHIBIT C
CONTRACTOR WORKFORCE UTILIZATION (FEDERAL EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246) / EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
1. Project Workforce Utilization Goals: These goals are applicable to all the Contractor’s construction work (whether or not it is Federal or Federally assisted or funded) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for the geographical area where the work is actually performed.
Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications which contain the applicable goals for minority and female participation.
The goals for minority and female utilization are expressed in percentage terms for the contractor’s aggregate work-force in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are referenced in the attached Appendix A.
2. Executive Order 11246 The Contractor’s compliance with Executive Order 11246 and 41-CFR Part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(A) and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the contract is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from contractor to contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the contractor’s goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hour performed.
If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Pan does not excuse any covered Contractor’s of subcontractor’s failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the plan goals and timetables.
The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing Page 40 of 58 February 2019 construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP) Office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified.
Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractors obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant hereto.
In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor.
The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor’s compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following:
a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites; and in all facilities at which the Contractor’s employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor’s obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities.
b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations’ responses.
c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off the street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason thereafter; along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.
d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the Union or Unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or women sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the Union referral process has impeded the Contractor’s efforts to meet its obligations. Page 41 of 58 February 2019 e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor’s employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor’s EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO Policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company EEO Policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment, decisions including specific Foreman, etc. prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor’s EEO Policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor’s EEO policy with other Contractors and subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor’s recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor’s work-force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60-3. l. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor’s obligations under these specifications are being carried out. Page 42 of 58 February 2019
n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are non-segregated except that separate or single user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.
o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations.
p. Conduct a review at least annually of all supervisors’ adherence to and performance under the Contractor’s EEO policies and affirmative action obligations.
Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor union, contractor community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under a through p of these specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor’s minority and female work-force participation, makes a good faith effort to meet with individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor’s and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor’s noncompliance.
A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non- minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of Executive Order 11246 if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner, (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is under utilized).
The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.
The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.
The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended.
The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the Page 43 of 58 February 2019 implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4 8.
The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status, (e.g. mechanic, apprentice, trainee, helper, or laborer) dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records.
Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of their laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g. those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program).
The Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, from time to time, shall issue goals and timetables for minority and female utilization which shall be based on appropriate work- force, demographic or other relevant data and which shall cover construction projects or construction contracts performed in specific geographical areas. The goals, which shall be applicable to each construction trade in a covered contractor’s or timetables, shall be published as notices in the Federal Register, and shall be inserted by the Contracting officers and applicants, as applicable, in the Notice required by 41 CFR 60-4.2.
Page 44 of 58 February 2019 FEDERALLY FUNDED OR ASSISTED PROJECTS APPENDIX A (Labor Market Goals)
Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (SMSA)
Female Minority
Bridgeport – Stamford – Norwalk – Danbury 10.2% 6.9% Bethel Bridgeport Brookfield Danbury Darien Derby Easton Fairfield Greenwich Milford Monroe New Canaan New Fairfield Newton Norwalk Redding Shelton Stamford Stratford Trumbull Weston Westport Wilton
Hartford – Bristol – New Britain 6.9% 6.9% Andover Avon Berlin Bloomfield Bolton Bristol Burlington Canton Colchester Columbia Coventry Cromwell East Granby East Hampton East Hartford East Windsor Ellington Enfield Farmington Glastonbury Granby Hartford Hebron Manchester Marlborough New Britain New Hartford Newington Plainville Plymouth Portland Rocky Hill Simsbury South Windsor Southington Stafford Suffield Tolland Vernon West Hartford Wethersfield Willington Windsor Windsor Locks
New Haven – Waterbury – Meriden 9.0% 6.9% Beacon Falls Bethany Branford Cheshire Clinton East Haven Guilford Hamden Madison Meriden Middlebury Naugatuck New Haven North Branford North Haven Orange Prospect Southbury Thomaston Wallingford Waterbury Watertown West Haven Wolcott Woodbridge Woodbury
New London – Norwich 4.5% 6.9% Bozrah East Lyme Griswold Groton Ledyard Lisbon Montville New London Norwich Old Lyme Old Saybrook Preston Sprague Stonington Waterford
Page 45 of 58 February 2019
Non SMSA
Female Minority
Litchfield – Windham 5.9% 6.9% Abington Ashford Ballouville Bantam Barkhamsted Bethlehem Bridgewater Brooklyn Canaan Canterbury Central Village Cahplin Colebrook Cornwall Cornwall Bridge Danielson Dayville East Canaan East Killingly East Woodstock Eastford Falls Village Gaylordsville Goshen Grosvenor Dale Hampton Harwinton Kent Killignly Lakeside Litchfield Moosup Morris New Milford New Preston New Preston Marble Dale Norfolk North Canaan No. Grosvenordale North Windham Oneco Pequabuck Pine Meadow Plainfield Pleasant Valley Pomfret Pomfret Center Putnam Quinebaug Riverton Rogers Roxbury Salisbury Scotland Sharon South Kent South Woodstock Sterling Taconic Terryville Thompson Torrington Warren Warrenville Washington Washington Depot Wauregan West Cornwall Willimantic Winchester Winchester Center Windham Winsted Woodstock Woodstock Valley
Page 46 of 58 February 2019 EXHIBIT D
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”).
(a) If the Contactor is a Business Associate under the requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), the Contractor must comply with all terms and conditions of this Section of the Contract. If the Contractor is not a Business Associate under HIPAA, this Section of the Contract does not apply to the Contractor for this Contract.
(b) The Contractor is required to safeguard the use, publication and disclosure of information on all applicants for, and all clients who receive, services under the Contract in accordance with all applicable federal and state law regarding confidentiality, which includes but is not limited to HIPAA, more specifically with the Privacy and Security Rules at 45 C.F.R. Part 160 and Part 164, subparts A, C, and E; and
(c) The State of Connecticut Agency named on page 1 of this Contract (hereinafter the “Department”) is a “covered entity” as that term is defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103; and
(d) The Contractor, on behalf of the Department, performs functions that involve the use or disclosure of “individually identifiable health information,” as that term is defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103; and
(e) The Contractor is a “business associate” of the Department, as that term is defined in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103; and
(f) The Contractor and the Department agree to the following in order to secure compliance with the HIPAA, the requirements of Subtitle D of the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (hereinafter the HITECH Act), (Pub. L. 111-5, sections 13400 to 13423), and more specifically with the Privacy and Security Rules at 45 C.F.R. Part 160 and Part 164, subparts A, C, and E.
(g) Definitions
(1) “Breach shall have the same meaning as the term is defined in section 13400 of the HITECH Act (42 U.S.C. §17921(1))
(2) “Business Associate” shall mean the Contractor.
(3) “Covered Entity” shall mean the Department of the State of Connecticut named on page 1 of this Contract.
(4) “Designated Record Set” shall have the same meaning as the term “designated record set” in 45 C.F.R. § 164.501.
(5) “Electronic Health Record” shall have the same meaning as the term is defined in section 13400 of the HITECH Act (42 U.S.C. §17921(5))
Page 47 of 58 February 2019 (6) “Individual” shall have the same meaning as the term “individual”’ in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103 and shall include a person who qualifies as a personal representative as defined in 45 C.F.R. § 164.502(g).
(7) “Privacy Rule” shall mean the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information at 45 C.F.R. part 160 and parts 164, subparts A and E.
(8) “Protected Health Information” or “PHI” shall have the same meaning as the term “protected health information” in 45 C.F.R. § 160.103, limited to information created or received by the Business Associate from or on behalf of the Covered Entity.
(9) “Required by Law”’ shall have the same meaning as the term “required by law” in 45 C.F.R. § 164.103.
(10) “Secretary” shall mean the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services or his designee.
(11) “More stringent” shall have the same meaning as the term “more stringent” in 45 C.F.R. § 160.202.
(12) “This Section of the Contract” refers to the HIPAA Provisions stated herein, in their entirety.
(13) “Security Incident” shall have the same meaning as the term “security incident” in 45 C.F.R.§ 164.304.
(14) “Security Rule” shall mean the Security Standards for the Protection of Electronic Protected Health Information at 45 C.F.R. part 160 and parts 164, subpart A and C.
(15) “Unsecured protected health information” shall have the same meaning as the term as defined in section 13402(h)(1)(A) of HITECH. Act. (42 U.S.C. §17932(h)(1)(A)).
(h) Obligations and Activities of Business Associates.
(1) Business Associate agrees not to use or disclose PHI other than as permitted or required by this Section of the Contract or as Required by Law.
(2) Business Associate agrees to use appropriate safeguards to prevent use or disclosure of PHI other than as provided for in this Section of the Contract.
(3) Business Associate agrees to use administrative, physical and technical safeguards that reasonably and appropriately protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of electronic protected health information that it creates, receives, maintains, or transmits on behalf of the Covered Entity.
(4) Business Associate agrees to mitigate, to the extent practicable, any harmful effect that is known to the Business Associate of a use or disclosure of PHI by Business Associate in violation of this Section of the Contract. Page 48 of 58 February 2019
(5) Business Associate agrees to report to Covered Entity any use or disclosure of PHI not provided for by this Section of the Contract or any security incident of which it becomes aware.
(6) Business Associate agrees to insure that any agent, including a subcontractor, to whom it provides PHI received from, or created or received by Business Associate, on behalf of the Covered Entity, agrees to the same restrictions and conditions that apply through this Section of the Contract to Business Associate with respect to such information.
(7) Business Associate agrees to provide access, at the request of the Covered Entity, and in the time and manner agreed to by the parties, to PHI in a Designated Record Set, to Covered Entity or, as directed by Covered Entity, to an Individual in order to meet the requirements under 45 C.F.R. § 164.524.
(8) Business Associate agrees to make any amendments to PHI in a Designated Record Set that the Covered Entity directs or agrees to pursuant to 45 C.F.R. § 164.526 at the request of the Covered Entity, and in the time and manner agreed to by the parties.
(9) Business Associate agrees to make internal practices, books, and records, including policies and procedures and PHI, relating to the use and disclosure of PHI received from, or created or received by, Business Associate on behalf of Covered Entity, available to Covered Entity or to the Secretary in a time and manner agreed to by the parties or designated by the Secretary, for purposes of the Secretary determining Covered Entity’s compliance with the Privacy Rule.
(10)Business Associate agrees to document such disclosures of PHI and information related to such disclosures as would be required for Covered Entity to respond to a request by an Individual for an accounting of disclosures of PHI in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.528 and section 13405 of the HITECH Act (42 U.S.C. § 17935) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
(11)Business Associate agrees to provide to Covered Entity, in a time and manner agreed to by the parties, information collected in accordance with clause h. (10) of this Section of the Contract, to permit Covered Entity to respond to a request by an Individual for an accounting of disclosures of PHI in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.528 and section 13405 of the HITECH Act (42 U.S.C. § 17935) and any regulations promulgated thereunder. Business Associate agrees at the Covered Entity’s direction to provide an accounting of disclosures of PHI directly to an individual in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.528 and section 13405 of the HITECH Act (42 U.S.C. § 17935) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.
(12)Business Associate agrees to comply with any state or federal law that is more stringent than the Privacy Rule.
(13) Business Associate agrees to comply with the requirements of the HITECH Act relating to privacy and security that are applicable to the Covered Entity and with the requirements of 45 C.F.R. sections 164.504(e), 164.308, 164.310, 164.312, and 164.316.
Page 49 of 58 February 2019 (14) In the event that an individual requests that the Business Associate (a) restrict disclosures of PHI; (b) provide an accounting of disclosures of the individual’s PHI; or (c) provide a copy of the individual’s PHI in an electronic health record, the Business Associate agrees to notify the covered entity, in writing, within two business days of the request.
(15) Business Associate agrees that it shall not, directly or indirectly, receive any remuneration in exchange for PHI of an individual without (1) the written approval of the covered entity, unless receipt of remuneration in exchange for PHI is expressly authorized by this Contract and (2) the valid authorization of the individual, except for the purposes provided under section 13405(d)(2) of the HITECH Act,(42 U.S.C. § 17935(d)(2)) and in any accompanying regulations
(16) Obligations in the Event of a Breach
A. The Business Associate agrees that, following the discovery of a breach of unsecured protected health information, it shall notify the Covered Entity of such breach in accordance with the requirements of section 13402 of HITECH (42 U.S.C. 17932(b) and the provisions of this Section of the Contract. B. Such notification shall be provided by the Business Associate to the Covered Entity without unreasonable delay, and in no case later than 30 days after the breach is discovered by the Business Associate, except as otherwise instructed in writing by a law enforcement official pursuant to section 13402 (g) of HITECH (42 U.S.C. 17932(g)) . A breach is considered discovered as of the first day on which it is, or reasonably should have been, known to the Business Associate. The notification shall include the identification and last known address, phone number and email address of each individual (or the next of kin of the individual if the individual is deceased) whose unsecured protected health information has been, or is reasonably believed by the Business Associate to have been, accessed, acquired, or disclosed during such breach. C. The Business Associate agrees to include in the notification to the Covered Entity at least the following information: 1. A brief description of what happened, including the date of the breach and the date of the discovery of the breach, if known.
2. A description of the types of unsecured protected health information that were involved in the breach (such as full name, Social Security number, date of birth, home address, account number, or disability code).
3. The steps the Business Associate recommends that individuals take to protect themselves from potential harm resulting from the breach.
4. A detailed description of what the Business Associate is doing to investigate the breach, to mitigate losses, and to protect against any further breaches.
5. Whether a law enforcement official has advised either verbally or in writing the Business Associate that he or she has determined that notification or notice to
Page 50 of 58 February 2019 individuals or the posting required under section 13402 of the HITECH Act would impede a criminal investigation or cause damage to national security and; if so, include contact information for said official.
D. Business Associate agrees to provide appropriate staffing and have established procedures to ensure that individuals informed by the Covered Entity of a breach by the Business Associate have the opportunity to ask questions and contact the Business Associate for additional information regarding the breach. Such procedures shall include a toll-free telephone number, an e-mail address, a posting on its Web site and a postal address. Business Associate agrees to include in the notification of a breach by the Business Associate to the Covered Entity, a written description of the procedures that have been established to meet these requirements. Costs of such contact procedures will be borne by the Contractor. E. Business Associate agrees that, in the event of a breach, it has the burden to demonstrate that it has complied with all notifications requirements set forth above, including evidence demonstrating the necessity of a delay in notification to the Covered Entity.
(i) Permitted Uses and Disclosure by Business Associate.
(1) General Use and Disclosure Provisions Except as otherwise limited in this Section of the Contract, Business Associate may use or disclose PHI to perform functions, activities, or services for, or on behalf of, Covered Entity as specified in this Contract, provided that such use or disclosure would not violate the Privacy Rule if done by Covered Entity or the minimum necessary policies and procedures of the Covered Entity.
(2) Specific Use and Disclosure Provisions
(A) Except as otherwise limited in this Section of the Contract, Business Associate may use PHI for the proper management and administration of Business Associate or to carry out the legal responsibilities of Business Associate.
(B) Except as otherwise limited in this Section of the Contract, Business Associate may disclose PHI for the proper management and administration of Business Associate, provided that disclosures are Required by Law, or Business Associate obtains reasonable assurances from the person to whom the information is disclosed that it will remain confidential and used or further disclosed only as Required by Law or for the purpose for which it was disclosed to the person, and the person notifies Business Associate of any instances of which it is aware in which the confidentiality of the information has been breached.
(C) Except as otherwise limited in this Section of the Contract, Business Associate may use PHI to provide Data Aggregation services to Covered Entity as permitted by 45 C.F.R. § 164.504(e)(2)(i)(B).
(j) Obligations of Covered Entity. Page 51 of 58 February 2019
(1) Covered Entity shall notify Business Associate of any limitations in its notice of privacy practices of Covered Entity, in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.520, or to the extent that such limitation may affect Business Associate’s use or disclosure of PHI.
(2) Covered Entity shall notify Business Associate of any changes in, or revocation of, permission by Individual to use or disclose PHI, to the extent that such changes may affect Business Associate’s use or disclosure of PHI.
(3) Covered Entity shall notify Business Associate of any restriction to the use or disclosure of PHI that Covered Entity has agreed to in accordance with 45 C.F.R. § 164.522, to the extent that such restriction may affect Business Associate’s use or disclosure of PHI.
(k) Permissible Requests by Covered Entity. Covered Entity shall not request Business Associate to use or disclose PHI in any manner that would not be permissible under the Privacy Rule if done by the Covered Entity, except that Business Associate may use and disclose PHI for data aggregation, and management and administrative activities of Business Associate, as permitted under this Section of the Contract.
(l) Term and Termination.
(1) Term. The Term of this Section of the Contract shall be effective as of the date the Contract is effective and shall terminate when the information collected in accordance with clause h. (10) of this Section of the Contract is provided to the Covered Entity and all of the PHI provided by Covered Entity to Business Associate, or created or received by Business Associate on behalf of Covered Entity, is destroyed or returned to Covered Entity, or, if it is infeasible to return or destroy PHI, protections are extended to such information, in accordance with the termination provisions in this Section. (2) Termination for Cause Upon Covered Entity’s knowledge of a material breach by Business Associate, Covered Entity shall either:
(A) Provide an opportunity for Business Associate to cure the breach or end the violation and terminate the Contract if Business Associate does not cure the breach or end the violation within the time specified by the Covered Entity; or
(B) Immediately terminate the Contract if Business Associate has breached a material term of this Section of the Contract and cure is not possible; or
(C) If neither termination nor cure is feasible, Covered Entity shall report the violation to the Secretary.
(3) Effect of Termination
(A) Except as provided in (l)(2) of this Section of the Contract, upon termination of this Contract, for any reason, Business Associate shall return or destroy all PHI received from Covered Entity, or created or received by Business Associate on behalf of Covered Entity. Business Associate shall also provide the information collected in accordance with clause h. (10) of this Section of the Contract to the Covered Entity
Page 52 of 58 February 2019 within ten business days of the notice of termination. This provision shall apply to PHI that is in the possession of subcontractors or agents of Business Associate. Business Associate shall retain no copies of the PHI.
(B) In the event that Business Associate determines that returning or destroying the PHI is infeasible, Business Associate shall provide to Covered Entity notification of the conditions that make return or destruction infeasible. Upon documentation by Business Associate that return or destruction of PHI is infeasible, Business Associate shall extend the protections of this Section of the Contract to such PHI and limit further uses and disclosures of PHI to those purposes that make return or destruction infeasible, for as long as Business Associate maintains such PHI. Infeasibility of the return or destruction of PHI includes, but is not limited to, requirements under state or federal law that the Business Associate maintains or preserves the PHI or copies thereof.
(m) Miscellaneous Provisions.
(1) Regulatory References. A reference in this Section of the Contract to a section in the Privacy Rule means the section as in effect or as amended.
(2) Amendment. The Parties agree to take such action as in necessary to amend this Section of the Contract from time to time as is necessary for Covered Entity to comply with requirements of the Privacy Rule and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Pub. L. No. 104-191.
(3) Survival. The respective rights and obligations of Business Associate shall survive the termination of this Contract.
(4) Effect on Contract. Except as specifically required to implement the purposes of this Section of the Contract, all other terms of the Contract shall remain in force and effect.
(5) Construction. This Section of the Contract shall be construed as broadly as necessary to implement and comply with the Privacy Standard. Any ambiguity in this Section of the Contract shall be resolved in favor of a meaning that complies, and is consistent with, the Privacy Standard.
(6) Disclaimer. Covered Entity makes no warranty or representation that compliance with this Section of the Contract will be adequate or satisfactory for Business Associate’s own purposes. Covered Entity shall not be liable to Business Associate for any claim, civil or criminal penalty, loss or damage related to or arising from the unauthorized use or disclosure of PHI by Business Associate or any of its officers, directors, employees, contractors or agents, or any third party to whom Business Associate has disclosed PHI contrary to the provisions of this Contract or applicable law. Business Associate is solely responsible for all decisions made, and actions taken, by Business Associate regarding the safeguarding, use and disclosure of PHI within its possession, custody or control.
(7) Indemnification. The Business Associate shall indemnify and hold the Covered Entity harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, judgments, fines, assessments, penalties, awards and any statutory damages that may be imposed or assessed pursuant to HIPAA, as amended or the Page 53 of 58 February 2019 HITECH Act, including, without limitation, attorney’s fees, expert witness fees, costs of investigation, litigation or dispute resolution, and costs awarded thereunder, relating to or arising out of any violation by the Business Associate and its agents, including subcontractors, of any obligation of Business Associate and its agents, including subcontractors, under this section of the contract, under HIPAA, the HITECH Act, the Privacy Rule and the Security Rule.
Page 54 of 58 February 2019 CONNECTICUT STATE ELECTIONS ENFORCEMENT COMMISSION EXHIBIT E
Rev. 1/11 Page 1 of 2 Notice to Executive Branch State Contractors and Prospective State Contractors of Campaign Contribution and Solicitation Limitations
This notice is provided under the authority of Connecticut General Statutes §9-612(g)(2), as amended by P.A. 10-1, and is for the purpose of informing state contractors and prospective state contractors of the following law (italicized words are defined on the reverse side of this page). CAMPAIGN CONTRIBUTION AND SOLICITATION LIMITATIONS
No state contractor, prospective state contractor, principal of a state contractor or principal of a prospective state contractor, with regard to a state contract or state contract solicitation with or from a state agency in the executive branch or a quasi-public agency or a holder, or principal of a holder of a valid prequalification certificate, shall make a contribution to (i) an exploratory committee or candidate committee established by a candidate for nomination or election to the office of Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Attorney General, State Comptroller, Secretary of the State or State Treasurer, (ii) a political committee authorized to make contributions or expenditures to or for the benefit of such candidates, or (iii) a party committee (which includes town committees).
In addition, no holder or principal of a holder of a valid prequalification certificate, shall make a contribution to (i) an exploratory committee or candidate committee established by a candidate for nomination or election to the office of State senator or State representative, (ii) a political committee authorized to make contributions or expenditures to or for the benefit of such candidates, or (iii) a party committee.
On and after January 1, 2011, no state contractor, prospective state contractor, principal of a state contractor or principal of a prospective state contractor, with regard to a state contract or state contract solicitation with or from a state agency in the executive branch or a quasi-public agency or a holder, or principal of a holder of a valid prequalification certificate, shall knowingly solicit contributions from the state contractor's or prospective state contractor's employees or from a subcontractor or principals of the subcontractor on behalf of (i) an exploratory committee or candidate committee established by a candidate for nomination or election to the office of Governor, Lieutenant Governor, Attorney General, State Comptroller, Secretary of the State or State Treasurer, (ii) a political committee authorized to make contributions or expenditures to or for the benefit of such candidates, or (iii) a party committee.
DUTY TO INFORM State contractors and prospective state contractors are required to inform their principals of the above prohibitions, as applicable, and the possible penalties and other consequences of any violation thereof.
PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS
Contributions or solicitations of contributions made in violation of the above prohibitions may result in the following civil and criminal penalties:
Civil penalties—Up to $2,000 or twice the amount of the prohibited contribution, whichever is greater, against a principal or a contractor. Any state contractor or prospective state contractor which fails to make reasonable efforts to comply with the provisions requiring notice to its principals of these prohibitions and the possible consequences of their violations may also be subject to civil penalties of up to $2,000 or twice the amount of the prohibited contributions made by their principals.
Criminal penalties—Any knowing and willful violation of the prohibition is a Class D felony, which may subject the violator to imprisonment of not more than 5 years, or not more than $5,000 in fines, or both.
CONTRACT CONSEQUENCES
In the case of a state contractor, contributions made or solicited in violation of the above prohibitions may resulting the contract being voided.
In the case of a prospective state contractor, contributions made or solicited in violation of the above prohibitions shall result in the contract described in the state contract solicitation not being awarded to the prospective state contractor, unless the State Elections Enforcement Commission determines that mitigating circumstances exist concerning such violation.
The State shall not award any other state contract to anyone found in violation of the above prohibitions for a period of one year after the election for which such contribution is made or solicited, unless the State Elections Enforcement Commission determines that mitigating circumstances exist concerning such violation. Additional information may be found on the website of the State Elections Enforcement Commission, www.ct.gov/seec. Click on the link to “Lobbyist/Contractor Limitations.”
Page 55 of 58 February 2019 CONNECTICUT STATE ELECTIONS ENFORCEMENT COMMISSION Rev. 1/11 Page 2 of 2
DEFINITIONS “State contractor” means a person, business entity or nonprofit organization that enters into a state contract. Such person, business entity or nonprofit organization shall be deemed to be a state contractor until December thirty-first of the year in which such contract terminates. “State contractor” does not include a municipality or any other political subdivision of the state, including any entities or associations duly created by the municipality or political subdivision exclusively amongst themselves to further any purpose authorized by statute or charter, or an employee in the executive or legislative branch of state government or a quasi-public agency, whether in the classified or unclassified service and full or part-time, and only in such person's capacity as a state or quasi-public agency employee.
“Prospective state contractor” means a person, business entity or nonprofit organization that (i) submits a response to a state contract solicitation by the state, a state agency or a quasi-public agency, or a proposal in response to a request for proposals by the state, a state agency or a quasi-public agency, until the contract has been entered into, or (ii) holds a valid prequalification certificate issued by the Commissioner of Administrative Services under section 4a-100. “Prospective state contractor” does not include a municipality or any other political subdivision of the state, including any entities or associations duly created by the municipality or political subdivision exclusively amongst themselves to further any purpose authorized by statute or charter, or an employee in the executive or legislative branch of state government or a quasi-public agency, whether in the classified or unclassified service and full or part-time, and only in such person's capacity as a state or quasi-public agency employee.
“Principal of a state contractor or prospective state contractor” means (i) any individual who is a member of the board of directors of, or has an ownership interest of five per cent or more in, a state contractor or prospective state contractor, which is a business entity, except for an individual who is a member of the board of directors of a nonprofit organization, (ii) an individual who is employed by a state contractor or prospective state contractor, which is a business entity, as president, treasurer or executive vice president, (iii) an individual who is the chief executive officer of a state contractor or prospective state contractor, which is not a business entity, or if a state contractor or prospective state contractor has no such officer, then the officer who duly possesses comparable powers and duties, (iv) an officer or an employee of any state contractor or prospective state contractor who has managerial or discretionary responsibilities with respect to a state contract, (v) the spouse or a dependent child who is eighteen years of age or older of an individual described in this subparagraph, or (vi) a political committee established or controlled by an individual described in this subparagraph or the business entity or nonprofit organization that is the state contractor or prospective state contractor.
“State contract” means an agreement or contract with the state or any state agency or any quasi-public agency, let through a procurement process or otherwise, having a value of fifty thousand dollars or more, or a combination or series of such agreements or contracts having a value of one hundred thousand dollars or more in a calendar year, for (i) the rendition of services, (ii) the furnishing of any goods, material, supplies, equipment or any items of any kind, (iii) the construction, alteration or repair of any public building or public work, (iv) the acquisition, sale or lease of any land or building, (v) a licensing arrangement, or (vi) a grant, loan or loan guarantee. “State contract” does not include any agreement or contract with the state, any state agency or any quasi-public agency that is exclusively federally funded, an education loan, a loan to an individual for other than commercial purposes or any agreement or contract between the state or any state agency and the United States Department of the Navy or the United States Department of Defense.
“State contract solicitation” means a request by a state agency or quasi-public agency, in whatever form issued, including, but not limited to, an invitation to bid, request for proposals, request for information or request for quotes, inviting bids, quotes or other types of submittals, through a competitive procurement process or another process authorized by law waiving competitive procurement.
“Managerial or discretionary responsibilities with respect to a state contract” means having direct, extensive and substantive responsibilities with respect to the negotiation of the state contract and not peripheral, clerical or ministerial responsibilities.
“Dependent child” means a child residing in an individual’s household who may legally be claimed as a dependent on the federal income tax of such individual.
“Solicit” means (A) requesting that a contribution be made, (B) participating in any fund-raising activities for a candidate committee, exploratory committee, political committee or party committee, including, but not limited to, forwarding tickets to potential contributors, receiving contributions for transmission to any such committee or bundling contributions, (C) serving as chairperson, treasurer or deputy treasurer of any such committee, or (D) establishing a political committee for the sole purpose of soliciting or receiving contributions for any committee. Solicit does not include: (i) making a contribution that is otherwise permitted by Chapter 155 of the Connecticut General Statutes; (ii) informing any person of a position taken by a candidate for public office or a public official, (iii) notifying the person of any activities of, or contact information for, any candidate for public office; or (iv) serving as a member in any party committee or as an officer of such committee that is not otherwise prohibited in this section.
“Subcontractor” means any person, business entity or nonprofit organization that contracts to perform part or all of the obligations of a state contractor's state contract. Such person, business entity or nonprofit organization shall be deemed to be a subcontractor until December thirty first of the year in which the subcontract terminates. “Subcontractor” does not include (i) a municipality or any other political subdivision of the state, including any entities or associations duly created by the municipality or political subdivision exclusively amongst themselves to further any purpose authorized by statute or charter, or (ii) an employee in the executive or legislative branch of state government or a quasi-public agency, whether in the classified or unclassified service and full or part-time, and only in such person's capacity as a state or quasi-public agency employee.
“Principal of a subcontractor” means (i) any individual who is a member of the board of directors of, or has an ownership interest of five per cent or more in, a subcontractor, which is a business entity, except for an individual who is a member of the board of directors of a nonprofit organization, (ii) an individual who is employed by a subcontractor, which is a business entity, as president, treasurer or executive vice president, (iii) an individual who is the chief executive officer of a subcontractor, which is not a business entity, or if a subcontractor has no such officer, then the officer who duly possesses comparable powers and duties, (iv) an officer or an employee of any subcontractor who has managerial or discretionary responsibilities with respect to a subcontract with a state contractor, (v) the spouse or a dependent child who is eighteen years of age or older of an individual described in this subparagraph, or (vi) a political committee established or controlled by an individual described in this subparagraph or the business entity or nonprofit organization that is the subcontractor.
Page 56 of 58 February 2019 EXHIBIT F
(Federal wage rate package will be inserted here for final executed contract only. Refer to NTC – Federal Wage Determinations)
Page 57 of 58 February 2019 EXHIBIT G
(State wages will be inserted here)
Page 58 of 58 Project: State Project No. 300-202
Minimum Rates and Classifications for Heavy/Highway Construction Connecticut Department of Labor ID#: H 26457 Wage and Workplace Standards Division
By virtue of the authority vested in the Labor Commissioner under provisions of Section 31-53 of the General Statutes of Connecticut, as amended, the following are declared to be the prevailing rates and welfare payments and will apply only where the contract is advertised for bid within 20 days of the date on which the rates are established. Any contractor or subcontractor not obligated by agreement to pay to the welfare and pension fund shall pay this amount to each employee as part of his/her hourly wages. Project Number: 300-202 Project Town: New Haven FAP Number: State Number: Project: State Project No. 300-202
CLASSIFICATION Hourly Rate Benefits 1) Boilermaker 33.79 34% + 8.96
1a) Bricklayer, Cement Masons, Cement Finishers, Plasterers, Stone Masons 34.72 32.15
2) Carpenters, Piledrivermen 33.53 25.66
2a) Diver Tenders 33.53 25.66
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
3) Divers 41.99 25.66
03a) Millwrights 34.04 26.09
4) Painters: (Bridge Construction) Brush, Roller, Blasting (Sand, Water, 51.00 21.80 etc.), Spray
4a) Painters: Brush and Roller 34.62 21.80
4b) Painters: Spray Only 36.62 21.80
4c) Painters: Steel Only 35.62 21.80
4d) Painters: Blast and Spray 37.62 21.80
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
4e) Painters: Tanks, Tower and Swing 36.62 21.80
5) Electrician (Trade License required: E-1,2 L-5,6 C-5,6 T-1,2 L-1,2 V- 38.50 28.61+3% of 1,2,7,8,9) gross wage
6) Ironworkers: Ornamental, Reinforcing, Structural, and Precast Concrete 36.67 35.77 + a Erection
7) Plumbers (Trade License required: (P-1,2,6,7,8,9 J-1,2,3,4 SP-1,2) and 43.62 32.06 Pipefitters (Including HVAC Work) (Trade License required: S- 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 B-1,2,3,4 D-1,2,3,4 G-1, G-2, G-8, G-9)
----LABORERS---- -
8) Group 1: Laborer (Unskilled), Common or General, acetylene burner, 30.75 20.84 concrete specialist
9) Group 2: Chain saw operators, fence and guard rail erectors, pneumatic 31.00 20.84 tool operators, powdermen
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
10) Group 3: Pipelayers 31.25 20.84
11) Group 4: Jackhammer/Pavement breaker (handheld); mason tenders 31.25 20.84 (cement/concrete), catch basin builders, asphalt rakers, air track operators, block paver, curb setter and forklift operators
12) Group 5: Toxic waste removal (non-mechanical systems) 32.75 20.84
13) Group 6: Blasters 32.50 20.84
Group 7: Asbestos/lead removal, non-mechanical systems (does not 31.75 20.84 include leaded joint pipe)
Group 8: Traffic control signalmen 18.00 20.84
Group 9: Hydraulic Drills 29.30 18.90
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
----LABORERS (TUNNEL CONSTRUCTION, FREE AIR). Shield Drive and Liner Plate Tunnels in Free Air.----
13a) Miners, Motormen, Mucking Machine Operators, Nozzle Men, Grout 32.98 20.84 + a Men, Shaft & Tunnel Steel & Rodmen, Shield & Erector, Arm Operator, Cable Tenders
13b) Brakemen, Trackmen 32.01 20.84 + a
----CLEANING, CONCRETE AND CAULKING TUNNEL----
14) Concrete Workers, Form Movers, and Strippers 32.01 20.84 + a
15) Form Erectors 32.34 20.84 + a
----ROCK SHAFT LINING, CONCRETE, LINING OF SAME AND TUNNEL IN FREE AIR:----
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
16) Brakemen, Trackmen, Tunnel Laborers, Shaft Laborers 32.01 20.84 + a
17) Laborers Topside, Cage Tenders, Bellman 31.90 20.84 + a
18) Miners 32.98 20.84 + a
----TUNNELS, CAISSON AND CYLINDER WORK IN COMPRESSED AIR: ----
18a) Blaster 39.47 20.84 + a
19) Brakemen, Trackmen, Groutman, Laborers, Outside Lock Tender, Gauge 39.27 20.84 + a Tenders
20) Change House Attendants, Powder Watchmen, Top on Iron Bolts 37.29 20.84 + a
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
21) Mucking Machine Operator 40.06 20.84 + a
----TRUCK DRIVERS----(*see note below)
Two axle trucks 29.51 24.52 + a
Three axle trucks; two axle ready mix 29.62 24.52 + a
Three axle ready mix 29.67 24.52 + a
Four axle trucks, heavy duty trailer (up to 40 tons) 29.72 24.52 + a
Four axle ready-mix 29.77 24.52 + a
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
Heavy duty trailer (40 tons and over) 29.98 24.52 + a
Specialized earth moving equipment other than conventional type on-the 29.77 24.52 + a road trucks and semi-trailer (including Euclids)
----POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS----
Group 1: Crane handling or erecting structural steel or stone, hoisting 40.97 24.80 + a engineer (2 drums or over), front end loader (7 cubic yards or over), Work Boat 26 ft. & Over, Tunnel Boring Machines. (Trade License Required)
Group 2: Cranes (100 ton rate capacity and over); Excavator over 2 cubic 40.64 24.80 + a yards; Piledriver ($3.00 premium when operator controls hammer); Bauer Drill/Caisson. (Trade License Required)
Group 3: Excavator/Backhoe under 2 cubic yards; Cranes (under 100 ton 39.88 24.80 + a rated capacity), Gradall; Master Mechanic; Hoisting Engineer (all types of equipment where a drum and cable are used to hoist or drag material regardless of motive power of operation), Rubber Tire Excavator (Drott-1085 or similar);Grader Operator; Bulldozer Fine Grade (slopes, shaping, laser or GPS, etc.). (Trade License Required)
Group 4: Trenching Machines; Lighter Derrick; Concrete Finishing Machine; 39.48 24.80 + a CMI Machine or Similar; Koehring Loader (Skooper)
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
Group 5: Specialty Railroad Equipment; Asphalt Paver; Asphalt Spreader; 38.87 24.80 + a Asphalt Reclaiming Machine; Line Grinder; Concrete Pumps; Drills with Self Contained Power Units; Boring Machine; Post Hole Digger; Auger; Pounder; Well Digger; Milling Machine (over 24" Mandrell)
Group 5 continued: Side Boom; Combination Hoe and Loader; Directional 38.87 24.80 + a Driller.
Group 6: Front End Loader (3 up to 7 cubic yards); Bulldozer (rough grade 38.55 24.80 + a dozer).
Group 7: Asphalt Roller; Concrete Saws and Cutters (ride on types); Vermeer 38.20 24.80 + a Concrete Cutter; Stump Grinder; Scraper; Snooper; Skidder; Milling Machine (24" and Under Mandrel).
Group 8: Mechanic, Grease Truck Operator, Hydroblaster, Barrier Mover, 37.79 24.80 + a Power Stone Spreader; Welder; Work Boat under 26 ft.; Transfer Machine.
Group 9: Front End Loader (under 3 cubic yards), Skid Steer Loader 37.34 24.80 + a regardless of attachments (Bobcat or Similar); Fork Lift, Power Chipper; Landscape Equipment (including hydroseeder).
Group 10: Vibratory Hammer, Ice Machine, Diesel and Air Hammer, etc. 35.24 24.80 + a
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
Group 11: Conveyor, Earth Roller; Power Pavement Breaker (whiphammer), 35.24 24.80 + a Robot Demolition Equipment.
Group 12: Wellpoint Operator. 35.18 24.80 + a
Group 13: Compressor Battery Operator. 34.58 24.80 + a
Group 14: Elevator Operator; Tow Motor Operator (Solid Tire No Rough 33.41 24.80 + a Terrain).
Group 15: Generator Operator; Compressor Operator; Pump Operator; 32.99 24.80 + a Welding Machine Operator; Heater Operator.
Group 16: Maintenance Engineer/Oiler 32.32 24.80 + a
Group 17: Portable asphalt plant operator; portable crusher plant operator; 36.76 24.80 + a portable concrete plant operator.
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
Group 18: Power Safety Boat; Vacuum Truck; Zim Mixer; Sweeper; 34.26 24.80 + a (minimum for any job requiring CDL license).
**NOTE: SEE BELOW
----LINE CONSTRUCTION----(Railroad Construction and Maintenance)----
20) Lineman, Cable Splicer, Technician 48.19 6.5% + 22.00
21) Heavy Equipment Operator 42.26 6.5% + 19.88
22) Equipment Operator, Tractor Trailer Driver, Material Men 40.96 6.5% + 19.21
23) Driver Groundmen 26.50 6.5% + 9.00
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
23a) Truck Driver 40.96 6.5% + 17.76
----LINE CONSTRUCTION----
24) Driver Groundmen 30.92 6.5% + 9.70
25) Groundmen 22.67 6.5% + 6.20
26) Heavy Equipment Operators 37.10 6.5% + 10.70
27) Linemen, Cable Splicers, Dynamite Men 41.22 6.5% + 12.20
28) Material Men, Tractor Trailer Drivers, Equipment Operators 35.04 6.5% + 10.45
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
01) Asbestos/Toxic Waste Removal Laborers: Asbestos removal and encapsulation (except its removal from mechanical systems which are not to be scrapped), toxic waste removers, blasters. **See Laborers Group 5 and 7**
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
Welders: Rate for craft to which welding is incidental. *Note: Hazardous waste removal work receives additional $1.25 per hour for truck drivers. **Note: Hazardous waste premium $3.00 per hour over classified rate
ALL Cranes: When crane operator is operating equipment that requires a fully licensed crane operator to operate he receives an extra $4.00 premium in addition to the hourly wage rate and benefit contributions: 1) Crane handling or erecting structural steel or stone; hoisting engineer (2 drums or over) 2) Cranes (100 ton rate capacity and over) Bauer Drill/Caisson 3) Cranes (under 100 ton rated capacity) Crane with 150 ft. boom (including jib) - $1.50 extra Crane with 200 ft. boom (including jib) - $2.50 extra Crane with 250 ft. boom (including jib) - $5.00 extra Crane with 300 ft. boom (including jib) - $7.00 extra Crane with 400 ft. boom (including jib) - $10.00 extra
All classifications that indicate a percentage of the fringe benefits must be calculated at the percentage rate times the "base hourly rate".
Apprentices duly registered under the Commissioner of Labor's regulations on "Work Training Standards for Apprenticeship and Training Programs" Section 31-51-d-1 to 12, are allowed to be paid the appropriate percentage of the prevailing journeymen hourly base and the full fringe benefit rate, providing the work site ratio shall not be less than one full-time journeyperson instructing and supervising the work of each apprentice in a specific trade.
~~Connecticut General Statute Section 31-55a: Annual Adjustments to wage rates by contractors doing state work ~~ The Prevailing wage rates applicable to this project are subject to annual adjustments each July 1st for the duration of the project. Each contractor shall pay the annual adjusted prevailing wage rate that is in effect each July 1st, as posted by the Department of Labor. It is the contractor's responsibility to obtain the annual adjusted prevailing wage rate increases directly from the Department of Labor's website. The annual adjustments will be posted on the Department of Labor's Web page: www.ct.gov/dol. The Department of Labor will continue to issue the initial prevailing wage rate schedule to the Contracting Agency for the project. All subsequent annual adjustments will be posted on our Web Site for contractor access. Contracting Agencies are under no obligation pursuant to State labor law to pay any increase due to the annual adjustment provision.
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Project: State Project No. 300-202
Effective October 1, 2005 - Public Act 05-50: any person performing the work of any mechanic, laborer, or worker shall be paid prevailing wage
All Person who perform work ON SITE must be paid prevailing wage for the appropriate mechanic, laborer, or worker classification. All certified payrolls must list the hours worked and wages paid to All Persons who perform work ON SITE regardless of their ownership i.e.: (Owners, Corporate Officers, LLC Members, Independent Contractors, et. al) Reporting and payment of wages is required regardless of any contractual relationship alleged to exist between the contractor and such person. ~~Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clause (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).
Please direct any questions which you may have pertaining to classification of work and payment of prevailing wages to the Wage and Workplace Standards Division, telephone (860)263-6790.
As of: Friday, August 16, 2019 Connecticut Department of Labor Wage and Workplace Standards Division FOOTNOTES
Please Note: If the “Benefits” listed on the schedule for the following occupations includes a letter(s) (+ a or + a+b for instance), refer to the information below.
Benefits to be paid at the appropriate prevailing wage rate for the listed occupation.
If the “Benefits” section for the occupation lists only a dollar amount, disregard the information below.
Bricklayers, Cement Masons, Cement Finishers, Concrete Finishers, Stone Masons (Building Construction) and (Residential- Hartford, Middlesex, New Haven, New London and Tolland Counties)
a. Paid Holiday: Employees shall receive 4 hours for Christmas Eve holiday provided the employee works the regularly scheduled day before and after the holiday. Employers may schedule work on Christmas Eve and employees shall receive pay for actual hours worked in addition to holiday pay.
Elevator Constructors: Mechanics
a. Paid Holidays: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans’ Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, plus the Friday after Thanksgiving.
b. Vacation: Employer contributes 8% of basic hourly rate for 5 years or more of service or 6% of basic hourly rate for 6 months to 5 years of service as vacation pay credit.
Glaziers a. Paid Holidays: Labor Day and Christmas Day.
Power Equipment Operators (Heavy and Highway Construction & Building Construction)
a. Paid Holidays: New Year’s Day, Good Friday, Memorial day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, provided the employee works 3 days during the week in which the holiday falls, if scheduled, and if scheduled, the working day before and the working day after the holiday. Holidays falling on Saturday may be observed on Saturday, or if the employer so elects, on the preceding Friday.
Ironworkers a. Paid Holiday: Labor Day provided employee has been on the payroll for the 5 consecutive work days prior to Labor Day.
Laborers (Tunnel Construction) a. Paid Holidays: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. No employee shall be eligible for holiday pay when he fails, without cause, to work the regular work day preceding the holiday or the regular work day following the holiday.
Roofers a. Paid Holidays: July 4th, Labor Day, and Christmas Day provided the employee is employed 15 days prior to the holiday.
Sprinkler Fitters a. Paid Holidays: Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, provided the employee has been in the employment of a contractor 20 working days prior to any such paid holiday.
Truck Drivers (Heavy and Highway Construction & Building Construction)
a. Paid Holidays: New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas day, and Good Friday, provided the employee has at least 31 calendar days of service and works the last scheduled day before and the first scheduled day after the holiday, unless excused.
Information Bulletin Occupational Classifications
The Connecticut Department of Labor has the responsibility to properly determine "job classification" on prevailing wage projects covered under C.G.S. Section 31-53(d).
Note: This information is intended to provide a sample of some occupational classifications for guidance purposes only. It is not an all-inclusive list of each occupation's duties. This list is being provided only to highlight some areas where a contractor may be unclear regarding the proper classification. If unsure, the employer should seek guidelines for CTDOL.
Below are additional clarifications of specific job duties performed for certain classifications:
ASBESTOS WORKERS
Applies all insulating materials, protective coverings, coatings and finishes to all types of mechanical systems.
ASBESTOS INSULATOR
Handle, install apply, fabricate, distribute, prepare, alter, repair, dismantle, heat and frost insulation, including penetration and fire stopping work on all penetration fire stop systems.
BOILERMAKERS
Erects hydro plants, incomplete vessels, steel stacks, storage tanks for water, fuel, etc. Builds incomplete boilers, repairs heat exchanges and steam generators.
BRICKLAYERS, CEMENT MASONS, CEMENT FINISHERS, MARBLE MASONS, PLASTERERS, STONE MASONS, PLASTERERS. STONE MASONS, TERRAZZO WORKERS, TILE SETTERS
Lays building materials such as brick, structural tile and concrete cinder, glass, gypsum, terra cotta block. Cuts, tools and sets marble, sets stone, finishes concrete, applies decorative steel, aluminum and plastic tile, applies cements, sand, pigment and marble chips to floors, stairways, etc. CARPENTERS, MILLWRIGHTS. PILEDRIVERMEN. LATHERS. RESILEINT FLOOR LAYERS, DOCK BUILDERS, DIKERS, DIVER TENDERS
Constructs, erects, installs and repairs structures and fixtures of wood, plywood and wallboard. Installs, assembles, dismantles, moves industrial machinery. Drives piling into ground to provide foundations for structures such as buildings and bridges, retaining walls for earth embankments, such as cofferdams. Fastens wooden, metal or rockboard lath to walls, ceilings and partitions of buildings, acoustical tile layer, concrete form builder. Applies firestopping materials on fire resistive joint systems only. Installation of curtain/window walls only where attached to wood or metal studs. Installation of insulated material of all types whether blown, nailed or attached in other ways to walls, ceilings and floors of buildings. Assembly and installation of modular furniture/furniture systems. Free-standing furniture is not covered. This includes free standing: student chairs, study top desks, book box desks, computer furniture, dictionary stand, atlas stand, wood shelving, two-position information access station, file cabinets, storage cabinets, tables, etc.
LABORER, CLEANING
• The clean up of any construction debris and the general (heavy/light) cleaning, including sweeping, wash down, mopping, wiping of the construction facility and its furniture, washing, polishing, and dusting.
DELIVERY PERSONNEL
• If delivery of supplies/building materials is to one common point and stockpiled there, prevailing wages are not required. If the delivery personnel are involved in the distribution of the material to multiple locations within the construction site then they would have to be paid prevailing wages for the type of work performed: laborer, equipment operator, electrician, ironworker, plumber, etc.
• An example of this would be where delivery of drywall is made to a building and the delivery personnel distribute the drywall from one "stockpile" location to further sub‐locations on each floor. Distribution of material around a construction site is the job of a laborer or tradesman, and not a delivery personnel.
ELECTRICIANS
Install, erect, maintenance, alteration or repair of any wire, cable, conduit, etc., which generates, transforms, transmits or uses electrical energy for light, heat, power or other purposes, including the Installation or maintenance of telecommunication, LAN wiring or computer equipment, and low voltage wiring. *License required per Connecticut General Statutes: E-1,2 L-5,6 C-5,6 T-1,2 L-1,2 V-1,2,7,8,9.
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS
Install, erect, maintenance and repair of all types of elevators, escalators, dumb waiters and moving walks. *License required by Connecticut General Statutes: R-1,2,5,6.
FORK LIFT OPERATOR
Laborers Group 4) Mason Tenders - operates forklift solely to assist a mason to a maximum height of nine (9) feet only.
Power Equipment Operator Group 9 ‐ operates forklift to assist any trade, and to assist a mason to a height over nine (9) feet.
GLAZIERS
Glazing wood and metal sash, doors, partitions, and 2 story aluminum storefronts. Installs glass windows, skylights, store fronts and display cases or surfaces such as building fronts, interior walls, ceilings and table tops and metal store fronts. Installation of aluminum window walls and curtain walls is the "joint" work of glaziers and ironworkers, which require equal composite workforce.
IRONWORKERS
Erection, installation and placement of structural steel, precast concrete, miscellaneous iron, ornamental iron, metal curtain wall, rigging and reinforcing steel. Handling, sorting, and installation of reinforcing steel (rebar). Metal bridge rail (traffic), metal bridge handrail, and decorative security fence installation. Installation of aluminum window walls and curtain walls is the "joint" work of glaziers and ironworkers which require equal composite workforce.
INSULATOR
• Installing fire stopping systems/materials for "Penetration Firestop Systems": transit to cables, electrical conduits, insulated pipes, sprinkler pipe penetrations, ductwork behind radiation, electrical cable trays, fire rated pipe penetrations, natural polypropylene, HVAC ducts, plumbing bare metal, telephone and communication wires, and boiler room ceilings.
LABORERS
Acetylene burners, asphalt rakers, chain saw operators, concrete and power buggy operator, concrete saw operator, fence and guard rail erector (except metal bridge rail (traffic), decorative security fence (non-metal). installation.), hand operated concrete vibrator operator, mason tenders, pipelayers (installation of storm drainage or sewage lines on the street only), pneumatic drill operator, pneumatic gas and electric drill operator, powermen and wagon drill operator, air track operator, block paver, curb setters, blasters, concrete spreaders.
PAINTERS
Maintenance, preparation, cleaning, blasting (water and sand, etc.), painting or application of any protective coatings of every description on all bridges and appurtenances of highways, roadways, and railroads. Painting, decorating, hardwood finishing, paper hanging, sign writing, scenic art work and drywall hhg for any and all types of building and residential work.
LEAD PAINT REMOVAL
• Painter’s Rate 1. Removal of lead paint from bridges. 2. Removal of lead paint as preparation of any surface to be repainted. 3. Where removal is on a Demolition project prior to reconstruction. • Laborer’s Rate 1. Removal of lead paint from any surface NOT to be repainted. 2. Where removal is on a TOTAL Demolition project only.
PLUMBERS AND PIPEFITTERS
Installation, repair, replacement, alteration or maintenance of all plumbing, heating, cooling and piping. *License required per Connecticut General Statutes: P-1,2,6,7,8,9 J- 1,2,3,4 SP-1,2 S-1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 B-1,2,3,4 D-1,2,3,4.
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
Operates several types of power construction equipment such as compressors, pumps, hoists, derricks, cranes, shovels, tractors, scrapers or motor graders, etc. Repairs and maintains equipment. *License required, crane operators only, per Connecticut General Statutes.
ROOFERS
Covers roofs with composition shingles or sheets, wood shingles, slate or asphalt and gravel to waterproof roofs, including preparation of surface. (demolition or removal of any type of roofing and or clean-up of any and all areas where a roof is to be relaid.) SHEETMETAL WORKERS
Fabricate, assembles, installs and repairs sheetmetal products and equipment in such areas as ventilation, air-conditioning, warm air heating, restaurant equipment, architectural sheet metal work, sheetmetal roofing, and aluminum gutters. Fabrication, handling, assembling, erecting, altering, repairing, etc. of coated metal material panels and composite metal material panels when used on building exteriors and interiors as soffits, facia, louvers, partitions, canopies, cornice, column covers, awnings, beam covers, cladding, sun shades, lighting troughs, spires, ornamental roofing, metal ceilings, mansards, copings, ornamental and ventilation hoods, vertical and horizontal siding panels, trim, etc. The sheet metal classification also applies to the vast variety of coated metal material panels and composite metal material panels that have evolved over the years as an alternative to conventional ferrous and non-ferrous metals like steel, iron, tin, copper, brass, bronze, aluminum, etc. Fabrication, handling, assembling, erecting, altering, repairing, etc. of architectural metal roof, standing seam roof, composite metal roof, metal and composite bathroom/toilet partitions, aluminum gutters, metal and composite lockers and shelving, kitchen equipment, and walk‐in coolers. To include testing and air –balancing ancillary to installation and construction.
SPRINKLER FITTERS
Installation, alteration, maintenance and repair of fire protection sprinkler systems. *License required per Connecticut General Statutes: F-1,2,3,4.
TILE MARBLE AND TERRAZZO FINISHERS
Assists and tends the tile setter, marble mason and terrazzo worker in the performance of their duties.
TRUCK DRIVERS
~How to pay truck drivers delivering asphalt is under REVISION~
Truck Drivers are requires to be paid prevailing wage for time spent "working" directly on the site. These drivers remain covered by the prevailing wage for any time spent transporting between the actual construction location and facilities (such as fabrication, plants, mobile factories, batch plant, borrow pits, job headquarters, tool yards, etc.) dedicated exclusively, or nearly so, to performance of the contract or project, which are so located in proximity to the actual construction location that it is reasonable to include them. *License required, drivers only, per Connecticut General Statutes.
For example:
• Material men and deliverymen are not covered under prevailing wage as long as they are not directly involved in the construction process. If, they unload the material, they would then be covered by prevailing wage for the classification they are performing work in: laborer, equipment operator, etc. • Hauling material off site is not covered provided they are not dumping it at a location outlined above. • Driving a truck on site and moving equipment or materials on site would be considered covered work, as this is part of the construction process.
Any questions regarding the proper classification should be directed to: Public Contract Compliance Unit Wage and Workplace Standards Division Connecticut Department of Labor 200 Folly Brook Blvd, Wethersfield, CT 06109 (860) 263-6543. Sec. 31-55a
Statute 31- Last Updated: June 02, 2008 55a
You are here: DOL Web Site Wage and Workplace Issues Statute 31-55a
- Special Notice -
To All State and Political Subdivisions,Their Agents, and Contractors
Connecticut General Statute 31-55a - Annual adjustments to wage rates by contractors doing state work.
Each contractor that is awarded a contract on or after October 1, 2002, for (1) the construction of a state highway or bridge that falls under the provisions of section 31-54 of the general statutes, or (2) the construction, remodeling, refinishing, refurbishing, rehabilitation, alteration or repair of any public works project that falls under the provisions of section 31-53 of the general statutes shall contact the Labor Commissioner on or before July first of each year, for the duration of such contract, to ascertain the prevailing rate of wages on an hourly basis and the amount of payment or contributions paid or payable on behalf of each mechanic, laborer or worker employed upon the work contracted to be done, and shall make any necessary adjustments to such prevailing rate of wages and such payment or contributions paid or payable on behalf of each such employee, effective each July first.
● The prevailing wage rates applicable to any contract or subcontract awarded on or after October 1, 2002 are subject to annual adjustments each July 1st for the duration of any project which was originally advertised for bids on or after October 1, 2002. ● Each contractor affected by the above requirement shall pay the annual adjusted prevailing wage rate that is in effect each July 1st, as posted by the Department of Labor. ● It is the contractor’s responsibility to obtain the annual adjusted prevailing wage rate increases directly from the Department of Labor’s Web Site. The annual adjustments will be posted on the Department of Labor Web page: www.ctdol.state.ct.us. For those without internet access, please contact the division listed below. ● The Department of Labor will continue to issue the initial prevailing wage rate schedule to the Contracting Agency for the project. All subsequent annual adjustments will be posted on our Web Site for contractor access.
Any questions should be directed to the Contract Compliance Unit, Wage and Workplace
http://www.ctdol.state.ct.us/wgwkstnd/laws-regs/statute31-55a.htm (1 of 2) [6/20/2008 8:00:16 AM] Sec. 31-55a Standards Division, Connecticut Department of Labor, 200 Folly Brook Blvd., Wethersfield, CT 06109 at (860)263-6790.
Workplace Laws
Published by the Connecticut Department of Labor, Project Management Office
http://www.ctdol.state.ct.us/wgwkstnd/laws-regs/statute31-55a.htm (2 of 2) [6/20/2008 8:00:16 AM] November 29, 2006 Notice To All Mason Contractors and Interested Parties Regarding Construction Pursuant to Section 31-53 of the Connecticut General Statutes (Prevailing Wage)
The Connecticut Labor Department Wage and Workplace Standards Division is empowered to enforce the prevailing wage rates on projects covered by the above referenced statute.
Over the past few years the Division has withheld enforcement of the rate in effect for workers who operate a forklift on a prevailing wage rate project due to a potential jurisdictional dispute.
The rate listed in the schedules and in our Occupational Bulletin (see enclosed) has been as follows:
Forklift Operator:
- Laborers (Group 4) Mason Tenders - operates forklift solely to assist a mason to a maximum height of nine feet only.
- Power Equipment Operator (Group 9) - operates forklift to assist any trade and to assist a mason to a height over nine feet.
The U.S. Labor Department conducted a survey of rates in Connecticut but it has not been published and the rate in effect remains as outlined in the above Occupational Bulletin.
Since this is a classification matter and not one of jurisdiction, effective January 1, 2007 the Connecticut Labor Department will enforce the rate on each schedule in accordance with our statutory authority.
Your cooperation in filing appropriate and accurate certified payrolls is appreciated. Informational Bulletin
THE 10-HOUR OSHA CONSTRUCTION SAFETY AND HEALTH COURSE (applicable to public building contracts entered into on or after July 1, 2007, where the total cost of all work to be performed is at least $100,000)
(1) This requirement was created by Public Act No. 06-175, which is codified in Section 31-53b of the Connecticut General Statutes (pertaining to the prevailing wage statutes);
(2) The course is required for public building construction contracts (projects funded in whole or in part by the state or any political subdivision of the state) entered into on or after July 1, 2007;
(3) It is required of private employees (not state or municipal employees) and apprentices who perform manual labor for a general contractor or subcontractor on a public building project where the total cost of all work to be performed is at least $100,000;
(4) The ten-hour construction course pertains to the ten-hour Outreach Course conducted in accordance with federal OSHA Training Institute standards, and, for telecommunications workers, a ten-hour training course conducted in accordance with federal OSHA standard, 29 CFR 1910.268;
(5) The internet website for the federal OSHA Training Institute is http://www.osha.gov/fso/ote/training/edcenters/fact_sheet.html;
(6) The statutory language leaves it to the contractor and its employees to determine who pays for the cost of the ten-hour Outreach Course;
(7) Within 30 days of receiving a contract award, a general contractor must furnish proof to the Labor Commissioner that all employees and apprentices performing manual labor on the project will have completed such a course;
(8) Proof of completion may be demonstrated through either: (a) the presentation of a bona fide student course completion card issued by the federal OSHA Training Institute; or (2) the presentation of documentation provided to an employee by a trainer certified by the Institute pending the actual issuance of the completion card;
(9) Any card with an issuance date more than 5 years prior to the commencement date of the construction project shall not constitute proof of compliance;
(10) Each employer shall affix a copy of the construction safety course completion card to the certified payroll submitted to the contracting agency in accordance with Conn. Gen. Stat. § 31-53(f) on which such employee’s name first appears;
(11) Any employee found to be in non-compliance shall be subject to removal from the worksite if such employee does not provide satisfactory proof of course completion to the Labor Commissioner by the fifteenth day after the date the employee is determined to be in noncompliance;
(12) Any such employee who is determined to be in noncompliance may continue to work on a public building construction project for a maximum of fourteen consecutive calendar days while bringing his or her status into compliance;
(13) The Labor Commissioner may make complaint to the prosecuting authorities regarding any employer or agent of the employer, or officer or agent of the corporation who files a false certified payroll with respect to the status of an employee who is performing manual labor on a public building construction project;
(14) The statute provides the minimum standards required for the completion of a safety course by manual laborers on public construction contracts; any contractor can exceed these minimum requirements; and
(15) Regulations clarifying the statute are currently in the regulatory process, and shall be posted on the CTDOL website as soon as they are adopted in final form.
(16) Any questions regarding this statute may be directed to the Wage and Workplace Standards Division of the Connecticut Labor Department via the internet website of http://www.ctdol.state.ct.us/wgwkstnd/wgemenu.htm; or by telephone at (860)263-6790.
THE ABOVE INFORMATION IS PROVIDED EXCLUSIVELY AS AN EDUCATIONAL RESOURCE, AND IS NOT INTENDED AS A SUBSTITUTE FOR LEGAL INTERPRETATIONS WHICH MAY ULTMATELY ARISE CONCERNIG THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE STATUTE OR THE REGULATIONS. Sec. 31-53b. Construction safety and health course. Proof of completion required for employees on public building projects. Enforcement. Regulations. (a) Each contract entered into on or after July 1, 2007, for the construction, remodeling, refinishing, refurbishing, rehabilitation, alteration or repair of any public building project by the state or any of its agents, or by an political subdivision of the state or any of its agents, where the total cost of all work to be performed by all contractors and subcontractors in connection with the contract is at least one hundred thousand dollars, shall contain a provision requiring that, not later than thirty days after the date such contract is awarded, each contractor furnish proof to the Labor Commissioner that all employees performing manual labor on or in such public building, pursuant to such contract, have completed a course of at least ten hours in duration in construction safety and health approved by the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration or, in the case of telecommunications employees, have completed at least ten hours of training in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.268.
(b) Any employee required to complete a construction safety and health course required under subsection (a) of this section who has not completed the course shall be subject to removal from the worksite if the employee does not provide documentation of having completed such course by the fifteenth day after the date the employee is found to be in noncompliance. The Labor Commissioner or said commissioner’s designee shall enforce this section.
(c) Not later than January 1, 2007, the Labor Commissioner shall adopt regulations, in accordance with the provisions of chapter 54, to implement the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such regulations shall require that the ten-hour construction safety and health courses required under subsection (a) of this section be conducted in accordance with federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration Training Institute standards, or in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.268, as appropriate. The Labor Commissioner shall accept as sufficient proof of compliance with the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) of this section a student course completion card issued by the federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration Training Institute, or such other proof of compliance said commissioner deems appropriate, dated no earlier than five years before the commencement date of such public works project.
(d) For the purposes of this section, “public building” means a structure, paid for in whole or in part with state funds, within a roof and within exterior walls or fire walls, designed for the housing, shelter, enclosure and support or employment of people, animals or property of any kind, including, but not limited to, sewage treatment plants and water treatment plants, “Public building” does not include site work, roads or bridges, rail lines, parking lots or underground water, sewer or drainage systems including pump houses or other utility systems. CONNECTICUT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE AND WORKPLACE STANDARDS DIVISION
CONTRACTORS WAGE CERTIFICATION FORM
I, of Officer, Owner, Authorized Rep. Company Name do hereby certify that the Company Name
Street
City and all of its subcontractors will pay all workers on the
Project Name and Number
Street and City the wages as listed in the schedule of prevailing rates required for such project (a copy of which is attached hereto).
Signed
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 2004.
Notary Public L Return to: Connecticut Department of Labor Wage & Workplace Standards Division 200 Folly Brook Blvd. Wethersfield, CT 06109